Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
Uploaded by
api-3754378Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
Uploaded by
api-3754378297-2183-914
Nortel Contact Center Manager
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
Product release 6.0 Standard 8.11 February 2008
Nortel Contact Center Manager
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
Publication number: 297-2183-914
Product release: 6.0
Document release: Standard 8.11
Date: February 2008
Copyright © 2006-2008 Nortel Networks. All Rights Reserved.
Information is subject to change without notice. Nortel reserves the right to make changes in design
or components as progress in engineering and manufacturing may warrant.
The process of transmitting data and call messaging between the Nortel Meridian 1 PBX and
Contact Center Manager Server is proprietary to Nortel. Any other use of the data and the
transmission process is a violation of the user license unless specifically authorized in writing by
Nortel prior to such use. Violations of the license by alternative usage of any portion of this process
or the related hardware constitutes grounds for an immediate termination of the license and Nortel
reserves the right to seek all allowable remedies for such breach.
This page and the following page are considered the title page, and contain Nortel and third-party
trademarks.
*Nortel, the Nortel logo, the Globemark, CallPilot, DMS, DMS-10, DMS-100, DMS-200, DMS-250,
DMS-300, DMS-500, DMS-MTX, DMS-STP, DPN, DPX, Dualmode, Helmsman, ICN, IVR, MAP,
Nortel Meridian 1 PBX, Meridian Mail, Meridian SL, Norstar, Optera, Optivity, Passport, Periphonics,
SL, SL-1, Succession, Supernode, and Symposium are trademarks of Nortel.
3COM, US ROBOTICS, and SPORTSTER are trademarks of 3Com Corporation.
ACCELERAID, IBM, and MYLEX are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.
ACROBAT, ACROBAT READER, ADOBE, ADOBE ACROBAT, FRAME, FRAMEMAKER, and
POSTSCRIPT are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.
ACTIVE DIRECTORY, INTERNET EXPLORER, MICROSOFT, MICROSOFT ACCESS, MS-DOS,
POWERPOINT, WINDOWS, WINDOWS NT, WINDOWS 2000, WINDOWS Server 2003 and
WINDOWS XP are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
ANSI is a trademark of the American National Standards Institute, Inc.
CELERON, INTEL INSIDE XEON, INTEL XEON, ITANIUM, PENTIUM, PENTIUM II XEON, and
XEON are trademarks of Intel Corporation.
CITRIX is a trademark of Citrix Systems, Inc.
COMPAQ and PROLIANT are trademarks of Compaq Information Technologies Group, L.P.
CRYSTAL REPORTS is a trademark of Crystal Decisions, Inc.
DELL, OPTIPLEX, POWEREDGE, and POWERVAULT are trademarks of Dell Computer
Corporation.
HEWLETT PACKARD, HP, and SURESTORE are trademarks of Hewlett-Packard Company.
ORBIX is a trademark of Iona Technologies PLC.
MCAFEE and NETSHIELD are trademarks of Networks Associates Technology, Inc.
NOVELL is a trademark of Novell, Inc.
PCANYWHERE and THE NORTON ANTIVIRUS are both trademarks of Symantec Corporation.
RACORE is a trademark of Racore Computer Products, Inc.
REPLICATION AGENT, REPLICATION SERVER, and SYBASE are trademarks of Sybase, Inc.
SEAGATE is a trademark of Seagate Technology, LLC.
STRATUS is a trademark of Stratus Computer Systems, S.à.r.l.
TANDBERG is a trademark of Tandberg Data ASA.
VISIBROKER is a trademark of Visigenic Software, Inc.
WINZIP is a trademark of Nico Mak Computing, Inc.
February 2008 Contents
Contents
1 Getting Started 17
New in this release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
About this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
About Contact Center database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
How to use this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Skills you need . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Related Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
How to get help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2 Advanced Reporting 35
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Section A: Expert reports 37
Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
ODBC access to Contact Center Standby Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Defining a connection to the Contact Center Manager Server . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Running the Database View Definitions report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Defining a connection to the Contact Center Multimedia server . . . . . . . . . . 52
Creating a new Contact Center Manager report in Crystal Reports . . . . . . . . 56
Using database aliases in Crystal Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Setting the page orientation for a report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Creating a new Contact Center Manager report in another application . . . . . 69
Importing a report created in Crystal Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Adding customized formulas in Crystal Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Creating a custom report to export data to Record format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Section B: Filters 99
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Creating filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
3 Frequently asked questions 109
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
General questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Questions about intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary v
Contents Standard 8.11
Questions about agent statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Questions about activity and Not Ready statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Questions about skillset and application statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Questions about DNIS statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Questions about call-by-call statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Questions about ACD calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Questions about DN calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Questions about custom reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Questions about Multimedia reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Questions about Contact Center Outbound campaign reporting . . . . . . . . . 142
Questions about Pull-mode contacts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
4 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary 145
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Access rights by view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Section A: Summarized historical statistics 165
Overview of summarized historical statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Types of views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Linking views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Types of contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
ActivityCodeStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
AgentByApplicationStat views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
AgentBySkillsetStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
AgentPerformanceStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
ApplicationStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
CDNStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
DNISStat views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
IVRPortStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
IVRStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
LicenseStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
NetworkInCallStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
NetworkOutStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
RANMusicRouteStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
RouteStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
SCCSDBSpace views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
SkillsetStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
TrunkStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Section B: Event statistics 345
Overview of event statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
eAgentLoginStat view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
vi Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contents
eCallByCallStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
eIVRPortLoginStat view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Section C: Configuration views 373
Overview of configuration views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
AccessRights view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
ActivityCode view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Agent view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Application view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
ApplicationByScript view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
ApplicationThresholdTemplate view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
CDN view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
CodeToMessage view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
ContactType view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
DNIS view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
DNISThresholdTemplate view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Formula view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
HistoricalStatCollection view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
HistoricalStatDuration view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
HistoricalStatStorage view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
IVRPort view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
IVRQueue view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
IVRThresholdTemplate view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
NCCConfig view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
NCCNetworkSkillset view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
NCCRanking view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
NCCRemoteApplication view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
NCCSite view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
NetworkConfig view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
NetworkRankingAssignment view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
NetworkSkillsetStatus view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
NetworkThresholdTemplate view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
PhonesetDisplay view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Provider view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Ranking view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
RealTimeColumn view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
RealTimeStatCollection view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
RealTimeTemplate view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
RemoteApplication view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Route view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
RouteThresholdTemplate view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
ScheduledSupervisorAssignment view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary vii
Contents Standard 8.11
Script view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
ScriptVariableProperties view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
ScriptVariables view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Site view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Skillset view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
SkillsetByAgent view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
SkillsetByAssignment view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
SkillsetThresholdTemplate view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
SummaryThresholdTemplate view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Supervisor view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
SupervisorAgentAssignment view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
SupervisorByAssignment view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
SwitchPort view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
TargetSwitchComm view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
UserTemplate view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
UserThresholdTemplate view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
Views view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
Section D: Access and Partition Management views 499
Overview of access and partition management views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Access Classes view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Report Groups view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
User Defined Partitions view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Users view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
5 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data
dictionary 511
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Access rights by view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Section A: Summarized historical statistics 517
Overview of summarized historical statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Types of views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
ApplicationConStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
CDNConStat views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
DNISConStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
NetworkInCallConStat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
NetworkOutConStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
SkillsetConStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
Section B: Event statistics 587
Overview of event statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
eNetCallByCallStat views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
viii Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contents
6 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary 595
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
Custom Contact Center Multimedia reports and searches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Section A: Database tables 601
Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
Administrators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
ArchiveNotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
Audits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
AutoResponses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
AutoResponseAttachments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
BarredOutBoundAddresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
CallBarrings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
Campaigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
CampaignScripts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
CodeMappings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
ContactTypes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
CustomFields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
Customers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
Debugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
DispositionCodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
Durations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
EmailAddresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
EmailAddressGroups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
HolidayHours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
Inboxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
InvalidXMLAudits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
InvalidXMLChrs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
InvalidXMLFields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
KeyWordGroups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
Migrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
MigrationNotes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
OnHoldURLs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
OutOfHoursRules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
PageChange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
PagePushes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
PagePushURLs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary ix
Contents Standard 8.11
PhoneNumbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
Phrases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
Preferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
Questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
RegularHours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Restores. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
RestoredAudits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
RoutePoints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
RuleAdmins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
RuleKeywordGroups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
Sessions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
Sites. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
SiteComponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
SiteParameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
Skillsets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
SkillsetOnHoldURLs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
UserResets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
WebCommsMessages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
WebCommsSessions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
Additional tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
Section B: Database views 745
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
CampaignAgentScriptResult . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
CampaignCallByCallDetails. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 748
CampaignSummary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
ContactsByContacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
ContactsOutstanding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
ContactsOutstandingDetail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
ContactsOutstandingSumm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
ScriptSummary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
7 Entity relationship diagrams 761
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
Contact Center Manager entity relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
Contact Center Multimedia entity relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779
x Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contents
A Standard reports 783
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784
Understanding the report descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787
Selection Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790
Section A: Agent performance reports 803
Activity Code by Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804
Agent Average Calls per Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
Agent Average Calls per Hour, Bottom 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810
Agent Average Calls per Hour, Top 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813
Agent by Activity Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 816
Agent by Application Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819
Agent by Skillset Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
Agent DN Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827
Agent DN Performance Calls Answered, Bottom 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
Agent DN Performance Calls Answered, Top 5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837
Agent Login/Logout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 841
Agent NACD Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846
Agent Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 849
Agent Performance by Supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 859
Agent Performance Calls Answered, Bottom 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 875
Agent Performance Calls Answered, Top 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 880
Agent Short Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885
Agent Transferred/Conferenced Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 892
Estimated Revenue by Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 900
Not Ready Reason Codes by Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
Skillset by Agent Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906
Section B: Call by call reports 913
Call by Call Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914
Section C: Configuration reports 921
Activity Code Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 923
Agent by Supervisor Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 925
Agent Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 928
Agent Skillset Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 935
Agent Skillset Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 938
Agent Supervisor Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 942
Application Script Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945
Application Template Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948
CDN (Route Point) Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 951
Database View Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 954
DNIS Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 958
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary xi
Contents Standard 8.11
Formula Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 961
Historical and Real Time Statistics Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 964
IVR Port Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976
IVR Queue and Port Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 979
Logged In Agent Position ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 983
Real Time Template Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 987
Route Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 990
Script Variable by Script. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 993
Script Variable Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 996
Skillset Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 999
Supervisor Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1004
Telephone Display Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1008
User Access Privilege . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1011
Section D: Multimedia reports 1017
Contacts Closed by Reason Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1018
Contacts Closed by Skillset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1020
Contacts Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1022
Contacts Outstanding Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1027
Contacts Outstanding Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1030
Contacts Received by Skillset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1033
Section E: Network reports 1035
Overview of network reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1036
Network Site and Application Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1037
Network Skillset Routing Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1041
Crosstab - Network Incoming Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1045
Crosstab - Network Outgoing Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1048
Network Application Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1051
Network DNIS Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1055
Network Incoming Calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1060
Network Outgoing Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1064
Network Route Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1067
Network Skillset Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1070
Section F: Others (Additional CCMA reports) 1075
Activity Code by Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1077
Application by Activity Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1080
Application by Skillset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1083
Application Call Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1087
Application Delay Before Abandon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1095
Application Delay Before Answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1099
Application Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1103
CDN (Route Point) Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1107
xii Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contents
Crosstab - Application Performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1112
Crosstab - CDN (Route Point) Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1115
Crosstab - DNIS Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1119
Crosstab - Route Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1122
Crosstab - Skillset Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1125
Crosstab - Trunk Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1129
DNIS Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1132
IVR Port First Login/Last Logout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1137
IVR Port Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1139
IVR Queue Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1143
Music/RAN Route Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1146
Route Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1149
Skillset by Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1153
Skillset Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1156
Trunk Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1160
Section G: Outbound reports 1165
Campaign Call by Call Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1166
Campaign Script Results Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1169
Campaign Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1172
Script Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1175
Section H: Administration reports 1179
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180
Access Classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1182
Report Groups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1185
User Defined Partitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1188
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1191
Section I: Network Control Center reports 1193
Overview of Network Control Center reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1194
Network Call by Call Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1196
Network Consolidated Application Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200
Network Consolidated DNIS Statistics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1206
Network Consolidated Incoming Calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1212
Network Consolidated Outgoing Calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1219
Network Consolidated Route Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1223
Network Consolidated Skillset Call Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1227
Network Consolidated Skillset Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1231
Network Site and Application Properties (NCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237
Network Skillset Routing Properties (NCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1241
Network Table Routing Assignments (NCC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1245
Nodal Consolidated Application Delay Before Abandon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1248
Nodal Consolidated Application Delay Before Answer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1254
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary xiii
Contents Standard 8.11
Nodal Consolidated Application Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1260
B Report Creation Wizard 1267
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1268
Sample Report Creation Wizard reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1269
Section A: CS 1000/Meridian 1, CS 2x00/DMS, and SIP reports 1273
Agent DN Performance.rpt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1274
Agent Performance.rpt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1281
CDN Statistics.rpt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1285
Skillset Performance.rpt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1289
Section B: License Manager reports 1293
License Usage Statistics.rpt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1294
Section C: Contact Center Multimedia reports 1297
SampleContactsOutstandingDrilldown.rpt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1298
SampleContactsOutstandingSummary.rpt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1301
SampleCampaignAgentScriptData.rpt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1304
SampleCampaignCallByCallData.rpt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1307
SampleCampaignDispCodeData.rpt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1310
SampleCampaignSumm.rpt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1313
Section D: Network consolidated reports 1317
Network Consolidated Skillset Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1318
Section E: Functions, operators, and formulas 1323
Report Creation Wizard functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1324
Report Creation Wizard operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1330
Report Creation Wizard formulas. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1332
C Pegging examples 1391
Pegging of local calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1392
Pegging of network calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1395
Pegging of activity codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1399
Pegging of Not Ready reason codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1403
Pegging of agent state timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1406
Pegging of ACD-DNs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1408
Pegging of DNIS calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1410
Pegging of calls returned to queue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1411
Pegging when a skillset is out of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1412
Pegging for calls networked out by NACD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1414
Pegging blind transfers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1416
xiv Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contents
Pegging when the caller leaves a message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1419
Pegging of calls answered by a backup skillset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1420
D Agent state tracking 1423
Pegging agent state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1424
Glossary 1429
Index 1469
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary xv
Contents Standard 8.11
xvi Contact Center Manager
Chapter 1
Getting Started
In this chapter
New in this release 18
Overview 21
About this guide 22
About Contact Center database 23
How to use this guide 28
Skills you need 29
Related Documents 31
How to get help 33
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 17
Getting Started Standard 8.11
New in this release
The following sections detail what is new in the Nortel Contact Center Manager
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary (297-2183-914) for release 8.11.
“Features” on page 18
“Other changes” on page 19
Features
See the following sections for information about feature changes:
“Contact Center Manager database views” on page 18
“Crystal Reports” on page 19
Contact Center Manager database views
The following Contact Center Manager database views are new:
ContactType
Provider
iLicenseStat
dLicenseStat
wLicenseStat
mLicenseStat
These database changes do not impact user-created reports created in previous
versions of Contact Center Manager. The additional database views affect the
following section:
“Contact Center Manager Data dictionary” on page 145
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center database views
A database is available for the Network Control Center. The Network Control
Center database affects the following section:
“Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary” on
page 511
18 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Getting Started
Crystal Reports
Contact Center Manager Release 6.0 provides support for Crystal Reports, by
Business Objects. Business Objects advises that Crystal Reports is backwards-
compatible. This means that the current version of Crystal Reports can open and
run reports originally created in earlier versions of Crystal Reports (versions 4.5
and later).
Other changes
See the following sections for information about changes that are not feature-
related.
“Updated database views” on page 19
Updated database views
The following database views contain field updates:
Agent
AgentByApplicationStat
AgentBySkillset Stat
ApplicationStat
CDN
CDNStat
DNISStat
NCCSite
NetworkOutStat
NetworkInCallStat
Site
SkillsetStat
Skillset
Supervisor
ScriptVariables
TargetSwitchComm
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 19
Getting Started Standard 8.11
For more information about these views and their field descriptions, see
“Contact Center Manager Data dictionary” on page 145.
20 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Getting Started
Overview
Nortel designed the Contact Center Manager to provide a contact center solution
for varied and changing business environments. It provides an open database
that is accessible from the client application and from other report writers and
applications that support Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) and Structured
Query Language (SQL).
This guide explains how to create and use customized reports. It also provides
information you need to export data to other applications.
Types of reports
Contact Center Manager offers a set of standard reports to analyze statistics such
as skillset activity, agent performance, and demographics of a specific customer.
You can create user-defined reports using the standard reports as a template.
Use the Report Creation Wizard to create reports and edit them. You can also
create user-created (or expert) reports using Crystal Reports or any other
standard report writer that conforms to the industry standards of ODBC and
SQL.
Working with reports
In addition to the tasks described in this manual, you can perform the following
tasks (for detailed instructions, see the Contact Center Manager Supervisor's
Guide):
Create user-defined reports.
Change report properties.
Change the site name.
Print or preview a list of reports.
Delete user-created or user-defined reports.
Print or preview reports.
Activate or deactivate report schedules.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 21
Getting Started Standard 8.11
About this guide
This guide is for Contact Center Manager administrators and supervisors who
create, manage, and use reports.
Access rights
This guide assumes that you have the required privileges and access rights to
perform the procedures in this guide. For more information, see the Contact
Center Manager Administrator’s Guide.
Optional features
Some of the features described in this guide are optional. Fields and commands
for features that you did not purchase are not available.
Switch references
Contact Center Manager provides interworking support for the following switch
types:
Meridian 1 PBX
DMS
Meridian SL-100
Communication Server 1000
Communication Server 2x00
MCS 5100
In this guide, references to Communication Server 1000 also apply to the
Meridian 1 PBX. References to Communication Server 2x00 also apply to DMS
and Meridian SL-100.
22 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Getting Started
About Contact Center database
The Contact Center database is an open database; you can access the data in this
database with any SQL- or ODBC-compliant application. You can use the data
in many ways, including the following:
Import the data into a spreadsheet for manipulation.
Import the data into your corporate database.
Import the data into a workforce management system for analysis.
Develop customized reports using Crystal Reports or another reporting
application.
The software required to access this data is installed on the Contact Center
Manager Administration server. With this software, a browser on a client PC can
access the data through the applications available on the Contact Center
Manager server.
To directly access this data from any other PC, first install and configure ODBC
and Sybase.
ATTENTION
Nortel recommends that you do NOT use a third-party
reporting application to develop customized reports on
computers running Contact Center Manager Administration.
ODBC
The Contact Center Manager database is ODBC-compatible; therefore, install
ODBC version 3.5 or later on the PC from which you access it, and define a
Data Set Name (DSN) for the database. If ODBC is not installed and configured
on your PC, follow these steps:
1 Install ODBC.
ODBC is part of the Data Access Components (DAC) and is distributed with
Microsoft Windows.
2 Configure a DSN using the ODBC Administrator.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 23
Getting Started Standard 8.11
Nortel does not support ODBC software that is not installed with Contact
Center Manager.
Sybase
The Sybase Server manages the database on Contact Center Manager Server. To
connect to the Sybase Server, use the Sybase Open Client version 12.5.
To use Sybase Open Client, follow these steps:
1 Install the Sybase Open Client.
This product is available on the Contact Center Manager DVD. Run
setup.exe located under the CCMA\Sybase folder.
2 Configure the client with an entry for the Sybase Server using the Sybase
DSEDIT utility.
When you generate a report, the definition is updated to point to the server to
which you are currently connected.
Nortel does not support Sybase software that is not provided with Contact
Center Manager.
Database views
The actual structure of the database is invisible, and you cannot access the
database tables directly. (Direct access to the tables might compromise the
integrity of the database and jeopardizes server performance.) You access data
through database views, or logical representations of the database. Database
views are used to organize the information in the database for your use. This
guide provides a definition of all the database views available.
When creating data-warehouse applications, you use these database views. The
database views contain all the information for customized reporting and queries,
and are created on top of database tables. The database tables have indexes;
therefore, SQL queries running on the database views can use the table indexes.
24 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Getting Started
The sysadmin logon account provides read-only access to a specific set of tables,
but not to all of the columns of those tables. For security and performance
reasons, no logon account provides read-only access to all of the database tables.
Third-party applications can access the database views using the Sysadmin
account. You can also use other accounts with reporting privileges on Contact
Center Manager to access data from the database views.
Types of data
The database contains four types of data:
Summarized historical statistics
Event statistics
Configuration data
Access and partition management data
Therefore, there are four types of database views: summarized historical statistic
views, event statistic views, configuration views, and access and partition
management views.
Summarized historical statistics
Summarized historical statistics are statistics accumulated over a period of time
(15-minute interval, daily, weekly, or monthly). These statistics are stored as
totals in the database. For example, summarized historical statistics can tell you
the number of calls answered during a 15-minute interval.
For more information about summarized historical statistics, see “Overview of
summarized historical statistics” on page 166.
Event statistics
Event statistics are statistics collected on a per-event basis rather than
accumulated over a period of time. Contact Center Manager records the
following types of event statistics:
Agent logon and logoff statistics
Call-by-call statistics
IVR port logon and logoff statistics
IVR port logon and logoff statistics do not apply in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 25
Getting Started Standard 8.11
Event statistics are accumulated as events occur.
For more information about summarized historical statistics, see “Overview of
event statistics” on page 346.
Configuration data
Configuration data describes the configuration of your server.
For more information about summarized historical statistics, see “Overview of
configuration views” on page 376.
Access and partition management data
The reports are run using these temporary MS Access database files as the data
source. When the report session is closed by the user, the temporary MS Access
database files are removed from the server.
The Microsoft Access database file contains four tables that are used by the
reports.
Report name Table name
Access Classes AccessClassesReport
Report Groups ReportGroupsReport
User Defined Partitions PartitionsReport
Users UsersReport
For more information about summarized historical statistics, see “Overview of
access and partition management views” on page 500.
Storage duration
When you configure historical statistics collection, you can choose how long to
store different types of statistics. The duration you choose determines the
amount of disk space required for the database. For more information, see the
Contact Center Manager Administrator’s Guide.
26 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Getting Started
Types of statistics collected
When you configure historical statistics collection, you can also choose the
types of statistics to collect. For example, you can choose not to collect call-by-
call or activity code statistics. The number and type of statistics you choose also
affect the amount of disk space required for the database.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 27
Getting Started Standard 8.11
How to use this guide
This guide includes a detailed table of contents and an index to help you find
specific information or procedures related to creating and using customized
reports. It also provides information you need to export data to other
applications. The “Where to start in this guide” section focuses only on the most
common tasks. If the task you want to perform is not listed, use the table of
contents or index to find the information you need.
Where to start in this guide
The following table describes where to start for common procedures.
If you want to See
define a connection to the Contact Chapter 2, “Defining a connection to
Center Manager Server server the Contact Center Manager Server.”
define a connection to the Contact Chapter 2, “Defining a connection to
Center Multimedia server the Contact Center Multimedia
server.”
view field definitions for Contact Chapter 4, “Contact Center Manager
Center Manager Data dictionary.”
view field definitions for Contact Chapter 6, “Contact Center
Center Multimedia Multimedia Data dictionary.”
view standard report information Appendix A, “Standard reports.”
use Report Creation Wizard to create Appendix B, “Report Creation
reports Wizard.”
understand pegging Appendix C, “Pegging examples.”
28 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Getting Started
Skills you need
This section describes the skills and knowledge you need to use this guide
effectively.
Skills you need to use standard reports
Contact Center Manager comes with a number of standard reports designed to
satisfy most requirements. You can generate these reports on an ad hoc basis, or
use them as templates to create user-defined reports. To use standard or user-
defined reports, you need the following skills and knowledge:
understanding of Contact Center Manager
understanding of contact center concepts
knowledge of your contact center information requirements
Skills you need to create user-defined reports
If you are unsatisfied with the content of the standard reports, you can save a
standard report with filters. User-created reports allow you to filter the
information and save the filters for repeated use. To do so, you need the skills
listed for standard reports.
Skills you need to create user-created reports
Expert users can create new reports by manipulating the statistics in the tables.
They can also change the formulas used to calculate statistics. To do so, you
need the skills listed for user-defined reports, plus familiarity with the following
products, standards, and concepts:
Open Database Connectivity (ODBC)
Structured Query Language (SQL)—the ability to write SQL queries, select
statements, and create commits; to repair, restore, and manipulate SQL
databases; and to create and debug complex reports
Crystal Reports—Contact Center Manager Release 6.0 provides support for
Crystal Reports.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 29
Getting Started Standard 8.11
Database management and administration—You need an understanding of
database views, data dictionaries, and data schemas.
After you create a new report, you import it into Contact Center Manager. For
more information about importing reports, see “Importing a report created in
Crystal Reports” on page 84.
Skills you need to use Report Creation Wizard
Report Creation Wizard is a wizard used for creating reports To use Report
Creation Wizard, you need the following skills:
Skills required similar to those for creating standard reports if you use
report definitions
Skills required similar to those for creating user-defined (customer) reports
if you use Open Database Connectivity (ODBC)
30 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Getting Started
Related Documents
The following guides are available on the Contact Center portfolio DVD or on
the Nortel Web site (www.nortel.com).
For information about Refer to NTP number
The Contact Center Contact Center What’s New in 297-2183-903
portfolio Release 6.0
Switch configuration Contact Center Communication 297-2183-931
Server 1000/Meridian 1 and Voice
Processing Guide
Contact Center Manager Switch 297-2183-937
Guide for Communication Server
2X00/DMS
SIP Contact Center Switch 297-2183-962
Configuration Guide
Scripting Contact Center Manager Scripting 297-2183-930
Guide for Communication Server
1000/Meridian 1 PBX
Contact Center Manager Scripting 297-2183-936
Guide for Communication Server
2X00/DMS
Contact Center Manager Database 297-2183-940
Integration User Guide
Administering contact Contact Center Manager 297-2183-927
centers Administrator’s Guide
Supervising contact Contact Center Manager Supervisor’s 297-2183-928
centers Guide
Contact Center Historical Reporting 297-2183-914
and Data Dictionary
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 31
Getting Started Standard 8.11
For information about Refer to NTP number
Handling contacts Contact Center Agent Desktop User 297-2183-945
Guide
Contact Center Multimedia User
Guide for Agents and Supervisors
32 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Getting Started
How to get help
This section explains how to get help for Nortel products and services. However,
before contacting Nortel for support, consult “Frequently asked questions” on
page 109 of this guide.
Finding the latest updates on the Nortel Web site
The content of this documentation was current at the time the product was
released. To check for updates to the latest documentation and software for
Contact Center 6.0, click one of the following links:
Link to Takes you directly to
Latest software The Nortel page for Contact Center located at
www.nortel.com/espl.
Latest documentation The Nortel page for Contact Center documentation
located at www.nortel.com/helmsman.
Getting help from the Nortel Web site
The best way to get technical support for Nortel products is the Nortel Technical
Support Web site:
www.nortel.com/support
This site provides quick access to software, documentation, bulletins, and tools
to address issues with Nortel products. From this site, you can:
download software and related tools
download technical documents, release notes, and product bulletins
sign up for automatic notification of new software and documentation
search the Technical Support Web site and Nortel Knowledge Base for
answers to technical issues
open and manage technical support cases
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 33
Getting Started Standard 8.11
Getting help over the phone from a Nortel Solutions Center
If you do not find the information you require on the Nortel Technical Support
Web site, and you have a Nortel support contract, you can also get help over the
phone from a Nortel Solutions Center.
In North America, call 1-800-4NORTEL (1-800-466-7835).
Outside North America, go to the following Web site to obtain the phone
number for your region:
www.nortel.com/callus
Getting help from a specialist by using an Express Routing Code
You can use an Express Routing Code (ERC) to more quickly route your call to
the appropriate support specialist. To locate the ERC for your product or
service, go to:
www.nortel.com/erc
Getting help through a Nortel distributor or reseller
If you purchased a service contract for your Nortel product from a distributor or
authorized reseller, you can contact the technical support staff for that distributor
or reseller.
34 Contact Center Manager
Chapter 2
Advanced Reporting
In this chapter
Overview 36
Section A: Expert reports 37
Section B: Filters 99
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 35
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
Overview
This chapter describes procedures for working with expert reports, creating new
reports (with Crystal Reports or with another report writer), importing reports,
and customizing report formulas.
This chapter also describes how to create filters. With the filters feature, you can
select the sites and resources included in a network consolidated report. This
feature is applicable only to networking.
36 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
Section A: Expert reports
In this section
Introduction 38
ODBC access to Contact Center Standby Server 40
Defining a connection to the Contact Center Manager Server 41
Running the Database View Definitions report 49
Defining a connection to the Contact Center Multimedia server 52
Creating a new Contact Center Manager report in Crystal Reports 56
Using database aliases in Crystal Reports 66
Setting the page orientation for a report 68
Creating a new Contact Center Manager report in another application 69
Importing a report created in Crystal Reports 84
Adding customized formulas in Crystal Reports 94
Creating a custom report to export data to Record format 96
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 37
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
Introduction
You can create user-created, or expert, reports in any ODBC- or SQL-compliant
application. This section provides a procedure for creating reports in Crystal
Reports. The section also provides generalized instructions for creating reports
in other applications.
You can import and schedule reports created in Crystal Reports only into
Contact Center Manager Administration. You cannot import reports created
with other applications, such as Call Center Management Information Systems
(CCMIS).
Creating expert reports
The process of creating a report involves the following tasks:
1. Run the Database View Definitions report on Contact Center Manager
Administration to identify the views used in the report.
2. Verify the Contact Center Manager Server connection and define a
connection, if necessary.
3. Create a new report. If you want to report on multiple time frames using the
same database view, you must create a report for each time frame.
4. (Optional) Create database aliases for database views (if you use Crystal
Reports).
5. Import a user-created report (if you use Crystal Reports). When you import
a report, it is added to the Reports window. You can schedule imported
reports and select the data range and output options.
Working with reports
In addition to the tasks described in this manual, you can perform the following
tasks. (For detailed instructions, refer to the Contact Center Manager
Supervisor's Guide.)
38 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
Creating user-defined reports
You can create user-defined reports using the standard reports available in the
Contact Center Manager Administration, or any other user-defined report, as a
template. When you create a user-defined report, you specify:
general report information—including report name
selection criteria—the entities included in the report
report schedule—when the report is generated
data range—the data collection period for the report
output options—the printer or file to which the report is output
Managing reports
You can change report properties, change the site name, print a list of reports, or
delete a user-defined or user-created report.
Using reports
You can preview a report, generate a report immediately, activate the report
schedule (so that it generates at the next scheduled time), or deactivate the
schedule.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 39
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
ODBC access to Contact Center Standby
Server
For any system with the Contact Center Standby Server option (introduced in
Symposium Call Center Server Release 5.0), the standby Contact Center
Manager Server generates historical statistics accessible through ODBC.
Due to the design of the Contact Center Standby Server feature, the standby
Contact Center Manager server cannot run services (to ensure that no database
updates are applied to the standby Contact Center Manager Server, which makes
it out of sync with the primary Contact Center Manager server).
The database access for Contact Center Standby Server is through read-only
ODBC interface.
An application to provide ODBC access is not provided by Nortel.
A custom application must be provided to extract data from the standby
database.
40 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
Defining a connection to the Contact Center
Manager Server
To access the Contact Center Manager database from a report writer application,
perform the following:
install ODBC and Sybase Open Client
configure a Sybase Server entry
configure an ODBC DSN
This section provides instructions for:
defining a connection to the server
defining the DSN
Defining a connection to the server
1 From the Windows Start menu, choose Run.
2 Type dsedit, and then click OK.
Result: The Select Directory Service window appears.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 41
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
3 Click OK.
Result: The dsedit window appears.
4 Choose Server Object > Add.
Result: The Input Server Name window appears.
42 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
5 In the Server Name box, type a name (for example, 47.10.25.3), and then
click OK.
Result: The dsedit window appears.
6 Double-click the Server Address.
Result: The Network Address Attribute window appears.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 43
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
7 Click Add.
Result: The Input Network Address For Protocol window appears.
8 In the Network Address box, type <Nortel server subnet IP address of the
Contact Center Manager Server>,5000.
9 Click OK.
Result: The Nortel server subnet IP address appears in the Network
Address Attribute window.
44 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
10 Click OK.
Result: The dsedit window appears.
11 Choose Server Object > Ping Server.
Result: The Ping window appears.
12 Click Ping.
Result: A message appears indicating that an open connection to the
server succeeded.
13 Click OK.
14 Click Done.
15 Choose File > Exit.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 45
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
Defining the DSN
1 From the Windows Start menu, choose Control Panel > Administrative
Tools.
2 Launch the Data Source (ODBC) application.
Result: The ODBC Data Source Administrator window appears.
3 Click the System DSN tab.
4 Click Add.
Result: The Create New Data Source window appears.
46 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
5 Select Sybase ASE ODBC Driver.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The ODBC Sybase ASE Setup window appears.
The details shown in the ODBC Sybase ASE Setup window depends on
the version of the driver installed.
7 In the Data Source Name box, type the name for the data source (for
example, CCMS_47.10.25.3_DSN).
8 In the Description box, type any additional information about the data
source. This is optional.
9 In the Network Address box, type the <CLAN IP address of the Contact
Center Manager>,5000. (for example, 47.10.25.3, 5000).
10 In the Database Name box, type blue.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 47
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
11 Click Test Connect.
Result: The Logon to Sybase window appears.
12 In the Login ID box, type your logon ID for Contact Center Manager
Server. The Login ID corresponds to a user account that is created using
the Contact Center Manager Server Utility. (It is not a Windows 2000 ID
defined on the Contact Center Manager Server.)
13 In the Password box, type your password for Contact Center Manager
Server.
14 Click OK.
Result: The system message “Connection established” appears.
15 Click OK.
Result: The ODBC Sybase ASE Setup window appears.
16 Click OK.
48 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
Running the Database View Definitions report
Before creating a customized report, run the Database View Definitions report to
display all the database views available. This report lists all of the field names
available for use in your report. For more information about the report, see
“Database View Definitions” on page 954.
The Database View Definition report does not include views from the Contact
Center Multimedia database.
Running the Database View Definitions report
1 From the Launchpad, click on Historical Reporting.
Result: The Historical Reporting window appears.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 49
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
2 Select the Contact Center Manager Server from which you want to run the
report.
Result: The server expands to reveal a series of folders.
3 Select the Configuration folder located under the Public Report
Templates.
4 Select Config - Database View Definitions.
Result: The report definitions appear in the right pane.
50 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
5 Click Run Now to generate the report.
Result: The Ad-hoc Report Viewer windows appears.
6 Click the Printer icon if you require a printout, or the Export icon if you
want to save the report.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 51
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
Defining a connection to the Contact Center
Multimedia server
To access the Contact Center Multimedia database from a report writer
application, perform the following:
install the Caché ODBC driver
define the DSN
Installing the Caché ODBC driver
The Caché ODBC driver is supplied on the DVD. It is in the
CCMM\CacheODBCSoftware folder.
To install the Caché ODBC driver
Double-click the ODBCDriver.exe file.
52 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
Defining the DSN
1 From the Windows Start menu, choose Settings > Control Panel >
Administrative Tools.
2 Launch the Data Source (ODBC) application.
Result: The ODBC Data Source Administrator window appears.
3 Click the System DSN tab.
4 Click Add.
Result: The Create New Data Source window appears.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 53
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
5 Select Intersystems ODBC.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The Intersystems Caché ODBC Data Source Setup window
appears.
7 Enter information into the following boxes:
Name: The name for the data source (for example,
CCMM_47.10.25.3_DSN).
Description: (Optional) Additional information about the data source.
Host: Enter the IP address or machine name of the Contact Center
Multimedia server.
Port: Leave at the default—1972.
Caché Namespace: MULTIMEDIA.
8 Fill in the User Name and Password boxes with the following information:
User Name: mmExternal
Password: mmExt
54 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
9 Click Test Connection
Result: The Intersystems Caché ODBC Data Source Setup confirmation
summary appears.
10 Click OK.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 55
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
Creating a new Contact Center Manager report
in Crystal Reports
Follow these steps to create a new report using Crystal Reports:
Create the report and connect to the database.
Select views and fields.
The following procedure provides detailed instructions for performing these
steps with the Crystal Reports 10 Report Wizard.
Before you begin
Before following this procedure, obtain training in Crystal Reports. Nortel
recommends that you direct issues with the Crystal Reports application to your
Crystal Reports vendor. Nortel does not provide troubleshooting for reports
created incorrectly using Crystal Reports.
Creating a report and connecting to the database
Note that if you want to report on multiple time frames using the same database
view, you must create a report for each time frame.
56 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
1 From the Start menu, choose All Programs > Crystal 10.
Result: The Crystal Reports Welcome dialog box appears. The Crystal
Reports Welcome screen does not appear if you clear the option to Show
welcome dialog at startup.
2 Select Using the Report Wizard, and then click OK.
Result: The Crystal Reports Gallery window appears.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 57
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
3 If the Crystal Reports Welcome dialog does not appear, select File > New.
Result: The Crystal Reports Gallery dialog appears.
4 Select Standard, and then click OK.
Result: The Data window appears.
58 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
5 Expand the Create New Connection folder, and then select ODBC (RDO).
RDO stands for Remote Data Object.
6 Click Next.
Result: The Data Source Selection window appears.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 59
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
7 Select the ODBC entry for the server (for example,
CCMS_47.10.25.3_DSN), and then click Next.
Result: The Connection Information window appears.
8 In the User ID box, type the user ID. The user ID corresponds to a user
account that is created using the Contact Center Manager Server Utility. (It
is not a Windows 2000 ID defined on the Contact Center Manager Server.)
9 In the Password box, type the password for Contact Center Manager
Server. If you do not know your user ID or password, contact your system
administrator.
10 From the Database list, select blue.
60 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
11 Click Finish.
Result: The Data window appears.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 61
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
12 Expand Current Connection > CCMS_47.10.25.3_DSN > blue > dbo >
Views.
Result: Available views to include in the report appear.
13 Select each view to include in the report, and click the right arrow button
(>). Ensure you use views, not tables, when you create the report.
62 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
14 Click Next.
Result: The Fields window appears.
15 From the Available Fields list, select fields to display on the report and
click the right arrow button.
16 Click Next.
Result: The Grouping window appears.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 63
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
17 From the Available Fields list, select the fields you want to group data by,
and click the right arrow button (>).
18 Click Next.
Result: The Template window appears.
With Crystal Reports wizard you can set additional report elements by
presenting specific windows. Make changes if required on each of these
screens and click Next to continue. When you reach the last screen of the
wizard, the Next button is disabled and the Finish button is enabled.
19 Select the template you want to use for the report.
64 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
20 Click Finish.
Result: The Crystal Reports window appears.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 65
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
Using database aliases in Crystal Reports
A database alias is a name that represents a database view in the report
definition. If you use an alias rather than a view name, you can easily change the
view used by a report.
Example
For example, you can create a user-defined daily report. If you want an interval
report with identical fields, you can copy the daily report and change the
database alias to point to an interval view.
Changing a database alias
1 From the Crystal Reports window, choose Database > Database Expert.
Result: The Database Expert window appears.
2 In the Selected Tables box, select the database view for which you want to
create an alias name.
66 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
3 Press F2
Result: The database view name becomes an editing box.
4 Enter the new alias.
5 Clear the database view to save the new name.
Example: Click on dAgentPerformanceStat under Selected Tables. In the
edit box, enter iAgentPerformanceStat. Clear the database view. The view
is now renamed iAgentPerformanceStat.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 67
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
Setting the page orientation for a report
The following procedure outlines the steps to complete when selecting the page
orientation for the report.
Setting the page orientation
1 In Crystal Reports, from the File menu select Printer Setup.
Result: The Print Setup dialog box appears.
2 Select an Orientation option for the report.
The default page orientation for the report is the same as the default page
orientation for the printer. If you change the page orientation for the report,
the printer default orientation remains the same.
Nortel recommends that you select a page orientation for the report that
differs from that of the printer. For more information, see “Why does my
custom report print in a layout different from what I set when I created the
report?” on page 140.
68 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
Creating a new Contact Center Manager report
in another application
Before you can create reports in an ODBC- or SQL-compliant application,
define the server in Contact Center Manager as a data source. Perform this
procedure on the client PC. When the data source is defined, you can use the
application to create reports.
Restriction
Reports created with this method cannot be imported into the server in Contact
Center Manager.
Applications
If the application supports importing data using ODBC, it is possible to use the
application for report creation. The examples provided in this section cover
Microsoft Access 2002 and Microsoft Excel 2002 only. The steps required may
not be the same for different versions of these applications. Refer to the
application documentation for details about how to import data.
Defining a data source
Before the data can be used by another application, a connection to the server
must be defined. Refer to “Defining a connection to the Contact Center Manager
Server” on page 41 for more details.
Creating reports using Microsoft Excel
The steps in this procedure refer to Microsoft Excel 2002 only. The steps
required may not be the same for different versions of this application. Refer to
the application documentation for details about how to import data.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 69
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
1 Open Microsoft Excel.
2 Select Data > Import External Data > New Database Query.
Result: The Choose Data Source window appears.
3 Select the ODBC Data Source defined for the server.
4 Ensure that the Use the Query Wizard to create/edit queries option is
selected.
5 Click OK.
Result: The Logon to Sybase ASE window appears.
6 In the Logon to Sybase ASE window, enter the Login ID and Password (if
required).
70 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
7 Click OK.
Result: The Query Wizard – Choose Columns window appears.
8 Select the columns to include in the report. If you want to filter the data by a
specific column, you must include that column in the query.
9 Click Next.
Result: The Query Wizard – Filter Data window appears.
10 (Optional) Select the columns and choose how to filter the data.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 71
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
11 Click Next.
Result: The Query Wizard – Sort Order window appears.
12 (Optional) Select the columns used to sort the data.
13 Click Next.
Result: The Query Wizard – Finish window appears.
14 Select the Return data to Microsoft Excel option.
72 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
15 Click Finish.
Result: The Import Data window appears.
16 Select where to import the data returned from the query. The data can be
imported into a new worksheet or imported into the current worksheet.
When importing data into the current worksheet you can select the starting
row and column for the data.
17 Click OK to import the data.
Result: The Microsoft Excel worksheet appears with the imported data.
18 Select File > Save to save the new report.
19 The imported data can now be formatted using features within Microsoft
Excel and printed.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 73
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
Creating reports using Microsoft Access
The steps in this procedure refer to Microsoft Access 2002 only. The steps
required may not be the same for different versions of this application. Refer to
the application documentation for details about how to import data.
1 Open Microsoft Access.
2 Open an existing database file or create a new blank database.
3 Select File > Get External Data > Import.
Result: The Import window appears.
74 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
4 In the Import window, select ODBC Database from the Files of type drop-
down list.
Result: The Select Data Source window appears.
5 In the Select Data Source window, click on the Machine Data Source tab.
6 Select the ODBC Data Source defined for the server.
7 Click OK.
Result: The Logon to Sybase ASE window appears.
8 Enter the Login ID and Password (if required).
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 75
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
9 Click OK.
Result: The Import Objects window appears.
10 From the Import Objects window, select the tables to import into the
Microsoft Access database.
11 Click OK.
The time required to import the data depends on the amount of data stored
in the selected tables.
Result: The Microsoft Access application window appears with the
imported tables.
76 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
12 After the tables are imported, you can now use the features available in
Microsoft Access to format the imported data and to create reports.
Example: For this example, create a new report using the Report Wizard.
13 Select Insert > Report.
Result: The New Report window appears.
14 From the New Report window, select Report Wizard.
15 From the Choose the table or query where the object's data comes
from drop-down list, select the table to use for the report.
16 Click OK.
Result: The Report Wizard – Field Selection window appears.
17 Select the fields to include on the report from the list of available fields.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 77
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
18 Click Next.
Result: The Report Wizard – Grouping window appears.
19 (Optional) Select the fields to group the report by from the list of fields. If
groups are not added to the report, proceed to step 20.
a. Click Grouping Options to set the options for the selected groups.
Result: The Report Wizard – Grouping Options window appears.
b. Select the grouping intervals for each of the selected group-level fields.
c. Click OK.
Result: The Report Wizard – Grouping window appears with new
options defined.
78 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
20 Click Next.
Result: The Report Wizard – Sort Order window appears.
21 (Optional) Select the fields used to sort the data on the report.
22 (Optional) Select the direction for sorting using the Ascending/
Descending button.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 79
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
23 (Optional) Click Summary Options to add summaries to the report. If
summaries are not added to the report, proceed to step 24.
Result: The Report Wizard – Summary Options window appears.
a. Select the summary fields to include.
b. Select the data shown on the report.
c. Click OK.
Result: The Report Wizard – Sort Order window appears.
80 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
24 Click Next.
Result: The Report Wizard – Layout window appears.
25 (Optional) Select the layout and page orientation for the report.
26 Click Next.
Result: The Report Wizard – Style window appears.
27 (Optional) Select the style for the report.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 81
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
28 Click Next.
Result: The Report Wizard – Finish window appears.
29 Enter a name for the new report.
30 Select the Preview the report option.
82 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
31 Click Finish.
Result: The Report Preview window appears.
32 Use the Design View feature of Microsoft Access to edit the report created
by the Report Wizard.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 83
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
Importing a report created in Crystal Reports
Follow this procedure to import a Contact Center Manager Server report
template you created in Crystal Reports into Contact Center Manager
Administration. For more information about importing reports using Contact
Center Manager Administration, see the Contact Center Manager
Administration Online Help.
CAUTION
Risk of data loss
Do not move the template file after you import the report. If you
.
do move the file, the server cannot find the report, and you must
import it again.
Nortel does not support importing report templates that include references to
other data sources (for example, references to Microsoft Access databases are
not supported). Reports might include data from more than one database view;
however, link these views in the manner documented in this guide (for more
information, see “Linking views” on page 171). The use of unlinked views in
subreports is not supported.
84 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
ATTENTION
There is a major architectural change from Crystal Report 8.5
to Crystal Report 9.0 and later versions. From Crystal Report
version 9.0 onwards, Crystal Reports are Unicode compliant.
This is the cause for the delay or failure in the reports being
imported and generated on Contact Center Manager
Administration.
If your custom or user-created report templates created Crystal
Reports 8.5 experience this problem, you must resave the
report templates into Crystal Reports 9.0 or Crystal Reports 10
before importing them to Contact Center Manager
Administration. For a detailed procedure, see “Saving a report
template in Crystal Reports 10” on page 86.
If you use Crystal Report 9.0 software, the procedure is the
same except that the report templates are saved in the Crystal
9.0 version, which is supported by Contact Center Manager
Administration for importing the custom or user-created
reports.
Restrictions
The following restrictions apply:
Reports created in other applications cannot be imported.
Report templates that include references to other data sources (other than
the Contact Center Manager database) cannot be imported.
Limitations
The following limitations apply:
There are limitations in the way in which the reports application handles
user-created reports that contain subreports and use the Timestamp field.
For more information, see “Limitations with subreports” on page 91.
There are limitations with parameter fields in subreports. Define the
parameter fields in the main report for user-created parameterized reports
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 85
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
with subreports. If the report template with subreports does not have
parameter fields defined in the main report, the report cannot be imported
as parameter report to the Contact Center Manager Administration server.
Saving a report template in Crystal Reports 10
1 Install Crystal Reports10 on a PC.
ATTENTION
Do not install Crystal Reports10 software on the Contact
Center Manager Administration server.
2 Copy all your custom report templates created in Crystal 8.5 or earlier
versions in a directory.
Example: Copy reports into directory OldVersionTemplates on the PC
where you installed Crystal Reports 10 software.
3 Create a new directory named Crystal10Templates.
4 Start Crystal Reports 10.
5 Select File > Open.
6 Select the OldVersionTemplates directory.
Result: The OldVersionTemplates directory opens.
7 Select the appropriate report file and click Open.
Result: The report file opens in Crystal Reports.
8 Select File > Save As to save the report template into a Crystal 10 version
template.
9 Navigate to the Crystal10Templates directory.
10 Select Save to save the report template in the Crystal10Templates
directory.
Result: Report is saved in Crystal Reports 10 format.
11 After you save all the required templates, copy the Crystal report templates
to the PC you use for Contact Center Manager Administration browser to
import these report templates.
For a detailed procedure, see “Importing a user-created Crystal Report” on
page 87.
86 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
Importing a user-created Crystal Report
ATTENTION
You cannot import Crystal reports using Report Creation
Wizrd. You must use the Historical Reporting Template
Importing Wizard as indicated in this procedure.
1 From the Launchpad, click on Historical Reporting.
Result: The Historical Reporting window appears.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 87
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
2 Select the Contact Center Manager Server from which you want to run the
report (for example, the Galway server).
Result: The server expands to reveal a choice between public, private, and
any group folders created.
88 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
3 On the menu, click Report > Import.
Result: The Template Importing Wizard appears.
4 Click the Next button.
5 (Optional) Select the Synchronize report template from the network
drive check box.
If this check box is selected at the time of import, the Contact Center
Manager Administration server synchronizes the user-created reports from
the source network drive every time you modify the report using Crystal
Reports on the network drive.
This means if you modify your source report template on the network drive/
PC, you do not need to import the report into the Contact Center Manager
Administration server.
To use this option, ensure the network PC is preconfigured. For details, see
the Contact Center Manager Administration Installation and Maintenance
Guide or contact your administrator.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 89
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
6 Enter the network path of the report template as follows: \\NetworkPC
name\shared folder name\report templatename.rpt
Result: The CCMA application stores/saves the template network path
(TemplatePath) and last modified date (LastModified) of the report template
file.
Contact Center Manager Administration application server uses
TemplatePath and LastModified data to copy the report template from the
network drive to the Contact Center Manager Administration application
server (if report template is modified on the network drive after import).
7 Enter the template name.
8 Select the value under Report is based on the following data. The
choices are: Historical, Configuration, and Parameters.
To import a Historical report, enter additional information:
The Database alias. This alias is the database view name for the SQL
query.
In the Timestamp box, type Timestamp (ensure Timestamp is entered
in the correct format with capital T or the report does not run).
9 Select the Report Data Range option. The choices are Interval, Daily,
Weekly, and Monthly.
10 Click Next.
11 Click Finish.
Result: The report is added to your Private Report Templates folder under
your Contact Center Manager Server.
90 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
If you select the Configuration or Parameters option, you do not need to
specify an alias.
The Timestamp field is not required for a Configuration report nor for a
Parameters report.
Limitations with subreports
If you import user-created reports that contain subreports, some limitations exist
due to the way the Contact Center Manager reports application handles the
Timestamp filter. The application does not automatically pass the filter into the
subreports. Therefore, unless the Timestamp fields in the subreports are linked
to the container report, the subreports are not filtered based on the Timestamp
range provided.
This section describes the process of linking subreport Timestamp fields and
outlines the limitations imposed.
Parameter report
If the report template with subreport has parameter fields defined only in the
subreport, the report cannot be imported as a parameter report. For user-created
report templates with parameter fields, the parameter fields must be defined in
the primary report. Also, the parameter fields defined in the primary fields
prompt for data entry or selection when running the parameter report.
Timestamp field
When you import a report, configure the Timestamp field. With the Timestamp
field you can enter the date and time in the report application used to filter the
data provided on the report. (For configuration reports, a Timestamp field is not
required, because the data is not time-specific).
When reports generate, the Timestamp filter is applied to the main (container)
report and not passed into any subreports. To filter the data on the subreports by
the same Timestamp field as the container report, link the Timestamp field on
each subreport to the Timestamp field in the container report.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 91
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
Positioning linked subreports on the container report
The position of the linked subreport on the container report is important to
ensure that all subreports run for each of the Timestamps on the container report.
To ensure that each Timestamp in the container report is passed into the
subreports, all linked subreports appear in the details area of the container
report.
Limitations
Because the subreports appear in the details section of the container report, the
subreports generate for each Timestamp field (rather than running for the whole
time interval passed into the main report). This limits the capabilities of the
subreports as each subreport generates reports based on a single database record.
Therefore, subreports cannot be used if the report works on multiple database
records within a range of Timestamps.
Linking subreport Timestamp fields
Use the following steps to link the Timestamp field on the container report to the
Timestamp field on each subreport.
1 While viewing the container report, choose Edit > Subreport Links. This
menu item is available when viewing the container report.
Result: The Subreport Links window appears.
2 Select the first subreport from the list.
3 In the Available Fields box, select the container report Timestamp field
used to import the report.
4 Select the right arrow button (>) to move the Timestamp to the Field(s) to
link to list.
92 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
5 In the field link section at the bottom of the window, ensure that the Select
data in subreport based on field checkbox is selected, and that the field
displayed is the correct Timestamp field for the subreport.
Result: The completed window resembles the following example:
6 Repeat steps 2 to 5 for each subreport.
7 Click OK.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 93
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
Adding customized formulas in Crystal
Reports
Follow this procedure to insert the following formulas in your reports:
customized formulas
special formulas defined for use with Contact Center Manager
Special formulas defined for use with Contact Center Manager include:
@report_interval the collection period for the report
@report_title the title of the report, as defined on the General – Report
Properties property page
@Report_user the logon ID of the user who printed the report
@site_id_name the name of the site; to change the site name, see the
Contact Center Manager Supervisor's Guide
@report_language the default language used by Contact Center Manager to
present translated fields on a report [for example,
(English Unites States) is en-us]
If a preferred language is not available, Contact Center
Manager defaults to en-us.
@report_datarange the numeric value related to the data range selected in
the Historical Reporting application. The possible
values are:
0 = Not applicable
1 = Interval
2 = Daily
4 = Weekly
8 = Monthly
94 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
@report_tablenames the string representing the table names used to generate
the report.
If more than one table is used, the tables are separated
by a comma (for example, iAgentBySkillsetStat,
iSkillsetStat).
@report_interval_start DateTime object representing the collection period start
date and time for the report.
@report_interval_end DateTime object representing the collection period end
date and time for the report.
For more information about formulas, see the Formula Editor topic in the
Crystal Reports online Help. (This topic is available from the Help Index.
Search for formula editor.)
Adding customized formulas to a report
1 In Crystal Reports, open the report you want to customize.
2 In the Field Explorer, select Formula Fields.
3 Click the right mouse button, and then select New.
Result: The Formula Name window appears.
4 Type the name of the formula (for example, @report_interval).
5 Click User Editor.
Result: The formula is added to the Formula fields list.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 95
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
Creating a custom report to export data to
Record format
To improve the readability of the reports and reduce the number of pages
generated, the following options are applied to some of the fields in the report
templates:
suppress
conditionally suppress
hide
conditionally hide
These options are not supported by the Record output format. As a result, when
you output reports to Record format, some data is not exported. To export this
data to Record format, create a new custom report and disable these options.
Static data (row and column headings) cannot be exported to Record format.
Creating a custom report
1 Obtain the following information:
the name and location of the report template to update
the name of the database table the template uses
To do so, run the report from the Reports application in Contact Center
Manager Administration. The name and location of the report template
appears in the footer (for example, C:\Program Files\Nortel
Networks\WClient\Apps\Reporting\Historical\rpt\CS1000
(M1)\IMSKILL1.RPT). The database view appears in the upper left corner
after the label Table Name.
Separate templates are used for the interval, daily, weekly, and monthly
versions of each report. Follow this procedure to change each template you
want to use.
2 If a folder to store your custom reports does not exist, create one. This
helps ensure that you do not delete or change the standard reports shipped
with the client.
96 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
3 Copy the template file that you want to change to the folder containing your
custom reports. To do so, follow these steps:
a. Open Windows Explorer.
b. Browse to the path specified in the report footer, and then select the
template file.
c. Choose Edit > Copy.
d. Select the folder containing your custom reports.
e. Choose Edit > Paste to copy the template to this folder.
4 Rename the template file. Choose a name that identifies the purpose of the
new report.
5 Use Crystal Reports to open the new template file.
6 Choose Report > Expert.
Result: The Section Expert dialog box appears.
7 Select a section that you want to include in the report.
8 If the Suppress (No Drill-Down) or Hide (Drill-Down OK) checkboxes are
selected, clear them.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 97
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
9 If the Suppress (No Drill-Down) or Hide (Drill-Down OK) properties have
a formula (that is, if the button appears beside these fields), remove the
formula by following these steps:
a. Click the button.
Result: The Formula Workshop - Format Formula Editor window
appears.
b. Delete the formula.
c. Click the Save and Close icon ( ).
10 Import the report following the instructions in “Importing a report created in
Crystal Reports” on page 84.
Under Report is based on the following data, select the report type. If the
original report name contains config, select Configuration only. For other
reports, select Other statistical data.
If you set the data type to Other statistical data, specify a database alias
name. Enter the table name (or view) obtained in step 1, replacing the first
character with an i.
For example, if the table name (or view) is dSkillsetStat, enter iSkillsetStat.
(The reports use database aliases to point to the correct table.)
Result: You can now run or schedule this report like any other user-defined
report.
98 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
Section B: Filters
In this section
Overview 100
Creating filters 102
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 99
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
Overview
With the filters feature you select the sites and site resources to include in a
network consolidated report, for example, the Network Consolidated Skillset
Performance Report. Filters are applicable only to networking. After you create
a filter, you can include the filters whenever you generate a report (for more
information about using filters in reports, see the Contact Center Manager
Supervisor's Guide). You can create multiple filters, selecting different sets of
sites and resources for reporting.
Run filters from Historical Reporting in Contact Center Manager
Administration. When you are in Historical Reporting, select Filters > Manage
Filters.
Before you can use filters, you must Configure the Network Control Center. For
more information, refer to the Contact Center Manager Network Control Center
Administrator’s Guide.
Filters are not supported in all NCC reports.
The following NCC reports support filters:
Network Consolidated Application Performance
Network Consolidated DNIS Statistics
Network Consolidated Route Performance
Network Consolidated Skillset Performance
The following NCC reports do not support filters:
Config - Network Site and Application Properties (NCC)
Config - Network Skillset Routing Properties (NCC)
Config - Network Table Routing Assignment (NCC)
Network Call By Call
Network Consolidated Incoming Calls
Network Consolidated Outgoing Calls
Network Consolidated Skillset Call Distribution
100 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
Nodal Consolidated Application Delay Before Abandon
Nodal Consolidated Application Delay Before Answer
Nodal Consolidated Application Performance
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 101
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
Creating filters
Log in to the Contact Center Manager Administration using your login account,
and go to the Historical Reporting application to create and use the filters for
Network Consolidated reports.
Filters are applicable only to networking.
Creating filters
1 Log into Contact Center Manager Administration.
2 Select Historical Reporting on the Launchpad.
3 Select Filters > Manage Filters.
In the Filters application, you can add new filters and delete any existing
filters that you created. All the existing filters appear in the left tree view.
When you select a filter, the list of nodal Contact Center Manager Servers
and the Network Control Center server appear under the filter. Servers are
disabled if you do not have access rights to them.
102 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
When you select an active server on the right, the following resource tabs
appear: Skillset, Application, DNIS, and Route. Click one of the resource
tabs on the horizontal bar to choose the elements to add to the filter. You
can select all elements per element type by selecting the Select All
checkbox. To clear all selected elements, clear the Select All checkbox.
4 To add a new filter, select Filters > Add Filter.
5 Enter the name of filter in the text box in the format New Filter Name.
6 Click Submit.
Result: The new filter appears on the left.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 103
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
7 Select one of the servers listed on the left. If you do not choose a filter, you
must select a site.
8 Select one of the resource tabs in the horizontal bar.
Example: To create a new filter named Billing on Skillsets for the nodal
server Dublin:
a. Select the server Dublin.
b. Select the Skillset tab.
Result: The list of available skillsets for the server appears.
c. Select the skillsets you want to add to the filter.
d. If you want to add another resource (element) such as Application,
DNIS, or Route, select those tabs.
e. You can also select elements from another server (listed under
Servers) by selecting the server and then selecting the elements.
104 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
f. Click Submit to update the filter.
Result: Message appears at the bottom of page—”Elements for Billing
have been updated successfully”.
Deleting an existing filter
1 Select Filters > Delete Filter.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 105
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
2 To delete many filters at the same time, click on the root node Filters.
Result: All available filters display.
3 Select the filters you want to delete.
4 Click Delete.
5 Click OK to confirm the deletion.
Using filters
1 Open the Historical Reporting application. If you are in the Filters
application, select Report > View Report to return to Reports.
2 Select the Network Control Center server.
3 Select the network consolidated report, for example, the Network
Consolidated Skillset Performance Report.
4 Click Selection Criteria.
5 Click Available.
6 Check the network site (or sites) on you want to run the report against.
7 Click Update Selection Criteria to confirm selection of network sites.
8 Click Filters link.
Result: List of filters that you created for the NCC reports appears.
106 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Advanced Reporting
If you click on any filter to view detail information, a warning message
dialog appears.
9 Select one or all the filters to include in this report.
10 Select the Data range (see Contact Center Manager Supervisor's Guide for
details).
11 Click Run Now.
Result: The report output shows the data for skillsets for the site that match
the filters skillsets. If you do not choose the filters to run the report, the
report shows the data for all the skillsets in the report. Alternately, you can
save the report with the selected filters and schedule the report for a later
time (For details, see the Contact Center Manager Supervisor's Guide).
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 107
Advanced Reporting Standard 8.11
108 Contact Center Manager
Chapter 3
Frequently asked questions
In this chapter
Overview 110
General questions 111
Questions about intervals 114
Questions about agent statistics 116
Questions about activity and Not Ready statistics 123
Questions about skillset and application statistics 125
Questions about DNIS statistics 134
Questions about call-by-call statistics 135
Questions about ACD calls 136
Questions about DN calls 137
Questions about custom reports 139
Questions about Multimedia reporting 141
Questions about Contact Center Outbound campaign reporting 142
Questions about Pull-mode contacts 143
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 109
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
Overview
This chapter contains frequently asked questions about Contact Center Manager
statistics pegging and custom reports. The information in this section can also
help you troubleshoot any problems with your reports.
110 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
General questions
The following section lists general questions.
What is the difference between application and skillset statistics?
Application statistics provide information about the entire life of a call. Skillset
statistics provide information about a call when it is queued against a specific
skillset until the call is complete.
What is the reporting impact of having a primary script and skillset
with the same name?
The data collectors do not know the names of the skillsets and applications;
therefore, having the same name does not impact pegging.
However, using identical names makes reports and real-time displays difficult to
interpret. Therefore, Nortel recommends that you use the suffix _sk for skillset
names, to help identify them.
How do I create a report combining Meridian MAX data and Contact
Center Manager data?
Export the Meridian MAX data in an SQL format to an external location. Then
you can design reports that run SQL queries against both this data source and the
Contact Center Manager database.
Why does CallsOffered not equal CallsAnswered plus
CallsAbandoned?
CallsOffered does not equal CallsAnswered plus CallAbandoned for two
reasons:
A call pegs as offered in the interval when it is first processed by the Master
script. It pegs as answered in the interval when the call is answered, or it
pegs as abandoned in the interval when the call is released. The call offer
and call answered/abandoned events might not occur in the same interval.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 111
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
A call receives a treatment, such as Force Disconnect, Overflow, Route To,
or Default, instead of being answered or abandoned. You can create a
custom formula to account for all calls given a treatment (the formula
varies depending on the types of treatments you use). When you add this
custom formula to CallsAnswered and CallsAbandoned, the result should
be close to CallsOffered. (The result may not be equal to CallsOffered if
calls are offered in one interval and answered, abandoned, or given a
treatment in another.)
Is there a difference between regular hold time versus hold time spent
while the agent is in conference mode?
When an agent presses the conference key, the agent is placed OnHold until the
conference is complete. HoldTime pegs exactly like regular hold time. The
pegging component does not differentiate between them.
For example, the following actions occur.
Action Time of day (HH:MM:SS)
Agent 2222 answers a call 12:00:00
Agent 2222 initiates consultation 12:00:05
Agent 3333 accepts consultation 12:00:15
All calls released 12:00:30
Is this scenario we peg the following items.
TalkTime (MM:SS) HoldTime (MM:SS)
Agent 2222 00:30 00:10
Agent 3333 00:15 00:00
112 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
How are Daylight Savings Time and other significant time changes
handled?
Daylight Savings Time (DST) and other significant time changes are handled
differently for summarized historical statistics and event statistics.
Summarized historical statistics
When a DST occurs, summarized historical statistics are pegged as follows:
1. All statistics for the current interval are pegged and wrapped up using the
pre-DST timestamp. The event time of this message is the pre-DST time.
For example, if the time is 10:19 a.m. and a DST occurs on the switch,
statistics are pegged for the interval from 10:15 a.m. to 10:30 a.m. The
pegged interval will include 4 minutes of statistics.
2. All statistics for the new interval are now pegged. In the case of DST
occurring at 10:19 a.m., statistics are pegged after the DST change for the
interval from 11:15 a.m. to 11:30 a.m. The pegged interval will include 11
minutes of statistics.
Event statistics
Event statistics are handled in much the same way as summarized historical
statistics. The only difference is that a DST event or a significant time change
event is written to each statistic object (for example, Call, Agent and IVR Port)
in each event-based statistic group (for example, CallByCall, Agent Login/
Logout and IVR Port Login/Logout).
When a DST occurs and the time is pushed forward to the next day, the daily
maintenance routines are carried out for the day in which the DST occurred. The
maintenance routines are carried out after the pre-DST statistics are wrapped up
as described for summarized historical statistics.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 113
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
Questions about intervals
The following section lists interval questions.
What time period does the interval from 7:00 to 7:15 represent?
When you generate a report for the interval from 7:00 to 7:15, the data included
in the report includes events occurring between 7:00 and 7:14:59. Events that
occur in the next second after 7:14:59 peg in the 7:15 to 7:30 interval.
Can I change the length of the interval from 15 minutes to 60
minutes?
The interval length cannot be changed; it is fixed at 15 minutes. However, you
can create a report that sums the data into 30 minute or 60 minute (or any
multiple of 15) length using Report Creation Wizard.
In the Crosstab reports, can I customize the time intervals in the
histograms?
The time intervals in the histograms are predefined, and cannot be changed.
However, using Crystal Reports, you can design a user-created report that
combines the predefined intervals to create new intervals. In the user-created
report, you use formulas to combine the intervals, and insert these formulas into
the histogram. You can import the user-created reports into Contact Center
Manager Server, and run it like any other report.
What happens to the midnight interval in reporting?
The report interval is closed at 23:59 and the information is written to the
database. At 24:00 or 12:00 midnight, Contact Center Manager creates a new
record for the current interval, for the current day.
114 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
What happens when an agent logs on and off during this interval?
The Agent Login report shows agent logon and logoff if you select both days.
If you select today, a message warns that “there is no login for this agent for
today,” and asks you to expand the reporting time frame.
If a message gets lost—for example, if there is a logoff event, but no logon
event—the logon time is set to the logoff time.
I want to run a report from 11:00 p.m. to 1:00 a.m. Can I run a single
report that spans the midnight time frame?
To use this option with time spanning over midnight, you must submit two
reports: one report for 11:00 p.m. to 12:00 midnight and a second report for
12:00 midnight to 1:00 a.m.
You can run a report that includes all intervals between the start and end time,
even if the time spans over midnight. However, you cannot run the same report
with restricted selections (shift worker’s performance) by selecting the option
Only include intervals between 23:00:00 and 01:00:00 for each day.
For example, you select all intervals from 11:00 p.m. to 1:00 a.m. from 27/08/
2005 to 29/08/2005
The results are:
27/08/2005 - intervals from 11:00 p.m. to 11:45 p.m.
28/08/2005 - intervals from 12:00 a.m. to 11:45 p.m.
29/08/2005 - intervals from 12:00 a.m. to 12:45 a.m.
If you set the same report interval and click the option Only include intervals
between 23:00:00 and 01:00:00 for each day, you receive the error message:
“The From Time must not be greater than the Until Time”.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 115
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
Questions about agent statistics
The following section lists agent statistic questions.
Why does agent activity time not add up to logged on time?
All agent state timers are maintained independently. For example, the following
events occur.
9:00:00 The agent logs on.
9:00:10 The agent answers a DN call from an internal number.
9:00:20 The agent places the DN call on hold and answers a Contact
Center Manager call.
9:01:20 The agent releases the Contact Center Manager call and resumes
the DN call.
9:01:30 The agent releases the DN call and logs off.
At the end of this period, the agent timers possess the following values.
LoggedInTime 90 seconds
WaitingTime 10 seconds
DNInCallsTalk Time (Communication Server 2x00/ 80 seconds
DMS) or DNIntInCallsTalkTime (Communication
Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX)
TalkTime 60 seconds
The total activity time for the agent, as calculated in the following example,
exceeds the agent logon time of 90 seconds.
Total Activity Time <= ACD Talk Time + Break Time + Busy on Miscellaneous
Time + Consultation Time + NACD Talk Time + Not Ready Time + Reserved
Time + Ring Time + Talk Time + Waiting Time + Busy on DN Time
116 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
So in the case of our example, we have:
WaitingTime + DNInCallsTalkTime or DnIntInCallsTalkTime + TalkTime
= 10 + 80 + 60
= 150 seconds
To calculate agent busy time, use the following formula (fields are from the
AgentBySkillset view): TotalStaffedTime – WaitTime
To calculate agent LoggedInTime, use the following formula:
Logged In Time = Agent Log-out time – Agent Log-in time
How is WaitTime pegged if the agent puts a DN call on hold and uses
alternate call answer to accept another contact?
In AgentBySkillsetStat, AgentByApplicationStat, Application, and Skillset
views, WaitTime pegs against the previous answered skillset and application for
that agent, if any. WaitTime also pegs as WaitingTime in AgentPerformanceStat
views regardless of whether the agent previously answered a skillset or
application contact.
The following scenario shows how WaitTime pegs in AgentBySkillset, and
assumes that the agent's call presentation class is not set for Break time or
Variable Wrap.
Call Scenario
10:00 Agent logs in Skillsets sales and support now in service.
10:02 Agent gets queued a At this stage, no wait time pegs because there
skillset sales call and answers is no previous skillset to associate with it. The
answered skillset and application for
subsequent idle/wait time is noted.
10:04 Agent releases call and Idle/wait timestamp noted.
goes idle
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 117
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
10:06 Agent gets queued a Idle/wait time from 10:04 to 10:06, 2 minutes,
skillset support call and pegs to the previous skillset, which is skillset
answers sales. The new answered skillset and
application is noted to use in subsequent idle/
wait time calculation.
10:10 Agent releases call and Idle/wait timestamp noted.
goes idle
10:15 Enter new interval The following is written to database:
“AgentBySkillset
Skillset sales: WaitTime = 2mins
Skillset support: WaitTime = 5mins (Idle/wait
time from 10:10 to 10:15)”
10:20 Agent gets queued a Idle/wait time from 10:15 to 10:20, 5 minutes,
skillset support call and pegs to the previous skillset, which is skillset
answers support. The new answered skillset and
application is noted to use in subsequent idle/
wait time calculation.
10:23 Agent releases call and Idle/wait timestamp noted.
goes idle
10:24 Agent makes DN outcall Idle/wait time from 10:23 to 10:24, 1 minutes,
pegs to the previous skillset, which is skillset
support. There is no skillset to note as previous
skillset/application remain the same.
10:28 Agent releases call and Idle/wait timestamp noted.
goes idle
10:30 Enter new interval The following is written to database:
“AgentBySkillset
Skillset sales: WaitTime = 0mins
Skillset support: WaitTime = 5mins + 1min
(idle time before DN call) + 2mins (idle time
after DN call up until end of interval) =
8mins”
118 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
10:32 Agent makes DN outcall Idle/wait time from 10:30 to 10:32, 2 minutes,
pegs to the previous skillset, which is skillset
support. There is no skillset to note as previous
skillset/application remain the same.
Agent puts DN call on hold at
10:33
10:34 Agent presses ACD This makes the agent available for skillset
agent key calls. Agent is idle so idle/wait timestamp
noted.
10:36 Agent gets queued a Idle/wait time from 10:34 to 10:36, 2 minutes,
skillset sales call and answers pegs to the previous skillset, which is skillset
support. The new answered skillset and
application is noted to use in subsequent idle/
wait time calculation.
10:39 Agent releases skillset Idle/wait timestamp noted.
sales call
Agent is now in idle state. DN
call still on hold.
10:42 Agent restores DN call Agent goes busy when call is restored,
therefore Idle/wait time from 10:39 to 10:42, 3
minutes, pegs to the previous skillset, which is
skillset sales. There is no skillset to note as
previous skillset/application remain the same.
10:43 Agent releases DN call Idle/wait timestamp noted.
and goes idle
10:45 Enter new interval The following is written to database:
“AgentBySkillset
Skillset sales: WaitTime = 3mins + 2mins
(idle time after DN call up until end of
interval) = 5mins
Skillset support: WaitTime = 2mins + 2mins =
4mins”
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 119
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
These actions reset the wait timestamp. This means the wait time is calculated
on these actions and pegs against the previous skillset/application:
CallAnswered
CallPresentedToAgent
AgentBusy
AgentNotReady
ACDCallAnswered
NACDCallAnswered
DNOutCallInitiated (handling for DNInCallAnswered is not required as the
Agent Busy event always precedes it and thus pegs the wait time).
The Agent Idle message (when the agent goes into idle state) is used to set the
idle/wait timestamp.
The previous skillset/application detail is set upon answering a skillset call.
The basic formula to calculate AgentBySkillset/AgentByApplication wait time
is the event timestamp for any of the following:
CallAnswered
CallPresentedToAgent
AgentBusy
AgentNotReady
ACDCallAnswered
NACDCallAnswered
DNOutCallInitiated
minus
Agent Idle event timestamp
120 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
How does PostCall Processing Time handle interval crossover?
Call scenario
10:10 Agent answers call
10:20 Agent releases call
10:30 Enter new interval The following is written to the
database:
“AgentBySkillset
Skillset sales: PCP = 0
No PCP as Agent never entered Not
Ready state following call release in
that interval.”
10:35 Agent goes Not Ready Enter PCP.
10:40 Agent goes Ready Exit PCP, PCP of 5 minutes pegs.
10:45 Enter new interval The following is written to the
database:
“AgentBySkillset
Skillset sales: PCP = 5mins”
What is the difference between ReturnedToQ and
ReturnedToQDueToTimeout?
Contacts peg as ReturnedToQ under the following conditions:
An agent manually returns the call to the queue.
An agent presses a key just as a call is presented (this occurs rarely).
Calls peg as ReturnedToQDueToTimeout if they are not answered within the
period of time specified in the agent’s call presentation class.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 121
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
How do I calculate contacts abandoned while being presented?
Calls abandoned while being presented
To calculate the number of calls abandoned while they are presented, use the
following formula:
CallsOffered – (CallsAnswered + CallsReturnedToQ +
CallsReturnedToQDueToTimeout)
Number of network calls not answered
To calculate the number of network calls not answered, use the following
formula:
(ReservedForCall – NACDCallsAnswered) – NetworkCallsAnswered
A call can peg more than once if it is returned to the queue and then presented to
another agent.
With the call force option, why does RingTime peg for calls?
When you configure the Call Force option, you can set a Call Force Timer. This
timer indicates wait time after an agent becomes available before presenting the
agent with a call. During this time, the caller hears ringing, but the agent is
unaware of the waiting call. This time pegs as RingTime.
ATTENTION
If agents press Not Ready during this period, the call is sent to
the back of the queue and loses its priority.
Nortel recommends that you set the Call Force Timer to 0, and use the Break
Timer to provide agents with a break between calls.
Why is the agent name field blank on an agent statistical report?
If an agent record is deleted, the agent name appears blank in any reports based
on the AgentPerformanceStat, AgentByApplication, or AgentBySkillset views.
Contact Center Manager pegs statistics against an agent ID. When you generate
this report, the server retrieves the corresponding agent name in the database. If
the agent record is deleted, the server cannot retrieve the agent name.
122 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
Questions about activity and Not Ready
statistics
When an agent is in the Not Ready state, the agent can account for time spent in
this state using Not Ready reason codes. The codes entered by the agent identify
the reason why the agent is in the Not Ready state.
Not Ready reason code statistics provide accounting information based on a
combination of Not Ready reason code and agent. These statistics provide a
means to monitor an agent's Not Ready time distribution within their working
hours.
Not Ready reason codes are activated by pressing the Not Ready key. However,
unlike activity codes, an agent must be in the Not Ready state before attempting
to enter a Not Ready reason code.
How do I prevent Not Ready times from pegging as post-call
processing time?
Consider a scenario in which the following events occur:
1. An agent finishes a call for a skillset.
2. The agent presses the Not Ready key and enters the Not Ready reason code
for coffee break.
3. The agent returns 15 minutes later and presses the Not Ready key again.
The following statistics peg.
View Statistic Value
AgentBySkillset PostCallProcessingTime 15 minutes
AgentByApplication PostCallProcessingTime 15 minutes
ActivityCodeStat ActivityTime (Coffee) 15 minutes
AgentPerformanceStat NotReadyTime 15 minutes
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 123
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
To prevent coffee break (Not Ready) time from accumulating in the Agent By
Skillset/Agent by Application Reports, after completing the call, the agent:
1. Presses the Not Ready key.
2. Presses Not Ready again.
3. Presses Not Ready and enter the Not Ready reason code.
This procedure stops the accumulation of post-call processing time, and the true
Not Ready time pegs against the agent activity (coffee break). The Not Reason
code at step 3 is optional. If it is not entered, post-call processing time still stops.
Why is the number of skillset calls answered (on the Agent
Performance report) not equal to the number of activity code
occurrences (on Activity Code by Agent report)?
Agents enter an activity code for each separate transaction that they handle.
They can enter multiple activity codes on one call. For example, during one call,
an agent makes five reservations. For each reservation, the agent presses the
Activity key and enters the correct activity code. The Agent Performance report
shows one call answered, and the Activity Code by Agent report shows five
reservation activities. These statistics help you determine the average time
required to handle each transaction.
Can I change the default Not Ready reason codes?
No. The default Not Ready reason codes is set to 000 and cannot be changed.
See “Definition: Not Ready reason code” on page 189 for a description of how
this code is used.
124 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
Questions about skillset and application
statistics
The following section lists skillset and application statistic questions.
How does Contact Center Manager peg calls that use IVR transfers?
If you use Meridian Mail, CallPilot, Nortel Media Processing Server, or another
IVR system that uses a two-stage transfer (IVR Transfer) rather than a hook-
flash transfer, the CallsOffered statistic pegs each time the IVR system transfers
a call.
Your ApplicationStat view contains the following statistics:
CallsOffered = 1000
CallsAnswered = 600
IVRTransferred = 400
In this case, although CallsOffered is 1000, the number of calls from outside
callers is actually 600.
How do I determine hold time for a skillset?
To determine hold time for a skillset, use the AgentBySkillsetStat view.
How does Contact Center Manager peg a call that is abandoned
during IVR treatment?
There are three types of voice treatments (IVR, Broadcast messages, and Voice
Sessions), but only calls receiving IVR or Broadcast treatment peg in the
Application Statistics, and only IVR calls peg if the call reaches a voice port.
Also, if the caller disconnects during IVR treatment, the call pegs as an
abandoned call, even though the call may be abandoned because the caller has
obtained the information needed.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 125
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
If a call receives the GIVE IVR treatment and the messaging system gives a
choice to leave a message or hold, and the caller chooses to leave a message and
hang up, the following statistics are recorded:
ApplicationStat views: CallsOffered, CallsAbandoned, CallsGivenIVR,
IVRCallsAbandoned, and IVRTerminated statistics are incremented.
IVRStat views: CallsAnswered, CallsOffered, and IVRAbandoned
statistics are incremented. IVRCompleted is not affected. IVRCompleted is
incremented only if call control returns to the application script after IVR
treatment, for example, upon return from a GIVE IVR with recorded
announcement command.
IVRPortStat views: CallsAnswered is incremented.
Does IVRCompleted peg when the customer selects to leave a
message or when the IVR port disconnects?
No. IVRCompleted is incremented only if call control returns to the application
script after IVR treatment, for example, upon return from a GIVE IVR with
recorded announcement command.
If a caller selects an option to leave a message during Give IVR treatment, or if
the IVR port disconnects, the following pegging occurs:
IVRCompleted and IVRAbandoned in the IVRStat views are not affected.
CallsAnswered in the IVRPortStat views is incremented.
CallsOffered and CallsAbandoned in the ApplicationStat views are
incremented.
What if the caller disconnects in the middle of a GIVE IVR message?
If a caller disconnects (hangs up) in the middle of a GIVE IVR message, the
following statistics are recorded:
ApplicationStat views—one call pegs against CallsAbandoned and
IVRAbandoned.
IVRStat views—one call pegs against CallsAnswered and one call pegs
against IVRAbandoned.
IVRPortStat views—one call pegs against CallsAnswered.
126 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
Why do calls that receive the Route Call treatment peg as Routed
even though they return to the script for further processing?
When a call receives the Route Call treatment, it is considered terminated by
Contact Center Manager (responsibility for the call is handed over to the
destination system). If the call returns to Contact Center Manager Server, it is
treated as a new call, even though it maintains its call ID.
What is the difference between service level threshold for an
application and service level threshold for a skillset?
In the application statistics, the time delay until calls are abandoned or answered
is calculated from the time the call is handed off by the Master script to a
primary application. If menus and recorded announcements are given in the
master script and the call is handed off to another application, time required
navigating menus and listening to recorded announcements is not included.
In the skillset statistics, the time delay until calls are abandoned or answered is
calculated from the time the call is queued to the skillset. It does not include the
time required for the caller to navigate menus and listen to recorded
announcements, or time spent processing the script in the primary or secondary
applications, if any.
Why has my application service level increased in this release
compared to previous versions, even though all call traffic
parameters and handling times are similar?
The method of counting calls answered or abandoned after the service level
threshold has changed, and this affects the calculation of application service
level. In the application statistics, the time delay until calls are abandoned or
answered is calculated from the time the call is handed off by the master script to
a primary application. If menus and recorded announcements are given in the
master script and the call is handed off to another application, time required
navigating menus and listening to recorded announcements is not included.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 127
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
In previous versions, these delays are calculated from the time the call entered
the master script. Therefore, for a given application service level threshold,
CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold and CallsAbandonedAfterThreshold application
statistics have smaller values in this version than in previous versions, thus
leading to inflated application service levels.
If you previously decreased your application service level threshold by the
average amount of time required for a caller to navigate menus and listen to
recorded announcements, reset the service level to your objectives. If you want
to see time spent in master application, refer to TimeBeforeInterflow statistics.
Why is my service level 0 percent for intervals with no calls?
The formula for service level is:
[{(CallsAnswered + CallsAbandoned) - (CallsAnsweredAftThreshold +
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold)} / (CallsAnswered + CallsAbandoned)] x 100
If CallsAnswered and CallsAbandoned equal 0, service level equals 0 x 100, or
0.
For user-created reports
If you want service level to display as 100 percent for intervals in which no calls
are answered, you can create a custom (user-created) report in Crystal Reports.
For example, if you build the report against the iApplicationStat table, this
report must contain the following custom formula:
NumberVar TotalCallsapp:=0;
NumberVar CallsDelayedapp:=0;
TotalCallsapp:=Sum({iApplicationStat.CallsAnswered},
{iApplicationStat.ApplicationID}) +
Sum({iApplicationStat.CallsAbandoned},
{iApplicationStat.ApplicationID});
CallsDelayedapp:=Sum({iApplicationStat.CallsAnsweredAftThr
eshold}, {iApplicationStat.ApplicationID}) +
Sum({iApplicationStat.CallsAbandonedAftThreshold},
{iApplicationStat.ApplicationID});
//Service level percent
128 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
If (TotalCallsapp <= 0) Then
100 //old formula sets this to 0
Else
((TotalCallsapp - CallsDelayedapp)/TotalCallsapp)*100
For Report Creation Wizard
If you want service level to display as 100 percent for intervals in which no calls
are answered, you can create a user-created formula in Report Creation Wizard.
1 Launch Report Creation Wizard from Historical Reporting.
2 In the Report Type window, select Created Simplified Report (via
Report Definition).
3 Click Next.
4 In the Data Source window, select the Application Stat.rpt report
definition located under the Other folder of the selected switch type (such
as Communication Server 1000 (M1) or Communication Server 2x00
(DMS).
5 Click Next
6 On the Field Selection page, click the Formulas icon in the toolbar.
Result: The Formula Editor appears.
7 Select the standard Service Level formula provided with Report Creation
Wizard, which is named RCW_%ServiceLevel. This displays the current
text for the standard formula.
8 Click Copy to create a copy of this formula.
9 Enter a new name for the formula; for example, %ServiceLevel100.
10 Move to the end of the formula and modify as follows:
Current text
RCWDivideByZero(CallsDelayed, TotalCalls) * 100//]]>
New text
If (TotalCalls <= 0) Then
100
Else
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 129
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
RCWDivideByZero(CallsDelayed, TotalCalls) * 100//
]]>
11 Click Save to save the new formula.
12 Use this formula on reports created with Report Creation Wizard in place of
the standard formula provided.
If I change the name of an application or skillset, can I still retrieve
information about it?
If you change the name of a skillset, data from before the name change is
associated with the new name, and is accessible with that name only.
If you change the name of an application, data from before the name change
continues to be associated with the old name. However, this name no longer
appears on reports. Therefore, data from before the time of the name change
does not appear on reports.
You cannot select deleted names to include in reports.
Why do the number of Control Directory Number (CDN) calls offered
not equal the number of application calls offered?
When matching CDN calls offered to application calls offered, keep in mind the
following facts:
All calls answered in a primary application peg as CallsOffered in both the
Master application and the primary application.
Incoming network calls peg as CallsOffered in the Network_Script only.
NACD and Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) calls do not arrive on a
CDN and, therefore, do not peg in the CDN statistics.
How do Wait statements in the scripts affect reports?
Wait statements cause different pegging depending on where they are in the
scripts. For example, you can include the following commands in the Master
script:
GIVE RINGBACK
130 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
WAIT 6
IF CDN = test_cdn THEN
EXECUTE SCRIPT Sales_App
END IF
and the primary script (Sales_App) can include the following commands:
WAIT 3
QUEUE TO SKILLSET Sales_Sk
WAIT 2
REMOVE FROM SKILLSET Sales_Sk
If a call arrives on the test CDN and agents are available in Sales_Sk, the
application statistics show an average delay of at least 3 seconds (depending on
the timing queue), and the skillset statistics show a delay of 0 to 2 seconds. Time
spent in the Master script is not included in the application statistics.
If an agent is logged into multiple skillsets and a contact is queuing in
more than one of these skillsets, in which skillset do CallsAnswered
and related statistics peg when the agent answers the contact?
If the contact queues to multiple skillsets through a single script command, for
example, QUEUE TO SKILLSET Sales_sk, Support_sk, the answering skillset
is the first skillset listed in the command.
If the contact queues to multiple skillsets through separate script commands (or
through separate scripts), the answering skillset is the one in which the contact
first queued. Thus the CallsAnsweredDelay delay statistic measurement always
includes the longest queuing time a contact is queued to multiple skillsets.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 131
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
How can I report on Business Unit performance if multiple contact
types are used?
When multiple contact types are handled, multiple skillsets must be used even
when contacts are all associated with the same line of business. For example, if
e-mail and voice contacts are handled by the Sales team, skillsets Sales_sk and
EM_Sales_sk are required. To report totals for all Sales skillsets, use the Report
Creation Wizard contains operation in a selection filter. Report Creation Wizard
selects all skillsets whose names contain a specified word, such as Sales.
If a call is queued to multiple skillsets, and the caller subsequently
abandons it, does the call peg as abandoned against all the skillsets
in which it was queuing?
Yes, with one exception. The SkillsetAbandoned, SkillsetAbandonedDelay,
MaxSkillsetAbandonedDelay, and SkillsetAbandonedAftThreshold statistics
peg against all the skillsets in which the call was queuing at the time it was
abandoned. The VirtualCallsAbandoned statistic pegs only against the first
skillset in which the call was queued.
How do I calculate calls given IVR that do not complete IVR
treatment?
To calculate the number of calls given IVR that did not complete IVR treatment,
use the following formula (ApplicationStat views):
CallsGivenIVR – (IVRAbandoned + IVRTerminated)
How do I calculate Network outcalls blocked by All Trunks Busy?
To calculate the number of calls that could not be networked out because all
trunks are busy, use the following formula (ApplicationStat views):
NetOutCalls – (NetOutCallsAnswered + NetOutCallsAbandoned +
NetOutCallsReachNonISDN)
132 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
How does Contact Center Manager peg calls offered in the Skillset
Statistics if a call is returned to queue?
If a call is returned to queue due to timeout or the agent returns the call to queue,
the calls offered for the skillset does not increment again.
Why are skillsets missing from my Skillset Performance report?
Contact Center Manager Server does not peg data for skillsets that are out of
service (not staffed) until an agent logs into the skillset. After this happens, if all
agents in that skillset log out, causing the skillset to go out of service, Contact
Center Manager Server will peg zeros for that skillset.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 133
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
Questions about DNIS statistics
The following section lists DNIS statistic questions.
How do I track call volume and work time for DNIS numbers?
This information is available in the DNISStat view, and in the DNIS Statistics
report.
In a Contact Center Manager network, do I define DNISs at all nodes?
The DNIS follows a call that is networked; therefore, define the name on each
node if you want the DNIS name to appear in reports generated at that node.
If the name is not defined, the DNIS number appears.
134 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
Questions about call-by-call statistics
This section lists the following call-by-call statistic question.
What causes an event reason code of Unknown to appear in the Call
By Call report?
The following events can cause this reason code to appear:
leave the queue
return to queue
IVR session interrupted
unknown call type
For more information about Call by Call Events, see “Call events” on page 594.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 135
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
Questions about ACD calls
This section lists the following ACD call question.
How are ACD statistics sent to the server?
Contact Center Manager does not report on statistics relating to the ACD queue.
The server does not have delay or abandon information for ACD calls.
However, the server can provide the following statistics for ACD calls presented
to a phoneset that is acquired by the server:
the number of ACD calls answered
the number of ACD calls conferenced and transferred
the amount of time spent on ACD calls
You can also map each ACD-DN to a skillset. If you map each ACD-DN to a
skillset, NACD calls peg against this skillset. All calls to that ACD-DN that are
answered on a phoneset acquired by the server peg against the skillset. (If you
do not map an ACD-DN, calls to that ACD-DN peg against the Default_ACD
skillset.)
136 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
Questions about DN calls
This section lists the following DN call questions.
How does Contact Center Manager peg DNOutIntTalkTime/
DNOutExtTalkTime in the AgentBySkillset and AgentByApplication
statistics?
The following examples show how DNOutIntTalkTime and
DNOutExtTalkTime peg in the AgentBySkillset and AgentByApplication
statistics.
Example 1
Agent answers a call in the Sales
Skillset
Agent releases the call
Agent goes into Not Ready PCP pegs against the Sales
Skillset
Agent then makes an external DN DNOutExtTalkTime pegs
outcall against the Sales Skillset
Example 2
Agent answers a call in Sales
Skillset
Agent releases the call
Agent presses the DN key and DNOutIntTalkTime pegs
makes an internal DN outcall against the Sales Skillset
which connects
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 137
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
Example 3
Agent answers a call in Sales
Skillset
Agent releases the call
Agent presses the DN key and No DN out talktime pegs
makes a DN outcall which does not against the Sales Skillset
connect
What happens if an agent receives a call on a multiple appearance
DN, places the call on hold, and then, a non-CCMS agent answers the
call using the call pickup feature?
If a non-Contact Center Manager Server agent answers the call, Contact Center
Manager Server no longer knows about the call, which compromises reporting.
138 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
Questions about custom reports
The following section lists custom report questions.
What is the maximum number of custom reports I can create?
Contact Center Manager does not limit the number of reports you can create.
What join type do I use to join tables in Crystal Reports?
When you link views to generate a custom report, use the Sybase left outer join
operator *=.
With Crystal Reports, can I create a report that accumulates totals for
a month?
As long as the data is still stored in the database, you can generate a report that
accumulates the total up to the current date.
For example, you want to generate a weekly report, and have the total
accumulate for that month only. To do so, set the data range start time to the
beginning of the month, and the end time to the time when you generate the
report. The total value for the week 3 report consists of the cumulative total for
that month up to week 3, and so on.
Can I import reports using Contact Center Manager Administration?
You can import custom Contact Center Manager Server reports using Contact
Center Manager Administration. Refer to the Contact Center Manager
Administration Online Help for more information about importing reports.
Can I create a report that contains statistics from more than one
view?
Data from multiple views are linked into one report by using the specified
linkage keys in each view. See section “Linking views” on page 171.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 139
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
Why does my custom report print in a layout different from what I set
when I created the report?
When you create a report, the default page orientation matches the default page
orientation for the printer. If you accept the default page orientation for the
report, and then later change the printer orientation, there is a possibility that the
report will use the printer orientation. For example, the default orientation for
the report and the printer is portrait. If you later change the printer orientation
(on your desktop) to landscape, it is possible that when you print your report, the
report orientation will be landscape. To avoid this scenario, Nortel recommends
when you create the report, that you select a page orientation for the report that
is different from that of the printer. The following table lists possible scenarios.
IF the printer default orientation is THEN
portrait and you want to set the report change the printer default orientation to
orientation to portrait landscape, set the report orientation to
portrait, and then save the report.
After you save the report, you can
change the printer default orientation
back to portrait.
portrait and you want to set the report set the report orientation to landscape
orientation to landscape and save the report.
landscape and you want to set the change the printer default orientation to
report orientation to landscape portrait, set the report orientation to
landscape, and then save the report.
After you save the report, you can
change the printer default orientation
back to landscape.
landscape and you want to set the set the report orientation to portrait and
report orientation to portrait save the report.
To change the printer default orientation, you must make the change in the
printing preferences of the printer, not in Crystal Reports.
For more information, see “Setting the page orientation for a report” on page 68.
140 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
Questions about Multimedia reporting
The following section lists Multimedia reporting questions.
Do statistics in the Contact Center Manager database include the
effect of contacts originated through Contact Center Multimedia?
Yes. The summarized historical statistics and event statistics, where relevant,
also contain information about multimedia contacts. They apply to contacts such
as e-mails, text chat sessions, and Web communication sessions originating
from the Contact Center Multimedia server. Some limitations apply and are
discussed in the description of individual statistics and views.
Additional statistics about multimedia contacts are recorded in the Contact
Center Multimedia database. See Chapter 6, “Contact Center Multimedia Data
dictionary.”
How should statistics names be interpreted when Contact Center
Multimedia is installed?
The names of many of the statistics and statistics views reflect the terminology
used in voice telephony call centers, even though these statistics and views may
capture information about other than voice-telephony contact. The names of the
statistics and statistics views are not to be taken literally. Where applicable, the
descriptions of these statistics and statistics views are generalized in this
document to reflect the possible contact types in a multimedia contact center.
The actual names of the statistics and statistics views, however, are not changed
to more generalized forms so that legacy reporting applications continue to
function with this release. For more information, see the table “Questions about
Contact Center Outbound campaign reporting” on page 142.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 141
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
Questions about Contact Center Outbound
campaign reporting
The following section lists Outbound campaign reporting questions.
How does the DN outcall part of an outbound campaign contact peg?
The DN outcall does not peg independently of the outbound campaign contact.
Neither DNOut count statistics nor DNOut TalkTime statistics peg. The
outbound campaign contact is not put on hold during the DN outcall, so
HoldTime also does not peg.
How can the DN outcall part of an outbound campaign contact be
differentiated from other DN outcalls?
The DN Call Initiated call event pegs in the eCallByCallStat view with a reason
code of OUTBOUND CAMPAIGN. You can also refer to the agent real time
display, where the agent's Incalls key is Active, and the DN key is Active. This
is different from a standard DN outcall, where the Incalls key shows Hold.
How are statistics affected when an outbound campaign ends while
outbound campaign contacts are stilled queued?
All queuing outbound campaign contacts related to a campaign that has ended
are given Force Disconnect treatment and peg as such. Service level formulas
are not affected because the contact was neither answered nor abandoned.
142 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Frequently asked questions
Questions about Pull-mode contacts
This section lists the following Pull-mode contact question.
How are Pull-mode contacts reported?
Pull-mode contacts are pegged in one of two ways, depending on the state of the
contact when it is pulled:
1. If Contact Center Manager is processing the contact at the time the contact
is pulled (for example, if a New or New Reply e-mail is pulled), the
standard statistics calculation occurred. For example, the CallsOffered
statistic incremented for the appropriate application. Other statistics
appropriate to the contact life cycle history within Contact Center Manager,
such as TimeBeforeInterflow, were also calculated.
If the Pull-mode contact is queuing in a skillset at the time the contact is
pulled, the contact is removed from the skillset and the Dequeued From
Skillset event pegs to the eCallByCallStat view with a reason code of
PULLED.
The contact is then queued directly to the agent. Pegging then proceeds in a
similar way as when a contact receives a QUEUE TO AGENT command in
a script. In particular, AgentPerformanceStat CallsAnswered and TalkTime
statistics are pegged when the contact is accepted. The contact is pegged
against the Agent Queue To dummy skillset for this contact type.
2. If Contact Center Manager is not processing the Pull-mode contact (for
example, if a Closed e-mail is pulled), then when the contact is injected into
Contact Center Manager, standard Route Point and Application statistics
for new contacts, such as CallsOffered and possibly TimeBeforeInterflow,
are calculated. Beyond that, pegging depends on contact treatment within
the scripts.
If the recommended multimedia scripts are used, the contact is queued to
the agent using the QUEUE TO AGENT command. When this occurs, the
contact is pegged using standard reporting for the QUEUE TO AGENT
command. In particular, AgentPerformanceStat CallsAnswered and
TalkTime statistics are pegged once the contact is accepted by the agent.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 143
Frequently asked questions Standard 8.11
The contact is pegged against the Agent Queue To dummy skillset for this
contact type.
144 Contact Center Manager
Chapter 4
Contact Center Manager Data
dictionary
In this chapter
Overview 146
Access rights by view 156
Section A: Summarized historical statistics 165
Section B: Event statistics 345
Section C: Configuration views 373
Section D: Access and Partition Management views 499
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 145
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Overview
The Contact Center Manager database is an open database. You can access the
data in this database with any SQL- or ODBC-compliant application. You can
use the data in many ways, including the following:
Import it into a spreadsheet for manipulation.
Import it into your corporate database.
Develop customized reports using Report Creation Wizard, Crystal
Reports, or another reporting application.
This chapter describes the data that is available to you.
Types of data
This chapter describes the following types of data:
Summarized historical statistics—statistics accumulated over a period of
time (15-minute interval, daily, weekly, or monthly).
Event statistics—statistics that report each occurrence of an event.
Configuration data—information about the configuration of your server.
Statistical field types
The following table describes the field types used in the statistics descriptions in
this chapter. For each type, it provides a range of valid values and a size.
Field type Description Value range Length
binary binary data n/a 16 bytes
char fixed character n/a n bytes
length
datetime timestamp Jan 1, 1753 to 8 bytes
Dec 31, 9999
float integer 1 to 100,000 8 bytes
146 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Field type Description Value range Length
int integer -2,147,483,648 to 4 bytes
2,147,483,647
numeric large integer 0 to 999,999,999,999 6 bytes
smalldatetime timestamp Jan 1, 1900 to 4 bytes
June 6, 2079
smallint small integer -32,768 to 32,767 2 bytes
tinyint tiny integer 0 to 255 1 byte
varbinary variable length n/a n bytes, data
binary data dependent
varchar variable length n/a n bytes, data
character dependent
Resource usage
When you generate reports or export data from the database, you use system
resources, including server CPU and LAN bandwidth. To calculate resource
requirements for a specific application, use the Capacity Assessment Tool
(CapTool) application.
If you generate large reports or export large amounts of data, do so at off-peak
times. If you use the Replication Server feature, reports generate by querying
data from the replicated database on the standby server. This avoids having to
use additional CPU resources on the primary Contact Center Manager Server.
For more information, see “ODBC access to Contact Center Standby Server” on
page 40.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 147
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Default applications
There are five default applications that ship with Contact Center Manager:
Master_Script, Network_Script, ACD-DN, NACD-DN, and System. In some
views, activity code statistics peg against these default applications.
Application Description
Master_Script Contact Center Manager Server controlled calls enter the
Application Master_Script Application, which hands calls off to a
Primary application.
Network_Script Contact Center Manager Server calls presented from an
Application internal network of Contact Center Manager Servers.
Although all incoming network calls do peg against the
Network_Script Application, the Network_Script
Application is not executed for all incoming network calls.
The network script is executed for error conditions, such as
when a reserved agent does not handle call. However, all
network in calls handled by the reserved agent (non-error
condition) are pegged against the network application.
At the destination site, all delays and events peg against the
Network_Script Application regardless where the Network
script is actually executed.
At the source site, delays and events that occur on the target
site peg against the Master_Script Application or
Primary_Script Application, whichever is appropriate.
ACD_DN_ Calls presented to a Contact Center Manager Server agent
Application through an ACD-DN (default calls).
NACD-DN_ NACD Calls presented to a Contact Center Manager Server
Application Agent through an ACD-DN.
System_ Null application used to peg information such as All Agent
Application Busy Time, because more than one application may queue
calls to a skillset.
148 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Database views
The following new database views are available.
View Fields added
ContactType Fields (Type int)
ContactID
ProviderID
Fields (Type varchar, Length 3)
Prefix
Fields (Type varchar, Length 30)
Name
SkillsetName
Fields (Type varchar, Length 60)
Description
Refer to Section C: Configuration views, on
page 373 for a description of this view and its
fields.
Provider Fields (Type int)
ProviderID
Fields (Type varchar, Length 30)
Name
Fields (Type varchar, Length 60)
Description
Refer to Section C: Configuration views, on
page 373 for a description of this view and its
fields.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 149
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
View Fields added
iLicenseStat, Fields (Type datetime)
dLicenseStat, Timestamp
wLicenseStat,
mLicenseStat Fields (Type varchar, Length 30)
ClientAddress
Feature
Fields (Type int)
MaxNumberLicenses
Refer to section Section A: Summarized
historical statistics, on page 165 for a
description of this view and its fields.
Updated database views
The following database views contain field updates.
In the following table, summarized historical statistics views whose names do
not begin with i, d, w, or m refer to the whole view family—interval, daily,
weekly, and monthly views—and changes or additions apply to all of the views
in that view family, unless otherwise specified. For example, changes listed
under CDNStat views apply to each of: iCDNStat, dCDNStat, wCDNStat, and
mCDNStat; whereas changes listed under wNetworkOutStat apply only to the
weekly summary NetworkOutStat view.
150 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
View Fields added Fields changed
Agent type varchar, length 255
URI
SIP_Terminal
type varchar, length 10
ACD_Queue
type int
ACD_QueueStatus
AgentBy type int
ApplicationStat CallConferenced
CallsOffered
CallsReturnedToQ
CallsReturnedToQDueTo
Timeout
RingTime
type varchar, length 30
ContactType
AgentBySkillset type int
Stat CallConferenced
CallsOffered
CallsReturnedToQ
CallsReturnedToQDueTo
Timeout
RingTime
type varchar, length 30
ContactType
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 151
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
View Fields added Fields changed
ApplicationStat type int old type int, old length 4; new
PostCallProcessingTime type numeric, new length 6
TalkTime MaxCallsAnsDelay
WaitTime MaxCallsAnsDelayAtSkillset
DNOutExtCallsTalkTime MaxCallsAbandonedDelay
DNOutIntCallsTalkTime MaxNetOutCallsAnswered
Delay
MaxNetOutCallsAbandoned
Delay
type varchar, length 30
ContactType
wApplicationStat old type int, old length 4; new
mApplicationStat type numeric, new length 6
MaxCallsAnsDelay
MaxCallsAnsDelayAtSkillset
MaxCallsAbandonedDelay
MaxNetOutCallsAnswered
Delay
MaxNetOutCallsAbandoned
Delay
CallsAbandonedDelay
CallsAnsweredDelay
CallsAnsweredDelayAtSkillset
NetOutCallsAbandonedDelay
NetOutCallsAnsweredDelay
CDN type varchar, length 255
URI
152 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
View Fields added Fields changed
CDNStat type varchar, length 255 old type varchar, old length 10;
URI new type varchar, new length 30
CDN
DNIS type varchar, length 255
URI
type tinyint, length 1
Type
type varchar, length 30
NetworkCDN
DNISStat type varchar, length 255 old type smallint, new type int
URI MaxAbandonedDelay
MaxAnsweredDelay
type tinyint, length 1
Type
type varchar, length 30
NetworkCDN
NetworkOutStat old type smallint, new type int
MaxCallAnsweredDelay
MaxCallAnsweredDelayAtDest
MaxAbandonedDelay
MaxAbandonedDelayAtDest
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 153
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
View Fields added Fields changed
wNetworkOutStat old type int, old length 4; new
mNetworkOutStat type numeric, new length 6
MaxCallAnsweredDelay
MaxCallAnsweredDelayAtDest
MaxAbandonedDelay
MaxAbandonedDelayAtDest
TotalCallAnsweredDelay
CallAnsweredDelayAt
Destination
TotalCallAbandonedDelay
CallAbandonedDelayAt
Destination
NetworkInCallStat old type smallint, new type int
MaxCallAnsweredDelay
MaxCallAnsweredDelayAtDest
MaxCallAbandonedDelay
MaxCallAbandonedDelayAt
Dest
wNetworkInCall old type int, old length 4; new
Stat type numeric, new length 6
mNetworkInCall MaxCallAnsweredDelay
Stat
MaxCallAnsweredDelayAtDest
MaxCallAbandonedDelay
MaxCallAbandonedDelayAt
Dest
CallAnsweredDelay
CallAnsweredDelayAtDest
CallAbandonedDelay
AbandonedDelayAtDest
154 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
View Fields added Fields changed
SkillsetStat type int old type smallint, new type int
VirtualCallsOffered MaxAnsweredDelay
VirtualCallsAbandoned MaxSkillsetAbandonedDelay
PostCallProcessingTime
TalkTime
WaitTime
DNOutExtCallsTalkTime
DNOutIntCallsTalkTime
type varchar, length 30
ContactType
Skillset type varchar, length 30
ContactName
Supervisor type varchar, length 255
URI
SIP_Terminal
type varchar, length 10
ACD_Queue
type int
ACD_QueueStatus
ScriptVariables type varbinary, length 255
ScriptValue
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 155
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Access rights by view
The following tables lists the access rights needed to run reports, depending on
what view you are accessing.
Sysadmin has all access rights.
Historical reports
The following table lists the access rights needed to run historical reports.
View Item Level of access
ActivityCodeStat Reports—Agent Create and run any report
Performance
Reports—Other Create and run any report
AgentByApplicationStat Reports—Agent Create and run any report
Performance
AgentBySkillsetStat Reports—Agent Create and run any report
Performance
AgentPerformanceStat Reports—Agent Create and run any report
Performance
AppConStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
See Notes
ApplicationStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
CDNStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
DNISConStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
See Notes
DNISStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
IVRPortStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
156 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
View Item Level of access
IVRStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
NetInCallConStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
See Notes
NetOutConStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
See Notes
NetworkInCallStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
NetworkOutStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
RANMusicRouteStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
RouteStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
SkillsetConStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
See Notes
SkillsetStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
TrunkStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
Run these reports run from the Network Control Center server.
You must configure users with these permissions on the Network Control Center
server and all Contact Center Manager Servers associated with the Network
Control Center server.
User permissions for the these views work on Contact Center Manager Server
6.0 only. If the Network Control Center server has a Symposium Call Center
Server 5.0 server configured, the users do not possess adequate permissions to
retrieve data from these views.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 157
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Event reports
The following table lists the access rights needed to run event reports.
View Item Level of access
eAgentLoginStat Reports—Agent Create and run any report
Performance
eCallByCallStat Reports—CallByCall Create and run any report
YYYYMMDD
eIVRPortLoginStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
eNetCallByCallStat Reports—CallByCall Create and run any report
YYYYMMDD
158 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Configuration reports
The following table lists the access rights needed to run configuration reports.
View Item Level of access
AccessRights Reports—Other Create and run any report
ActivityCode Reports—Other Create and run any report
Agent Agent to Skillset View all agents
Assignment
Agent to Supervisor View all agents
Assignment
Reports—Agent Create and run any report
Performance
Reports—Call by Call Create and run any report
Users View all users
AgentCap Reports—Other Create and run any report
Application Reports—Other Create and run any report
ApplicationByScript Reports—Other Create and run any report
ApplicationTemplate Application Threshold View
Classes
ApplicationThreshold Application Threshold View
Template Classes
Reports—Other Create and run any report
CDN Reports—Other Create and run any report
CodeToMessageMap Reports—Other Create and run any report
ContactType Reports—Other Create and run any report
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 159
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
View Item Level of access
DNIS DNISs View
Reports—Other Create and run any report
DNISThresholdTemplate DNISs View
Formula Formula View
Reports—Other Create and run any report
HistoricalStatCollection Reports—Other Create and run any report
HistoricalStatDuration Reports—Other Create and run any report
HistoricalStatStorage Reports—Other Create and run any report
IVRPort Reports—Other Create and run any report
IVRQueue Reports—Other Create and run any report
IVRThresholdTemplate IVR ACD–DN Threshold View
Classes
Reports—Other Create and run any report
NCCConfig Network Communications View
Parameters
NCCNetworkSkillset Reports—Other Create and run any report
NCCRanking Reports—Other Create and run any report
NCCRemoteApplication Reports—Other Create and run any report
NCCSite Reports—Other Create and run any report
NetworkConfig Network Communications View
Parameters
NetworkRanking Reports—Other Create and run any report
Assignment
160 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
View Item Level of access
NetworkSkillsetStatus Reports—Other Create and run any report
NetworkThresholdTemplate Reports—Other Create and run any report
PhoneSetDisplay Reports—Other Create and run any report
Provider Reports—Other Create and run any report
Ranking Reports—Other Create and run any report
RealTimeColumn Reports—Other Create and run any report
RealTimeStatCollection Reports—Other Create and run any report
RealTimeTemplate Reports—Other Create and run any report
RemoteApplication Reports—Other Create and run any report
Route Reports—Other Create and run any report
RouteThresholdTemplate Reports—Other Create and run any report
RouteThresholdTemplate Route Threshold Classes View
SCCSDBSpace Reports—Call by Call Create and run any report
ScheduledSkillset Reports—Agent Create and run any report
Assignment Performance
ScheduledSupervisor Agent to Supervisor View all agents
Assignment Assignment
Reports—Agent Create and run any report
Performance
Scripts Script View
ScriptVariableProperties Reports—Other Create and run any report
ScriptVariables Reports—Other Create and run any report
Site Reports—Other Create and run any report
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 161
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
View Item Level of access
Skillset Agent to Skillset View all agents
Assignment
Reports—Other Create and run any report
Skillset View
SkillsetByAgent Agent to Skillset View all agents
Assignment
SkillsetByAssignment Agent to Skillset View all agents
Assignment
SkillsetThresholdTemplate Skillset Threshold Classes View
SummaryThreshold Nodal Threshold Classes View
Template
Supervisor Agent to Supervisor View all agents
Assignment
Reports—Agent Create and run any report
Performance
Reports—Other Create and run any report
Users View all users
SupervisorAgentAssignment Agent to Supervisor View all agents
Assignment
Reports—Agent Create and run any report
Performance
Reports—Other Create and run any report
SupervisorByAssignment Agent to Supervisor View all agents
Assignments
SwitchPort Switch Resource View
162 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
View Item Level of access
TargetSwitchComm Reports—Other Create and run any report
UserTemplate Call Presentation Classes View
UserThresholdTemplate Agent Threshold Classes View
Views Reports—Other Create and run any report
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 163
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
164 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Section A: Summarized historical
statistics
In this section
Overview of summarized historical statistics 166
Types of views 168
Linking views 171
Types of contacts 176
ActivityCodeStat views 188
AgentByApplicationStat views 197
AgentBySkillsetStat views 208
AgentPerformanceStat views 220
ApplicationStat views 249
CDNStat views 275
DNISStat views 280
IVRPortStat views 288
IVRStat views 293
LicenseStat views 298
NetworkInCallStat views 300
NetworkOutStat views 308
RANMusicRouteStat views 316
RouteStat views 319
SCCSDBSpace views 323
SkillsetStat views 325
TrunkStat views 340
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 165
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Overview of summarized historical statistics
Summarized historical statistics accumulate over a period of time (15-minute
interval, daily, weekly, or monthly). For example, summarized historical
statistics can tell you the number of calls answered during a 15-minute interval.
These statistics are used in standard and user-defined reports. You can include
these statistics in your Report Creation Wizard-created and user-created reports.
Types of statistics collected
When you configure the Historical Statistics Collection, you can choose whether
to collect statistics in each of the following statistics groups:
activity code statistics
agent by application statistics
agent by skillset statistics
agent performance statistics
application statistics
CDN and Route Point statistics
DNIS statistics
IVR port statistics
IVR queue statistics
network incoming call statistics (NSBR option)
network outgoing call statistics (NSBR option)
RAN and music route statistics
route statistics (Communication Server 1000 switch)
skillset statistics
trunk statistics (Communication Server 1000 switch)
You can enable or disable data collection for one of these groups at any time
while the system runs.
166 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
The number and type of statistics you choose to collect affects the amount of
disk space required for the database.
Storage duration
When you configure the Historical Statistics Collection, you can choose how
long to store different types of statistics. The duration you choose determines the
amount of disk space required for the database.
For more information about configuring the Historical Statistics Collection, see
the Contact Center Manager Administrator's Guide.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 167
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Types of views
Summarized historical statistics are available in interval, daily, weekly, and
monthly views.
Interval views
The server accumulates interval statistics for 15 minutes. The statistics
accumulate in the server RAM until the end of the 15-minute interval. The
server then creates a new record in the database for each entity (or combination
of entities). The new record contains the summarized statistics for that entity for
that interval. (The statistics collected depend on the type of entity.) The
Timestamp field of the new record is in the format YYYY/MM/DD
HH:MM:00:00, where MM is 00, 15, 30, or 45.
For example, to record agent by skillset statistics, the server creates a record for
each skillset for which an agent answered calls during the interval just ended.
ATTENTION
Interval statistics are not available until after the interval ends.
If you shut down the server without properly shutting down
the Contact Center Manager services, data for the current
interval is lost.
Interval views begin with the prefix i.
Daily views
Immediately after the end of the business day (after 12:00 midnight), the server
sums all of the interval records for the day, and creates corresponding daily
records. The Timestamp field of the daily records is in the format YYYY/MM/
DD 00:00:00:00.
Current day statistics are not available until the beginning of the next day (after
12:00 midnight).
Daily views begin with the prefix d.
168 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Weekly views
After the end of the first day of the week (after 12:00 midnight), the server
creates weekly records that contain each of the daily totals. After the end of each
subsequent day in the week, the server adds the day total to the fields in the
weekly records. The Timestamp field of the weekly records is in the format
YYYY/MM/DD 00:00:00:00, where DD is the first day of the week.
Weekly statistics are not available until the beginning of the next week. You can
configure the first day of the week in the Historical Statistics Configuration.
Weekly views begin with the prefix w.
Monthly views
Immediately after the end of the first day of the month (after 12:00 midnight),
the server creates monthly records that contain each of the daily totals. After the
end of each subsequent day in the month, the server adds the day total to the
fields in the monthly record. The Timestamp field of the monthly records is in
the format YYYY/MM/DD 00:00:00:00, where DD is 01.
Monthly statistics are not available until after 12:00 midnight of the first day in
the next month.
Monthly views begin with the prefix m.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 169
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
When statistics are accumulated
The following table shows when different types of statistics are accumulated and
become available for reporting.
Type When accumulated
interval every 15 minutes
daily immediately after the end of the day (after 12:00 midnight)
weekly immediately after the end of the week (after 12:00 midnight
on the first day of the next business week)
monthly immediately after the end of the month (after 12:00 midnight
on the first day of the next month)
170 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Linking views
To generate customized reports that combine statistics from two or more views,
use linkages between database views. Linkages are also known as relations or
joins. You can combine only the views that share a linkage key.
If several views use the same linkage key, you can create a report combining all
of those views.
If the SQL queries perform calculations such as Max, Min, Sum, or Avg, use the
Group By statement to ensure that the joined view does not contain duplicated
data. When using the Group By statement, specify linkage keys only as the
fields on which to group.
If you combine views that do not share a linkage key, or if you group by a field
that is not a linkage key, the resulting statistics are meaningless and misleading.
When comparing linkage key values in the SQL where clause, use left outer join
syntax. This ensures that rows in the left side view, which do not have
corresponding linkage key values in the right side view, are not left out of the
resulting joined view.
Example
The administrator of the BestAir contact center wants to create a report
containing the following statistics for each agent:
CallsAnswered
ShortCallsAnswered
PostCallProcessingTime
The AgentPerformanceStat view provides CallsAnswered and
ShortCallsAnswered statistics, but it does not provide PostCallProcessingTime
statistics. The AgentByApplicationStats view provides CallsAnswered and
PostCallProcessingTime statistics, but it does not provide ShortCallsAnswered
statistics. To obtain all of these statistics in a single custom report, Nortel
recommends that the administrator use both of these views.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 171
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
The following tables provide examples of statistics for these views.
AgentPerformanceStat view
Timestamp UserID CallsAnswered ShortCallsAnswered
13:00 31/10/2005 6709 8 2
13:00 31/10/2005 6761 5 1
AgentByApplicationStat view
User Application PostCall
Timestamp ID ID CallsAnswered ProcessingTime
13:00 31/10/2005 6709 10000 6 40
13:00 31/10/2005 6709 10001 2 10
13:00 31/10/2005 6761 10000 5 30
From the AgentPerformanceStat view, you can see that the number of
CallsAnswered for UserID 6709 is 8. The AgentByApplicationStat view tells
you that six of these calls are answered for Application ID 10000, and two calls
are answered for ApplicationID 10001.
Proper join
To obtain correct grand totals, use the following SQL query:
(select a.Timestamp, a.UserID, max(a.CallsAnswered),
max(a.ShortCallsAnswered), sum(isnull(b.CallsAnswered,0)),
sum(isnull(b.PostCallProcessingTime,0))
from iAgentPerformanceStat a,
iAgentByApplicationStat b
where a.Timestamp *= b.Timestamp
and a.UserID *= b.UserID
group by a.Timestamp, a.UserID
)
172 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
In this SQL query, a is an alias for iAgentPerformanceStat and b is an alias for
iAgentByApplicationStat. This SQL query uses Timestamp and UserID as
linkage keys.
This query takes the CallsAnswered and ShortCallsAnswered fields from
iAgentPerformanceStat, and the CallsAnswered and PostCallProcessingTime
fields from iAgentByApplicationStat. The query requests the maximum value
for the iAgentPerformanceStat statistics and the sum of the values for each agent
for the iAgentByApplicationStat statistics. The group by statement used in
conjunction with these summary functions ensures that only one row for each
unique combination of Timestamp and UserID is returned. The group by
statement is essential to obtaining the correct results.
A left outer join of the views is used to ensure that all rows in the
iAgentPerformanceStat view are included in the result, even if no row in
iAgentByApplicationStat corresponds to the linkage key values. The isnull
function is used to provide a default value of 0 in this case. Without the isnull
function, the sum function could return NULL values, causing the query to fail.
The following table shows the resulting statistics for the interval beginning
13:00 on 31/10/2005.
PostCall
User Calls ShortCalls Calls Processing
Timestamp ID Answered Answered Answered Time
13:00 31/10/2005 6709 8 2 8 50
13:00 31/10/2005 6761 5 1 5 30
The grand totals are correct:
CallsAnswered = 8 + 5 = 13
ShortCallsAnswered = 2 + 1 = 3
PostCallProcessingTime = 50 + 30 = 80
Elimination of the group by statement causes the ShortCallsAnswered field to be
counted multiple times for some agents. Each agent's total CallsAnswered is
multiplied by the number of applications for which the agent answered calls.
Therefore, it provides correct results, if each agent answered calls for only one
application.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 173
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
The following simple, but incorrect, join illustrates this problem.
Simple (incorrect) join
The simplest join uses the following SQL query:
(select a.Timestamp, a.UserID, b.ApplicationID,
a.CallsAnswered, a.ShortCallsAnswered, b.CallsAnswered,
b.PostCallProcessingTime
from iAgentPerformanceStat a,
iAgentByApplicationStat b
where a.Timestamp *= b.Timestamp
and a.UserID *= b.UserID
)
This query uses the Timestamp and UserID fields as linkage keys for the two
views. It creates a record for each unique combination of Timestamp, UserID,
and ApplicationID in iAgentByApplicationStat. For each record in
iAgentByApplicationStat, it finds the record with a matching UserID and
Timestamp in iAgentPerformanceStat. The new record contains the Timestamp
and UserID, the CallsAnswered and ShortCallsAnswered fields from
iAgentPerformanceStat, and the CallsAnswered and PostCallProcessingTime
fields from iAgentByApplicationStat.
The following table shows the resulting statistics for the interval beginning at
13:00 on 31/10/2005.
PostCall
User Application Calls ShortCalls Calls Processing
Timestamp ID ID Answered Answered Answered Time
13:00 6709 10000 8 2 6 40
31/10/2005
13:00 6709 10001 8 2 2 10
31/10/2005
13:00 6761 10000 5 1 5 30
31/10/2005
174 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Each entry contains two CallsAnswered fields. One field contains the calls
answered by the agent; the other field contains the calls answered by the agent
for the application. Grand totals of the two CallsAnswered fields produce the
following results:
8 + 8 + 5 = 21
6 + 2 + 5 = 13
The second total is correct (13). The first total counts CallsAnswered twice for
agent 6709, because it multiplies the agent's total CallsAnswered by the number
of applications for which the agent answered calls. The result is correct only if
each agent answered calls for only one application.
The grand total of the ShortCallsAnswered field is 2 + 2 + 1 = 5. Again, this
total is misleading because the agent's total ShortCallsAnswered is included
twice.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 175
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Types of contacts
The contact types described in this section are referred to in the descriptions of
database views. Contacts are categorized by media—voice contact types and
multimedia (non-voice) contact types.
Voice contacts include:
Contact Center Manager calls
Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) calls
Network Automatic Call Distribution (NACD) calls
Directory Number (DN) calls
SIP voice calls
Multimedia contacts include:
Contact Center Multimedia contacts
Contact Center Outbound contacts
SIP video contacts
When the Network Skills Based Routing (NSBR) option is available, some
contact types are also categorized by their network scope—local contacts and
NSBR contacts.
NSBR contacts include:
NSBR Contact Center Manager calls
Unless otherwise specified, NSBR contacts include both incoming and outgoing
contacts.
In this document, when the terms calls and contacts are used together, calls
refers exclusively to voice calls and contacts refers to multimedia contacts.
Contacts used alone refers to all contact types (voice and multimedia), and calls
used alone usually refers to voice calls only.
176 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Names of statistics containing calls (for example, CallsAnswered) are an
exception and refer to all contact types. For more information, see “Multimedia
name equivalents” on page 177.
In this document the term outbound is used to refer to Contact Center Outbound
contacts. Do not confuse outbound with the term outgoing, which refers to the
contact routing direction and can apply to voice and multimedia contact types,
including outbound.
Multimedia name equivalents
The names of many of the statistics and statistics views reflect the terminology
used in voice call centers, even though these statistics and views may be
capturing information about non-voice contacts. The voice-centric names of the
statistics and statistics views are not to be taken literally. Where applicable, the
descriptions of these statistics and statistics views are generalized in this
document to reflect the possible contact types in a multimedia contact center.
The actual names of the statistics and statistics views, however, are not changed
to more generalized forms, so that legacy reporting applications continue to
function with this release.
Voice term Generalized concept Multimedia term
Call An interaction between two parties in which Contact, Session
communication in each direction may be
either simultaneous (for example, voice
call) or sequential (for example, e-mail
request and response).
Caller The customer that is interacting with the Originator, Sender,
contact center. Customer
Key A part of the agent user interface allowing Button, Command
the agent to send commands or data to the
contact center.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 177
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Voice term Generalized concept Multimedia term
Switch, Call Server Contact Provider—equipment that routes Communication
contact requests between a contact server, Contact
originator and the contact center. Center Multimedia
server, Contact
Center Outbound
server
Ringing A contact state that indicates that the Alerting, Presenting
contact is routed to an agent but the agent
has not yet initiated processing of it.
Answered A contact state that indicates that the Accepted
contact is routed to an agent and the agent
has initiated processing of it.
Released A contact state that indicates that an agent Released, Closed
has finished processing the contact. In the
case of sequentially processed contact parts
(for example, e-mail request, response,
response-to-the-response, and so on), this
state as used in this document refers only to
each individual part.
Talk Time The duration of time between an agent Processing Time,
accepting a contact and closing it. Handling Time
Conferenced A contact state indicating that a third or Conferenced
subsequent party is added to parties (applicable to voice
simultaneously interacting with a contact. and SIP video
contacts only, n/a for
other multimedia
contacts)
CDN Entry point for Contact Center Multimedia Route Point
contact routing and queuing service. (specified by URI)
DN A destination that a contact can be Address (an e-mail
presented to, or the originator's ID. address, agentID, or
URI)
178 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Voice contacts
Voice contacts include:
Contact Center Manager calls
ACD calls
NACD calls
DN calls
SIP voice calls
Contact Center Manager calls
Contact Center Manager calls are calls that arrive at a Control Directory Number
(CDN) acquired by Contact Center Manager and are presented to the Incalls key
of a phoneset acquired by Contact Center Manager.
Contact Center Manager calls are also described as local or Network Skills
Based Routing (NSBR) calls.
Local Contact Center Manager calls are calls that arrive at a CDN configured as
a local CDN. NSBR Contact Center Manager calls are calls that arrive at a CDN
configured as a network CDN (that is, incoming NSBR Contact Center Manager
calls), or calls offered to a remote site by the local server (that is, outgoing
NSBR Contact Center Manager calls).
Unless otherwise specified, Contact Center Manager calls include both local
Contact Center Manager calls and NSBR Contact Center Manager calls.
Tracking
Contact Center Manager calls are tracked from the time a call notification
message arrives from the switch until one of the following occurs:
the call is abandoned
the call is routed to the default DN
the call is given Force Disconnect command
the call is given Busy treatment
the call is given Overflow treatment
the call is given Queue to NACD treatment, and then abandoned
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 179
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
the call is given Queue to NACD treatment, and then answered and
released
the call is given Queue to Network Skillset treatment, and then abandoned
the call is given Queue to Network Skillset treatment, and then answered
and released
the call is given Queue to Network Skillset treatment, and then reaches a
non-ISDN trunk
the call is given Queue to Network Skillset treatment, and then treated by
the Network script at the remote site
the call is released
the call is transferred or conferenced out by an agent or resource
ACD calls
ACD calls are calls to an Automatic Call Distribution Directory Number (ACD-
DN) that are presented to a phoneset acquired by Contact Center Manager. ACD
calls are not applicable in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Networking statistics contain only calls controlled by the Contact Center
Manager Server. They do not include ACD calls.
On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, ACD call statistics include
NACD calls.
Tracking
For ACD calls, the server does not record information about call activity on the
switch. ACD calls are tracked from the time they are answered at a phoneset
acquired by Contact Center Manager. Therefore, the server does not record the
following statistics for ACD calls:
calls offered
calls waiting
calls abandoned (and abandon delay)
calls returned to queue
180 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
NACD calls
NACD calls are ACD calls that arrived from the network through a Network
ACD DN (ACD DN with a defined Day/Night network routing table) and are
presented to an agent phoneset acquired by Contact Center Manager. NACD
calls are not applicable in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Delay and abandon statistics are not available for NACD calls.
On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, Contact Center Manager
cannot distinguish between ACD and NACD calls. NACD calls peg as ACD
calls in Contact Center Manager.
Tracking
For NACD calls, the server does not record information about call activity on
the switch. NACD calls are tracked from the time they are answered at a
phoneset acquired by Contact Center Manager. Therefore, the server does not
record the following statistics for NACD calls:
calls offered
calls waiting
calls abandoned (and abandon delay)
calls returned to queue
DN calls
DN calls are presented to or originate from the DN key of a phoneset that is
acquired by Contact Center Manager. The server pegs DN calls primarily in the
AgentPerformanceStat view. AgentByApplicationStat, AgentBySkillsetStat,
ApplicationStat, and SkillsetStat views do not include DN calls, except for
DNOutIntTalkTime and DNOutExtTalkTime. ActivityCodeStat views do not
include DN calls.
Internal versus External DN calls
An internal DN call is a call on a Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX
in which the agent is connected on a DN key to a DN configured in the same
customer group on the switch as the agent's DN. An external DN call is a call on
an agent's DN key connected to any other DN.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 181
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
When Contact Center Manager is connected to a Communication Server 2x00/
DMS or MCS 5100, external DN calls cannot be distinguished from internal DN
calls. In this case, DN calls peg against the generic DNInCalls,
DNInCallsTalkTime, DNOutCalls, and DNOutCallsTalkTime statistics in
AgentPerformanceStat.
In ApplicationStat, SkillsetStat, AgentByApplicationStat, and
AgentBySkillsetStat views, talk time for Communication Server 2x00/DMS and
MCS 5100 DN calls pegs in DNOutIntCallsTalkTime.
Tracking
DN calls are tracked from the time they are answered. The server does not track
activity for incoming DN calls automatically redirected by the switch, including:
hunting
call forward-busy
call forward-all calls
call forward-no answer
DN outcalls that originate as part of an outbound campaign are tracked as part of
the Outbound contact, so as not to double peg.
For the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, only one DN key can be
configured and monitored by Contact Center Manager. Activity on other DN
keys is not reported.
For SIP-enabled contact centers, only one DN key (SIP Line Address) can be
configured and monitored by Contact Center Manager. Activity on other DN
keys is not reported.
For the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, activity on
multiple DN keys are tracked.
SIP voice calls
SIP voice calls are calls that:
arrive at a Route Point (URI) hosted by Contact Center Manager through a
SIP INVITE
contain a voice-only component at the time of the initial SIP INVITE
182 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
are presented to an agent's SIP address as configured in Contact Center
Manager Administration
SIP voice calls are considered local calls. NSBR is not supported for SIP voice
calls.
Tracking
SIP voice calls are tracked from the time a SIP INVITE message arrives from
the call server until one of the following occurs:
the call is abandoned
the call is routed to the default RAN
the call is given Force Disconnect command
the call is given Busy treatment
the call is given Overflow treatment
the call is released
the call is transferred or conferenced out by an agent or resource
Multimedia contacts
Multimedia contacts include:
Contact Center Multimedia contacts
Contact Center Outbound contacts
SIP video contacts
Contact Center Multimedia contacts
Contact Center Multimedia contacts are contacts that:
are routed to a Route Point acquired by Contact Center Manager by the
Contact Center Multimedia server
are presented to the desktop of an agent whose phoneset is acquired by
Contact Center Manager
Contact Center Multimedia contacts include the following contact types:
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 183
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Web_Communication
Contact Center Multimedia contacts are considered local contacts. NSBR is not
supported for Contact Center Multimedia contacts.
A Pull-mode multimedia contact is pulled by an agent so a response can be sent.
Contacts already in process by Contact Center Manager, which are subsequently
pulled, are pegged like other contacts up to the time they are pulled. Pull-mode
multimedia contacts do not include any contact opened using the Read Only
Contact command unless the agent subsequently opens it.
Unless otherwise specified, Contact Center Multimedia contacts include e-mail
contacts, web communication contacts, local multimedia contacts, and
pull-mode multimedia contacts.
Tracking
Contact Center Multimedia contacts are tracked from the time a contact is
accepted into Contact Center Manager by the Contact Center Multimedia server
until one of the following occurs:
the contact is routed to the default Route Point
the contact is given Force Disconnect command
the contact is closed
the contact is transferred out by an agent or resource
Contact Center Outbound contacts
Contact Center Outbound contacts are contacts that:
are routed to a Route Point acquired by Contact Center Manager by the
Contact Center Outbound server
are presented to the desktop of an agent whose phoneset is acquired by
Contact Center Manager
result in a DN outcall from the agent to a customer
184 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Contact Center Outbound contacts are contacts consisting of visual information
routed to and displayed on the agent desktop, for example consisting of a sales
pitch script, and a DN outcall. The two parts of the contact are together counted
as one contact and peg as a single entity—the DN outcall does not peg
separately from the visual part of the outbound contact.
Contact Center Outbound contacts are considered local contacts. NSBR is not
supported for Contact Center Outbound contacts.
Tracking
Contact Center Outbound contacts are tracked from the time a contact is injected
into Contact Center Manager by the Contact Center Outbound server until one
of the following occurs:
the contact is routed to the default Route Point
the contact is given Force Disconnect command
the contact is cancelled by the Outbound Campaign Management Tool
the contact is closed
the contact is transferred out by an agent or resource
SIP video contacts
SIP video contacts are contacts that:
arrive at a Route Point (URI) hosted by Contact Center Manager through a
SIP INVITE
contain a video component at the time of the initial SIP INVITE
present to an agent's SIP address as configured in Contact Center Manager
Administration
SIP video contacts are considered local contacts. NSBR is not supported for SIP
video contacts.
Tracking
SIP video contacts are tracked from the time that a SIP INVITE message arrives
from the video contacts until one of the following occurs:
the contact is abandoned
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 185
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
the contact is routed to the default RAN
the contact is given Force Disconnect command
the contact is given Busy treatment
the contact is given Overflow treatment
the contact is released
the contact is transferred or conferenced out by an agent or resource
Associating contact types with applications and skillsets
When Contact Center Multimedia, Contact Canter Outbound, or SIP (with
reference to video) is installed, skillset names must follow a naming convention
that identifies skillsets handling contact types other than voice calls. Such
skillset names begins with a configured three-character prefix that identifies the
contact type handled by the skillset. If no prefix is used, the skillset is identified
as a skillset for handling voice calls.
The default skillset naming prefixes and the contact types associated with them
are listed in the following table.
Contact type naming Contact type display
prefix name
EM_ EMail
OB_ Outbound
WC_ Web_Communication
VI_ Video
Contact Center Manager enforces that scripts only queue contacts of the correct
type to appropriate skillsets. For reporting purposes, the contact type display
name pegs in the skillset statistics views along with every skillset statistic.
Skillset statistics are selected and grouped by contact type in custom reports and
Report Creation Wizard to provide per-contact type summaries.
186 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Applications may also be named following this convention, although it is not
required. If applications are named according to this convention, the contact
type display name pegs in the application statistics views, and application
statistics can be selected and grouped by contact type.
ATTENTION
In the case of applications, use of the naming convention is
useful only for the purpose of selecting and grouping statistics
by contact type. Contact Center Manager does not enforce that
an application only handles contacts of the type indicated by
its naming prefix. It is possible that inappropriately named
applications handle contacts of the wrong type. In this case,
application statistics selected or grouped by contact type are
incorrect.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 187
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ActivityCodeStat views
Activity code statistics identify the type of contacts handled by the agent, as well
as provide detailed information about how Not Ready time is spent. This
statistic provides information that can be used to monitor agents’ work and time
distribution within a work day. The linkage of activity code, agent, and
application provides another means to measure agents’ performance.
Activity code statistics include statistics for Not Ready reason codes. Agents
enter these codes when they go into Not Ready state.
For more information about Not Ready reason codes, see “Questions about
activity and Not Ready statistics” on page 123.
The server does not record activity time for DN calls.
On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, agents cannot use the Line of
Business (LOB) key while they are conferenced with another agent.
Definition: Activity code
An activity (or Line of Business) code is a number that an agent enters on the
phoneset or agent desktop while active on a contact. Activity codes provide a
way of tracking the time an agent spends on various types of incoming contacts.
For example, the activity code 720 might be used to track sales calls. Agents
enter 720 on the phonesets during sales calls and this information can be
generated in an Activity Code report.
System default activity code
The system default activity code (0) is the activity code against which contacts
peg if an agent does not enter an activity code.
Skillset default activity code
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) The skillset default
activity code is the activity code against which contacts for a skillset peg if the
agent presses the Activity key on the phoneset twice while handling a skillset
contact (that is, without entering an activity code). Your options for defining this
code are as the system default (0), skillset default (00), or a valid activity code.
188 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Definition: Not Ready reason code
A Not Ready reason code is a number that an agent enters on the phoneset key
pad or agent desktop when entering the Not Ready state. This number identifies
the reason for the Not Ready state. Not Ready reason codes track the amount of
time spent by agents on various activities, such as breaks.
System default Not Ready reason code
The system default Not Ready reason code (000) is the Not Ready reason code
against which Not Ready time pegs if:
an agent does not enter a Not Ready reason code
an agent presses the Activity Code key on the phoneset twice while in Not
Ready state
Activity code pegging
For pegging examples, see “Pegging of activity codes” on page 1399.
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch
For the interval in which a contact is answered, if this is the first activity code
entered for the contact, activity time starts when the contact is answered or
accepted. For subsequent activity codes entered during that interval, and for
subsequent intervals, activity time starts when the agent enters the activity code.
Activity time stops when the agent enters a new activity code, when the call
ends, or when the contact is closed.
Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch
Activity time for an activity code is calculated and pegs when a new activity
code is entered, when the call ends, or when the contact is closed.
Not Ready reason code pegging
For pegging examples, see “Pegging of Not Ready reason codes” on page 1403.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 189
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
For the interval in which an agent goes into Not Ready state, if this is the first
Not Ready reason code entered for the agent, the Not Ready reason time starts
when the agent goes into Not Ready state. For subsequent Not Ready reason
codes entered during that interval, and for subsequent intervals, Not Ready
reason time starts when the agent enters the Not Ready reason code.
Not Ready reason time ends when:
the agent enters a new Not Ready reason code
the agent goes into Ready state
the agent logs off
Requirements
Fulfill the following requirements:
Define activity codes and Not Ready reason codes on the server in Contact
Center Manager. If you do not do this, activity codes statistics are collected,
but ActivityCodeName is blank.
Configure the server to collect activity code and Not Ready reason code
statistics (see the Contact Center Manager Administrator’s Guide).
Statistics are collected for all activity codes and Not Ready reason codes;
you cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected codes.
Database views
Activity code statistics use the following views:
iActivityCodeStat
dActivityCodeStat
wActivityCodeStat
mActivityCodeStat
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
190 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ActivityCode
Description: A unique identifier for an activity code.
Type: varchar
Length: 32
ActivityCodeName
Description: The name of the activity code.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ActivityTime
Description: The total time spent on this activity by this agent.
Triggers: Activity time begins when an agent:
answers a call or accepts a multimedia contact
presses the Activity key and enters a code
Activity time ends when the agent enters another activity code, when the call
ends, or when the multimedia contact is closed.
Not Ready reason time begins when an agent:
goes into Not Ready state
presses the Activity key while in Not Ready state and enters a Not Ready
reason code
Not Ready reason time ends when the agent:
presses the Activity key again to enter another Not Ready reason code
goes into Ready state
logs off
Pegging: See “Activity code pegging” on page 189 and “Not Ready reason
code pegging” on page 189.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 191
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ActivityShortName
Description: Displays the short name for the Not Ready reason code, which is
displayed in Contact Center Manager Administration.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
AgentGivenName
Description: The given or first name of the agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
AgentLogin
Description: The numeric ID the agent uses to log in to the phoneset or agent
desktop.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
AgentSurName
Description: The family or surname of the agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
Application
Description: The name of the application is the same name as the primary
script.
192 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Pegging: The following table shows how activity code statistics peg against
applications.
Call type Application
local Contact Center Manager Master_Script or primary application,
calls depending on the location of the
local SIP voice calls contact in the system
local Contact Center
Multimedia contacts
local Contact Center Outbound
contacts
local SIP video contacts
incoming NSBR calls Network_Script Application
ACD calls ACD_DN_Application
NACD calls NACD_DN_Application
Statistics for Not Ready reason codes peg against the System_Application.
For more information about default applications mentioned in this table, see
“Default applications” on page 148.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the application
when the application is defined. This field is used for linking tables in data
queries.
Type: int
Length: 4
Occurrences
Description: The number of times the agent entered this activity code. An agent
can enter multiple activity codes (up to three for a Communication Server 2x00/
DMS switch) during a single call.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 193
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Triggers: Contact Center Manager Server pegs an activity code occurrence
when an agent:
answers a voice call
accepts a multimedia contact
presses the Activity key on the phoneset and enters a code or uses the agent
desktop to enter a code
Contact Center Manager Server pegs a Not Ready reason code occurrence when
an agent:
goes into Not Ready state
presses the Activity key on the phoneset and enters a Not Ready reason
code or uses the agent desktop to enter a Not Ready reason code while in
Not Ready state
Pegging: See “Activity code pegging” on page 189 and “Not Ready reason
code pegging” on page 189.
Type: int
Length: 4
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
194 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. For
more information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly,
or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page
166. This field is used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
UserID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the agent when
the agent is added. This field is used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: binary
Length: 16
Linkages with other statistics groups
You can link activity code statistics to other statistics groups to generate
customized reports. For more information, see “Linking views” on page 171.
The following table shows the statistics groups you can link activity codes to, as
well as the data fields used as linkage keys.
Specify all these fields as your linkage key, in the specified order.
IF you generate a custom report
using THEN the linkage key data field is
AgentByApplicationStat Timestamp
UserID
ApplicationID
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 195
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
IF you generate a custom report
using THEN the linkage key data field is
AgentBySkillsetStat Timestamp
UserID
AgentPerformanceStat Timestamp
UserID
ApplicationStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
SkillsetStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
NetworkInCallStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
NetworkOutStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
196 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
AgentByApplicationStat views
For each application included in the report, the report lists summarized agent
performance information for each agent that handled a contact from that
application. You can use these statistics to monitor an agent’s contribution to an
application.
Application performance is independent from skillset performance. The agent
must be a member of a skillset that the application explicitly references (or
implicitly does not—that is, the default skillset).
Statistics peg against a given combination of agent and application only for
those intervals in which a contact is answered by the specific agent and
processed by the specific application. Except for DNOutExtTalkTime and
DNOutIntTalkTime, these statistics do not include DN calls.
Definition: Application
An application is a logical entity that represents a script for reporting purposes.
The Master script and each script it references (that is, each primary script) is
represented by an application with a name that is the same as the script name.
Application pegging
The following table shows how contacts peg.
Contact type Application
local Contact Center Manager Master_Script or primary application,
calls depending on the location of the
local SIP voice calls contact in the system
local Contact Center
Multimedia contacts
local Contact Center Outbound
contacts
local SIP video contacts
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 197
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Contact type Application
incoming NSBR contacts Network_Script Application
ACD calls ACD_DN_Application
NACD calls NACD_DN_Application
Requirements
Configure the server to collect agent by application code statistics (see the
Contact Center Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all
agents; you cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected agents.
Database views
Agent by application statistics use the following views:
iAgentByApplicationStat
dAgentByApplicationStat
wAgentByAppliationStat
mAgentByApplicationStat
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AgentGivenName
Description: The first or given name of the agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
If an agent record is deleted because the data is already collected, the agent name
is blank.
198 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
AgentLogin
Description: The numeric ID the agent uses to log in to the phoneset or agent
desktop.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
AgentSurName
Description: The last or surname of the agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
If an agent record is deleted because the data is already collected, the agent name
is blank.
Application
Description: The name of the application handling the contact when the agent
answered or accepted it.
Pegging: See “Application pegging” on page 197.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the application
when the application is defined. This field is used for linking tables in data
queries.
In a network environment at the destination, the Agent by Application view
shows the Network_Script Application as the destination application for which
the agent answered a call. The current release does not provide the ability to
obtaining the source application information in the Agent by Application Stats.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of contacts, excluding DN calls, answered or
accepted by an agent for this application.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 199
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Pegging: Voice calls peg upon answer, and multimedia contacts peg upon
acceptance.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsConferenced
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, incoming
NSBR calls, ACD calls, and NACD calls in this application that an agent
conferenced.
Triggers:
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsOffered
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP voice
calls, local multimedia contacts, and incoming NSBR contacts handled by this
application and presented to this agent. This statistic includes contacts returned
to queue and contacts abandoned during presentation.
On the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, this statistic also
includes parked calls handled by this skillset that return to this agent.
Pegging: Contacts are pegged against the Master_Script application upon
arrival and against a primary application when the Master_Script application
hands over control.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsReturnedToQ
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP voice
contacts, local multimedia contacts, and incoming NSBR contacts handled by
this application that the agent returned to the skillset queue for reasons other
than timeout.
Pegging: A voice call is returned to the queue if the agent enters another state
(for example, if the agent presses the Not Ready or DN key) while the call is
presented. This statistic pegs when the agent state changes. A multimedia
contact returns to the queue if the agent rejects it using the Reject button.
200 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsReturnedToQDueToTimeout
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP voice
calls, multimedia contacts, and incoming NSBR contacts handled by this
application that returned to the skillset queue automatically while in alerting
state, after a wait greater than or equal to the answering timeout for this agent as
defined in the call presentation class to which the agent belongs.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsTransferred
Description: The number of Contact Center Manager calls, SIP voice calls,
ACD calls, NACD calls and SIP video contacts transferred by this agent for this
application.
Pegging: This statistic is pegged when the transfer is completed—when the
transfer key is invoked for the second time.
Type: int
Length: 4
ConsultTime
Description: The total time an agent spends in consultation while handling
contacts for this application. Consultation time occurs during a consult transfer
if the caller disconnects and the answering agent remains on the line.
Triggers: Consult time starts when the customer releases the call and ends when
the consult call is released.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 201
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ContactType
Description: The type of contact determined by the name of this application.
This applies to SIP-enabled contact centers or if Contact Center Multimedia or
Contact Center Outbound is installed and this application name begins with one
of the configured prefixes as described in “Associating contact types with
applications and skillsets” on page 186. If the skillset does not have a prefix, the
contact pegs as voice.
For example, if the application is named EM_application, ContactType pegs as
e-mail. If the application does not have a prefix, ContactType pegs as voice.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
DNOutExtTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent in outgoing external DN calls, including hold time (see “Internal
versus External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of external DN calls).
This statistic does not include the time spent on the DN outcall part of a Contact
Center Outbound contact.
Where multiple DN keys are configured on agent phonesets, talk time can
exceed 15 minutes (900 seconds) per interval. Talk time exceeding 15 minutes
per interval occurs when an agent makes one DN call, places that call on hold,
and then makes another DN call.
Triggers: Talk time begins when the call is answered and ends when the caller
disconnects or the agent releases the call.
Pegging: DNOutExtTalkTime pegs against the last application for which the
agent handled a contact during this logon.
Type: int
Length: 4
DNOutIntTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX only. The total time
spent on outgoing internal DN calls, including hold time (see “Internal versus
External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of external DN calls). This
statistic does not include the time spent on the DN outcall part of a Contact
Center Outbound contact.
202 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Where multiple DN keys are configured on agent phonesets, talk time can
exceed 15 minutes (900 seconds) per interval. This occurs when an agent makes
one DN call, places that call on hold, and then makes another DN call.
Triggers: Talk time begins when the call is answered and ends when the caller
disconnects or the agent releases the call.
Pegging: DNOutIntTalkTime pegs against the last application for which the
agent handled a contact during this logon.
Type: int
Length: 4
HoldTime
Description: The total time an agent spends on hold during Contact Center
Manager calls for this application.
Triggers: Hold time begins when the agent places a Contact Center Manager
call in the Hold state. Hold time ends when the call resumes or the call
terminates.
Pegging: Hold time pegs at the end of the interval (for calls that are active at the
end of the interval), and when the call terminates.
Type: int
Length: 4
PostCallProcessingTime
Description: This data is the total time an agent spends performing post-contact
processing. Normally, an agent uses this time to complete any work related to
the contact just completed, such as filling in forms or filing papers.
Triggers: Post-call processing time begins when an agent presses Not Ready
after releasing any contact, except DN calls, and ends when the agent presses
Not Ready again, places or receives a DN call, or logs out.
Post Call Processing Time is calculated for the first Not Ready period after a
contact is closed. If the agent enters another state after the call (for example, by
answering or receiving a DN call or logging out of the skillset), and then enters
Not Ready state, the Not Ready time does not peg against
PostCallProcessingTime. Also, if the agent interrupts the Not Ready period to
enter another state, and then returns to Not Ready state, the second Not Ready
period does not peg against PostCallProcessingTime.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 203
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Pegging: This statistic pegs against the last application for which the agent
handled a contact.
Type: int
Length: 4
RingTime
Description: The total time an agent spends in the Ringing state before
answering a Contact Center Manager call or SIP voice call in this application.
Also the total time spent in the Alerting/Presenting state before accepting a
multimedia contact in this application.
On the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, if call force is set
for the agent's call presentation class, ring time equals the call force timer.
Triggers: Ring time begins when a contact is presented to the phoneset or agent
desktop and ends when the contact is answered, accepted, returned to the queue,
or abandoned.
Type: int
Length: 4
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
204 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
TalkTime
Description: The total time this agent spends handling contacts, excluding DN
calls, after the contact is answered or accepted in this application. This statistic
includes hold time.
Triggers:
For voice calls, talk time begins when the agent answers the call.
For the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, talk time
ends when the caller disconnects or the agent releases or transfers the call.
For the Communication Server 2x00 switch, talk time ends when the agent
releases or transfers the call.
For multimedia contacts, talk time begins when the agent accepts the
contact and ends when the agent closes or transfers the contact.
For Contact Center Outbound contacts, talk time begins when the agent
accepts the contact, includes the time the agent is on the DN call, and ends
when the agent releases the DN call and closes the contact.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. For
more information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly,
or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page
166. This field is used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 205
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
UserID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the agent when
the agent is added. This field is used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: binary
Length: 16
WaitTime
Description: The total time this agent spends waiting for a contact after
releasing a voice call or closing a multimedia contact handled by this
application.
Triggers: Wait time begins when the agent enters the idle state. For example, if:
the agent releases a voice call or multimedia contact, and the agent's call
presentation class is not configured for Break time or Variable Wrap.
the agent's Break or Variable Wrap timer elapses after a contact is released
or closed.
the agent presses the Not Ready key a second time after entering Not Ready
state.
WaitTime ends when the agent leaves the Idle state. If the agent handles another
contact from the same application as the most recently handled contact,
WaitTime resumes against that application when the agent returns to the Idle
state. If the agent handles a contact from a different application than the most
recently handled contact, WaitTime begins against the new application when the
agent returns to the Idle state.
(NSBR option) WaitTime is not affected when an agent is reserved on the
switch.
On Communication Server 2x00/DMS systems, incoming calls do not stop the
WaitTime timer.
For more information, see “How is WaitTime pegged if the agent puts a DN call
on hold and uses alternate call answer to accept another contact?” on page 117.
Pegging: WaitTime pegs against the last application for which the agent
handled a contact during this login. If the agent has not yet handled a contact
associated with an application, WaitTime is not pegged.
206 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Type: int
Length: 4
Linkages with other statistics groups
You can link agent by application statistics to other statistics groups to generate
customized reports. For more information, see “Linking views” on page 171.
The following table shows the statistics groups that agent by application
statistics can link to, as well as the data fields used as linkage keys.
Specify all these fields as your linkage key, in the specified order.
IF you generate a custom report
using THEN the linkage key data field is
ActivityCodeStat Timestamp
UserID
ApplicationID
AgentBySkillsetStat Timestamp
UserID
AgentPerformanceStat Timestamp
UserID
ApplicationStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
SkillsetStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
NetworkInCallStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
NetworkOutCallStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 207
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
AgentBySkillsetStat views
You can use agent by skillset statistics to monitor an agent’s performance in a
skillset. The data fields peg based on a combination of skillset and agent
information.
Only contacts queued to a skillset are included in these statistics. (If a skillset is
mapped to an ACD DN, calls to that ACD DN are included.) Except for
DNOutExtTalkTime and DNOutIntTalkTime, these statistics do not include DN
calls.
Requirements
Configure the server to collect agent by skillset statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all agents; you
cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected agents.
Database views
Agent by skillset statistics use the following views:
iAgentBySkillsetStat
dAgentBySkillsetStat
wAgentBySkillsetStat
mAgentBySkillsetStat
208 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Pegging
All statistics peg against a specific skillset. The following table shows how
contacts peg.
Contact type Skillset
Contact Center Manager contacts The answering skillset, or the Agent
SIP voice contacts Queue To skillset for the contact type
Contact Center Multimedia contacts
Contact Center Outbound contacts
SIP video contacts
ACD calls The skillset to which this ACD-DN is
mapped (if defined) or the
Default_ACD skillset
NACD calls The skillset to which this Network
ACD-DN is mapped (if defined) or the
Default_NACD skillset
Pegging thresholds
Define a skillset threshold class value for the length (talk time) of a short call,
and then assign the threshold class to the skillset. The value for short call length,
then, can vary from one skillset to another. For more information about
threshold classes, refer to the Contact Center Manager Administrator’s Guide.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AgentLogin
Description: The numeric ID the agent uses to log in to the phoneset or agent
desktop.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 209
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
AgentGivenName
Description: The first or given name of the agent.
If an agent record is deleted because the data is already collected, the agent name
is blank.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
AgentSurName
Description: The last name or surname of the agent.
If an agent record is deleted because the data is already collected, the agent name
is blank.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of contacts, excluding DN calls, answered or
accepted by an agent for this skillset.
Pegging: Voice calls peg upon answer and multimedia contacts peg upon
acceptance.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsConferenced
Description: The number of contacts, excluding DN calls, in this skillset that an
agent conferenced.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsOffered
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP voice
calls, local multimedia contacts and incoming NSBR contacts handled by this
skillset and presented to this agent. This statistic includes contacts returned to
queue and contacts abandoned during presentation.
210 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
On the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, this statistic also
includes parked calls handled by this skillset that return to this agent.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsReturnedToQ
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP voice
calls, local multimedia contacts, and incoming NSBR contacts handled by this
skillset that the agent returned to the skillset queue for reasons other than
timeout.
Pegging: A voice call is returned to the queue if the agent enters another state
(for example, if the agent presses the Not Ready or DN key) while the call is
presented. This statistic pegs when the agent state changes. A multimedia
contact is returned to the queue if the agent rejects it using the Reject button.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsReturnedToQDueToTimeout
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP voice
calls, local multimedia contacts, and incoming NSBR contacts handled by this
skillset that returned to the skillset queue automatically, after a wait greater than
or equal to the answering timeout for this agent, as defined in the call
presentation class to which the agent belongs.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsTransferred
Description: The number of Contact Center Manager calls, SIP voice calls,
ACD calls, NACD calls and SIP video contacts transferred by this agent for this
skillset.
This statistic does not include transferred Contact Center Multimedia or Contact
Center Outbound contacts.
Pegging: The call pegs when the transfer is complete—when the agent presses
the transfer key for the second time.
Type: int
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 211
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 4
ConsultTime
Description: The total time an agent spends in consultation while handling
contacts for this skillset. Consultation time occurs during a consult transfer if the
caller disconnects and the answering agent remains on the line.
Triggers: Consult time starts when the customer releases the call. Consult time
ends when the consult call is released.
Type: int
Length: 4
ContactType
Description: The type of contact determined by the name of this skillset. This
applies to SIP-enabled contact centers, MCS 5100 contact centers, if Contact
Center Multimedia, or if Contact Center Outbound is installed and this skillset
name begins with one of the configured prefixes as described in “Associating
contact types with applications and skillsets” on page 186.
For example, if the skillset is named EM_application, ContactType pegs as e-
mail. If the skillset does not have a prefix, ContactType pegs as voice.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
DNOutExtTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent on outgoing external DN calls, including hold time (see
“Internal versus External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of external DN
calls). DN calls made as part of a Contact Center Outbound contact are not
included.
Where multiple DN keys are configured on agent phonesets, talk time can
exceed 15 minutes (900 seconds) per interval. This occurs when an agent makes
one DN call, places that call on hold, and then makes another DN call.
Pegging: DNOutExtTalkTime pegs against the last skillset for which the agent
answered a call.
Type: int
Length: 4
212 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
DNOutIntTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent on outgoing internal DN calls, including hold time (see “Internal
versus External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of external DN calls). DN
calls made as part of a Contact Center Outbound contact are not included.
Where multiple DN keys are configured on agent phonesets, talk time can
exceed 15 minutes (900 seconds) per interval. Talk time can exceed 15 minutes
when an agent makes one DN call, places that call on hold, and then makes
another DN call.
Triggers: Talk time begins when the call is answered and ends when the caller
disconnects or the agent releases the call.
Pegging: DNOutIntTalkTime pegs against the last skillset for which the agent
answered a call.
Type: int
Length: 4
HoldTime
Description: The amount of time this agent put local and incoming network
CDN calls on hold while answering. This hold time stops when the agent
restores the call. This also includes agent walkaway time.
Triggers: Hold time begins when the agent places a Contact Center Manager
call in the Hold state. Hold time ends when the call resumes or terminates.
Type: int
Length: 4
PostCallProcessingTime
Description: The total time an agent spends performing post-contact
processing. Normally, an agent uses this time to complete any work related to
the contact just released, such as filling in forms or filing papers.
Triggers: Post-call processing time begins when an agent presses the Not Ready
key after completing any contact, except DN calls, and ends when the agent
presses the Not Ready key again, places or receives a DN call, or logs out.
Pegging: If the agent is assigned to multiple skillsets, this statistic pegs against
the last skillset for which the agent handled a contact.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 213
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Post Call Processing Time is calculated for the first Not Ready period after a
contact is closed. If the agent enters another state after the contact (for example,
by answering or receiving a DN call or logging off of the skillset), and then
enters Not Ready state, the Not Ready time does not peg against
PostCallProcessingTime. Also, if the agent interrupts the Not Ready period to
enter another state, and then returns to Not Ready state, the second Not Ready
period does not peg against PostCallProcessingTime.
Type: int
Length: 4
RingTime
Description: The total time an agent spends in the Ringing state before
answering a Contact Center Manager call or SIP voice call from this skillset, and
in the Alerting/Presenting state before accepting a multimedia contact from this
skillset.
On the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, if call force is set
for the agent's call presentation class, ring time equals the call force timer.
Triggers: Ring time begins when a contact is presented to the phoneset or agent
desktop and ends when the contact is answered, accepted, returned to the queue,
or abandoned.
Type: int
Length: 4
ShortCallsAnswered
Description: The total number of local Contact Center Manager calls, ACD
calls, NACD calls, SIP voice calls, local multimedia contacts, and incoming
NSBR calls accepted that have a talk time less than the short call threshold
assigned to the threshold class for the skillset.
Type: int
Length: 4
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
214 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Skillset
Description: The name of the skillset.
Pegging: See “Pegging” on page 209.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SkillsetID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a skillset when
the skillset is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
TalkTime
Description: The total time this agent spends handling contacts, excluding DN
calls, after the contact is answered or accepted in this skillset. This statistic
includes hold time.
Triggers:
For voice calls, talk time begins when the agent answers the call.
For the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, talk time
ends when the caller disconnects or the agent releases or transfers the call.
For the Communication Server 2x00 switch, talk time ends when the agent
releases or transfers the call.
For multimedia contacts, talk time begins when the agent accepts the
contact and ends when the agent closes or transfers the contact.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 215
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
For Contact Center Outbound contacts, talk time begins when the agent
accepts the contact, includes the time the agent is on the DN call, and ends
when the agent releases the DN call and closes the contact.
Talk time is pegged at the end of the interval (for contacts that are active at the
end of an interval) and when the contact terminates.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. For
more information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly,
or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page
166. This field is used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
TotalStaffedTime
Description: The total time an agent is logged on and assigned to this skillset.
Triggers: Staffed time begins when an agent:
logs in (if the agent is assigned to a skillset)
is assigned to the skillset with a priority of 1 or more
Staffed time ends when an agent:
logs out
is removed from the skillset
is put on standby for the skillset
Type: int
216 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 4
UserID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify an agent when
the agent is added.
Type: binary
Length: 16
WaitTime
Description: The total time this agent spends waiting for a contact after
releasing a voice call or closing a multimedia contact from this skillset.
Triggers: Wait time begins when the agent enters the idle state. For example, if:
the agent releases a contact and the agent's call presentation class is not
configured for Break time or Variable Wrap.
the agent's Break or Variable Wrap timer elapses after a contact is released
or closed.
the agent presses the Not Ready key a second time after entering Not Ready
state.
WaitTime ends when the agent leaves the Idle state. If the agent handles another
contact that is queuing in the same skillset as the most recently handled contact,
WaitTime resumes against that skillset when the agent returns to the Idle state. If
the agent handles a contact that is queuing in a different skillset than the most
recently handled contact, WaitTime begins against the new skillset when the
agent returns to the Idle state.
(NSBR option) WaitTime is not affected when an agent is reserved on the
switch.
On Communication Server 2x00/DMS systems, incoming DN calls do not stop
the WaitTime timer.
For more information, see “How is WaitTime pegged if the agent puts a DN call
on hold and uses alternate call answer to accept another contact?” on page 117.
Pegging: WaitTime pegs against the last skillset for which the agent handled a
contact during this login. If the agent has not yet handled a contact that is
queuing in a skillset, WaitTime is not pegged.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 217
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: int
Length: 4
218 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Linkages with other statistics groups
You can link agent by skillset statistics to other statistics groups to generate
customized reports. For more information, see “Linking views” on page 171.
The following table shows the statistics groups that agent by skillset statistics
can link to, as well as the data fields used as linkage keys:
Specify all these fields as your linkage key, in the specified order.
IF you generate a custom report
using THEN the linkage key data field is
ActivityCodeStat Timestamp
UserID
AgentByApplicationStat Timestamp
UserID
AgentPerformanceStat Timestamp
UserID
ApplicationStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
SkillsetStat Timestamp
SkillsetID
NetworkInCallStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
NetworkOutStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 219
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
AgentPerformanceStat views
Agent performance statistics provide summarized performance measurement
information for Contact Center Manager agents. The data fields peg based on
agent activities.
Statistics peg only for those agents who are logged on.
Requirements
Configure the server to collect agent performance statistics (see the Contact
Center Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all agents;
you cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected agents.
Database views
Agent performance statistic use the following views:
iAgentPerformanceStat
dAgentPerformanceStat
wAgentPerformanceStat
mAgentPerformanceStat
Agents and supervisors
Agents are linked to reporting supervisors. An agent can be assigned only one
reporting supervisor at any given time. However, the agent can be assigned a
different supervisor at different times of the day. To allow supervisors to
monitor all of their reporting agents, these statistics allow agents to link to
multiple supervisors.
Agent performance statistics are collected only for the combination of agent and
primary supervisor.
220 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Transferred and conferenced calls
A transfer or conference pegs when an agent presses the key the second time to
complete the transfer or conference.
On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, a call pegs as a transfer when
the agent uses the Fast Transfer key. It pegs as a conference when the agent uses
the 3WC key.
On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, when an agent is in
consultation with another agent (during a transfer or conference), the agent
cannot use the Emergency or LOB key. However, when the other agent drops
off the call, these keys become available again.
Blind transfers and conferences
Blind transfers and (on the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) blind
conferences (conferences completed before the call presents to the destination
phoneset) peg as transfers or conferences to Other.
The Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch does not support blind
conferences.
Transfers and conferences to Incalls
On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, calls that are transferred or
conferenced directly to an Incalls key peg as calls transferred or conferenced to
Incalls.
The Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch does not support
direct transfer to or conference with an Incalls key.
DN statistics
Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch
For the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch and MCS 5100 systems, only
one DN key can be configured and monitored by Contact Center Manager.
Transfers and conferences to or from other DN keys are not reported.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 221
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch
On the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, a phoneset may
contain multiple DN keys. If an agent answers a DN call, places it on hold, and
makes another DN call, both DN hold time and DN talk time peg for the same
period.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
ACDCallsAnswered
Description: The number of ACD calls answered by the agent. On the
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, this statistic includes
parked ACD calls that return to an agent. On the Communication Server 2x00/
DMS switch, this statistic includes NACD calls answered. ACD calls are not
available in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Triggers: For answered calls, this statistic pegs when the call is answered. For
parked calls, this statistic pegs when the Call Park feature is used.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
ACDCallsConfToCDN
Description: The number of ACD calls that are conferenced from a phoneset
Contact Center Manager acquires to a CDN the server acquires. On the
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, this statistic includes calls
conferenced to agents on a remote node. On the Communication Server 2x00/
DMS switch, this statistic includes NACD calls conferenced. ACD calls are not
available in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Triggers: The call pegs when the conference is completed (that is, when the
conference key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
222 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ACDCallsConfToDN
Description: The number of ACD calls that are conferenced from a phoneset
acquired by Contact Center Manager to a personal or secondary DN key on a
phoneset acquired by the server. On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS
switch, this statistic includes conferenced NACD calls. ACD calls are not
available in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Triggers: The call pegs when the conference is completed (that is, when the
conference key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
ACDCallsConfToIncalls
Description: The number of ACD calls that are conferenced from a phoneset
acquired by Contact Center Manager to an ACD-DN and presented to a
phoneset acquired by the server, or (for the Communication Server 2x00/DMS
switch) conferenced directly to an Incalls key on such a phoneset. On the
Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, this statistic includes conferenced
NACD calls. ACD calls are not available in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Triggers: The call pegs when the conference is completed (that is, when the
conference key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
ACDCallsConfToOther
Description: The number of ACD calls that are conferenced from a phoneset
acquired by Contact Center Manager to a resource external to the Contact Center
Manager system. On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, this statistic
includes blind conferences and NACD calls conferenced. ACD calls are not
available in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Triggers: The call pegs when the conference is completed (that is, when the
conference key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 223
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ACDCallsTalkTime
Description: The total time spent on ACD calls, including hold time. On the
Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, this field includes talk time for
NACD calls. ACD calls are not available in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Triggers: Talk time begins when the call is answered. For the Communication
Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, talk time ends when the caller disconnects
or the agent releases the call. For the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch,
talk time ends when the agent releases the call.
Type: int
Length: 4
ACDCallsTransferredToCDN
Description: The number of ACD calls that are transferred from a phoneset
acquired by Contact Center Manager to a CDN acquired by the server. On the
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, this statistic includes calls
transferred to agents at a remote node. On the Communication Server 2x00/
DMS switch, this statistic includes NACD calls transferred to a CDN. ACD calls
are not available in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Triggers: The call pegs when the transfer is completed (that is, when the
transfer key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
ACDCallsTransferredToDN
Description: The number of ACD calls that are transferred from a phoneset
acquired by Contact Center Manager to a personal or secondary DN key on a
phoneset acquired by the server. On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS
switch, this statistic includes transferred NACD calls. ACD calls are not
available in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Triggers: The call pegs when the transfer is completed (that is, when the
transfer key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
224 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ACDCallsTransferredToIncalls
Description: The number of ACD calls that are transferred from a phoneset
acquired by Contact Center Manager to an ACD-DN and presented to a
phoneset acquired by the server, or (for the Communication Server 2x00/DMS
switch) transferred directly to an Incalls key on such a phoneset. On the
Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, this statistic includes NACD calls
transferred. ACD calls are not available in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Triggers: The call pegs when the transfer is completed (that is, when the
transfer key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
ACDCallsTransferredToOther
Description: The number of ACD calls that are transferred from a phoneset
acquired by Contact Center Manager to a resource external to the Contact Center
Manager system. On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, this statistic
includes blind transfers and NACD calls transferred. ACD calls are not available
in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Triggers: The call pegs when the transfer is completed (that is, when the
transfer key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
AgentGivenName
Description: The first or given name of the agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
If an agent record is deleted because the data is already collected, the agent name
is blank.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 225
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
AgentLogin
Description: The numeric ID the agent uses to log in to the phoneset or agent
desktop.
Type: varchar
AgentSurName
Description: The last or surname of the agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
If an agent record is deleted because the data is already collected, the agent name
is blank.
BreakTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time an agent is in the Break state for all skillsets. You can configure an
agent’s call presentation class to place the agent in Break state after each call.
Triggers: BreakTime begins when a contact, excluding ACD and NACD calls,
is released or closed, and ends when the break timer elapses.
Type: int
Length: 4
BusyMiscTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time the Incalls key of an agent is busy because of events not related to DN
calls (for example, programming the Call Forward key or ACD/NACD call
ringing).
Triggers: The following table shows when busy time begins and ends.
Busy time begins when and ends when
the agent presses the Forward key to the agent presses the Forward key again
program call forward to activate call forward
the agent presses the DN key the agent finishes dialing the number
226 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Busy time begins when and ends when
an ACD /NACD call is presented to the agent answers the ACD/NACD call
the agent’s phoneset
Type: int
Length: 4
BusyOnDNTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time the Incalls key of an agent is busy because the agent pressed the
personal DN key or is busy on a DN call. This statistic does not include DN calls
originated as part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Triggers: Busy time begins when the agent presses the DN key and ends when
the DN call is released.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP voice
calls, local multimedia contacts, and incoming NSBR contacts answered. This
statistic includes NACD calls routed to a local CDN.
This statistic includes Web Communication contacts presented to the agent,
even if the originator abandons the Web Communication session.
Triggers: Voice calls peg upon answer, and multimedia contacts peg upon
acceptance.
Restriction: This statistic does not include DN, ACD, or NACD calls answered.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
CallsOffered
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP voice
calls, local multimedia contacts, and incoming NSBR contacts handled by this
application and presented to this agent. This statistic includes contacts returned
to queue and contacts abandoned during presentation.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 227
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
On the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, this statistic also
includes parked calls, handled by this skillset, that return to this agent.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
CallsReturnedToQ
Description: The number of Contact Center Manager contacts and incoming
NSBR contacts handled by this application that the agent returned to the skillset
queue for reasons other than timeout.
Pegging: A voice call is returned to queue if the agent enters another state (for
example, if the agent presses the Not Ready or DN key) while the call is
presented. This statistic pegs when the agent state changes.
A multimedia contact is returned to queue if the agent rejects it using the Reject
button.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
CallsReturnedToQDueToTimeout
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP voice
calls, local multimedia contacts, and incoming NSBR contacts handled by this
application and returned to the skillset queue automatically after a wait greater
than or equal to the answering timeout for this agent, as defined in the call
presentation class to which the agent belongs.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
CDNCallsConfToCDN
Description: The number of contacts, excluding ACD, NACD, and DN calls,
that are conferenced to a CDN acquired by Contact Center Manager. On the
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, this statistic includes calls
conferenced to a CDN at a remote site.
Triggers: This statistic pegs when the conference is completed (that is, when the
conference key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
228 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 2
CDNCallsConfToDN
Description: The number of contacts, excluding ACD, NACD, and DN calls,
that are conferenced to an agent’s personal or secondary DN on a phoneset
acquired by Contact Center Manager.
Triggers: This statistic pegs when the conference is completed (that is, when the
conference key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
CDNCallsConfToIncalls
Description: The number of contacts, excluding ACD, NACD, and DN calls,
that are conferenced to an ACD-DN and presented to a phoneset acquired by
Contact Center Manager or (for the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch)
conferenced directly to an Incalls key on such a phoneset.
Triggers: This statistic pegs when the conference is completed (that is, when the
conference key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
CDNCallsConfToOther
Description: The number of contacts, excluding ACD, NACD, and DN calls,
that are conferenced to a resource external to the Contact Center Manager
system. On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, this statistic includes
blind transfers.
On the SIP switch, no distinction is made on the nature of the target for
conference. All calls are tagged as either CDNCallsConfToOther or
DNCallsConfToOther.
Triggers: This statistic pegs when the conference is completed (that is, when the
conference key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 229
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CDNCallsTransferredToCDN
Description: The number of contacts, excluding ACD, NACD, and DN calls,
that are transferred to a CDN acquired by Contact Center Manager. On the
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, this statistic includes calls
transferred to a CDN at a remote site.
Triggers: This statistic pegs when the transfer is completed (that is, when the
transfer key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
CDNCallsTransferredToDN
Description: The number of contacts, excluding ACD, NACD, and DN calls,
that are transferred to a personal or secondary DN on a phoneset acquired by
Contact Center Manager.
Triggers: This statistic pegs when the transfer is completed (that is, when the
transfer key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
CDNCallsTransferredToIncalls
Description: The number of contacts, excluding ACD, NACD, and DN calls,
that are transferred to an ACD-DN and presented to a phoneset acquired by
Contact Center Manager, or (for the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch)
transferred directly to an Incalls key on such a phoneset.
Triggers: This statistic pegs when the transfer is completed (that is, when the
transfer key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
CDNCallsTransferredToOther
Description: The number of contacts, excluding ACD, NACD, and DN calls,
that are transferred to a resource external to the Contact Center Manager system.
On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, this statistic includes blind
transfers.
230 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
On the SIP switch, no distinction is made on the nature of the target for
conference. All calls are tagged as either CDNCallsConfToOther or
DNCallsConfToOther.
Triggers: This statistic pegs when the transfer is completed (that is, when the
transfer key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
ConsultationTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time an agent spends in consultation with another agent during a call
transfer or conference after the caller drops off the call.
Triggers: Consultation time begins when the caller disconnects and ends when
the call is released.
Type: int
Length: 4
DNCallsConfToACDDN
Description: The number of DN calls that are conferenced from a phoneset
acquired by Contact Center Manager to an ACD-DN and presented to a
phoneset acquired by Contact Center Manager. This statistic does not include
DN calls originated as part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Pegging: This statistic pegs upon answer.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
DNCallsConfToCDN
Description: The number of DN calls that are conferenced from a phoneset
acquired by Contact Center Manager to a CDN acquired by the server. On the
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, this statistic includes calls
conferenced to agents at a remote node. This statistic does not include DN calls
originated as part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Triggers: This statistic pegs when the conference is completed (that is, when the
conference key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 231
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 2
DNCallsConfToDN
Description: The number of DN calls that are conferenced from a phoneset
acquired by the Contact Center Manager to a personal or secondary DN on a
phoneset acquired by the Contact Center Manager. This statistic does not
include DN calls originated as part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Triggers: This statistic pegs when the conference is completed (that is, when the
conference key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
DNCallsConfToOther
Description: The number of DN calls that are conferenced from a phoneset
acquired by the Contact Center Manager to a resource external to the Contact
Center Manager system. On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, this
statistic includes blind conferences. This statistic does not include DN calls
originated as part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
On the SIP switch, no distinction is made on the nature of the target for
conference. All calls are tagged as either CDNCallsConfToOther or
DNCallsConfToOther.
Triggers: This statistic pegs when the conference is completed (that is, when the
conference key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
DNCallsTransferredToACDDN
Description: The number of DN calls that are transferred from a phoneset
acquired by the Contact Center Manager to an ACD-DN and presented to a
phoneset acquired by the Contact Center Manager. This statistic does not
include DN calls originated as part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
ACD-DN is not applicable in SIP
Triggers: This statistic pegs when the transfer is completed (that is, when the
transfer key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
232 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 2
DNCallsTransferredToCDN
Description: The number of DN calls that are transferred from a phoneset
acquired by the Contact Center Manager to a CDN acquired by the server. On
the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, this statistic includes
calls transferred to agents at a remote node. This statistic does not include DN
calls originated as part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Triggers: This statistic pegs when the transfer is completed (that is, when the
transfer key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
DNCallsTransferredToDN
Description: The number of DN calls that are transferred from a phoneset
acquired by the Contact Center Manager to a personal or secondary DN on a
phoneset acquired by the Contact Center Manager. This statistic does not
include DN calls originated as part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Triggers: This statistic pegs when the transfer is completed (that is, when the
transfer key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
DNCallsTransferredToOther
Description: The number of DN calls that are transferred from a phoneset
acquired by the Contact Center Manager to a resource external to the Contact
Center Manager system. On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, this
statistic includes blind transfers. This statistic does not include DN calls
originated as part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
On the SIP switch, no distinction is made on the nature of the target for
conference. All calls are tagged as either CDNCallsConfToOther or
DNCallsConfToOther.
Triggers: This statistic pegs when the transfer is completed (that is, when the
transfer key is pressed for the second time).
Type: smallint
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 233
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 2
DNInCalls
Description: Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch and MCS 5100 only.
The number of calls to an agent’s DN key.
Pegging: This statistic pegs upon answer.
Type: int
Length: 4
DNInCallsTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch and MCS 5100 only.
The total time spent on incoming DN calls, including hold time.
Triggers: Talk time begins when the call is answered and ends when the agent
releases the call.
Type: int
Length: 4
DNInExtCalls
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total number of incoming internal DN calls (for a definition of external DN
calls, see “Internal versus External DN calls” on page 181). This statistic
includes parked external calls that are returned to the agent.
Pegging: This statistic pegs upon answer.
All DN calls are pegged as internal DN calls for a SIP-enabled contact center.
Therefore, the value of this element is zero.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
DNInExtCallsHoldTime
Description: The total time that incoming external DN calls spend on hold (for
a definition of external DN calls, see “Internal versus External DN calls” on
page 181).
234 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Triggers: The following table shows when DNInExtCallsHold time begins and
ends.
Hold time begins when Hold time ends when
the agent presses the Hold key the agent retrieves the call
the agent presses the Transfer or the agent finishes entering the destination
Conference key number
Type: int
Length: 4
DNInExtCallsTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent on incoming external DN calls, including hold time.
Where multiple DN keys are configured on agent phonesets, talk time can
exceed 15 minutes (900 seconds) per interval (see “Internal versus External DN
calls” on page 181 for a definition of external DN calls). This happens when an
agent answers one DN call, places that call on hold, and then answers another
DN call.
Pegging: All DN calls are pegged as internal DN calls for a SIP-enabled contact
center. Therefore, the value of this element is zero.
Triggers: Talk time begins when the call is answered and ends when the caller
disconnects or the agent releases the call.
Type: int
Length: 4
DNInIntCalls
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total number of incoming internal DN calls (see “Internal versus External DN
calls” on page 181 for a definition of internal DN calls). This statistic includes
parked internal calls returned to the agent.
Pegging: This statistic pegs upon answer.
All DN calls are pegged as internal DN calls for a SIP-enabled contact center.
Type: smallint
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 235
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 2
DNInIntCallsHoldTime
Description: The total time that incoming internal DN calls spend on hold (see
“Internal versus External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of internal DN
calls).
On MCS 5100 systems, this includes hold time for all DNInCalls.
Triggers: The following table shows when DNInIntCallsHold time begins and
ends.
Hold time begins when and ends when
the agent presses the Hold key the agent retrieves the call.
the agent presses the Transfer or the agent finishes entering the
Conference key destination number.
Type: int
Length: 4
DNInIntCallsTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent on incoming internal DN calls, including hold time.
Where multiple DN keys are configured on agent phonesets, talk time can
exceed 15 minutes (900 seconds) per interval (see “Internal versus External DN
calls” on page 181 for a definition of internal DN calls). This happens when an
agent answers one DN call, places that call on hold, and then answers another
DN call.
Pegging: All DN calls are pegged as internal DN calls for a SIP-enabled contact
center.
Triggers: Talk time begins when the call is answered and ends when the caller
disconnects or the agent releases the call.
Type: int
Length: 4
236 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
DNOutCalls
Description: Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch and SIP-enabled
systems only. The total number of DN calls originated by the agent from the
agent's DN key. This statistic does not include DN calls originated as part of a
Contact Center Outbound contact.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the DN call is answered.
Type: int
Length: 4
DNOutCallsTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch and SIP-enabled
systems only. The total time spent on outgoing DN calls, including hold time.
This statistic does not include DN calls originated as part of a Contact Center
Outbound contact.
Triggers: Talk time begins when the call is answered and ends when the agent
releases the call.
Type: int
Length: 4
DNOutExtCalls
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total number of outgoing external DN calls. This statistic includes external
parked calls retrieved by an agent (see “Internal versus External DN calls” on
page 181 for a definition of external DN calls). This statistic does not include
DN calls originated as part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the call is answered.
All DN calls are pegged as internal DN calls for a SIP-enabled contact center.
Therefore, the value of this element is zero.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 237
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
DNOutExtCallsHoldTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time that outgoing external DN calls spent on hold (see “Internal versus
External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of external DN calls). This
statistic does not include DN calls originated as part of a Contact Center
Outbound contact.
Pegging: The following table shows when DNOutExtCallsHold time begins
and ends.
Hold time begins when and ends when
the agent presses the Hold key the agent retrieves the call
the agent presses the Transfer or the agent finishes entering the
Conference key destination number
All DN calls are pegged as internal DN calls for a SIP-enabled contact center.
Therefore, the value of this element is zero.
Type: int
Length: 4
DNOutExtCallsTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent on outgoing external DN calls, including hold time. This statistic
does not include DN calls originated as part of a Contact Center Outbound
contact.
Where multiple DN keys are configured on agent phonesets, talk time can
exceed 15 minutes (900 seconds) per interval. This happens when an agent
answers one DN call, places that call on hold, and then answers another DN call
(see “Internal versus External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of external
DN calls).
Pegging: All DN calls are pegged as internal DN calls for a SIP-enabled contact
center. Therefore, the value of this element is zero.
Triggers: Talk time begins when the agent presses the DN key and ends when
the caller disconnects or the agent releases the call.
Type: int
238 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 4
DNOutIntCalls
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total number of outgoing internal DN calls. This statistic includes internal
parked calls retrieved by an agent (see “Internal versus External DN calls” on
page 181 for a definition of internal DN calls). This statistic does not include
DN calls originated as part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the caller is connected.
All DN calls are pegged as internal DN calls for a SIP-enabled contact center.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
DNOutIntCallsHoldTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time that outgoing internal DN calls spent on hold (see “Internal versus
External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of external DN calls). This
statistic does not include DN calls originated as part of a Contact Center
Outbound contact.
For SIP-enabled systems, this includes hold time for all DN outcalls (excluding
DN calls originated as part of a Contact Center Outbound contact).
Pegging: The following table shows when DNOutInCallsHold time begins and
ends.
Hold time begins when and ends when
the agent presses the Hold key the agent retrieves the call
the agent presses the Transfer or the agent finishes entering the
Conference key destination number
All DN calls are pegged as internal DN calls for a SIP-enabled contact center.
Type: int
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 239
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 4
DNOutIntCallsTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent on outgoing internal DN calls, including hold time (see “Internal
versus External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of internal DN calls).
This statistic does not include DN calls originated as part of a Contact Center
Outbound contact.
Where multiple DN keys are configured on agent phonesets, talk time can
exceed 15 minutes (900 seconds) per interval. Talk time exceeding 15 minutes
happens when an agent answers one DN call, places that call on hold, and then
answers another DN call.
Pegging: All DN calls are pegged as internal DN calls for a SIP-enabled contact
center.
Triggers: Talk time begins when the call is answered and ends when the caller
disconnects or the agent releases the call.
Type: int
Length: 4
HoldTime
Description: The amount of time this agent put local and incoming contacts on
hold, excluding DN calls, ACD calls, and NACD calls. This hold time stops
when the agent restores the call or contact. HoldTime also includes agent
walkaway time.
Triggers: The following table shows when hold time begins and ends.
Hold time begins when and ends when
the agent presses the Hold key the agent retrieves the call (for example,
by pressing the Incalls key).
the agent presses the Transfer or the agent finishes entering the
Conference key destination number.
Type: int
Length: 4
240 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
LoggedInTime
Description: The total time an agent is in the Login state.
Triggers: Logon time begins after the agent enters a logon ID and (if required) a
logon password, and the server determines that the agent is valid. Logon time
ends when the agent logs off.
Type: int
Length: 4
NACDCallsAnswered
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
number of NACD calls answered by an agent. NACD calls are not available in
SIP-enabled contact centers.
Pegging: This statistic pegs upon answer.
For the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, NACD calls peg as ACD
calls.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
NACDCallsTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent on NACD calls by an agent, including hold time. NACD calls
are not available in SIP-enabled contact centers.
For the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, NACD calls peg as ACD
calls.
Triggers: Talk time begins when the call is answered and ends when the caller
disconnects or the agent releases the call.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetworkCallsAnswered
Description: NSBR option only. The number of incoming NSBR contacts
answered by an agent.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 241
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Pegging: For voice calls, this statistic pegs when the agent answers an incoming
NSBR call. For multimedia contacts, this statistic pegs when the agent accepts
an incoming NSBR contact.
The SIP-enabled contact center does not support Networking. This value is zero
at all times.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
NetworkCallsTalkTime
Description: NSBR option only. The total time that the agent spent handling
incoming NSBR contacts, including hold time.
Pegging: The SIP-enabled contact center does not support Networking. This
value is zero at all times.
Triggers: For voice calls, talk time begins when the agent answers the call and
ends when the caller disconnects or the agent releases the call. For multimedia
contacts, talk time begins when the agent accepts the contact, and ends when the
agent closes the contact.
Type: int
Length: 4
NotReadyTime
Description: The total time an agent spends in the Not Ready state. Not Ready
time includes post-call processing time and Not Ready time with reason codes.
Triggers: Not Ready time begins when the agent presses the Not Ready key and
ends when the agent presses the Not Ready key again.
Type: int
Length: 4
NumberTimesNotReady
Description: The total number of times an agent enters the not ready state.
Pegging: This is pegged when the agent enters the not ready state.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
242 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ReservedForCall
Description: NSBR and NACD options only. The number of times the agent is
reserved to answer an NSBR or NACD call.
Pegging: The SIP-enabled contact center does not support Networking. This
value is zero at all times.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
ReservedTime
Description: NSBR and NACD options only. The total time the agent is in
Reserved state.
Triggers: Reserved time begins when the switch reserves the agent for an
NSBR or NACD call, and ends when the call is presented or the agent
reservation is canceled.
Type: int
Length: 4
RingTime
Description: The total time an agent spends in the Ringing state before
answering a Contact Center Manager call or SIP voice call, and in the Alerting
or Presenting state before accepting a multimedia contact.
On the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, if call force is set
for the agent’s call presentation class, ring time equals the call force timer.
Triggers: Ring time begins when a contact is presented to the phoneset or agent
desktop and ends when the contact is answered, accepted, returned to the queue
or abandoned.
Type: int
Length: 4
ShortCallsAnswered
Description: The total number of contacts answered or accepted that have a talk
time less than the short call threshold assigned to the threshold class for the
skillset in which the contact is answered or accepted. This statistic does not
apply to DN calls.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 243
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: smallint
Length: 2
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
SupervisorGivenName
Description: The first or given name of the agent’s reporting supervisor, as
defined by the supervisor.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
SupervisorLogin
Description: The numeric ID the supervisor uses to log in to the phoneset or
desktop.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
SupervisorSurName
Description: The last or surname of the agent’s supervisor, as defined by the
supervisor.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
244 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
SupervisorUserID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the agent’s
reporting supervisor when the agent is added.
Type: binary
Length: 16
TalkTime
Description: The total time spent by the agent handling all contacts except DN
calls, ACD calls, and NACD calls, including hold time.
Triggers:
For voice calls, talk time begins when the agent answers the call.
For the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, talk time
ends when the caller disconnects or the agent releases or transfers the call.
For the Communication Server 2x00 switch, talk time ends when the agent
releases or transfers the call.
For multimedia contacts, talk time begins when the agent accepts the
contact and ends when the agent closes or transfers the contact.
For Contact Center Outbound contacts, talk time begins when the agent
accepts the contact, includes the time the agent is on the DN call, and ends
when the agent releases the DN call and closes the contact.
Pegging: Talk time pegs at the end of the interval (for calls and contacts that are
active at the end of an interval) and when the call is released or contact is closed.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 245
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. For
more information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly,
or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page
166. This field is used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
UserID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the agent when
the agent is added. This field is used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: binary
Length: 16
VariableWrapTime
Description: Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch only. The total time an
agent is in the Variable Wrap state for all skillsets. You can configure the
Variable Wrap feature on the switch for an ACD group or agent. If you do, the
agent is put into Variable Wrap state for a predefined time after each call. To
allow Contact Center Manager to report Variable Wrap time, enable the
Variable Wrap feature for the call presentation class to which the agent belongs.
Triggers: Variable Wrap time begins when a call is released and ends when the
timer elapses.
Type: int
Length: 4
WaitingTime
Description: The total time this agent spends waiting for contacts. On the
Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, WaitingTime includes time when the
agent is active on a secondary DN and when the agent is reserved on the switch.
Triggers: Waiting time begins when the agent goes into Idle state, for example,
if:
the agent logs on and presses the Not Ready key
the agent releases a call, and the agent’s call presentation class is not
configured for Break time or Variable Wrap
246 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
the agent’s break or variable wrap timer elapses after a call is released
the agent presses the Not Ready key a second time after entering Not Ready
state
WaitingTime ends when the agent leaves the Idle state. WaitingTime continues
to accumulate after return to the Idle state.
(NSBR option) WaitingTime is not affected when an agent is reserved on the
switch
On Communication Server 2x00/DMS systems, incoming DN calls do not stop
the WaitTime timer.
For more information, see “How is WaitTime pegged if the agent puts a DN call
on hold and uses alternate call answer to accept another contact?” on page 117.
Type: int
Length: 4
WalkawayTime
Description: The total time an agent is in the Walkaway state.
Triggers:
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch: Walkaway time begins
when:
an agent puts a Contact Center Manager call (ACD, NACD, or DN) on
Hold, and disconnects or unplugs the headset
an agent in Not Ready state puts a Not Ready on hold
Walkaway time ends when the agent takes the phoneset off hook or plugs in the
headset.
Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch: Walkaway time begins after the
agent presses the Not Ready key and enters a Not Ready reason code other than
zero. Walkaway time ends when the agent presses the Not Ready key again.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 247
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Linkages with other statistics groups
You can link agent performance statistics to other statistics groups to generate
customized reports. For more information, see “Linking views” on page 171.
The following table shows the statistics groups to which agent performance
statistics can be linked, as well as the data fields used as linkage keys.
Specify all these fields as your linkage key, in the specified order.
IF you generate a custom report
using THEN the linkage key data field is
ActivityCodeStat Timestamp
UserID
AgentByApplicationStat Timestamp
UserID
AgentBySkillsetStat Timestamp
UserID
248 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ApplicationStat views
Application statistics provide summarized performance data on a per-
application basis. The server collects and reports application statistics to give
contact center managers specific details about contact types, callers, or
conditions. You can use these statistics to monitor the contribution of an
application to the operation of a contact center.
Statistics peg against a given application only for those intervals in which a
contact arrives for that application. Except for DNOutExtCallsTalkTime and
DNOutIntCallsTalkTime, these statistics do not include DN calls.
Definition: Application
An application is a logical entity that represents a script for reporting purposes.
The Master script and each script it references (that is, each primary script) has
an application with a name that is the same as the script name.
Requirements
Configure the server to collect application statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator's Guide). Statistics are collected for all applications;
you cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected applications.
Database views
Application statistics use the following views:
iApplicationStat
dApplicationStat
wApplicationStat
mApplicationStat
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 249
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Pegging
Local contacts
When a local contact enters Contact Center Manager, it is handled by the Master
script. Most contacts are handed off by the Master script to a primary script. The
primary script might hand off the contact to a secondary script.
In some cases, a script queues a contact to a network skillset. (In these cases, the
call is referred to as an outgoing NSBR contact.) Pegging for outgoing NSBR
contacts is the same as for local contacts.
Contacts that receive Route Call treatment in a script are pegged against an
application only until the time they are routed.
Contacts handled by Master script—If the contact does not leave the Master
script, all time delays and events (such as treatments) peg against the
Master_Script application.
Contacts handled by primary script—If a contact is handed off to a primary
script, all events occurring up to the hand off peg against the Master_Script
application. Events that occur after hand off peg against the primary application.
For contacts processed by a primary application, all delays begin when the
contact interflows to the primary application and peg against the primary
application only.
Contacts handled by secondary script—If a contact is handed off to a
secondary script, all delays and events peg against the primary application.
Incoming NSBR contacts
Incoming NSBR contacts peg against the Network_Script application.
ACD and NACD calls
Contact Center Manager becomes aware of ACD and NACD calls only when
they are answered. After answer, ACD calls peg against the
ACD_DN_Application, and NACD calls against the NACD_DN_Application.
Contact Center Manager does not have access to abandoned events and delay
statistics for ACD and NACD calls; therefore, these statistics are not applicable
to ACD_DN and NACD_DN applications.
250 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ACD and NACD calls are not applicable to the SIP-enabled contact center.
CDN Terminated calls
CDN Terminated calls map to ApplicationStat views by giving the number of
local and incoming network CDN calls that:
Terminate with one of the following treatments—Give Busy, Give
Overflow, Disconnect, Route Call, or Default
Reach a Non-ISDN trunk during routing to a remote site (Networking
Feature)
Transfer in an IVR session (IVR Feature)
Network out through an NACD queue (not applicable for incoming
network calls) (NACD Feature)
Only calls that receive termination treatment initiated by Contact Center
Manager but not by the switch are recorded.
Pegging thresholds
You can define application threshold classes with different values for the service
level threshold and short call length. Thus, the value for service level and short
call length can vary from one application to another. For more information about
threshold classes, refer to the Contact Center Manager Administrator's Guide.
Non-ISDN trunks and call information
If a voice call encounters a non-ISDN trunk during networking to another
Contact Center Manager site, the call information that normally travels with the
call does not reach the destination site. This means that the destination site
cannot identify those calls that originate within the Contact Center Manager
network. At the destination site, the NSBR call is treated as a new call. At the
source site, the NSBR call is treated as terminated.
SIP enabled contact center does not differentiate between ISDN and non-ISDN
trunks. All calls are pegged on non-ISDN calls.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 251
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AbdDelay2, AbdDelay4, AbdDelay6,... AbdDelay60
AbdDelay70, AbdDelay80, AbdDelay90,... AbdDelay300
AbdDelay360, AbdDelay420, AbdDelay480, AbdDelay540, AbdDelay600
AbdDelayBeyond
Description: An array of fields divided into incremental periods of time. Each
field contains the number of contacts—excluding DN calls, ACD and NACD
calls—that are abandoned after waiting for a period less than or equal to the
number of seconds specified, and greater than the number specified in the next
lower range.
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends going through menus and
listening to announcements in this application.
Pegging: For local contacts and outgoing NSBR contacts, delays begin when
the Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR contacts, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this site.
Delays end when the caller disconnects.
Type: int
Length: 4
252 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
AnsDelay2, AnsDelay4, AnsDelay6,... AnsDelay60
AnsDelay70, AnsDelay80, AnsDelay90,... AnsDelay300
AnsDelay360, AnsDelay420, AnsDelay480, AnsDelay540, AnsDelay600
AnsDelayBeyond
Description: An array of fields divided into incremental periods of time. Each
field contains the number of contacts—excluding DN calls, ACD and NACD
calls—that are answered after waiting for a period less than or equal to the
number of seconds specified, and greater than the number specified in the next
lower range.
For voice calls, the delay time includes any time that the caller spends going
through menus and listening to announcements in this application.
Pegging: For local contacts and outgoing NSBR contacts, delays begin when
the Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR contacts, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this site.
Delays end when the call is answered or contact is accepted.
Type: int
Length: 4
Application
Description: The name of the application.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify an application
when the application is defined. This field is used for linking tables in data
queries.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandoned
Description: The number of contacts—excluding DN calls, ACD and NACD
calls—that entered the application and are released before the calls are
answered. This statistic includes calls abandoned during treatment such as IVR
or Broadcast Announcement.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 253
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Pegging: This statistic pegs when a caller disconnects while still in queue or
receiving treatment.
This statistic includes calls that receive the Give IVR treatment and are
presented with a messaging system voice menu, if the menu options are
programmed with EM (to go to a mailbox).
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold
Description: The number of contacts—excluding DN calls, ACD and NACD
calls—abandoned for this application after a wait greater than or equal to the
service level threshold for the threshold class to which the application belongs.
Triggers: For local contacts and outgoing NSBR contacts, delays begin when
the Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR contacts, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this site.
Delays end when the caller disconnects.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandonedDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by all contacts—excluding DN calls,
ACD and NACD calls— that are abandoned by callers.
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends reviewing menus and
listening to announcements in this application. DNIS delay times include up
front menu time. Application delay times do not.
Triggers: For local contacts and outgoing NSBR contacts, delays begin when
the Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR contacts, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this site.
Delays end when the caller disconnects.
Database view Type Length
iApplicationStat int 4
dApplicationStat int 4
254 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Database view Type Length
wApplicationStat numeric 6
mApplicationStat numeric 6
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of contacts, excluding DN calls, answered or
accepted for this application.
Pegging: Voice calls peg upon answer. Multimedia contacts peg upon
acceptance. ACD calls peg against the ACD_DN_Application, and NACD calls
against the NACD_DN_Application.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Description: The number of contacts—excluding DN calls, ACD and NACD
calls—answered or accepted after a wait greater than or equal to the service
level threshold for the threshold class to which the application belongs.
Triggers: For local and outgoing NSBR contacts, delays begin when the
Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR voice contacts, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this
site. Delays end when the contact is answered or the contact is accepted.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by all contacts—excluding DN calls,
ACD and NACD calls—answered or accepted for this application.
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends going through menus and
listening to announcements in this application.
This statistic includes Contact Center Multimedia Web Communication and text
chat contacts presented to the agent even if the customer abandons the contact.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 255
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Triggers: For local and outgoing NSBR contacts, delays begin when the
Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR contacts, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this site.
Delays end when the contact is answered or the contact is accepted.
Database view Type Length
iApplicationStat int 4
dApplicationStat int 4
wApplicationStat numeric 6
mApplicationStat numeric 6
256 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
CallsAnsweredDelayAtSkillset
Description: The total wait time experienced in the skillset queue by all
contacts answered or accepted for this application.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued against the first skillset and
end when the contact is answered.
Database view Type Length
iApplicationStat int 4
dApplicationStat int 4
wApplicationStat numeric 6
mApplicationStat numeric 6
CallsConferencedIn
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP calls, and
incoming NSBR calls conferenced to this application.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsConferencedOut
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP calls,
incoming NSBR calls, ACD calls, and NACD calls conferenced out of this
application.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenBroadcast
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP calls, and incoming NSBR
calls given broadcast treatment for this application.
Broadcast is not applicable for SIP-enabled contact center.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give Controlled Broadcast
Announcement script command is executed.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 257
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Restriction: The count is not increased if the same call receives this treatment
more than once.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenDefault
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager contacts, SIP calls,
multimedia contacts, and incoming NSBR contacts given default treatment as
the result of an error condition.
This statistic does not include calls given default treatment by the switch.
Contact Center Manager is unaware of these calls.
Pegging: Contacts are given default treatment under the following conditions:
The script fails or end of script is reached before controlling treatment is
given to the contact.
A QUIT command or end of script is reached and the contact is not queued
or routed.
The script contains illegal first statements.
An error condition has occurred from which the script executor cannot
recover.
Contact Center Manager Server is down.
All agents log out of the skillsets to which a call is queued, or all skillsets
are put out of service and a QUIT command or end of script is reached.
All skillsets to which the script queues a new call are out of service.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenForceBusy
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and SIP calls
given Force Busy treatment for this application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give Busy script command is executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
258 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
CallsGivenForceDisconnect
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls SIP calls, and
multimedia contacts and incoming NSBR calls given Force Disconnect
treatment for this application.
This statistic also includes any Contact Center Outbound contacts that are
removed from the system when an outbound campaign ends.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Disconnect script command is executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenForceOverflow
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and SIP calls
given Force Overflow treatment for this application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give Overflow script command is
executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenHostLookup
Description: The number of local contacts and incoming NSBR contacts for
which data is obtained from a remote host through Host Data Exchange (HDX)
for this application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Send Request script command is
executed.
Restriction: The count is not increased if the same contact receives this
treatment more than once.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenIVR
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls given IVR treatment for this application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give IVR script command is executed.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 259
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Restriction: The count is not increased if the same call receives this treatment
more than once.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenMusic
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP voice
calls, and incoming NSBR calls given music treatment through a music route for
this application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give Music script command is executed.
Restriction: The count is not increased if the same call receives this treatment
more than once.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenNACD
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
number of local Contact Center Manager calls given Network ACD (NACD)
treatment. This treatment sends calls to a switch that does not use the Contact
Center Manager NSBR feature.
NACD is not applicable in SIP-enabled contact center.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Queue To NACD script command is
executed.
Restriction: The count is not increased if the same call receives this treatment
more than once.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenRAN
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP calls, and
incoming NSBR calls given recorded announcement (RAN) treatment for this
application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give RAN script command is executed.
260 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Restriction: The count is not increased if the same call receives this treatment
more than once.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenRouteTo
Description: The number of Contact Center Manager calls, SIP calls, and
incoming NSBR contacts given Route Call treatment for this application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Route Call script command is executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsNACDOut
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
number of local Contact Center Manager calls networked out through an NACD
queue and answered at remote switches. NACD is used to send calls to a switch
that does not use the Contact Center Manager NSBR feature.
NACD is not applicable in SIP-enabled contact center.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when a call is routed to the NACD-DN.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsOffered
Description: The number of local contacts, incoming NSBR contacts, ACD
calls, and NACD calls offered to this application.
Pegging: Local Contact Center Manager contacts peg against the Master_Script
application upon arrival, and against a primary application when the
Master_Script application hands over control. ACD and NACD calls peg when
the call is answered. After answer, ACD calls peg against the
ACD_DN_Application and NACD calls against the NACD_DN_Application.
This statistic includes calls that receive the Give IVR treatment and are
presented with a messaging system voice menu, if the menu options are
programmed with either CL (to go to a mailbox through a DN) or Call
Answering (to go to a mailbox).
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 261
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsTransferredIn
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
number of local and incoming NSBR contacts transferred to this application.
This statistic does not include Contact Center Multimedia contacts transferred to
an agent or skillset.
Pegging: This statistic pegs as soon as the transfer is initiated, regardless of
whether the transfer is completed.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsTransferredOut
Description: The number of local contacts, incoming NSBR contacts, ACD
calls, and NACD calls transferred out of this application.
This statistic does not include Contact Center Multimedia contacts that are
transferred out of this application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the transfer is completed.
If the agent aborts the transfer before it is complete, this statistic does not peg.
Type: int
Length: 4
ContactType
Description: The type of contact determined by the name of this application.
This applies to SIP-enabled contact centers, MCS 5100 contact centers, if
Contact Center Multimedia, or if Contact Center Outbound is installed and this
application name begins with one of the configured prefixes as described in
“Associating contact types with applications and skillsets” on page 186.
For example, if the application is named EM_application, ContactType pegs as
e-mail. If the application does not have a prefix, ContactType pegs as voice.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
262 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
DNOutExtCallsTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent by agents on outgoing external DN calls (see “Internal versus
External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of external DN calls), including
hold time, for this application. This statistic does not include the time spent on
the DN outcall part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Triggers: DNOutExtCallsTalkTime begins when the call is answered and the
agent's previous contact was handled by this application. Talk time ends when
the caller disconnects or the agent releases the call.
Type: int
Length: 4
DNOutIntCallsTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent by agents on outgoing internal DN calls (see “Internal versus
External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of internal DN calls), including
hold time, for this application. This statistic does not include the time spent on
the DN outcall part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Triggers: DNOutIntCallsTalkTime begins when the call is answered and the
agent's previous contact was handled by this application. Talk time ends when
the caller disconnects or the agent releases the call.
Type: int
Length: 4
IVRAbandoned
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls abandoned during IVR treatment.
Type: int
Length: 4
IVRTerminated
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls that received and completed the IVR treatment in this application.
This statistic includes calls transferred by IVR.
Type: int
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 263
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 4
IVRTransferred
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls transferred from an IVR session for this application.
IVRTransfer is not applicable in SIP-enabled contact center.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallsAbandonedDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact—excluding DN calls,
ACD and NACD calls—that waited the longest before the caller abandoned it.
Triggers: For local contacts and outgoing NSBR calls, delays begin when the
Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR contacts, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this site.
Delays end when the caller disconnects.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallsAnsDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the local contact, incoming NSBR
contact, or outgoing NSBR contact—excluding DN calls, ACD and NACD
calls—that waited the longest before the contact is answered or accepted.
Triggers: For local contacts and outgoing NSBR contacts, delays begin when
the Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR contact, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this site.
Delays end when the contact is answered or accepted.
Type: int
Length: 4
264 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
MaxCallsAnsDelayAtSkillset
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact that waited the longest in
the skillset queue before the contact is answered or accepted.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued against the first skillset and
end when the contact is answered or accepted for this application.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxNetOutCallsAbandonedDelay
Description: NSBR option only. The wait time experienced by the outgoing
NSBR contact routed by this application that waited the longest before the
contact is abandoned at the destination site.
The SIP-enabled contact center does not support networking features.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script hands off the contact to a
primary application at the source site and end when the caller disconnects.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxNetOutCallsAnsweredDelay
Description: NSBR option only. The wait time experienced by the outgoing
NSBR contact routed by this application that waited the longest before the
contact is answered or terminated at the destination site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script hands off the contact to a
primary application at the source site and end when the contact is answered or
accepted by an agent, answered by IVR, or terminated at the destination site.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetOutCalls
Description: NSBR option only. The number of outgoing NSBR contacts
successfully routed by this application to another site. This statistic includes
contacts answered (or accepted) or abandoned at the destination site, as well as
calls terminating on non-ISDN trunks and calls blocked by an all trunks busy
condition.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 265
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
The SIP-enabled contact center does not support networking features.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetOutCallsAbandoned
Description: NSBR option only. The number of outgoing NSBR contacts sent
by this application and abandoned at the destination sites.
The SIP-enabled contact center does not support networking features.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetOutCallsAbandonedDelay
Description: NSBR option only. The total time delay experienced by outgoing
NSBR contacts sent by this application and abandoned at the destination sites.
The SIP-enabled contact center does not support networking features.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script hands off the contact to a
primary application at the source site and end when the caller disconnects.
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends going through menus and
listening to announcements in this application.
Database view Type Length
iApplicationStat int 4
dApplicationStat int 4
wApplicationStat numeric 6
mApplicationStat numeric 6
266 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
NetOutCallsAnswered
Description: NSBR option only. The number of outgoing NSBR contacts
routed by this application and answered or accepted at the destination site.
This includes contacts that arrive at the destination site, but the reserved agent
logs off or becomes unavailable, and the contact receives one of the following
treatments:
Disconnect
Route
Give Recorded announcement (RAN)
Give IVR
Give Music
The SIP-enabled contact center does not support networking features.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when an agent answers a contact, when IVR
answers a contact, or when a contact is terminated at the destination site.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetOutCallsAnsweredDelay
Description: NSBR option only. The total wait time experienced by all
outgoing NSBR contacts routed by this application and answered or accepted at
the destination site.
The SIP-enabled contact center does not support networking features.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script hands off the contact to a
primary application at the source site and end when the contact is answered or
accepted by an agent, answered by IVR, or terminated at the destination site.
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends going through menus and
listening to announcements in this application.
Database view Type Length
iApplicationStat int 4
dApplicationStat int 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 267
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Database view Type Length
wApplicationStat numeric 6
mApplicationStat numeric 6
NetOutCallsReachNonISDN
Description: NSBR option only. The number of outgoing NSBR calls sent by
this application that reached a non-ISDN trunk on the way to its destination.
The SIP-enabled contact center does not support networking features.
Type: int
Length: 4
PostCallProcessingTime
Description: This data is the total time agents spent performing post-contact
processing after handling a local or incoming NSBR contact in this application.
Normally, agents use this time to complete any work related to the contact just
completed, such as filling in forms or filing papers.
Triggers: Post-call processing time begins when an agent presses Not Ready
after releasing any contact, except DN calls, and ends when the agent presses
Not Ready again, places or receives a DN call, or logs out.
Post Call Processing Time is calculated for the first Not Ready period after a
contact is closed. If the agent enters another state after the call (for example, by
answering or receiving a DN call or logging out of the skillset), and then enters
Not Ready state, the Not Ready time does not peg against
PostCallProcessingTime. Also, if the agent interrupts the Not Ready period to
enter another state, and then returns to Not Ready state, the second Not Ready
period does not peg against PostCallProcessingTime.
Pegging: This statistic pegs against the last application for which the agent
handled a contact.
Type: int
Length: 4
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
268 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
TalkTime
Description: The total time that agents spent handling local and incoming
NSBR contacts (excluding DN calls) in this interval, that were handled by this
application. This statistic includes hold time.
Triggers: The follow items trigger this statistic:
For voice calls, talk time begins when the agent answers the call.
For the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, talk time
ends when the caller disconnects or the agent releases or transfers the call.
For the Communication Server 2x00 switch, talk time ends when the agent
releases or transfers the call.
For multimedia contacts, talk time begins when the agent accepts the
contact and ends when the agent closes or transfers the contact.
For Contact Center Outbound contacts, talk time begins when the agent
accepts the contact, includes the time the agent is on the DN call, and ends
when the agent releases the DN call and closes the contact.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 269
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 5
TimeBeforeDefault
Description: The total time spent in the system by local Contact Center
Manager calls, SIP voice calls, multimedia contacts, and incoming NSBR
contacts that received default treatment for this application.
Pegging: For local contacts, pegging begins when the Master_Script is initiated.
For incoming NSBR contacts, pegging begins when the contact is queued to the
site. Pegging ends when treatment is given.
Type: int
Length: 4
TimeBeforeForceBusy
Description: The total time spent in the system by local Contact Center
Manager calls, SIP calls, and incoming NSBR calls that received Force Busy
treatment for this application.
Pegging: For local calls, pegging begins when the Master_Script is initiated.
For incoming NSBR calls, pegging begins when the contact is queued to the site.
Pegging ends when Give Busy treatment is given.
Type: int
Length: 4
TimeBeforeForceDisconnect
Description: The total time spent in the system by local Contact Center
Manager calls, SIP calls, multimedia contacts, and incoming NSBR calls that
received Force Disconnect treatment for this application.
Pegging: For local contacts, pegging begins when the Master_Script is initiated.
For incoming NSBR calls, pegging begins when the contact is queued to the site.
Pegging ends when Give Disconnect treatment is given.
Type: int
Length: 4
TimeBeforeForceOverflow
Description: The total time spent in the system by local Contact Center
Manager calls, SIP calls, and incoming NSBR calls that received Force
Overflow treatment for this application.
270 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Pegging: For local Contact Center Manager calls, pegging begins when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, pegging begins when the
contact is queued to the site. Pegging ends when Give Overflow treatment is
given.
Type: int
Length: 4
TimeBeforeInterflow
Description: The total amount of time that local contacts and outgoing NSBR
contacts spent in the Master_Script application before the contact is passed to a
primary application. For the Master_Script application, this is the total time
spent in the Master_Script by all contacts. For primary applications, this is the
total time spent in the Master_Script application by all contacts answered for the
primary application.
Pegging: Pegging begins when the Master_Script is initiated, and ends when
the contact is handed off to a primary application.
Type: int
Length: 4
TimeBeforeIVRTransferred
Description: The total time spent in the system by local Contact Center
Manager calls and incoming NSBR calls transferred to an IVR session for this
application.
IVRTransfer is not supported in SIP-enabled contact center.
Pegging: For local Contact Center Manager calls, pegging begins when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, pegging begins when the
contact is queued to the site. Pegging ends when the call is transferred to an IVR
session.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 271
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
TimeBeforeNACDOut
Description: The total time spent in the system by local Contact Center
Manager calls networked out through the NACD queue and answered at remote
nodes. NACD calls are sent to other switches without using the Contact Center
Manager NSBR feature.
NACD is not applicable in SIP-enabled contact center.
Pegging: Pegging begins when the call arrives at the site and ends when
treatment is given.
Type: int
Length: 4
TimeBeforeNetOut
Description: NSBR option only. The total time spent in the system by outgoing
NSBR contacts networked out by this application.
Pegging: Pegging begins when the contact arrives at the site and ends when the
contact is routed to the destination.
Type: int
Length: 4
TimeBeforeReachNonISDN
Description: NSBR option only. The total time spent in the system by outgoing
NSBR Contact Center Manager calls before they reached a non-ISDN trunk.
Pegging: Pegging begins when the call arrives at the site and ends when the call
is routed to a non-ISDN trunk.
Type: int
Length: 4
TimeBeforeRouteTo
Description: The total time spent in the system by local Contact Center
Manager calls, SIP voice calls, SIP video calls, and incoming NSBR calls that
received Route Call treatment.
Pegging: For local Contact Center Manager calls, pegging begins when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, pegging begins when the
contact is queued to the site. Pegging ends when Route Call treatment is given.
272 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Type: int
Length: 4
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data pegged. For more information
about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly, or monthly views,
see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page 166. This field is
used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
WaitTime
Description: The total time agents spend waiting for a contact after releasing a
voice call or closing a multimedia contact handled by this application.
Triggers: WaitTime begins when the agent goes into Idle state, for example, if:
an agent releases a voice call or closes a multimedia contact, and the
agent’s call presentation class is not configured for Break time or Variable
Wrap
an agent’s Break or Variable Wrap timer elapses after a contact is released
or closed
an agent presses the Not Ready key a second time after entering Not Ready
state
WaitTime ends when the agent leaves the Idle state. If the agent handles another
contact from the same application as the most recently handled contact,
WaitTime resumes against that application when the agent returns to the Idle
state. If the agent handles a contact from a different application than the most
recently handled contact, WaitTime begins against the new application when the
agent returns to the Idle state.
(NSBR option) WaitTime is not affected when an agent is reserved on the
switch
Communication Server 2x00/DMS systems, incoming DN calls do not stop the
WaitTime timer.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 273
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
For more information, see “How is WaitTime pegged if the agent puts a DN call
on hold and uses alternate call answer to accept another contact?” on page 117.
Pegging: WaitTime pegs against the last application for which the agent
handled a contact during this login. If the agent has not yet handled a contact
associated with an application, WaitTime is not pegged.
Type: int
Length: 4
Linkages with other statistics groups
You can link application statistics to other statistics groups to generate
customized reports. For more information, see “Linking views” on page 171.
The following table shows the statistics groups to which application statistics
can be linked, as well as the data fields used as linkage keys.
Specify all these fields as your linkage key, in the specified order.
IF you generate a custom report
using THEN the linkage key data field is
ActivityCodeStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
AgentByApplicationStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
SkillsetStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
NetworkInCallStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
NetworkOutStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
274 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
CDNStat views
Control Directory Number (CDN) statistics provide summarized contact traffic
information for the CDNs and Route Points configured on the server.
Statistics peg only for those intervals in which there are contacts coming into the
contact center through a CDN or Route Point. Incoming ACD, NACD, and DN
calls are not routed through CDNs or Route Points and are not included in these
statistics.
Definition: CDN
A Control Directory Number (CDN) is a number configured in the switch as the
entry point for voice contacts into Contact Center Manager. You can configure
multiple CDNs in the switch and associate them with the Master script of
Contact Center Manager.
Definition: Route Point
A Route Point is an identifier configured in the Contact Center Manager Server
as the entry point for multimedia contacts. You can configure multiple Route
Points in the server and associate them with the Master script.
Requirements
Fulfill the following requirements:
Define CDNs and Route Points on Contact Center Manager.
Configure the server to collect CDN statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all CDNs and
Route Points; you cannot configure the system to collect statistics for only
selected CDNs or Route Points.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 275
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Database views
Control Directory Number (CDN) statistics use the following views:
iCDNStat
dCDNStat
wCDNStat
mCDNStat
Non-ISDN trunks and call information
If a voice call encounters a non-ISDN trunk while it is networked to another
Contact Center Manager site, the call information that normally travels with the
call does not reach the destination site. This means that the destination site
cannot distinguish that the call came from the Contact Center Manager network.
At the destination site, the networked call is treated as a new call. At the source
site, the network call is treated as terminated.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
CallsAbandoned
Description: The number of local contacts and incoming NSBR calls
abandoned from this CDN or Route Point. This includes local contacts
networked out through the NSBR feature and abandoned or terminated at the
destination site.
This statistic includes contacts that receive the Give IVR treatment and are
presented with a messaging system voice menu, if the menu options are
programmed with CA (to go to a mailbox).
Type: int
Length: 4
276 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of local contacts and incoming NSBR contacts
answered by this CDN or Route Point. This includes local contacts that are
networked out through the NSBR feature and answered or accepted by an agent
or IVR at the destination site.
Pegging: Voice calls peg upon answer and multimedia contacts peg upon
acceptance.
A contact pegs as answered if, when it arrives at the destination site, the reserved
agent logs out or becomes unavailable and it receives one of the following
treatments:
Disconnect
Route
Give Recorded announcement (RAN)
Give IVR
Give Music
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsOffered
Description: The number of local contacts and incoming NSBR contacts
offered to this CDN or Route Point.
This statistics include voice calls that receive the Give IVR treatment and are
presented with a messaging system voice menu, if the menu options are
programmed with either CL (to go to a mailbox through a DN) or CA (to go to a
mailbox).
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsTerminated
Description: The number of local contacts and incoming NSBR contacts for
this CDN or Route Point, which are terminated under one of the following
conditions:
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 277
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
The contact received a Force Busy, Force Overflow, Force Disconnect,
Route Call, or default treatment.
(NSBR option only) The call reached a non-ISDN trunk while it is routed to
a remote site.
The voice call is transferred to an IVR queue.
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) The voice call
is networked out through an NACD queue.
This statistic includes voice calls that receive the Give IVR treatment and are
presented with a messaging system voice menu, if the menu options are
programmed with CL (to go to a mailbox through a DN).
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsWithDigitsCollected
Description: Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch only. The number of
voice calls that received IVR treatment and arrived at this CDN accompanied by
data collected during the IVR session.
Type: int
Length: 4
CDN
Description: A unique number to identify this CDN or Route Point, which the
server assigns when the CDN or Route Point is added.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
CDNName
Description: The name of this CDN as configured when it is added.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
278 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. For
more information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly,
or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page
166.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
URI
Description: The name of this Route Point as configured when it is added.
Type: varchar
Length: 255
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 279
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
DNISStat views
Dialed Number Identification Service (DNIS) statistics provide summarized
information for each DNIS. These statistics provide a means of monitoring the
call traffic and call handling for each DNIS.
Definition: DNIS
DNIS is an optional service to identify the dialed number for calls entering the
contact center. Typically, DNIS numbers are used for 1-800 numbers. For
example, a company might give customers different 1-800 numbers for sales and
customer service calls.
Requirements
Fulfill the following requirements:
Define DNISs on Contact Center Manager.
Configure the server to collect DNIS statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all DNISs;
you cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected DNISs.
Database views
Dialed Number Identification Service (DNIS) statistics use the following views:
iDNISStat
dDNISStat
wDNISStat
mDNISStat
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
280 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
CallsAbandoned
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls abandoned for a DNIS number.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls abandoned that experienced a delay greater than or equal to the
service level threshold for the DNIS number.
Triggers: For local Contact Center Manager calls, delays begin when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, delays begin when the call
is logically queued to this site.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandonedDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by all local Contact Center
Manager calls and incoming NSBR calls abandoned for a DNIS number.
Triggers: For local Contact Center Manager calls, delays begin when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, delays begin when the call
is logically queued to this site.
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends navigating menus and
listening to announcements before it is queued to a skillset.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls answered for a DNIS number.
Pegging: Calls peg upon answer.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 281
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls answered that experienced a delay greater than or equal to the
service level threshold for the DNIS number.
Triggers: For local Contact Center Manager calls, delays begin when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, delays begin when the call
is logically queued to this site.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by all local Contact Center Manager
calls and incoming NSBR calls answered for a DNIS number.
Triggers: For local Contact Center Manager calls, delays begin when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, delays begin when the call
is logically queued to this site.
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends navigating menus and
listening to announcements before it is queued to a skillset.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenDefault
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls given default treatment for a DNIS number.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenForceBusy
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls given Force Busy treatment for a DNIS number.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give Busy script command is executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
282 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
CallsGivenForceDisconnect
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls given Force Disconnect treatment for a DNIS number.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Disconnect script command is executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenForceOverflow
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls given Force Overflow treatment for a DNIS number.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give Overflow script command is
executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenRouteTo
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls given Route Call treatment for a DNIS number.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Route Call script command is executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsNACDOut
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
number of local Contact Center Manager calls networked out through an NACD
queue and answered at remote sites.
NACD is not applicable in SIP-enabled contact center.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsNetworkedOut
Description: NSBR option only. The number of local Contact Center Manager
calls routed to a remote site and answered or abandoned.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 283
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Networking features are not supported in SIP-enabled contact center.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsOffered
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls offered to this server with this DNIS number.
Pegging: Calls peg upon arrival.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsReachNonISDN
Description: NSBR option only. The number of local Contact Center Manager
calls that reached a non-ISDN trunk while it is routed to a remote site.
Pegging: Calls networked out using the MCDN networking are pegged against
this field if the call reaches a non-ISDN trunk.
Restriction: If a call encounters a non-ISDN trunk while it is networked to
another Contact Center Manager site, the call information that normally travels
with the call does not reach the destination site. This means the destination site
cannot tell that the call came from the Contact Center Manager network. At the
destination site, the networked call is treated as a new call. At the source site, the
NSBR call is pegged as terminated.
Type: int
Length: 4
DNIS
Description: A unique number used to identify a DNIS, which the server
assigns when the DNIS is defined.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
DNISName
Description: The name of a DNIS.
Type: varchar
284 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 30
DNIS_Prefix
Description: Stores the prefix of a DNIS number. You can sort, filter, and
report on individual DNIS 800 numbers.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
IVRTransferred
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls transferred from an IVR session for a DNIS number.
IVRTransfers are not applicable in SIP-enabled Contact Centers.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetworkCDN
Description: For future use. Not valid in this release.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
MaxAbandonedDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the local Contact Center Manager
calls or incoming NSBR call that waited the longest before it is abandoned.
Triggers: For local Contact Center Manager calls, delays begin when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, delays begin when the call
is logically queued to this site.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxAnsweredDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the local Contact Center Manager
calls or incoming NSBR call that waited the longest before it is answered.
Triggers: For local Contact Center Manager calls, delays begin when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, delays begin when the call
is logically queued to this site.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 285
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: int
Length: 4
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
TalkTime
Description: The total time spent by all agents on local Contact Center Manager
calls and incoming NSBR calls for a DNIS number, including hold time.
Triggers:
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch: The call pegs
when the caller disconnects or the agent releases the call.
Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch: The time pegs when the agent
releases the call.
Pegging: Talk time pegs at the end of the interval (for calls that are active at the
end of an interval), and when the call terminates.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
286 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. For
more information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly,
or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page
166.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
Type
Description: Distinguishes between local and landing-pad DNIS.
Type: tinyint
Length: 1
URI
Description: For future use. Not valid in this release.
Type: varchar
Length: 255
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 287
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
IVRPortStat views
Interactive Voice Response (IVR) port—or voice port—statistics provide
summarized performance measurement information for your IVR ports. These
statistics provide a means of monitoring the amount of time that these ports are
in and out of service.
IVR statistics are not applicable to multimedia contacts.
SIP does not support IVRPortStats.
Requirements
Fulfill the following requirements:
Define voice ports on Contact Center Manager.
Configure the server to collect IVR port statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all IVR ports;
you cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected ports.
Restrictions
IVR statistics may not be available if a third-party IVR application is used
instead of a messaging system application.
Database views
IVR port statistics use the following views:
iIVRPortStat
dIVRPortStat
wIVRPortStat
mIVRPortStat
288 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of calls answered by this IVR port.
Pegging: Calls peg upon answer.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsConferenced
Description: The number of calls conferenced out from this IVR port.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsTransferred
Description: The number of calls transferred out from this IVR port.
Type: int
Length: 4
IVRPortID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify an IVR port
when the voice port is defined.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
IVRPortName
Description: The name of the IVR port.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 289
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
IVRQueueID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify an IVR queue
when the IVR ACD-DN is defined. This field is used for linking tables in data
queries.
Type: varchar
Length: 7
IVRQueueName
Description: The name of the IVR queue.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
LoggedInTime
Description: The total time the IVR port is logged on.
Type: int
Length: 4
NotReadyTime
Description: The total time spent by the IVR port in the Not Ready state.
Type: int
Length: 4
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
290 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 4
TalkTime
Description: The total time the IVR port is in use.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. For
more information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly,
or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page
166. This field is used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
WaitingTime
Description: The total time the IVR port is idle.
Type: int
Length: 4
Linkages with other views
You can link IVR port statistics to other views to generate customized reports.
For more information, see “Linking views” on page 171.
The table on page 292 shows the views which application statistics link to, as
well as the data fields used as a linkage key.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 291
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Specify both of these fields as your linkage key, in the specified order.
If you generate a custom report THEN the linkage key data fields
using are
IVRStat Timestamp
IVRQueueID
292 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
IVRStat views
Interactive Voice Response (IVR) statistics monitor the usage of the port
resources of an ACCESS IVR queue.
You can use these statistics to determine whether enough resources exist to
handle the number of calls utilizing Open/Close Voice Session, Give Controlled
Broadcast, and Give IVR commands.
IVR statistics are not applicable to multimedia contacts.
SIP-enabled contact center logs GiveIVR and GiveIVRComplete commands
only, all other elements are not applicable.
Requirements
Fulfill the following requirements:
Define IVR ACD-DNs on Contact Center Manager.
Configure the server to collect IVR queue statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all IVR
queues; you cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected
IVR queues.
Restrictions
IVR statistics may not be available if you use a third-party IVR application
instead of Meridian Mail or CallPilot.
Database views
IVR statistics use the following views:
iIVRStat
dIVRStat
wIVRStat
mIVRStat
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 293
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of calls answered by this IVR queue.
Pegging: Calls peg upon answer.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Description: The number of calls answered that experienced a delay greater
than or equal to the service level threshold for the threshold class to which the
IVR ACD-DN belongs.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by all the calls answered.
Triggers: The delay begins when a call enters the IVR queue.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsConferenced
Description: The number of calls conferenced out during an IVR session.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsNotTreated
Description: The number of calls abandoned or pulled back while waiting in
this IVR queue.
Type: int
Length: 4
294 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
CallsNotTreatedAftThreshold
Description: The number of calls abandoned or pulled back that experienced a
delay greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the threshold class
to which the IVR ACD-DN belongs.
Triggers: The delay begins when a call is queued against the IVR queue and
ends when the call is abandoned or pulled back.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsNotTreatedDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by all the calls abandoned or
pulled back from an IVR queue.
Triggers: The delay begins when a call is queued against the IVR queue and
ends when the call is abandoned or pulled back.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsOffered
Description: The number of calls offered to this IVR queue.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsTransferred
Description: The number of calls transferred out during an IVR session.
Type: int
Length: 4
IVRAbandoned
Description: The number of calls abandoned during an IVR session.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 295
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
IVRCompleted
Description: The number of calls for which the IVR session completed
successfully.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the IVR port disconnects.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
IVRInterrupted
Description: The number of calls interrupted by a script command during an
IVR session.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
IVRQueueID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify an IVR queue
when the IVR ACD-DN is defined. This field is used for linking tables in data
queries.
Type: varchar
Length: 7
IVRQueueName
Description: The name of the IVR queue.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
296 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. For
more information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly,
or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page
166. This field is used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
Linkages with other statistics groups
You can link IVR statistics to other statistics groups to generate customized
reports. For more information, see “Linking views” on page 171.
The following table shows the views which application statistics can link to, as
well as the data fields used as a linkage key.
Specify both of these fields as your linkage key, in the specified order.
IF you generate a custom report THEN the linkage key data fields
using are
IVRPortStat Timestamp
IVRQueueID
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 297
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
LicenseStat views
You can use License Manager statistics to view the distribution of licenses
between each of the Contact Center Manager applications—Contact Center
Manager Server, Contact Center Manager Administration, Communication
Control Toolkit, and Contact Center Multimedia—in the network. Statistics are
collected on the server running the License Manager Server.
The record statistics for the maximum license issued to each server in the
interval.
Requirements
License Manager statistics are collected by default.
Restrictions
Servers are identified by the IP address and not the server name.
Database views
License Manager statistics use the following views:
iLicenseStat
dLicenseStat
wLicenseStat
mLicenseStat
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
ClientAddress
Description: The IP address of the client machine where the licenses are issued.
Type: varchar
298 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 30
Feature
Description: The Contact Center Manager feature issued to the client.
Type: varchar
Length: 70
MaxNumberLicenses
Description: The maximum number of licenses held by the client machine in
that interval. For example, the maximum number of licenses held each day.
Type: int
Length: 4
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. For
more information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly,
or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page
166. This field is used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: datetime
Length: 8
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 299
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
NetworkInCallStat views
NSBR option only. Network call statistics provide information that can be used
to monitor contact distribution and handling in a network environment. They
record statistics for all incoming NSBR contacts received at a site.
Network statistics only report on contacts that are controlled by the server (that
is, Contact Center Manager contacts and multimedia contacts). They do not
report on DN, ACD, or NACD calls.
In these statistics, the local site is the destination site.
Networking features are not applicable in SIP-enabled Contact Centers.
Requirements
Configure the server to collect network call statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all applications;
you cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected applications.
Restrictions
Network call statistics generated on the server are collected on the destination
site only. To report on network contact handling at all sites, generate a network-
wide report from the Network Control Center.
Database views
Network call statistics use the following views:
iNetworkInCallStat
dNetworkInCallStat
wNetworkInCallStat
mNetworkInCallStat
300 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
CallsAbandoned
Description: The number of incoming NSBR contacts abandoned at the local
site.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold
Description: The number of incoming NSBR contacts abandoned at the local
site after a wait that exceeds the service level threshold for the application.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandonedDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by all incoming NSBR contacts
abandoned at the local site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the source site and
end when the contact is abandoned at the local site.
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends going through menus and
listening to announcements before it is queued to a skillset.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkInCallStat int 4
dNetworkInCallStat int 4
wNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
mNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
CallsAbandonedDelayAtDest
Description: The total wait time experienced at the local site by all incoming
NSBR contacts abandoned at the local site.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 301
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated and end when the
contact is abandoned at the local site.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkInCallStat int 4
dNetworkInCallStat int 4
wNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
mNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of incoming NSBR contacts answered or accepted at
the local site.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Description: The number of incoming NSBR contacts answered or accepted at
the local site after a wait greater than or equal to the service level threshold for
the application. The delay begins when a contact enters the local site. The
service level threshold is set during system configuration of the local site.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by all incoming NSBR contacts
answered or accepted at the local site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the source site and
end when the contact is answered or accepted at the local site.
302 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends going through menus and
listening to announcements in this application.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkInCallStat int 4
dNetworkInCallStat int 4
wNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
mNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
CallsAnsweredDelayAtDest
Description: The total wait time experienced at the local site by all incoming
NSBR contacts answered or accepted at the local site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued to the local site and end
when the contact is answered or accepted at the local site.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkInCallStat int 4
dNetworkInCallStat int 4
wNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
mNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
CallsOffered
Description: The number of incoming NSBR contacts offered to the local site.
Type: int
Length: 4
DstApplication
Description: The name of the destination application. This name is always
Network_Script.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 303
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
DstApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the
Network_Script application.
Type: int
Length: 4
DstSite
Description: The name of the local Contact Center Manager site, as defined on
the Network Control Center.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
DstSiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the local
Contact Center Manager site when the site is defined on the Network Control
Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallAbandonedDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the incoming NSBR contact that
waited the longest before it is abandoned at the local site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the source site and
end when the contact is abandoned at the local site.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallAbandonedDelayAtDest
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact that waited the longest at
the local site before it is abandoned.
Triggers: Delays begin when a contact is logically queued to the local site and
end when the contact is abandoned.
Type: int
Length: 4
304 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
MaxCallAnsweredDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by all calls answered or contacts
accepted at the local site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the source site and
end when the call is answered or contact is accepted at the local site.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallAnsweredDelayAtDest
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact that waited the longest at
the local site before it is answered or accepted.
Triggers: Delays begin when a contact is logically queued to the local site and
end when the contact is answered or accepted.
Type: int
Length: 4
SrcApplication
Description: The name of the source application.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 305
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
SrcApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the source
application when the application is defined.
Type: int
Length: 4
SrcSite
Description: The name of the source Contact Center Manager site, as assigned
when the site is defined on the Network Control Center.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SrcSiteID
Description: The unique identifier for the source Contact Center Manager site
where a call originated.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system, in local
(destination) site time. For more information about the format of the Timestamp
in interval, daily, weekly, or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized
historical statistics” on page 166. This field is used for linking tables in data
queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
306 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Linkages with other statistics groups
You can link network call statistics to other statistics groups to generate
customized reports. For more information, see “Linking views” on page 171.
The table on page 307 shows the statistics groups which network call statistics
can link to, as well as the data fields used as linkage keys.
Specify all these fields as your linkage key, in the specified order.
IF you generate a custom report
using THEN the linkage key data field is
ActivityCodeStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
AgentByApplicationStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
ApplicationStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
SkillsetStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
NetworkOutStats Timestamp
ApplicationID
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 307
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
NetworkOutStat views
NSBR option only. Network outgoing contact statistics provide summarized
performance measurement information based on the origin and destination of a
contact. They record statistics for all contacts networked out from a site.
In these statistics, the local site is the source site.
Networking features are not applicable in SIP-enabled Contact Centers.
Requirements
Configure the server to collect network outcall statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide).
Restrictions
At each Contact Center Manager site, the historical network outgoing contact
statistics are only collected against the local site. These statistics contain
network outgoing contact traffic and handling information for contacts for
which the local site is the source.
Database views
Network outgoing contact statistics use the following views:
iNetworkOutStat
dNetworkOutStat
wNetworkOutStat
mNetworkOutStat
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
308 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
CallsAbandoned
Description: The number of contacts abandoned at the destination site.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandonedDelayAtDest
Description: The total wait time experienced at the destination site by all
contacts from the local site abandoned at the destination site.
This statistic does not include Contact Center Multimedia Web Communication
or text chat contacts that are abandoned.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued to the destination site and
end when the contact is abandoned.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkOutStat int 4
dNetworkOutStat int 4
wNetworkOutStat numeric 6
mNetworkOutStat numeric 6
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of contacts answered or accepted by an agent,
answered by IVR, or terminated at the destination site.
Pegging: A contact pegs as answered if, when it arrives at the destination site,
the reserved agent logs off or becomes unavailable and it receives one of the
following treatments:
Disconnect
Route
Give Recorded announcement (RAN)
Give IVR
Give Music
Type: int
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 309
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredDelayAtDestination
Description: The total wait time experienced at the destination site by all
contacts from the local site answered or accepted by an agent, answered by IVR,
or terminated at the destination site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued to the destination site and
end when the contact is answered or accepted.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkOutStat int 4
dNetworkOutStat int 4
wNetworkOutStat numeric 6
mNetworkOutStat numeric 6
CallsOffered
Description: The number of contacts offered to the destination site.
Type: int
Length: 4
DstApplication
Description: The name of the destination application (this is always
Network_Script).
Type: varchar
Length: 30
DstApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the destination
application.
Type: int
Length: 4
310 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
DstSite
Description: The name of the destination Contact Center Manager site, as
defined when the site is configured on the Network Control Center.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
DstSiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a destination
site when the site is configured on the Network Control Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallsAbandonedDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact originating at the local
site that waited the longest before it is abandoned at the destination site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the local site and
end when the contact is abandoned.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallsAbandonedDelayAtDest
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact originating at the local
site that waited the longest at the destination site before it is abandoned.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued to the destination site and
end when the contact is abandoned.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallsAnsweredDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact originating at the local
site that waited the longest before it is answered or accepted by an agent,
answered by IVR, or terminated at the destination site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the local site and
end when the contact is answered or accepted.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 311
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallsAnsweredDelayAtDest
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact originating at the local
site that waited the longest at the destination site before it is answered or
accepted by an agent, answered by IVR, or terminated.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is logically queued to the destination
site and end when the contact is answered or accepted.
Type: int
Length: 4
SrcApplication
Description: The name of the source application.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SrcApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the source
application when the application is defined.
Type: int
Length: 4
SrcSite
Description: The name of the local site, as defined when the site is defined on
the Network Control Center.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SrcSiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a source
Contact Center Manager site where a call originated when the site is defined on
the Network Control Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
312 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system, in local
(source) site time. For more information about the format of the Timestamp in
interval, daily, weekly, or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized
historical statistics” on page 166. This field is used for linking tables in data
queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 5
TotalCallsAbandonedDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by all contacts from the local site
abandoned at the destination site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the local site and
end when the contact is abandoned.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkOutStat int 4
dNetworkOutStat int 4
wNetworkOutStat numeric 6
mNetworkOutStat numeric 6
TotalCallsAnsweredDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by all contacts from the local site
answered or accepted by an agent, answered by IVR, or terminated at the
destination site.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 313
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the local site and
end when the contact is answered.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkOutStat int 4
dNetworkOutStat int 4
wNetworkOutStat numeric 6
mNetworkOutStat numeric 6
314 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Linkages with other statistics groups
You can link network outcall statistics to other statistics groups to generate
customized reports. For more information, see “Linking views” on page 171.
The following table shows the statistics groups which network call statistics can
link to, as well as the data fields used as linkage keys.
Specify all these fields as your linkage key, in the specified order.
IF you generate a custom report
using THEN the linkage key data field is
ActivityCodeStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
AgentByApplicationStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
ApplicationStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
SkillsetStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
NetworkInCallStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 315
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
RANMusicRouteStat views
Recorded announcement (RAN) and music route statistics provide summarized
resource usage information for each RAN and music route.
RAN and music route statistics are not applicable to multimedia contacts.
Requirements
Fulfill the following requirements:
Define RAN and music routes codes on Contact Center Manager.
Configure the server to collect music and route statistics (see the Contact
Center Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all
music and RAN routes; you cannot configure the system to collect statistics
for selected routes.
Database views
RAN and music route statistics use the following views:
iRANMusicRouteStat
dRANMusicRouteStat
wRANMusicRouteStat
mRANMusicRouteStat
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
RouteAccess
Description: The number of times a music or RAN route is accessed. Each time
the route is accessed by a single call, this statistic is incremented.
Type: int
Length: 4
316 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
RouteAccessTime
Description: The total time a music or RAN route is in use.
Type: int
Length: 4
RouteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a music or
RAN route when the route is defined.
Type: int
Length: 4
RouteName
Description: The name of the music or RAN route.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 317
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. For
more information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly,
or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page
166.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
318 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
RouteStat views
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. Route statistics
provide summaries of all occurrences of all trunks busy (ATB) and network
outcall blocked information on a per-route basis.
SIP-enabled contact center does not support Routes.
Requirements
Fulfill the following requirements:
Define routes on Contact Center Manager.
Configure the server to collect route statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all routes; you
cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected routes.
Pegging
CallsBlockedByAllTrunksBusy statistics apply to multiple routes and peg
against the Default_Route, 999.
Database views
Route statistics use the following views:
iRouteStat
dRouteStat
wRouteStat
mRouteStat
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 319
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
AllTrunksBusy
Description: The number of times all trunks in this route are busy.
Type: int
Length: 4
AllTrunksBusyTime
Description: The total time all trunks in this route are busy.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsBlockedByAllTrunksBusy
Description: NSBR option only. The number of calls offered to the network
through this route are blocked because all trunks are busy.
Pegging: This field pegs only against the Default_Route, 999.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsReachNonISDN
Description: NSBR option only. The number of calls that reached a non-ISDN
trunk while it is routed to a remote site through this route.
Restriction: If a call encounters a non-ISDN trunk while it is networked to
another Contact Center Manager site, the call information that normally travels
with the call does not reach the destination site. This means the destination site
cannot tell that the call came from the Contact Center Manager network. At the
destination site, the networked call is treated as a new call. At the source site, the
NSBR call is treated as terminated.
Type: int
Length: 4
RouteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a route when
the route is defined. This field is used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: int
Length: 4
320 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
RouteName
Description: The name of the route.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. For
more information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly,
or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page
166. This field is used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 321
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Linkages with other statistics groups
You can link route statistics to other statistics groups to generate customized
reports. For more information, see “Linking views” on page 171.
The table on page 322 shows the views which route statistics can link to, as well
as the data fields used as a linkage key.
Specify both of these fields as your linkage key, in the specified order.
IF you generate a custom report THEN the linkage key data fields
using are
TrunkStat Timestamp
RouteID
322 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
SCCSDBSpace views
SCCSDBSpace views display information about the size of the Contact Center
Manager database, including:
space allocated for the database
space used by the database
space available
With a report writer application, you can create a custom report using this view.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
DBName
Description: The name of the database. Contact Center Manager uses three
databases:
Master—Contains Sybase control information.
Blue—Contains all server configuration information and interval, daily,
weekly, and monthly statistics.
Call-by-call (CBC)—Contains call-by-call data, if you configure your
server to collect it.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
DBSize
Description: The database size in MB.
Type: float
Length: 8
FreeSpace
Description: The amount of free space in the database in MB.
Type: float
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 323
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 8
UsedSpace
Description: The current data volume in the database in MB.
Type: float
Length: 8
324 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
SkillsetStat views
A skillset is a group of skills, such as level of expertise in a certain area, to
which an agent is assigned. Agents can be assigned to more than one skillset.
Skillset statistics provide summarized performance information based on a
combination of skillset and application contact information. Statistics peg
against a combination of skillset and application.
Statistics peg for a given skillset only for those intervals in which the skillset is
staffed.
Only contacts queued to a skillset are included in these statistics (if a skillset is
mapped to an ACD DN or NACD DN, calls to that DN are included). Except for
DNOutExtCallsTalkTime and DNOutIntCallsTalkTime, these statistics do not
include DN calls.
ACD DN and NACD DN are not supported in SIP-enabled Contact Centers.
Requirements
Configure the server to collect skillset statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all skillsets; you
cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected skillsets.
Pegging
All statistics peg against a specific skillset and application combination and
either the local or originating site.
Local contacts
Local Contact Center Manager contacts peg against the Master_Script or
primary application (depending on the location of the call in the system) and
against the answering skillset, or the Agent Queue To skillset (if the contact is
queued to a specific agent for the contact's contact type).
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 325
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Closed contacts that are pulled for additional processing by the agent are pegged
against the Agent Queue To skillset for the contact’s contact type. New and New
Reply contacts that are pulled while already within Contact Center Manager are
pegged against the skillset they are queuing in, if any, up to the time they are
pulled, and then against the Agent Queue To skillset for the contact type. Local
contacts peg against the local site.
Incoming NSBR contacts
Incoming NSBR contacts peg against the Network_Script Application and the
originating site.
ACD calls
ACD calls peg against the ACD_DN_Application and either the skillset to
which this ACD-DN is mapped (if defined) or the Default_ACD skillset. ACD
calls peg against the local site.
ACD DN and NACD DN are not supported in SIP-enabled contact centers.
NACD calls
NACD calls peg against the NACD_DN_Application and either the skillset to
which this Network ACD-DN is mapped (if defined) or the Default_NACD
skillset. NACD calls peg against the local site.
ACD DN and NACD DN are not supported in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Statistics pegged against the System_Application
The following statistics are applicable to multiple applications, and peg against
the System_Application and the local site:
ActiveTime
AllAgentBusyTime
TotalStaffedTime
The System_Application does not appear on the standard reports. On the
standard reports, these totals are included in the summary line for the skillset
statistics.
326 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Pegging thresholds
You can define skillset threshold classes with different values for the service
level threshold and the length (talk time, handling time) of a short call or
contact. Thus, the value for service level and short call length can vary from one
skillset to another. For more information about threshold classes, refer to the
Contact Center Manager Administrator’s Guide.
Mapping a skillset to an ACD-DN
Using Contact Center Manager Administration, you can map a skillset to an
ACD-DN or NACD-DN. If you do so, statistics for that ACD-DN or NACD-DN
peg against the skillset.
For ACD calls, the server does not record information about call activity on the
switch. ACD calls are tracked from the time they are answered at a phoneset
acquired by Contact Center Manager.
ACD DN and NACD DN are not supported in SIP-enabled contact centers.
For pegging examples, see “Pegging of ACD-DNs” on page 1408.
Database views
Skillset statistics use the following views:
iSkillsetStat
dSkillsetStat
wSkillsetStat
mSkillsetStat
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
ActiveTime
Description: The amount of time a skillset is in service. A skillset is in service
when it is not in Out of Service mode and at least one agent is logged on.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 327
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Pegging: This field pegs only against the System_Application.
Type: int
Length: 4
AllAgentBusyTime
Description: The total time that all agents assigned to this skillset are busy with
contacts or no agents are logged on.
Pegging: This field pegs only against the System_Application.
Type: int
Length: 4
Application
Description: The name of the application that queued the contact to this skillset.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify an application
when the application is defined. This field is used for linking tables in data
queries.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of local contacts (excluding DN calls), incoming
NSBR calls, ACD calls, and NACD calls answered or accepted by agents in this
skillset.
ACD DN and NACD DN are not supported in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Triggers: Calls peg upon answer or acceptance.
Pegging: Local contacts peg against the Master_Script or primary application
(depending on the location of the call in the system) and against the answering
or accepting skillset. Incoming NSBR contacts peg against the Network_Script
Application. ACD calls peg against the ACD_DN_Application and either the
328 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
skillset to which this ACD-DN is mapped (if defined) or the Default_ACD
skillset. NACD calls peg against the NACD_DN_Application and either the
skillset to which this Network ACD-DN is mapped (if defined) or the
Default_NACD skillset.
Network statistics, such as NSBR contacts, are not applicable to SIP-enabled
Contact Centers.
Restriction: This statistic does not include DN calls handled by agents assigned
to this skillset.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold
Description: The number of local contacts (excluding DN, ACD and NACD
calls) and incoming NSBR contacts answered or accepted after a wait greater
than or equal to the service level threshold for the threshold class to which the
skillset belongs.
ACD DN and NACD DN are not supported in SIP-enabled Contact Centers.
Network statistics, such as NSBR contacts, are not applicable to SIP-enabled
Contact Centers.
Pegging: Local contacts peg against the Master_Script or primary application,
depending on the location of the contact in the system, and against the
answering or accepting skillset. Incoming NSBR contacts peg against the
Network_Script application and against the answering or accepting skillset.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued at the skillset and end when
the contact is answered or accepted. If a contact is queued to the same skillset,
the delay begins when the contact is first queued.
Restriction: This statistic does not include ACD and NACD calls because delay
statistics are not available for these types of calls.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 329
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallsAnsweredDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by all local contacts—excluding DN,
ACD, and NACD calls—and incoming NSBR contacts answered or accepted for
this skillset.
Network statistics, such as NSBR contacts, are not applicable to SIP-enabled
Contact Centers.
Pegging: Local contacts peg against the Master_Script or primary application,
depending on the location of the contact in the system, and against the
answering or accepting skillset. Incoming NSBR contacts peg against the
Network_Script application and against the answering or accepting skillset.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued at the skillset and end when
it is answered or accepted. If a contact is queued to the same skillset, the delay
begins when the contact is first queued.
Restriction: This statistic does not include ACD and NACD calls, because
delay statistics are not available for these types of calls.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsOffered
Description: The number of contacts—excluding DN, ACD, and NACD
calls—offered to this skillset, regardless of whether the contacts are answered or
accepted for this skillset. This statistic is not incremented if the same contact is
offered to this skillset again.
Triggers: Contacts peg against the Master_Script application upon arrival, and
against a primary application when the Master_Script application hands over
control.
If a contact is offered to multiple skillsets, this statistic pegs multiple times.
Type: int
Length: 4
330 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ContactType
Description: The type of contact determined by the name of this skillset. This
applies to SIP-enabled contact centers, MCS 5100 contact centers, if Contact
Center Multimedia, or if Contact Center Outbound is installed and this skillset
name begins with one of the configured prefixes as described in “Associating
contact types with applications and skillsets” on page 186.
For example, if the skillset is named EM_application, ContactType pegs as e-
mail. If the skillset does not have a prefix, ContactType pegs as voice.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
DNOutExtCallsTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent by agents on outgoing external DN calls (see “Internal versus
External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of external DN calls), including
hold time, for this skillset. This statistic does not include the time spent on the
DN outcall part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Triggers: DNOutExtCallsTalkTime begins when the call is answered and the
agent's previous contact was queuing in this skillset. Talk time ends when the
caller disconnects or the agent releases the call. For a three-way conference call,
talk time ends only when the agent releases the call.
Type: int
Length: 4
DNOutIntCallsTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent by agents on outgoing internal DN calls (see “Internal versus
External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of internal DN calls), including
hold time, for this skillset. This statistic does not include the time spent on the
DN outcall part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Triggers: DNOutIntCallsTalkTime begins when the call is answered and the
agent's previous contact was queuing for this skillset. Talk time ends when the
caller disconnects or the agent releases the call. For a three-way conference call,
talk time ends only when the agent releases the call.
Type: int
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 331
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 4
MaxAnsweredDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the local contact—excluding DN,
ACD, and NACD calls—or incoming NSBR contact that waited the longest
before it is answered or accepted.
Network statistics, such as NSBR contacts, are not applicable to SIP-enabled
Contact Centers.
Pegging: Local contacts peg against the Master_Script or primary application,
depending on the location of the contact in the system, and against the
answering or accepting skillset. Incoming NSBR contacts peg against the
Network_Script application and against the answering or accepting skillset.
Restriction: This statistic does not include ACD and NACD calls, because
delay statistics are not available for these types of calls.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxSkillsetAbandonedDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the local contact—excluding DN,
ACD, and NACD calls—or incoming NSBR contact queued to this skillset that
waited the longest before it is abandoned.
Network statistics, such as NSBR contacts, are not applicable to SIP-enabled
Contact Centers.
Triggers: The delay begins when a contact is queued to the skillset.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetCallsAnswered
Description: NSBR option only. The number of incoming NSBR contacts
answered or accepted for this skillset.
Network statistics, such as NSBR contacts, are not applicable to SIP-enabled
Contact Centers.
Pegging: Incoming NSBR contacts peg against the Network_Script application.
332 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Type: int
Length: 4
PostCallProcessingTime
Description: This data is the total time agents spent performing post-contact
processing. Normally, agents use this time to complete any work related to the
contact just completed, such as filling in forms or filing papers.
Triggers: Post-call processing time begins when an agent presses Not Ready
after releasing any contact, except DN calls, and ends when the agent presses
Not Ready again, places or receives a DN call, or logs out.
Post Call Processing Time is calculated for the first Not Ready period after a
contact is closed. If the agent enters another state after the call (for example, by
answering or receiving a DN call or logging out of the skillset), and then enters
Not Ready state, the Not Ready time does not peg against
PostCallProcessingTime. Also, if the agent interrupts the Not Ready period to
enter another state, and then returns to Not Ready state, the second Not Ready
period does not peg against PostCallProcessingTime.
Pegging: This statistic pegs against the last skillset for which the agent handled
a contact.
Type: int
Length: 4
Site
Description: The configured name of the Contact Center Manager site that the
fields are applicable to. For incoming NSBR contacts, this is the originating site.
Network statistics, such as NSBR contacts, are not applicable to SIP-enabled
Contact Centers.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 333
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify the Contact
Center Manager site that the fields are applicable to. The assigned SiteID
remains unique over time even if a configured site is deleted and another one is
added with the same name. The SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify
statistics applicable to a particular site.
For incoming NSBR contacts, this is SiteID of the originating site. For the local
site, the SiteID is set to 0.
SIP uses the configuration default SiteID.
Type: int
Length: 4
Skillset
Description: The name of the skillset.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SkillsetAbandoned
Description: The number of contacts abandoned while queuing in this skillset.
This statistic does not include contacts abandoned while being presented to an
agent.
Type: int
Length: 4
SkillsetAbandonedDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by contacts abandoned while
queuing in this skillset.
Triggers: The delay begins when the contact is queued to this skillset and ends
when the contact is abandoned.
Type: int
Length: 4
334 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
SkillsetAbandonedAftThreshold
Description: The number of contacts abandoned while queuing in this skillset
after a wait greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the threshold
class to which the skillset belongs.
Type: int
Length: 4
SkillsetID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify this skillset
when the skillset is added. For network skillsets, this is the ID as it appears on
the local site.
Type: int
Length: 4
TalkTime
Description: The total time that agents spent handling contacts (excluding DN
calls) in this interval, that were queuing in this skillset. This statistic includes
hold time.
Triggers: The follow items trigger this statistic:
For voice calls, talk time begins when the agent answers the call.
For the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, talk time
ends when the caller disconnects or the agent releases or transfers the call.
For the Communication Server 2x00 switch, talk time ends when the agent
releases or transfers the call.
For multimedia contacts, talk time begins when the agent accepts the
contact and ends when the agent closes or transfers the contact.
For Contact Center Outbound contacts, talk time begins when the agent
accepts the contact, includes the time the agent is on the DN call, and ends
when the agent releases the DN call and closes the contact.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 335
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: int
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. For
more information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly,
or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page
166. This field is used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
TotalStaffedTime
Description: The amount of logon time for all agents belonging to this skillset.
Pegging: This field pegs only against the System_Application.
Triggers: The logon time begins when an agent logs on to the skillset or is
reassigned (while logged on) to the skillset and ends when the agent logs off or
is reassigned out of the skillset.
Type: int
Length: 4
VirtualCallsAbandoned
Description: The number of contacts abandoned while queuing in this skillset,
provided that:
if the contact is queued to multiple skillsets simultaneously, this skillset is
the first listed skillset in the script.
for NSBR contacts, the contact originated from this site.
Type: int
Length: 4
VirtualCallsOffered
Description: The number of contacts offered in this skillset that are:
answered or accepted by an agent in this skillset and on this site.
or
336 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
abandoned and originated on this site and, if queued to multiple skillsets
simultaneously, this skillset is the first listed skillset in the script.
VirtualCallsOffered increments if the contact is answered, accepted, or
abandoned. It is not counted if the contact is not answered, accepted, or
abandoned, for example, if it is removed from queue in an application script, or
routed outside the system.
Type: int
Length: 4
WaitTime
Description: The total time agents spend waiting for a contact after releasing a
voice call or closing a multimedia contact handled that was queuing in this
skillset.
Triggers: WaitTime begins when the agent goes into Idle state, for example, if:
an agent releases a voice call or closes a multimedia contact, and the
agent’s call presentation class is not configured for Break time or Variable
Wrap
an agent’s Break or Variable Wrap timer elapses after a contact is released
or closed
an agent presses the Not Ready key a second time after entering Not Ready
state
WaitTime ends when the agent leaves the Idle state. If the agent handles another
contact from the same skillset as the most recently handled contact, WaitTime
resumes against that skillset when the agent returns to the Idle state. If the agent
handles a contact from a different skillset than the most recently handled
contact, WaitTime begins against the new skillset when the agent returns to the
Idle state.
(NSBR option) WaitTime is not affected when an agent is reserved on the
switch
Communication Server 2x00/DMS systems, incoming DN calls do not stop the
WaitTime timer.
For more information, see “How is WaitTime pegged if the agent puts a DN call
on hold and uses alternate call answer to accept another contact?” on page 117.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 337
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Pegging: WaitTime pegs against the last skillset for which the agent handled a
contact during this login. If the agent has not yet handled a contact that was
queuing in a skillset, WaitTime is not pegged.
Type: int
Length: 4
338 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Linkages with other statistics groups
You can link skillset statistics to other statistics groups to generate customized
reports. For more information, see “Linking views” on page 171.
The following table shows the statistics groups which skillset statistics can link
to, as well as the data fields used as linkage keys.
Specify both of these fields as your linkage key, in the specified order.
IF you generate a custom report
using THEN the linkage key data field is
ActivityCodeStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
AgentByApplicationStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
AgentBySkillsetStat Timestamp
SkillsetID
ApplicationStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
NetworkInCallStat Timestamp
ApplicationID
NetworkOutStat Timestamp
Application ID
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 339
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
TrunkStat views
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. Trunk statistics
provide summarized trunk resource usage information. These statistics provide a
way to monitor call traffic with available trunk resources.
This view does not contain statistics for:
ACD or NACD calls; trunk usage information is not available for these
types of calls.
Integrated Services Access (ISA) trunks.
Trunk statistics are not applicable to multimedia contacts.
Trunks are not applicable in SIP-enabled Contact Centers as a SIP-enabled
contact center does not differentiate between ISDN and non-ISDN trunks. All
calls are pegged as non-ISDN calls.
Requirements
Fulfill the following requirements:
Define the routes to which the trunks belong on Contact Center Manager.
Configure the server to collect trunk statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all trunks; you
cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected trunks.
Database views
Trunk statistics use the following views:
iTrunkStat
dTrunkStat
wTrunkStat
mTrunkStat
340 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
CallsAbandoned
Description: The number of Contact Center Manager calls abandoned while
waiting on this trunk.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandonedDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by Contact Center Manager calls
that are abandoned.
Triggers: For local Contact Center Manager calls and outgoing NSBR calls,
delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls,
delays begin when the call is logically queued to this site.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of Contact Center Manager calls answered.
Triggers: Calls peg upon answer.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by all Contact Center Manager
calls that came in through a trunk.
Triggers: For local Contact Center Manager calls and outgoing NSBR calls,
delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls,
delays begin when the call is logically queued to this site.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 341
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallsOffered
Description: The number of Contact Center Manager calls offered to this trunk.
Triggers: Calls peg upon arrival.
Type: int
Length: 4
OccupancyTime
Description: The total time the trunk is occupied with Contact Center Manager
calls.
Triggers: Occupancy times begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the
source site and end when the call ends.
Type: int
Length: 4
Route
Description: The name of the route.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
RouteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the route to
which the trunk belongs when the route is defined. This field is used for linking
tables in data queries.
Type: int
Length: 4
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
342 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field. SIP uses the configuration
default SiteID.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the system pegs the data. For more
information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly, or
monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page 166.
This field is used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
TrunkID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the trunk
within the route.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 343
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Linkages with other views
You can link trunk statistics to other views to generate customized reports. For
more information, see “Linking views” on page 171.
The following table shows the views which application statistics can link to, as
well as the data fields used as a linkage key.
Specify both of these fields as your linkage key, in the specified order.
IF you generate a custom report THEN the linkage key data fields
using are
RouteStat Timestamp
RouteID
344 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Section B: Event statistics
In this section
Overview of event statistics 346
eAgentLoginStat view 347
eCallByCallStat views 351
eIVRPortLoginStat view 370
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 345
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Overview of event statistics
Event statistics are collected on a per-event basis rather than accumulated over a
period of time.
Data collection option
When you configure Historical Statistics Collection, you can choose whether to
collect each of the following types of event statistics:
agent logon and logoff statistics
call-by-call statistics
network call-by-call statistics (NSBR option)
IVR port logon and logoff statistics
You can enable or disable the data collection option at any time while the system
is running.
When statistics are accumulated
Event statistics are accumulated as the events occur and written to the database
at the end of each pegging interval (that is, every 15 minutes).
346 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
eAgentLoginStat view
Agent logon and logoff statistics provide detailed information about the
distribution of an agent’s time during work hours. Agent logon and logoff
statistics show the amount of time spent on events such as Login, Logout,
Walkaway, and Return from walkaway. Ready and Not Ready events also peg
here.
Statistics peg only for those agents who are logged on.
Requirements
Configure the server to collect agent logon statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all agents; you
cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected agents.
Database view
Agent logon and logoff statistics use the eAgentLoginStat view.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AgentGivenName
Description: The first or given name of the agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
AgentLogin
Description: The numeric ID the agent uses to log in to the phoneset or agent
desktop.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 347
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
AgentSurName
Description: The last or surname of the agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
Duration
Description: For events of type logoff, the time between first logon (or, if the
first event of the day is not logon, 12:00 midnight) and the last logoff of the day
(or if the last event of the day is not logoff, 12:00 midnight).
For events of type walkaway, the amount of time the agent is in the Walkaway
state.
For all other event types, this field contains zeros.
Type: int
Length: 4
Event Type
A unique identifier for an agent event.
Valid values:
LI (Login)
LO (Logout)
WW (Walkaway)
RT (Return from walkaway)
RY (Ready)
NR (Not Ready)
Type: char
Length: 2
FirstEventTimeStamp
Description: The timestamp of the first event for this agent.
Type: datetime
Length: 8
348 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
PositionID
Description: A unique identifier for the agent’s position ID, as received from
the switch.
Type: int
Length: 4
SequenceNumber
Description: The sequence identifier of this event.
Type: int
Length: 4
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system.
Type: datetime
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 349
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 4
UserID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the agent when
the agent is added.
Type: binary
Length: 16
350 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
eCallByCallStat views
Call-by-call statistics provide detailed information on a per-contact event basis.
These statistics enable you to trace a Contact Center Manager contact from
beginning to end regardless of the number of treatments applied to it. It also
provides a means of monitoring the performance of a specified agent,
application, or skillset.
Requirements
Configure the server to collect call-by-call statistics, and select the applications
on which to collect statistics (see the Contact Center Manager Administrator’s
Guide).
Restrictions
The amount of data generated for call-by-call statistics is very large; therefore,
the time required to generate a report using call-by-call statistics is much greater
than the time required to generate a report using summarized statistics.
Database view
Call-by-call statistics use the eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD view.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AssociatedData
Description: Associated data is information associated with a specific event,
such as:
the other extension, trunk ID (on the Communication Server 1000/Meridian
1 PBX switch), or outside phone number associated with a call that is
conferenced with another party, transferred to another party, or put on hold
while another call is placed
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 351
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
the DNIS number for an incoming call
Type: varchar
Length: 40
CallEvent
Description: A unique identifier for the type of event.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallEventName
Description: The type of event. For a complete list of events that can be
collected, refer to “Call Events” on page 355.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
CallID
Description: A unique number assigned by the Contact Center Manager Server
to identify the contact to which this call event applies. The assigned Call ID is
derived from the call identifier provided by the attached switch or contact
provider.
Call IDs are unique only for the life of the contact, and may be reused later for
new contacts.
When the Call ID range is exhausted, new contacts are assigned previously used
Call IDs. On systems with very high traffic, different contacts may be assigned
the same Call ID within a single reporting interval.
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX only) The Call ID range is
affected by the number of Call Registers configured on the switch. The smaller
the number of Call Registers, the quicker Call IDs are re-used.
Call ID values are not necessarily sequential. Do not assume any patterns in the
assignment of Call IDs.
This version of Sybase does not support unsigned integers. Therefore, Call IDs
can appear negative in the database views.
Type: int
352 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 4
Destination
Description: The location where a contact is directed during an event. The
destination can be identified by, for example, a dialed number, trunk ID, agent
ID, skillset name, application name, IVR queue ID or name, or site ID.
Type: varchar
Length: 40
EventData
Description: The information related to or generated by this event. The data can
be a PIN entered by the caller in response to the collect digits command; an
ANI, CLID, site ID, or activity code; or reasons for the event.
Type: varchar
Length: 40
FirstEventTimeStamp
Description: The timestamp of the first event for this call
Type: datetime
Length: 8
NodeID
Description: (Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch only) A unique
identifier for the switch.
Type: varchar
Length: 40
SequenceNumber
Description: The sequence identifier of this event.
Type: Int
Length: 4
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 353
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Source
Description: The location of this contact before this event occurred. The source
can be identified by a dialed number, trunk ID, agent ID, skillset name,
application name, IVR queue ID or name, or site ID, for example.
Type: varchar
Length: 40
TelsetLoginID
Description: The numeric ID the agent uses to log in to the phoneset or agent
desktop.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 8
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system.
Type: datetime
Length: 8
354 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Call Events
The following table lists the call event types and the field contents for each call
event.
SIP does not support ACD DN, NACD DN, Network statistics, IVRTransfers,
and other IVR elements. Therefore, these call events do not apply in SIP-
enabled Contact Centers.
All further table notes are listed at the end of the table.
CallEvent Call Associated
Name event Source Destination data Event data Notes
ACD Call 67 ACDDN: AGT: NULL NULL
Answered %ACDDN %AgentId
Number
ACD Call 69 NULL NULL NULL NULL
on Hold
ACD Call 71 NULL NULL NULL NULL
Restored
Activity 82 NULL NULL NULL DIGIT:
Code %Activity
Entered Code
Local Call 41 NULL NULL NULL NULL
Abandoned
Network 47 L_APP: % NULL NULL NULL
Incall Application
Abandoned Name
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 355
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallEvent Call Associated
Name event Source Destination data Event data Notes
Network 53 R_SITE: NULL NULL TIME_IN_R %TimeIn
Outcall %Remote _NODE: Remote
Abandoned SiteName %TimeIn Node =
Remote Call
Node abandoned
time -
Destination
arrival time
Local Call 42 NULL NULL SK_SET: NULL
Answered %Skillset
Name
Network 48 NULL NULL SK_SET: DELAY_ %Delay
Incall %Skillset AFTER_Q: Time =
Answered Name %Delay Call answer
Time time - Call
queue time
Network 54 NULL NULL R_SITE: DELAY_ %DelayIn
Outcall %Remote IN_R_ Remote
Answered SiteName NODE: Node =
%DelayIn Call answer
Remote time -
Node Destination
arrival time
Call 4 RTE: NULL NULL NULL See Note 2
Blocked by %Route (365).
ATB Number
Call 6 AGT: % AGT: INTER HANDLING See Note 3
Conferenced SrcAgentId %Target CALL_ID: _TIME: (365).
TYPE: AgentId %InterCall %Handling
%SrcCall TYPE: Id Time
Type %TargetCall
Type
356 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
CallEvent Call Associated
Name event Source Destination data Event data Notes
Call Consult 83 NULL NULL INTER DIALED# See Note
Init CALL_ID: %Dialled 14 (369).
%InterCall Number
Id
Call Data 88 NULL NULL DATA: CDN:
%CallData %CDN
Number
Dequeued 19 %Source NULL PRI: %Call REASON: See Note 4
From Priority %Dequeue (366).
Skillset Reason
TIME_IN_Q
: %Value
Dequeued 20 SK_SET: NULL R_SITE: REASON: See Note 4
From %Skillset %Remote %Dequeue (366).
Network Name SiteName Reason
Skillset TIME_IN_Q
: %Value
Network 50 %Source NULL NULL REASON: See Note 4
Incall %Dequeue (366).
Dequeued Reason
TIME_IN_Q
: %Value
Network 51 R_APP: % SK_SET: L_APP: % 1st_TIME_Q See Note 5
Incall Application %Skillset Application UEUED_ (366).
Queued Name Name Name TO_SKSET:
R_SITE: %Value
%Remote
SiteName
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 357
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallEvent Call Associated
Name event Source Destination data Event data Notes
Queued To 60 L_APP: % AGT: PRI: % 1st_TIME_Q See Note 5
Agent Application %AgentId CallPriority UEUED_ (366).
Name TO_SKSET:
%Value
Queued To 62 L_APP: % SK_SET: % %Associate 1st_TIME_Q See Note 6
Skillset Application Skillset dData UEUED_ (367).
Name Name TO_SKSET:
%Value
Task Flow 66 TF: % TF: % NULL NULL
Handed Off SourceTask Destination
FlowId TaskFlowId
Application 1 L_APP: % L_APP: % NULL NULL
Interflowed Source Destination
Application Application
Name Name
Call 10 NULL AGT: NULL NULL
Presented %AgentId
Network 55 RTE: NULL NULL NULL See Note 2
Outcall %Route (365).
Reached Number
Non-ISDN
Local Call 46 NULL NULL %Associate NULL See Note 7
Released dData (367).
Network 52 NULL NULL %Associate NULL See Note 7
Incall dData (367).
Released
Network 56 NULL NULL %Associate NULL See Note 7
Outcall dData (367).
Released
358 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
CallEvent Call Associated
Name event Source Destination data Event data Notes
ACD Call 70 NULL NULL %Associate NULL See Note 7
Released dData (367).
NACD Call 76 NULL NULL %Associate NULL See Note 7
Released dData (367).
DN Call 93 NULL NULL %Associate NULL See Note 7
Released dData (367).
Returned To 64 AGT: NULL REASON: NULL See Note 8
Skillset %AgentId %ReturnTo (368).
Queue
Reason
Call 18 AGT: % AGT: INTERCAL HANDLING See Note 3
Transferred SrcAgentId %Target L_ID: _TIME: (365).
TYPE: % AgentId %Inter %Handling
SrcCall TYPE: CallId Time
Type %TargetCall DNIS: CLID:
Type %DNIS %Calling
Number LineId
Digit 21 NULL NULL NULL NULL
Collection
Digit 22 NULL NULL DIGIT: DURATION
Collection %Digits : %Duration
Ended
DN Call On 91 NULL NULL NULL NULL
Hold
DN Call 92 NULL NULL NULL NULL
Restored
DN Call 90 FROM# NULL %Associate NULL See Note 9
Answered %Calling dData (368).
Number
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 359
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallEvent Call Associated
Name event Source Destination data Event data Notes
DN Call 89 NULL DIALED# %Associate REASON: See Note 9
Initiated %Dialled dData %Reason (368).
Number
Give 23 L_APP: % IVR_Q: NULL NULL
Broadcast Application %IVR
Name QueueId
Give 24 L_APP: % IVR_Q: NULL DURATION
Broadcast Application %IVR : %Duration
Completed Name QueueId
Give 25 L_APP: % NULL NULL CDN: %
Default Application Default CDN
Name Number
Give Force 26 L_APP: % NULL NULL NULL
Busy Destination
Application
Name
Give Force 27 L_APP: % NULL NULL NULL
Disconnect Destination
Application
Name
Give Force 28 L_APP: % NULL NULL NULL
Overflow Destination
Application
Name
Give IVR 29 L_APP: % NULL IVR_Q: NULL For SIP see
Application %IVR Note 15
Name QueueId (369).
Give Music 30 L_APP: % RTE: NULL NULL
Application %Route
Name Number
360 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
CallEvent Call Associated
Name event Source Destination data Event data Notes
Give Music 31 RTE: L_APP: % NULL DURATION See Note 2
Completed %Route Application : %Duration (365).
Number Name
Give NACD 32 L_APP: % NACDDN: NULL NULL
Application %NACDDN
Name Number
Give RAN 33 L_APP: % RTE: NULL NULL See Note 2
Application %Route (365).
Name Number
Give RAN 34 RTE: L_APP: % NULL DURATION See Note 2
Completed %Route Application : %Duration (365).
Number Name
Give 35 NULL NULL NULL NULL
Ringback
Give Route 36 L_APP: % NULL REASON: NULL See Note
To Application %Give 10 (368).
Name RouteTo
Reason
Give Silence 37 NULL NULL NULL NULL
Host 40 NULL NULL HOST ID: NULL
Response %HostId
Call On 8 NULL NULL NULL NULL
Hold
Call 14 NULL NULL NULL NULL
Restored
Call Entered 7 L_APP: % IVR_Q: NULL NULL
IVR Queue Application %IVR
Name QueueId
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 361
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallEvent Call Associated
Name event Source Destination data Event data Notes
IVR Call 3 NULL IVR_Q: NULL NULL
Session %IVR
Begin QueueId
IVR_P:
%IVRPort
Number
IVR Call 16 IVR_Q: NULL NULL NULL
Session End %IVR
QueueId
IVR_P:
%IVRPort
Number
IVR Call 81 IVR_Q: NULL REASON: NULL See Note
Session %IVR %Reason 11 (368).
Interrupted QueueId
IVR_P:
%IVRPort
Number
Call 5 IVR_P: NULL NULL NULL
Conferenced %IVRPort
At IVR Number
Queue
Call Not 2 IVR_Q: NULL NULL NULL
Treated At %IVR
IVR Queue QueueId
Call On 9 IVR_P: NULL NULL NULL
Hold At %IVRPort
IVR Port Number
Call 15 IVR_P: NULL NULL NULL
Restored At %IVRPort
IVR Port Number
362 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
CallEvent Call Associated
Name event Source Destination data Event data Notes
Call 17 IVR_P: NULL NULL NULL
Transferred %IVRPort
At IVR Number
Queue
Handed 38 CDN: L_APP: % % NULL See Note
Over To %CDN Application Associated 12 (369).
Master Number Name Data
Application
Local Call 43 RTE: CDN: DNIS: CLID: See Note 2
Arrived %Route %CDN %DNIS %Calling (365).
Number Number Number LineId
TRK:
%TrunkId
Local Call 44 NULL R_SITE: NULL NULL
NACD Out %Remote
SiteName
Local Call 45 L_APP: % R_SITE: NULL NULL
Networked Application %Remote
Out Name SiteName
NACD Call 73 NACDDN: AGT: NULL NULL
Answered %NACDDN %AgentId
Number
NACD Call 75 NULL NULL NULL NULL
On Hold
NACD Call 77 NULL NULL NULL NULL
Restored
Handed 39 CDN: L_APP: % % NULL See Note
Over To %CDN Destination Associated 12 (369).
Network Number Application Data
Application Name
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 363
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallEvent Call Associated
Name event Source Destination data Event data Notes
Network 49 RTE: CDN: DNIS: CLID: See Note 2
Incall %Route %CDN %DNIS %Calling (365).
Arrived Number Number Number LineId
TRK:
%TrunkId
Play Prompt 57 NULL NULL NULL VOICE-
FILE:
%Voice File
LANG:%
Language Id
Play Prompt 58 NULL NULL NULL DURATION
Ended : %Duration
Call Priority 11 SK_SET: NULL NEW_PRI: NULL
Changed At %Skillset %Priority
Skillset Name
Call Priority 12 NACDDN: NULL NEW_PRI: NULL
Changed At %NACDDN %Priority
NACD Number
Queue
Query Host 59 NULL NULL HOST ID: NULL
Info %HostId
Time 94 NULL NULL NULL DELTA: See Note
Change %Time 13 (369).
Change
Call 13 NACDDN: NULL NULL NULL
Removed %NACDDN
From Number
NACD
364 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
CallEvent Call Associated
Name event Source Destination data Event data Notes
Returned 63 IVR_Q: L_APP: % NULL NULL For SIP see
From IVR %IVR Application Note 15
QueueId Name (369).
Sent Info To 65 NULL NULL HOST ID: NULL
Host %HostId
Note 1: The values that begin with % in this table are variables that have
different values each time the event is written. The legal values of these
variables is given in the Notes column.
Note 2: %RouteNumber = Internal Route if an internal route. If not,
%RouteNumber is a number representing the route.
Note 3: %SrcCallType and %TargetCallType can be any of the following
depending on the particular call type in question:
DN
CDN
ACD
NACD
INCALLS
NETWORK IN
NETWORK OUT
OTHER
UNKNOWN
The call type should never be UNKNOWN. UNKNOWN is used as a default
setting and can occur only if the call messaging is not updated with the correct
call type value.
If the %SrcAgentId or %TargetAgentId do not exist, AGT:N/A along with the
source or target call type is displayed in these fields.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 365
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
The %InterCallId and %DNISNumber appears on separate lines within the
Associated data column, as does the %HandlingTime and %CallingLineId in the
Event data column.
Note 4: %Source = AGT: %AgentId in the case of a local call removed from
queue from agent event. %Source = SK_SET: %SkillsetName in the case of a
local call removed from queue from skillset event.
%DequeueReason can be any of the following:
ABANDONED
PRESENTED
SKSET_OUT_OF_SERVICE
CANCELLED
NET_NODE_BLOCKED
NET_ALREADY_SERVICED
PULLED
UNKNOWN
ATTENTION
If %DequeueReason is UNKNOWN, this indicates an error in
the system.
A %DequeueReason of CANCELLED can occur if there is a REMOVE FROM
SKILLSET or REMOVE FROM AGENT command encountered in the script.
NET_ALREADY_SERVICED occurs when an agent at another site is reserved
for this call. For example, QUEUE TO NETWORK SKILLSET queues the call
at Site A and Site B. Agent in Site B is reserved to take the call and the call is
removed from queue from skillset at Site A with reason
NET_ALREADY_SERVICED.
In networking, a call’s targeted site is known as its Best Node. If for some
reason this node no longer responds to requests made to it to queue calls, or if
requests timeout, a CallDequeue message issues with a
NET_NODE_BLOCKED reason.
Note 5: %Value = YES if this is the first time queued to a skillset, otherwise it is
NO.
366 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Note 6: %AssociatedData = PRI: %CallPriority in the case of a local call queued
to a local skillset. %AssociatedData = PRI: %CallPriority R_SITE:
%RemoteSiteName in the case of a local call queued to a network skillset.
%Value = YES if this is the first time queued to a skillset, otherwise it is NO.
Note 7: %AssociatedData = TRANSF INTERCALL_ID: %InterCallId in the
case of a release due to call transfer or %AssociatedData = NORM
INTERCALL_ID: %InterCallId in the case of a normal call released event. This
event occurs only for skillset calls.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 367
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Note 8: %ReturnToQueueReason can be any of the following:
TIME_OUT
NRDY
MSB
UNKNOWN
ATTENTION
If %ReturnToQueueReason is UNKNOWN, this indicates an
error in the system.
Note 9: %AssociatedData = DN_INT if this is an internal DN call.
%AssociatedData = DN_EXT if this is an external DN call.
%Reason can be any of the following depending on the particular reason for the
DN call:
NORMAL
OUTBOUND CAMPAIGN
UNKNOWN
ATTENTION
If %Reason is UNKNOWN, this indicates an error in the
system.
Note 10: %GiveRouteToReason can be any of the following:
SCRIPTED
UNKNOWN
ATTENTION
If %GiveRouteToReason is UNKNOWN, this indicates an
error in the system.
Note 11: %Reason can be any of the following:
ABANDONED
CANCELLED
368 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
UNKNOWN
ATTENTION
If %Reason is UNKNOWN, this indicates an error in the
system.
If the caller abandons in the middle of an IVR Session, if the caller finishes the
transfer in the middle of an IVR Session, or if an agent becomes available in the
middle of an IVR Session, an IVR Call Session Interrupted with reason
CANCELLED occurs.
Note 12: %AssociatedData = NORM in the case of a normal call.
%AssociatedDate = TRANSF INTERCALLID: %InterCallId in the case of a
transferred call or CONF INTERCALLID: %InterCallId in the case of a
conferenced call.
Note 13: %TimeChange details the a positive or negative number representing
the plus (+) or minus (-) timeshift in seconds of the switch time.
Note 14: In certain switch environments, the dialed number information is not
available and therefore does not peg. For example, DIALED#:N/A appears in
the Event data column.
Note 15: Changes for Give IVR and Returned from IVR with regard to SIP are
listed in the following table.
Give IVR AssociatedData = IVR_Q: %IVRQueueId where
%IVRQueueId details the SIP Service URI.
Returned from IVR Source = IVR_Q: %IVRQueueId where %IVRQueueId
details the SIP Service URI in the case of SIP.
AssociatedData = IVR_Info: %IVRReturnInfo where
%IVRReturnInfo details the Media Server IP address.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 369
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
eIVRPortLoginStat view
Interactive Voice Response (IVR) port—or voice port—logon and logoff
statistics provide detailed information about how an IVR port time is distributed
while in service and out of service.
IVR statistics are not applicable:
to multimedia contacts
in SIP-enabled Contact Centers
Requirements
Fulfill the following requirements:
Define IVR ports on Contact Center Manager.
Configure the server to collect IVR port statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all IVR ports;
you cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected ports.
Database view
IVR port logon and logoff statistics use the eIVRPortLoginStat view.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Event Type
Description: A unique identifier for an IVR event.
Valid values:
login (LI)
logout (LO)
Type: char
Length: 2
370 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
FirstEventTimeStamp
Description: The timestamp of the first event for this agent.
Type: datetime
Length: 8
IVRPortID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify an IVR port
when the voice port is defined.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SequenceNumber
Description: The sequence identifier of this event.
Type: Int
Length: 4
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 371
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system.
Type: datetime
Length: 4
372 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Section C: Configuration views
In this section
Overview of configuration views 376
AccessRights view 377
ActivityCode view 381
Agent view 382
Application view 387
ApplicationByScript view 389
ApplicationThresholdTemplate view 392
CDN view 394
CodeToMessage view 396
ContactType view 397
DNISThresholdTemplate view 401
Formula view 402
HistoricalStatCollection view 404
HistoricalStatDuration view 408
HistoricalStatStorage view 410
IVRPort view 411
IVRQueue view 413
IVRThresholdTemplate view 415
NCCConfig view 417
NCCNetworkSkillset view 418
NCCRanking view 420
NCCRemoteApplication view 422
NCCSite view 424
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 373
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
NetworkConfig view 426
NetworkRankingAssignment view 427
NetworkSkillsetStatus view 430
NetworkThresholdTemplate view 432
PhonesetDisplay view 434
Provider view 435
Ranking view 436
RealTimeColumn view 438
RealTimeStatCollection view 440
RealTimeTemplate view 444
RemoteApplication view 446
Route view 448
RouteThresholdTemplate view 449
ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view 451
ScheduledSupervisorAssignment view 454
Script view 457
ScriptVariableProperties view 460
ScriptVariables view 462
Site view 464
Skillset view 467
SkillsetByAgent view 471
SkillsetByAssignment view 472
SkillsetThresholdTemplate view 475
SummaryThresholdTemplate view 477
Supervisor view 479
SupervisorAgentAssignment view 482
SupervisorByAssignment view 484
SwitchPort view 487
374 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
TargetSwitchComm view 489
UserTemplate view 492
UserThresholdTemplate view 495
Views view 497
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 375
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Overview of configuration views
Configuration data describes the configuration of your server.
376 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
AccessRights view
This view lists all desktop users and their access levels.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Comment
Description: Additional information about the Access Class, if any.
Type: varchar
Length: 127
CreateDeleteAccess
Description: Shows whether the user can add or remove objects of this type.
Type: char
Length: 1
CreateDeleteAgentAccess
Description: Shows whether the user can add or remove agents.
Type: char
Length: 1
CreateDeleteAllAgentAccess
Description: Shows whether the user can add or remove all agents.
Type: char
Length: 1
ExecuteAccess
Description: Shows whether the user can run objects of this type.
Type: char
Length: 1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 377
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ExecuteAgentAccess
Description: Shows whether the user can run objects of this type to process his
or her reporting or associated agents.
Type: char
Length: 1
ExecuteAllAgentAccess
Description: Shows whether the user can run objects of this type for all agents.
Type: char
Length: 1
GivenName
Description: The desktop user’s first or given name.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
GroupName
Description: The access class to which the desktop user belongs.
Type: varchar
Length: 40
ObjectKey
Description: A unique identifier for a function for which the user is assigned
access rights.
Type: varchar
Length: 40
ObjectName
Description: A function for which the user is assigned access rights.
Type: varchar
Length: 40
378 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
PCLoginName
Description: The desktop user’s userid.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ReadAccess
Description: Shows whether the user has view access for this function.
Type: char
Length: 1
ReadAgentAccess
Description: Shows whether the user has view access for his or her reporting or
associated agents.
Type: char
Length: 1
ReadAllAgentAccess
Description: Shows whether the user has view access for all agents.
Type: char
Length: 1
SurName
Description: The desktop user’s last or surname.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
WriteAccess
Description: Shows whether the user has modify access for this function.
Type: char
Length: 1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 379
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
WriteAgentAccess
Description: Shows whether the user has modify access for his or her agents.
Type: char
Length: 1
WriteAllAgentAccess
Description: Shows whether the user has modify access for all agents.
Type: char
Length: 1
380 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ActivityCode view
This view lists all of the activity codes and their assigned names.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
ActivityCode
Description: The number assigned to the activity code.
Type: nvarchar
Length: 32
Name
Description: The name assigned to the activity code.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 381
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Agent view
This view lists agents and their properties.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AlternateCallAnswer
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. Shows
whether the agent can put a DN call on hold to answer an incoming call. This
option is defined for the call presentation class to which the agent belongs.
Type: char
Length: 1
CallForceOption
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. Shows
whether the call force option is enabled for the call presentation class to which
this agent belongs.
Type: char
Length: 1
CallForceDelayTimer
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
time that elapses before a call is automatically presented to an agent. This option
is defined for the call presentation class to which the agent belongs.
Type: int
Length: 4
Comment
Description: Additional information about the agent, if any.
Type: varchar
Length: 127
382 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Department
Description: The department to which the agent belongs.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
GivenName
Description: The agent’s first or given name.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
NROSDN
Description: Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch only. Shows whether
agents can receive calls while active on an outgoing call on their secondary DN.
Type: char
Length: 1
PersonalDN
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
agent’s personal DN, if any.
Type: varchar
Length: 32
ReturnToQueueMode
Description: The mode of the agent’s phoneset after returning a call to the
queue.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
ReturnToQueueOnNoAnswer
Description: Shows whether unanswered calls are returned to the queue.
Type: char
Length: 1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 383
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ReturnToQueueWaitInterval
Description: The time before an unanswered call is returned to the queue.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
SecondaryDN
Description: Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch only. The secondary
DN configured on the phoneset at which the agent is logged on.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
SurName
Description: The agent’s last or surname.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
SwitchID
Description: The switch ID of the phoneset at which the agent is logged on,
received from the switch.
Type: int
Length: 4
SwitchPortAddress
Description: The switch port address of the phoneset at which the agent is
logged on, received from the switch.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SwitchPortName
Description: The switch port name of the phoneset at which the agent is logged
on, as received from the switch.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
384 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
TelsetLoginID
Description: The numeric ID that the agent uses to log in to the phoneset or
agent desktop.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
TelsetShowReserve
Description: NSBR option only. Shows whether an agent’s phoneset can show
that the agent is reserved for an NSBR call.
Type: char
Length: 1
TemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the agent’s call
presentation class when the call presentation class is added. It determines how
calls are presented to the agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
TemplateName
Description: The call presentation class assigned to the agent. The call
presentation class determines how calls are presented to the agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ThresholdTemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the agent’s
threshold class when the threshold class is added.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ThresholdTemplateName
Description: The threshold class assigned to the agent.
Type: varchar
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 385
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 30
Title
Description: The agent’s title.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
UnionBreakTimer
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
length of the break period allowed between calls. This option is defined for the
call presentation class to which the agent belongs.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
UserID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the agent when
the agent is added.
Type: binary
Length: 16
VariableWrap
Description: Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch only. Shows whether
the agent is put into Variable Wrap state after a call. Calls are not presented to
agents while they are in Variable Wrap state. This option is defined for the call
presentation class to which the agent belongs.
Type: char
Length: 1
Valid values:
0 (variable wrap configured with an interval of 0)
1 (variable wrap configured with an interval greater than zero)
2 (release guard configured)
386 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Application view
The Application view lists all applications (Master and primary scripts) and their
service level. The view also indicates whether the server collects call-by-call
statistics for the application.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
ApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the application
when the application is defined.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallByCall
Description: Shows whether the collection of call-by-call statistics for this
application is enabled.
Type: tinyint
Length: 1
Name
Description: The name of the application.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ServiceLevelThreshold
Description: The service level threshold for the threshold class to which this
application belongs.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 387
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
TemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the
application’s threshold class when the threshold class is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
388 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ApplicationByScript view
The ApplicationByScript view describes the relationship between application
scripts.
Parent script: definition
A parent script is any script that directs a call to another secondary script.
Child script: definition
A child script is a secondary script to which a primary script or another
secondary script directs a call.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
ChildComment
Description: Not used in this version.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
ChildName
Description: The name of the referenced script.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ChildStatus
Description: The status of the referenced script.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 389
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ChildUserFirstName
Description: The first or given name of the user who created the referencing
script.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ChildUserLastName
Description: The family or surname of the user who created the referencing
script.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ParentComment
Description: Not used in this version.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
ParentName
Description: The name of the referencing script.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ParentStatus
Description: The status of the referencing script.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
ParentUserFirstName
Description: The first or given name of the user who created the referencing
script.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
390 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ParentUserLastName
Description: The family or surname of the user who created the referencing
script.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 391
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ApplicationThresholdTemplate view
The ApplicationThresholdTemplate view lists your application threshold classes
and their threshold levels.
This view supersedes the ApplicationTemplate view.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Field
Description: A field for which a threshold is defined in the threshold class to
which the application belongs.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Level1
Description: The low end of the normal range for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Level2
Description: The high end of the normal range for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Name
Description: The name of the threshold class to which this application belongs.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
392 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ServiceLevelThreshold
Description: The service level threshold for the threshold class.
Type: int
Length: 4
TemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the threshold
class when the threshold class is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 393
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CDN view
The CDN view lists the CDNs and their assigned names and statuses.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Acquire
Description: Shows whether there is a request to acquire the CDN.
Type: char
Length: 1
CDN
Description: The number assigned to the CDN.
Type: varchar
Length: 7
Name
Description: The name assigned to the CDN.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Status
Description: The status of the CDN.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
394 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Type
Description: The call type.
Valid values:
Local
MCDN Network
Landing Pad
DNIS Network
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 395
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CodeToMessage view
This view is used internally by the program.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Category
Description: A system-defined classification for the status code.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Code
Description: The numeric status code value.
Type: int
Length: 4
Msg
Description: The corresponding message text.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
396 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ContactType view
Contact types are the media types by which contacts arrive into (inbound) and
are sent from (outbound) a contact center. Voice is the traditional contact type
by which contacts are received by the contact center. Other standard contact
types include Web Communications, e-mail, and Outbound.
This applies to SIP-enabled contact centers or if Contact Center Multimedia or
Contact Center Outbound is installed and the application name begins with one
of the configured prefixes as described in “Associating contact types with
applications and skillsets” on page 186.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
ContactID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the contact
type when the contact type is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
Description
Description: Additional information regarding the contact type.
Type: varchar
Length: 60
Name
Description: Name of the contact type.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Prefix
Description: First 3 letters of the name. It is the prefix used to link skillsets to
that contact type.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 397
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: varchar
Length: 3
ProviderID
Description: Link to the provider table for reference to get the name of the
provider associated with the contact type.
Type: int
Length: 4
SkillsetName
Description: Default skillset for this contact type.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
398 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
DNIS view
The DNIS view lists the DNIS numbers and their properties.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
DNIS
Description: A unique number used to identify a DNIS, which the server
assigns when the DNIS is defined.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
DNIS_PREFIX
Description: Stores the prefix of a DNIS number. You can sort, filter, and
report on individual DNIS 800 numbers.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
Name
Description: The name of a DNIS.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ServiceLevelThreshold
Description: The service level threshold for the DNIS.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 399
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
TemplateID
Description: A unique identifier for the threshold class assigned to this DNIS.
The system contains a single, system-defined DNIS threshold class.
Type: int
Length: 4
400 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
DNISThresholdTemplate view
The DNISThresholdTemplate view provides information about the DNIS
threshold class. The system contains a single, system-defined threshold class.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Name
Description: The system-defined name of the threshold class.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ServiceLevelThreshold
Description: The service level threshold for the threshold class.
Type: int
Length: 4
TemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the threshold
class.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 401
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Formula view
The Formula view lists all of the customized formulas and their definitions. You
can use formulas to create customized real-time statistics fields by combining
existing statistics fields with mathematical operators.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Class
Description: The class to which the formula belongs.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Comment
Description: Additional information about the formula, if any.
Type: varchar
Length: 127
Definition
Description: The standard formulas used to create the custom formula.
Type: varchar
Length: 255
Format
Description: The display format for the formula.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
FormulaID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a formula
when the formula is added.
Type: int
402 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 4
Name
Description: The name of the formula.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 403
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
HistoricalStatCollection view
The HistoricalStatCollection view lists all of the data types Contact Center
Manager can collect and, for each one, indicates whether it is selected.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
ActivityCode
Description: Shows whether statistics in the activity code statistics group are
collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
AgentByApplication
Description: Shows whether statistics in the agent by application statistics
group are collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
AgentLogin
Description: Shows whether statistics in the agent logon and logoff statistics
group are collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
AgentPerformance
Description: Shows whether statistics in the agent performance statistics group
are collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
404 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Application
Description: Shows whether statistics in the application statistics group are
collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
CDN
Description: Shows whether statistics in the CDN statistics group are collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
DNIS
Description: Shows whether statistics in the DNIS statistics group are collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
IVR
Description: Shows whether statistics in the IVR statistics group are collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
IVRPort
Description: Shows whether statistics in the IVR port statistics group are
collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
IVRPortLogin
Description: Shows whether statistics in the IVR port login and logout statistics
group are collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 405
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
NetworkCall
Description: NSBR option only. Shows whether statistics in the network call
statistics group are collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
NetworkOutCall
Description: NSBR option only. Shows whether statistics in the network
outcall statistics group are collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
RANMusicRoute
Description: Shows whether statistics in the RAN/Music route statistics group
are collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
Route
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. Shows
whether statistics in the route statistics group are collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
Skillset
Description: Shows whether statistics in the skillset statistics group are
collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
SkillsetByAgent
Description: Shows whether statistics in the agent by skillset statistics group
are collected.
Type: char
406 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 1
SkillsetState
Description: Not used in this version.
Trunk
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. Shows
whether statistics in the trunk statistics group are collected.
Type: char
Length: 1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 407
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
HistoricalStatDuration view
The HistoricalStatDuration view shows the length of time the server keeps
statistics for each collection period and event type.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
BusinessDaysPerWeek
Description: The number of business days per week for which the system
collects historical statistics data.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
BusinessHoursPerDay
Description: The number of hours per business day that the system collects
historical statistics data.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
DaysofAgentLogin
Description: The number of days agent logon statistics are stored by the
system.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
DaysOfCallByCall
Description: The number of days call-by-call statistics are stored by the system.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
408 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
DaysOfDaily
Description: The number of days daily statistics are stored by the system.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
DaysOfInterval
Description: The number of days interval statistics are stored by the system.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
DaysofIVRPortLogin
Description: The number of days IVR port logon statistics are stored by the
system.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
DaysOfSkillsetState
Description: Not used in this version.
FirstDayOfWeek
Description: The day defined as the first day of the business week. This day is
the day that weekly statistics are accumulated for the previous week.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
MonthsOfMonthly
Description: The number of months monthly statistics are stored by the system.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
WeeksOfWeekly
Description: The number of weeks weekly statistics are stored by the system.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 409
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
HistoricalStatStorage view
The HistoricalStatStorage view describes the amount of disk space allocated to
store historical data. Space allocation depends upon the size of the disk drive.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Configured
Description: The value for this parameter that is used to calculate the required
database size (for example, estimated number of activity codes).
Type: int
Length: 4
Parameter
Description: The name of the parameter.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Purchased
Description: The maximum number you can configure on the system.
Type: int
Length: 4
System
Description: The maximum number that can be defined on the largest possible
configuration of the system, if all available options are installed.
Type: int
Length: 4
410 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
IVRPort view
The IVRPort view lists the voice ports. For each port, it provides the switch
configuration information.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Acquire
Description: Shows whether there is a request to acquire the voice port.
Type: char
Length: 1
IVRPortID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the voice port
when the port is added.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
IVRQueueID
Description: The threshold class to which the IVR queue is assigned.
Type: varchar
Length: 7
Name
Description: The name of the voice port.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Status
Description: The status of the voice port.
Type: varchar
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 411
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 80
SwitchID
Description: The switch ID of an IVR port, as received from the switch.
Type: int
Length: 4
SwitchPortAddress
Description: The switch address of the IVR port, as received from the switch.
Type: varchar
Length: 40
SwitchPortName
Description: The name assigned to the IVR port on the switch, as received from
the switch.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
412 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
IVRQueue view
The IVRQueue view lists the IVR ACD-DNs and their properties.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Acquire
Description: Shows whether there is a request to acquire the IVR ACD-DN.
Type: char
Length: 1
IVRQueueID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the IVR ACD-
DN when the IVR ACD-DN is added.
Type: varchar
Length: 7
Name
Description: The name of the IVR ACD-DN.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ServiceLevelThreshold
Description: The service level threshold for the threshold class to which the
IVR ACD-DN belongs.
Type: int
Length: 4
Status
Description: The status of the IVR ACD-DN.
Type: varchar
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 413
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 80
TemplateID
Description: The name of the threshold class to which the IVR ACD-DN
belongs.
Type: int
Length: 4
414 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
IVRThresholdTemplate view
The IVRThresholdTemplate view lists the IVR threshold classes and their
threshold levels.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Field
Description: The name of the field for which a threshold is defined in the
threshold class.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
FieldID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the field when
you define a threshold value for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Level1
Description: The low end of the normal range for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Level2
Description: The high end of the normal range for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 415
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Name
Description: The name of the IVR threshold class.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ServiceLevelThreshold
Description: The service level threshold for this threshold class.
Type: int
Length: 4
TemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the threshold
class when the threshold class is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
416 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
NCCConfig view
Network Control Center option only. The NCCConfig view is not used in this
version.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
NumBestNodes
Description: Not used in this version.
Type: int
Length: 4
StaleDataRatio
Description: Not used in this version.
Type: int
Length: 4
UpdateRate
Description: Not used in this version.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 417
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
NCCNetworkSkillset view
Network Control Center option only. The NCCNetworkSkillset view lists all the
network skillsets and, for each one, indicates the routing table method utilized
for the network skillset.
A routing table defines how calls are queued to the sites on the network. Each
site has a routing table for each network skillset at that site. When you create a
network skillset, you choose the routing table type for that skillset. Two types of
routing tables are available.
Round robin
The server queues the first call to the first, second, and third site in the routing
table for the network skillset. When an agent becomes available at one of these
sites, the server reserves the agent, and the call is presented to the agent.
When the second call arrives, the server queues it to the second, third, and fourth
site in the routing table. When the third call arrives, the server queues it to the
third, fourth, and fifth site—and so on.
This type of routing table distributes calls most evenly among the sites.
Sequential
Whenever a call arrives, the server queues it to the first three sites in the routing
table. When an agent becomes available at one of these sites, the server reserves
the agent, and the call is presented to the agent.
This type of routing table minimizes the number of trunks used to network calls.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Comment
Description: Additional information about the network skillset, if any.
Type: int
Length: 4
418 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
IdleAgentsPriority
Description: Not used in this release.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
NetworkSkillset
Description: The name of the network skillset.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
NetworkSkillsetID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the network
skillset when the network skillset is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
UseBestNode
Description: Not used in this release.
Type: char
Length: 1
UseRoundRobin
Description: The routing table method used for the network skillset.
Type: char
Length: 1
Valid values:
0 (sequential)
1 (round robin)
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 419
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
NCCRanking view
Network Control Center option only. The NCCRanking view provides a listing
of the sites in your network. For each site, it lists the networked skillsets at that
site. For each skillset, it lists the possible destination sites and their ranking
preference. The ranking preference determines the destination site to which
skillset calls are routed.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
DstSiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a destination
site when the site is configured on the Network Control Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
DstSiteName
Description: The name of a site to which calls for the network skillset can be
routed.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
NetworkSkillsetID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a network
skillset when the skillset is configured on the Network Control Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetworkSkillsetName
Description: The name of a network skillset defined on the source site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
420 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Rank
Description: The ranking of the destination site in the routing table.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
SrcSiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a source site
when the site is configured on the Network Control Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
SrcSiteName
Description: The name of the source site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 421
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
NCCRemoteApplication view
Network Control Center option only. The NCCRemoteApplication view lists all
applications (Master and primary scripts) and their service level. The view also
indicates whether the server collects call-by-call statistics for the application.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
CallByCall
Description: Shows whether the collection of call-by-call statistics for this
application is enabled.
Type: tinyint
Length: 1
Valid values:
0 (none)
1 (local)
2 (network)
3 (local and network)
Name
Description: The name of the application.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
RemoteApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the application
when the application is defined.
Type: int
Length: 4
422 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ServiceLevelThreshold
Description: The service level threshold for the threshold class to which this
application belongs.
Type: int
Length: 4
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
SiteName
Description: The name of the Contact Center Manager site, as assigned during
installation.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 423
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
NCCSite view
Network Control Center option only. The NCCSite view lists each site in the
network and, for each one, shows its properties.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Comment
Description: Additional information about the site, if any.
Type: varchar
Length: 127
ContactNumber
Description: The phone number of the contact person.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ContactPerson
Description: The contact person name for the site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
LandingPadOptions
Description:
Valid values:
0 to 7
Value Description
0 No Landing Pad selections
1 DNIS is selected.
424 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Value Description
2 CDN is selected.
3 CDN and DNIS are selected.
4 MCDN is selected.
5 MCDN and DNIS are selected.
6 MCDN and CDN are selected.
7 MCDN, CDN, and DNIS are selected.
Type: int
Length: 1
OutOfServiceTimer
Description: The amount of time the site is filtered from the routing table when
the maximum retry limit is reached.
Type: int
Length: 4
RelativeGMT
Description: The time difference (in hours) between GMT and the time zone in
which the site is located.
Type: int
Length: 4
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 425
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
NetworkConfig view
NSBR option only. This view contains the name of the Network Control Center
for the server.
Field descriptions
The field description for this view is described in this section.
NCCSite
Description: The name of the Network Control Center, as defined when the
server is installed. You can view the Network Control Center name from the
Network Communication Parameters dialog box.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
426 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
NetworkRankingAssignment view
NSBR option only. The NetworkRankingAssignment view provides a listing of
the Network Control Center table routing assignments.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AssignName
Description: The name of the table routing assignment, as defined when the
assignment is configured on the Network Control Center.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Comment
Description: Additional information, if any.
Type: varchar
Length: 127
ErrorCode
Description: A numeric value for the error encountered when the assignment
last ran, if any.
Type: int
Length: 4
DestSiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a destination
site when the site is configured on the Network Control Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 427
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
DestSiteName
Description: A destination site for this network skillset, as defined in the
routing table.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
NetworkSkillsetID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the network
skillset when the network skillset is configured on the Network Control Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetworkSkillsetName
Description: The name of a network skillset included in this table routing
assignment.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Rank
Description: The ranking of the site in the routing table.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
RankingAssignID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the table
routing assignment when the assignment is configured on the Network Control
Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
428 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
SrcSiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the source site
when the site is configured on the Network Control Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
SrcSiteName
Description: The source site for which the table routing assignment is defined.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Status
Description: The current status for this table routing assignment.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 429
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
NetworkSkillsetStatus view
NSBR option only. The NetworkSkillsetStatus view provides a listing of the
network skillsets and their statuses.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
FilterStatus
Description: Indicates whether the skillset is filtered.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
Valid values:
11 (Server communication failure)
12 (Dialable DN is not configured correctly)
13 (NACD package restriction at destination)
14 (Maximum number of retries reached)
15 (Trunk allocation problem, server suspended)
16 (Incompatible server versions)
any other value (Undefined)
FlowControlStatus
Description: Indicates whether the skillset is rejecting calls because too many
calls are queued.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
Valid values:
0 (Off)
1 (Max Request)
2 (Out of Service)
430 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
3 (Unknown Skillset)
any other value (Undefined)
NetworkSkillset
Description: The name of the network skillset.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
NetworkSkillsetID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the network
skillset when the network skillset is configured on the Network Control Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
SiteName
Description: The destination site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 431
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
NetworkThresholdTemplate view
NSBR option only. Not used in this version.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Field
Description: The name of the field for which a threshold is defined in the
threshold class.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Level1
Description: The low end of the normal range for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Level2
Description: The high end of the normal range for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Name
Description: The name of the IVR threshold class.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ServiceLevelThreshold
Description: The service level threshold for this threshold class.
Type: int
Length: 4
432 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
TemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the threshold
class when the threshold class is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 433
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
PhonesetDisplay view
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. This view lists the
configured display types, the width of each display, and the number of rows in
each display.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
DisplayTypeName
Description: The type of display the phoneset uses.
Valid values:
1 x 40 Alphanumeric
1 x 16 Alphanumeric
1 x 18 or 1 x 24 Alphanumeric
1 x 12 Numeric
Type: varchar
Length: 80
FieldName
Description: The name of the field displayed on the phoneset.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Row
Description: The row in which the field appears.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
Width
Description: The display width for the field.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
434 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Provider view
Logical creator or owner of a contact type. Providers include Contact Center
Multimedia and Contact Center Manager Server. For more information about
contact types, see “Associating contact types with applications and skillsets” on
page 186.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Description
Description: Additional information regarding the provider.
Type: varchar
Length: 60
Name
Description: Name of the provider.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ProviderID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the provider
when the provider is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 435
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Ranking view
NSBR option only. The Ranking view provides a listing of the sites in your
network. For each site, it lists the networked skillsets at that site. For each
skillset, it lists the possible destination sites and their ranking preference. The
ranking preference determines the destination site to which skillset calls are
routed.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
DstSiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a destination
site when the site is configured on the Network Control Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
DstSiteName
Description: The name of a site to which calls for the network skillset can be
routed.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
NetworkSkillsetID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the network
skillset when the network skillset is configured on the Network Control Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetworkSkillsetName
Description: The name of a network skillset defined on the source site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
436 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Rank
Description: The ranking of the destination site in the routing table.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
SrcSiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a source site
when the site is configured on the Network Control Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
SrcSiteName
Description: The name of the source site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 437
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
RealTimeColumn view
The RealTimeColumn view lists the real-time display definitions and their
column definitions.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Column
Description: The column number of a field that appears on a real-time display
definition.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
Format
Description: The format of the column.
Valid values:
text
numeric
time
bar chart
Type: varchar
Length: 80
FormulaID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the formula
used in this column when the formula is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
438 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Label
Description: The label of the column, as it appears on the real-time display.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
TemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a real-time
display definition when the real-time display definition is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
ScaleFrom
Description: For columns with bar format only. The minimum scale value to
report in this column.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
ScaleTo
Description: For columns with bar format only. The maximum scale value to
report in this column.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 439
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
RealTimeStatCollection view
The RealTimeStatCollection view lists the real-time statistical information you
configured Contact Center Manager to collect.
Moving window mode
In moving window mode, statistics shown represent the last 10 minutes of
system activity.
Interval-to-date mode
In interval-to-date mode, statistics are collected only for the current interval.
When the interval is over, data fields initialize to zero and collection begins for
the next interval.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
IntervalDuration
Description: The interval duration for collecting real-time statistics (applies
only to statistics collected in interval-to-date mode).
Type: smallint
Length: 2
IntervalStartTime
Description: The interval start time for collecting real-time statistics.
Type: char
Length: 8
ITDAgent
Description: Shows whether agent statistics appear using the interval-to-date
format.
440 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Type: char
Length: 1
ITDApplication
Description: Shows whether application statistics appear using the interval-to-
date format.
Type: char
Length: 1
ITDIVR
Description: Shows whether IVR statistics appear using the interval-to-date
format.
Type: char
Length: 1
ITDNetworkCall
Description: NSBR option only. Shows whether network call statistics appear
using the interval-to-date format.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
ITDNodalCall
Description: NSBR option only. Shows whether contact center summary
statistics appear using the interval-to-date format.
Type: int
Length: 4
ITDRoute
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. Shows
whether route statistics appear using the interval-to-date format.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 441
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ITDSkillset
Description: Shows whether skillset statistics appear using the interval-to-date
format.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
MinRefreshRate
Description: The minimum interval between refreshes of real-time statistics
appears.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
MWAgent
Description: Shows whether agent statistics appear using the interval-to-date
format.
Type: char
Length: 1
MWApplication
Description: Shows whether application statistics appear using the moving
window format.
Type: char
Length: 1
MWIVR
Description: Shows whether IVR statistics appear using the moving window
format.
Type: char
Length: 1
442 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
MWNetworkCall
Description: NSBR option only. Shows whether network call statistics appear
using the moving window format.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
MWNodalCall
Description: NSBR option only. Shows whether contact center summary
statistics appear using the moving window format.
Type: int
Length: 4
MWRoute
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. Shows
whether route statistics appear using the moving window format.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
MWSkillset
Description: Shows whether skillset statistics appear using the moving window
format.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 443
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
RealTimeTemplate view
The RealTimeTemplate view lists the real-time display definitions and their
general properties.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Class
Description: The class to which the real-time display definition belongs.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Name
Description: The name of the real-time display definition.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
RefreshRate
Description: The refresh rate defined for the real-time display definition.
Type: int
Length: 4
TemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a real-time
display definition when the real-time display definition is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
444 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ViewMode
Description: The view mode defined for the real-time display definition.
Valid values:
Moving Window
Interval To Date
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 445
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
RemoteApplication view
NSBR option only. The RemoteApplication view lists all applications defined in
the network except those defined at the local site.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
CallByCall
Description: Shows whether the collection of call-by-call statistics for this
application is enabled.
Type: tinyint
Length: 1
Valid values:
0 (none)
1 (local)
2 (network only)
3 (local and network)
Name
Description: The name of the application.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
RemoteApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the application
when the application is defined.
Type: int
Length: 4
446 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ServiceLevelThreshold
Description: The service level threshold for the threshold class to which this
application belongs.
Type: int
Length: 4
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
SiteName
Description: The name of the Contact Center Manager site, as assigned during
installation.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 447
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Route view
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The Route view lists
the routes and their properties.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Acquire
Description: Shows whether there is a request to acquire or release the route.
Type: char
Length: 1
Name
Description: The name of the route.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
RouteID
Description: The route number.
Type: int
Length: 4
Status
Description: The status of the route.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
TemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the threshold
class to which the route belongs when the threshold class is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
448 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
RouteThresholdTemplate view
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
RouteThresholdTemplate view lists the route threshold classes and their
threshold levels.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Field
Description: The name of the field for which a threshold is defined in the
threshold class.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
FieldID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the field when
you define a threshold value for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Level1
Description: The low end of the normal range for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Level2
Description: The high end of the normal range for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Name
Description: The name of the route threshold class.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 449
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: varchar
Length: 30
TemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the threshold
class when the threshold class is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
450 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view
The ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view lists agent to skillset assignments and
their properties.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AssignID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the assignment
when the assignment is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
AssignName
Description: The name of the agent to skillset assignment.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
Comment
Description: Additional information about the agent, if any.
Type: varchar
Length: 127
ErrorCode
Description: A numeric value for the error encountered when the assignment
last ran, if any.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 451
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Priority
Description: The agent’s priority for this skillset.
Range: 1–48 where 1 is the highest priority and 48 is the lowest priority.
Type: tinyint
Length: 1
SkillsetID
Description: A unique identifier for the skillset to which the agent is assigned
when this assignment is run. This identifier the server assigns when the skillset
is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
SkillsetName
Description: The name of the skillset to which the agent is assigned when the
assignment is run.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
SkillsetState
Description: The current state of the skillset.
Valid values:
Standby
Active
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Status
Description: The status of the agent to skillset assignment.
Valid values:
Edited/Saved
Ran OK
Ran with error
452 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Scheduled
Never scheduled
Duplicate assignment entry
Type: varchar
Length: 80
UserGivenName
Description: The given or first name of the agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
UserID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the agent when
the agent is added.
Type: binary
Length: 16
UserSurName
Description: The family or surname of the agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
UserTelsetLogin
Description: The numeric ID the agent uses to log in to the phoneset or agent
desktop.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 453
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ScheduledSupervisorAssignment view
The ScheduledSupervisorAssignment view lists agent to supervisor assignments
and their properties.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AgentID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the agent when
the agent is added.
Type: binary
Length: 16
AssignID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the assignment
when the assignment is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
AssignName
Description: The name of the agent to supervisor assignment.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
AssignType
Description: The assignment type.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Comment
Description: Additional information about the Supervisor, if any.
Type: varchar
454 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 127
ErrorCode
Description: A numeric value for the error encountered when the assignment
last ran, if any.
Type: int
Length: 4
Status
Description: The status of the agent to supervisor assignment.
Valid values:
Edited/Saved
Ran OK
Ran with error
Scheduled
Never scheduled
Duplicate assignment entry
Type: varchar
Length: 80
SupervisorGivenName
Description: The given or first name of the supervisor to which the user is
assigned when this assignment is run.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
SupervisorID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to the supervisor when
the supervisor is added.
Type: binary
Length: 16
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 455
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
SupervisorSurName
Description: The family or surname of the supervisor to which the user is
assigned when this assignment is run.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
Type
Description: The assignment type.
Valid values:
P (Reporting)
S (Associated)
Type: char
Length: 1
456 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Script view
The Script view lists the scripts and their properties. For more information about
scripting, refer to the Contact Center Manager Scripting Guide for
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX or the Contact Center Manager
Scripting Guide for Communication Server 2X00/DMS.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Comment
Description: Additional information about the script, if any.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
GivenName
Description: The first or given name of the user who performed the most recent
action on the script.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
LastModified
Description: The date when the most recent action is performed on the script.
Type: datetime
Length: 8
Name
Description: The name of the script.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 457
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Owner
Description: The name of the user who created the script.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
ScriptID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the script
when the script is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
Status
Description: The status of the variable.
Valid values:
Activated
Deactivated
Type: varchar
Length: 80
SurName
Description: The last or surname of the user who performed the most recent
action on the script.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
458 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Type
Description: The type of script.
Valid values:
Local Master
Network
Primary
Secondary
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 459
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ScriptVariableProperties view
The ScriptVariableProperties view lists the script variables and their properties.
For more information about scripting, refer to the Contact Center Manager
Scripting Guide for Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX or the Contact
Center Manager Scripting Guide for Communication Server 2X00/DMS.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Class
Description: The name of the variable class to which this variable belongs.
Valid values:
Item
Set Of Values
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Comment
Description: Not used.
Grouping
Description: The name of the variable group to which this variable belongs.
Valid values:
Global Variable
Call Variable
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Name
Description: The name of the script variable.
Type: varchar
460 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 30
Status
Description: The status of the variable.
Valid values:
Activated
Deactivated
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Type
Description: The data type of the variable. For more information about
variables, refer to the Contact Center Manager Scripting Guide for
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX or the Contact Center Manager
Scripting Guide for Communication Server 2X00/DMS.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 461
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ScriptVariables view
The ScriptVariables view lists the script variables. For each variable, it provides
the variable status and type, and the name, status, and type of any scripts that use
that variable. For more information about scripting, refer to the Contact Center
Manager Scripting Guide for Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX or
the Contact Center Manager Scripting Guide for Communication Server 2X00/
DMS.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Script
Description: The name of a script that uses this variable.
Type: varchar
Length: 32
ScriptStatus
Description: The status of the script.
Valid values:
Edited
Validated
Activated
Type: varchar
Length: 80
ScriptType
Description: The type of script.
Valid values:
Local Master
Network
Primary
462 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Secondary
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Variable
Description: The name of the script variable.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
VariableStatus
Description: The status of the variable.
Valid values:
Activated
Deactivated
Type: varchar
Length: 80
VariableType
Description: The data type of the variable. For more information about
variables, refer to the Contact Center Manager Scripting Guide for
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX or the Contact Center Manager
Scripting Guide for Communication Server 2X00/DMS.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 463
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Site view
NSBR option only. The Site view lists the sites and their properties.
Field description
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Comment
Description: Additional information about the site, if any.
Type: varchar
Length: 127
ContactNumber
Description: The phone number of the contact person.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ContactPerson
Description: The name of the contact person for the site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
HeteroNetworking
Description:
Type: int
Valid values:
0 (Universal Networking disabled)
1 (Universal Networking enabled)
Length: 1
LandingPadOptions
Description:
464 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Valid values:
0 to 7
Value Description
0 MCDN, CDN, and DNIS are disabled
1 MCDN and CDN are disabled. DNIS is enabled.
2 MCDN and DNIS are disabled. CDN is enabled.
3 MCDN is disabled. CDN and DNIS are enabled.
4 MCDN is enabled. CDN and DNIS are disabled.
5 MCDN and DNIS are enabled. CDN is disabled.
6 MCDN and CDN are enabled. DNIS is disabled.
7 MCDN, CDN, and DNIS are enabled.
IsLocal
Description: Specifies whether the site is the local site or a remote site.
Valid values:
0 (remote)
1 (local)
Type: char
Length: 1
Name
Description: The name of the site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
OutOfServiceTimer
Description: The amount of time the site is filtered from the routing table when
the maximum retry limit is reached.
Type: int
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 465
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 4
RelativeGMT
Description: The time difference (in hours) between GMT and the time zone in
which the site is located.
Type: int
Length: 4
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
SwtichType
Description:
Type:
Valid values:
1 (CS 1000/M1 switch)
4 (CS 2x00/DMS switch)
TemplateID
Description: Not used in this version.
Type: char
Length: 1
TemplateName
Description: Not used in this version.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
466 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Skillset view
The Skillset view lists all skillsets and their general properties.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
ActivityCode
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
default activity code for the skillset.
Type: varchar
Length: 32
CallAgePreference
Description: The call age preference for a skillset.
Valid values:
18 (Oldest)
19 (First in Queue)
any other value (None)
Type: smallint
Length: 2
CallSourcePreference
Description: NSBR option only. The call source preference for a skillset.
Valid values:
15 (Local)
16 (Network)
17 (None)
Type: smallint
Length: 2
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 467
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallRequestQueueSize
Description: The maximum number of calls that can be queued to this skillset.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallRequestQueueSizeThreshold
Description: The number by which queued calls should decrease before more
calls are queued to this skillset.
Type: int
Length: 4
Comment
Description: Additional information about the skillset, if any.
Type: varchar
Length: 127
DN
Description: The ACD-DN number for which calls peg to this skillset.
Type: varchar
Length: 7
IdleAgentsPriority
Description: The agent idle time preference defined on the Global Settings
dialog box.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
IsNetworked
Description: NSBR option only. Shows whether a skillset is networked.
Type: char
Length: 1
468 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
MinShortCallDelay
Description: The short call threshold for the threshold class to which the skillset
belongs. Calls with a talk time less than this value are considered short calls.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetworkSkillsetComment
Description: NSBR option only.
Type: varchar
Length: 127
NetworkSkillsetID
Description: NSBR option only.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetworkSkillsetName
Description: NSBR option only.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
NightServiceType
Description: The night service type for a skillset.
Valid values:
20 (Transition)
21 (Night)
any other value (None)
Type: smallint
Length: 2
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 469
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ServiceLevelThreshold
Description: The service level for the threshold class to which the skillset
belongs.
Type: int
Length: 4
Skillset
Description: The name of the skillset.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SkillsetID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the skillset
when the skillset is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
TemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the threshold
class to which the skillset belongs.
Type: int
Length: 4
UseBestNode
Description: Not used.
UseRoundRobin
Description: NSBR option only.
Type: char
Length: 1
Valid values:
0 (round robin)
1 (sequential)
470 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
SkillsetByAgent view
The SkillsetByAgent view lists the skillsets and the agents assigned to them. For
each assigned agent, it shows the agent priority for the skillset.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Priority
Description: The agent’s priority for this skillset.
Range: 1–48, where 1 is the highest priority and 48 is the lowest priority.
Type: tinyint
Length: 1
SkillsetID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the skillset
when the skillset is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
SkillsetState
Description: The skillset state.
Valid values:
Standby
Active
Type: varchar
Length: 80
UserID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify an agent
assigned to this skillset.
Type: binary
Length: 16
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 471
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
SkillsetByAssignment view
The SkillsetByAssignment view lists skillsets and the agent to skillset
assignments in which they are assigned.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AssignID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the assignment
when the assignment is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
AssignName
Description: The name of the agent to skillset assignment.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
Comment
Description: The comments defined by the supervisor, if any.
Type: varchar
Length: 127
ErrorCode
Description: A numeric value for the error encountered when the assignment
last ran, if any.
Type: int
Length: 4
Priority
Description: The agent’s priority for this skillset.
Range: 1–48, where 1 is the highest priority and 48 is the lowest priority.
472 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Type: tinyint
Length: 1
SkillsetID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the skillset
when the skillset is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
SkillsetName
Description: The name of the skillset to which the agent is assigned when the
assignment is run.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
SkillsetState
Description: The current state of the skillset.
Valid values:
Standby
Active
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Status
Description: The status of the agent to skillset assignment.
Valid values:
Edited/Saved
Ran OK
Ran with error
Scheduled
Never scheduled
Duplicate assignment entry
Type: varchar
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 473
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 80
UserGivenName
Description: The given or first name of the agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
UserID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the agent when
the agent is added.
Type: binary
Length: 16
UserSurName
Description: The family or surname of the agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
UserTelsetLoginID
Description: The numeric ID the agent uses to log in to the phoneset or agent
desktop.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
474 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
SkillsetThresholdTemplate view
The SkillsetThresholdTemplate view lists the skillset threshold classes and their
threshold levels.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Field
Description: The name of the field for which a threshold is defined in the
threshold class.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
FieldID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the field when
you define a threshold value for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Level1
Description: The low end of the normal range for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Level2
Description: The high end of the normal range for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
MinShortCallDelay
Description: The length of a short call for this threshold class.
Type: int
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 475
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 4
Name
Description: The name of the skillset threshold class.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ServiceLevelThreshold
Description: The service level threshold for this threshold class.
Type: int
Length: 4
TemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the threshold
class when the threshold class is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
476 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
SummaryThresholdTemplate view
The SummaryThresholdTemplate view lists the thresholds defined for the Nodal
threshold class.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Field
Description: The name of the field for which a threshold is defined in the
threshold class.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
FieldID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the field when
you define a threshold value for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Level1
Description: The low end of the normal range for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Level2
Description: The high end of the normal range for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Name
Description: The name of the nodal threshold class.
Type: varchar
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 477
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 30
TemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the threshold
class when the threshold class is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
478 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Supervisor view
The Supervisor view lists all of the Contact Center Manager supervisors and
their general properties.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Comment
Description: Additional information about the supervisor, if any.
Type: varchar
Length: 127
Department
Description: The department to which the supervisor belongs.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
GivenName
Description: The given or first name of the supervisor.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
PCLoginName
Description: The supervisor’s desktop user ID.
Type: varchar
Length: 40
PersonalDN
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
supervisor’s personal directory number.
Type: varchar
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 479
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 32
SurName
Description: The family or surname of the supervisor.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
SwitchID
Description: The switch ID of the phoneset at which the supervisor is logged
on, received from the switch.
Type: int
Length: 4
SwitchPortAddress
Description: The switch port address of the phoneset at which the supervisor is
logged on, received from the switch.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SwitchPortName
Description: The switch port name of the phoneset at which the supervisor is
logged on, as received from the switch.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
TelsetLoginID
Description: The numeric ID the supervisor uses to log in to the phoneset or
agent desktop.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
TemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the access
class, which the supervisor belongs to, when the access class is added.
Type: int
480 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 4
TemplateName
Description: The name of the access class to which the supervisor belongs.
Type: nvarchar
Length: 30
ThresholdTemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the threshold
class to which the supervisor belongs, when the threshold class is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
ThresholdTemplateName
Description: The name of the threshold class to which the supervisor belongs.
Type: nvarchar
Length: 30
Title
Description: The supervisor’s title.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
UserID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the supervisor
when the supervisor is added.
Type: binary
Length: 16
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 481
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
SupervisorAgentAssignment view
This view shows all agents and their supervisor assignments (both reporting and
associated). The view contains a record for each agent-supervisor relationship.
For example, if an agent has a reporting and two associated supervisors, the
view contains three records for that agent.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AgentGivenName
Description: The first or given name of an assigned agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
AgentSurName
Description: The family or surname of the agent.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
AgentTelsetLoginID
Description: The numeric ID that the agent uses to log in to the phoneset or
agent desktop.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
AgentUserID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the agent when
the agent is added.
Type: binary
Length: 16
482 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
SupervisorGivenName
Description: The first or given name of the supervisor.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
SupervisorSurname
Description: The surname or family name of the supervisor.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
SupervisorTelsetLoginID
Description: The numeric ID the supervisor uses to log in at the phoneset or
agent desktop.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
SupervisorUserID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the supervisor
when the supervisor is added.
Type: binary
Length: 16
Type
Description: Shows whether the supervisor is the reporting or associated
supervisor for an agent.
Type: char
Length: 1
Valid values:
P (Reporting)
S (Associated)
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 483
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
SupervisorByAssignment view
The SupervisorByAssignment view lists the agent to supervisor assignments and
their properties.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AgentID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the agent when
the agent is added.
Type: binary
Length: 16
AssignID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the assignment
when the assignment is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
AssignName
Description: The name of the agent to supervisor assignment.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
AssignType
Description: The assignment type.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
Comment
Description: Additional information, if any.
Type: varchar
484 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 127
ErrorCode
Description: A numeric value for the error encountered when the assignment
last ran, if any.
Type: int
Length: 4
Status
Description: The status of the agent to supervisor assignment.
Valid values:
Edited/Saved
Ran OK
Ran with error
Scheduled
Never scheduled
Duplicate assignment entry
Type: varchar
Length: 80
SupervisorGivenName
Description: The given or first name of the supervisor to which the user is
assigned when this assignment is run.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
SupervisorID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the supervisor
to which the user is assigned to when this assignment is run, when the supervisor
is added.
Type: binary
Length: 16
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 485
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
SupervisorSurName
Description: The family or surname of the supervisor to which the user is
assigned when this assignment is run.
Type: varchar
Length: 64
Type
Description: The assignment type.
Valid values:
P (Reporting)
S (Associated)
Type: varchar
Length: 80
486 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
SwitchPort view
SwitchPort view lists phoneset ports and their switch configuration information.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Acquire
Description: Shows whether there is a request to acquire or deacquire the route.
Type: char
Length: 1
Name
Description: The switch port name of the phoneset at which the agent is logged
on, as received from the switch.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
PortAddress
Description: The switch port address of the phoneset at which the agent is
logged on, as received from the switch.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
PositionID
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. A
unique identifier for the agent’s position ID, as received from the switch.
Type: int
Length: 4
SecondaryDN
Description: Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch only. The secondary
DN defined on the phoneset.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 487
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: int
Length: 4
Status
Description: The status of the phoneset.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
SwitchID
Description: The switch ID of the phoneset at which the agent is logged on,
received from the switch.
Type: int
Length: 4
Type
Description: The phoneset type.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
488 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
TargetSwitchComm view
NSBR option only. The TargetSwitchComm view lists the parameters
configured for each of the destination sites in the network. These parameters are
defined on the Site Parameters dialog box.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AgentReserveTimer
Description: The amount of time an agent at this site is reserved for an NSBR
call.
Type: int
Length: 4
DialableDN
Description: The number your switch dials to connect to the destination site.
Type: varchar
Length: 32
LandingPadOptions
Description:
Valid values:
0 to 7
Value Description
0 MCDN, CDN, and DNIS are disabled
1 MCDN and CDN are disabled. DNIS is enabled.
2 MCDN and DNIS are disabled. CDN is enabled.
3 MCDN is disabled. CDN and DNIS are enabled.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 489
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Value Description
4 MCDN is enabled. CDN and DNIS are disabled.
5 MCDN and DNIS are enabled. CDN is disabled.
6 MCDN and CDN are enabled. DNIS is disabled.
7 MCDN, CDN, and DNIS are enabled.
MultiMediaNetworkURI
Description:
Type: varchar
Length: 255
NumRetries
Description: The number of times your switch attempts to connect to the
destination site, if a connection attempt is unsuccessful.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
RetryTimer
Description: The time that elapses between retry attempts.
Type: int
Length: 4
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
490 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
SiteName
Description: The name of the Contact Center Manager site, as assigned during
installation.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 491
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
UserTemplate view
The UserTemplate view lists the agent call presentation classes and their
properties.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AlternateCallAnswer
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. Shows
whether the agent can put a DN call on hold to answer an incoming call. This
option is defined for the call presentation class to which the agent belongs.
Type: char
Length: 1
CallForceOption
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. Shows
whether the call force option is enabled for the call presentation class to which
this agent belongs.
Type: char
Length: 1
CallForceDelayTimer
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
time that elapses before a call is automatically presented to an agent. This option
is defined for the call presentation class to which the agent belongs.
Type: int
Length: 4
NROSDN
Description: Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch only. Shows whether
the agent can receive calls while active on their secondary DN.
Type: char
492 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Length: 1
ReturnToQueueMode
Description: The mode of the agent’s phoneset after returning a call to the
queue.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
ReturnToQueueOnNoAnswer
Description: Shows whether unanswered calls are returned to the queue.
Type: char
Length: 1
ReturnToQueueWaitInterval
Description: The time before an unanswered call is returned to the queue.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
TelsetShowReserve
Description: NSBR option only. Shows whether an agent’s phoneset can show
that the agent is reserved for an NSBR call.
Type: char
Length: 1
Template
Description: The name of the call presentation class.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
TemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the call
presentation class when the call presentation class is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 493
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
UnionBreakTimer
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
length of the break period allowed between calls. This option is defined for the
call presentation class to which the agent belongs.
Type: smallint
Length: 2
VariableWrap
Description: Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch only. Shows whether
the agent is put into Variable Wrap state after a call. Calls are not presented to
agents while they are in Variable Wrap state. This option is defined for the call
presentation class to which the agent belongs.
Type: char
Length: 1
494 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
UserThresholdTemplate view
The UserThresholdTemplate view lists the agent threshold classes and their
properties.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
FieldID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the field when
you define a threshold value for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Level1
Description: The low end of the normal range for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Level2
Description: The high end of the normal range for the field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Name
Description: The name of the agent threshold class.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 495
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ThresholdTemplateID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the threshold
class when the threshold class is added.
Type: int
Length: 4
496 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Views view
The View view lists all of the database views available in the Contact Center
Manager database.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
ColumnName
Description: The name of a field in the view. This name is not necessarily the
same as the field label printed on the report.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Length
Description: The length of the field, in characters.
Type: tinyint
Length: 1
Name
Description: The name of the view.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Type
Description: The field type.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 497
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
498 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Section D: Access and Partition
Management views
In this section
Overview of access and partition management views 500
Access Classes view 501
Report Groups view 503
User Defined Partitions view 505
Users view 508
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 499
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Overview of access and partition management
views
The Access and Partition Management configuration data is stored in the
ADAM data source on the Contact Center Manager Administration server.
The data for these reports is generated from the proprietary API developed for
the Contact Center Manager Administration Server. The data for these reports is
extracted from ADAM (active directory) and is stored in the temporary MS
Access database files for every user report session. The reports are run using
these temporary MS Access database files as the data source. When the report
session is closed by the user, the temporary MS Access database files are
removed from the server. The file name is:
UserID_DateTime_APMReport.MDB. For example,
User1_08122005041256_APMReport.MDB stored under directory folder:
\Program Files\Nortel Networks\WClient\Apps\Reporting\Historical\tmpData.
The Microsoft Access database file contains four tables that are used by the
reports.
Report name Table name
Access Classes AccessClassesReport
Report Groups ReportGroupsReport
User Defined Partitions PartitionsReport
Users UsersReport
500 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Access Classes view
The name of the Microsoft Access database table is AccessClassesReport. The
data in the view is for each access class, access levels per contact center manager
server, and members assigned to this access class (Contact Center Manager
Administration users).
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AccessClass
Description: Name of the access class.
Type: text
Length: 120
AccessLevel
Description: Access levels, such as Run and Import, Report Creation, Edit, or
View.
Type: text
Length: 60
EleDesc
Description: Access Class, for example, Historical Reporting or Real-time.
Type: text
Length: 100
FirstName
Description: First name of user.
Type: text
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 501
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Group2
Description: Group header contains titles such as Members or Access Class
Properties.
Type: text
Length: 120
Group3
Description: Group header field for displaying Contact Center Manager Server.
Type: text
Length: 120
UserName
Description: Logon ID of user.
Type: text
Length: 30
LastName
Description: Surname of user.
Type: text
Length: 30
502 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
Report Groups view
The name of the Microsoft Access database table is ReportGroupsReport. The
data in the view is for each report group (standard and user-defined report
group) per Contact Center Manager Server. For user-defined report groups, the
data also includes the user-defined and user-created report names, report
owners, and last modified date of the reports. Only the names of the standard
report groups are listed. If the report groups are configured in the user-defined
partitions, the name of the partitions are listed under each report group (standard
report groups and user defined report groups).
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
EleDesc
Description: Contains the name of the report groups, user reports, and user-
defined partition names.
Type: text
Length: 60
Group2
Description: Contains report group header titles:
List of report groups
Standard_Outbound
Standard_Multimedia
Standard_Networking
Standard_Others
Standard_Configuration
Standard_CallByCall
Type: text
Length: 120
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 503
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Group3
Description: Contains header titles:
User Defined Partitions
User Defined Report Groups
User Reports
Type: text
Length: 120
LastModified
Description: Last modified date of the user report.
Type: text
Length: 50
Owner
Description: User ID of the report owner.
Type: text
Length: 100
ServerName
Description: Name of the Contact Center Manager Server.
Type: text
Length: 120
504 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
User Defined Partitions view
The name of the Microsoft Access database table is PartitionsReport. The data in
the view is for each user-defined partition, configured elements (Agents,
Skillsets report groups, Applications, DNIS and CDN) per contact center
manager server, members assigned to the user-defined partition (Contact Center
Manager Administration users), and component-level access for the each of the
members, such as for Contact Center Management, Real Time Reporting, and
Historical Reporting.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
CCM
Description: Partition access (True or False) for Contact Center Manager
application.
Type: text
Length: 5
EleDesc
Description: Contains names of agents, skillsets, report groups, applications,
CDNs (Route Points), and DNISs.
Type: text
Length: 120
EleID
Description: Contains the Agent Login ID, CDN ID, and DNIS ID.
Type: text
Length: 50
FirstName
Description: First name of user.
Type: text
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 505
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 30
Group2
Description: Contains header titles:
Member
Contact Center Manager Server name
Type: text
Length: 120
Group3
Description: Contains partition element header titles:
Agents
Skillsets
Report groups
Applications
CDNs (Route Points)
DNISs
Type: text
Length: 120
HR
Description: Partition access (True or False) for Historical Reporting (HR)
application.
Type: text
Length: 5
LastName
Description: Surname of user.
Type: text
Length: 30
506 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
PartitionName
Description: Name of the user defined partition.
Type: text
Length: 120
RTR
Description: Partition access (True or False) for Real Time Reporting (RTR)
application.
Type: text
Length: 5
UserName
Description: Logon ID of user.
Type: text
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 507
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Users view
The name of the Microsoft Access database table is UsersReport. The data in the
view is for each user, such as user's basic access rights, access classes allocated
to the user, full data access (yes/no), standard partitions, and reporting agents
data per configured Contact Center Manager Server and defined partition
assigned to the user.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
EleDesc
Description: Contains the name of the report groups, user reports, and user-
defined partition names.
Type: text
Length: 60
Group2
Description: Contains report group header titles:
List of report groups
Standard_Outbound
Standard_Multimedia
Standard_Networking
Standard_Others
Standard_Configuration
Standard_CallByCall
Type: text
Length: 120
Group3
Description: Contains header titles:
User Defined Partitions
508 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Data dictionary
User Defined Report Groups
User Reports
Type: text
Length: 120
LastModified
Description: Last modified date of user report.
Type: text
Length: 50
Owner
Description: User ID of report owner.
Type: text
Length: 100
ServerName
Description: Name of Contact Center Manager Server.
Type: text
Length: 120
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 509
Contact Center Manager Data dictionary Standard 8.11
510 Contact Center Manager
Chapter 5
Contact Center Manager Network
Control Center Data dictionary
In this chapter
Overview 512
Access rights by view 515
Section A: Summarized historical statistics 517
Section B: Event statistics 587
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 511
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Overview
The Contact Center Manager database is an open database. You can access the
data in this database with any SQL- or ODBC-compliant application. You can
use the data in many ways, including the following:
Import it into a spreadsheet for manipulation.
Import it into your corporate database.
Develop customized reports using Report Creation Wizard, Crystal
Reports, or another reporting application.
This chapter describes the data that is available to you.
Types of data
This chapter describes the following types of data:
Summarized historical statistics—statistics accumulated over a period of
time (15-minute interval, daily, weekly, or monthly).
Event statistics—statistics that report each occurrence of an event.
Statistical field types
The following table describes the field types used in the statistics descriptions in
this chapter. For each type, it provides a range of valid values and a size.
Field type Description Value range Length
binary binary data n/a 16 bytes
char fixed character n/a n bytes
length
datetime timestamp Jan 1, 1753 to 8 bytes
Dec 31, 9999
float integer 1 to 100,000 8 bytes
512 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Field type Description Value range Length
int integer -2,147,483,648 to 4 bytes
2,147,483,647
numeric large integer 0 to 999,999,999,999 6 bytes
smalldatetime timestamp Jan 1, 1900 to 4 bytes
June 6, 2079
smallint small integer -32,768 to 32,767 2 bytes
tinyint tiny integer 0 to 255 1 byte
varbinary variable length n/a n bytes, data
binary data dependent
varchar variable length n/a n bytes, data
character dependent
Resource usage
When you generate reports or export data from the database, you use system
resources, including server CPU and LAN bandwidth. To calculate resource
requirements for a specific application, use the Capacity Assessment Tool
(CapTool) application.
If you generate large reports or export large amounts of data, do so at off-peak
times. If you use the Replication Server feature, reports generate by querying
data from the replicated database on the standby server. This avoids having to
use additional CPU resources on the primary Contact Center Manager Server.
For more information, see “ODBC access to Contact Center Standby Server” on
page 40.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 513
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Default applications
There are five default applications that ship with Contact Center Manager:
Master_Script, Network_Script, ACD-DN, NACD-DN, and System. In some
views, activity code statistics peg against these default applications.
Application Description
Master_Script Contact Center Manager Server controlled calls enter the
Application Master_Script Application, which hands calls off to a
Primary application.
Network_Script Contact Center Manager Server calls presented from an
Application internal network of Contact Center Manager Servers.
Although all incoming network calls do peg against the
Network_Script Application, the Network_Script
Application is not executed for all incoming network calls.
The network script is executed for error conditions, such as
when a reserved agent does not handle call. However, all
network in calls handled by the reserved agent (non-error
condition) are pegged against the network application.
At the destination site, all delays and events peg against the
Network_Script Application regardless where the Network
script is actually executed.
At the source site, delays and events that occur on the target
site peg against the Master_Script Application or
Primary_Script Application, whichever is appropriate.
ACD_DN_ Calls presented to a Contact Center Manager Server agent
Application through an ACD-DN (default calls).
NACD-DN_ NACD Calls presented to a Contact Center Manager Server
Application Agent through an ACD-DN.
System_ Null application used to peg information such as All Agent
Application Busy Time, because more than one application may queue
calls to a skillset.
514 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Access rights by view
The following tables lists the access rights needed to run reports, depending on
what view you are accessing.
Sysadmin has all access rights.
Historical reports
The following table lists the access rights needed to run historical reports.
View Item Level of access
AppConStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
CDNConStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
DNISConStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
NetInCallConStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
NetOutConStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
SkillsetConStat Reports—Other Create and run any report
Run these reports run from the Network Control Center server.
You must configure users with these permissions on the Network Control Center
server and all Contact Center Manager Servers associated with the Network
Control Center server.
User permissions for the these views work on Contact Center Manager Server
6.0 only. If the Network Control Center server has a Symposium Call Center
Server 5.0 server configured, the users do not possess adequate permissions to
retrieve data from these views.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 515
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Event reports
The following table lists the access rights needed to run this event reports
View Item Level of access
eNetCallByCallStat Reports—CallByCall Create and run any report
YYYYMMDD
516 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Section A: Summarized historical
statistics
In this section
Overview of summarized historical statistics 518
Types of views 519
ApplicationConStat views 522
CDNConStat views 546
DNISConStat views 551
NetworkInCallConStat 559
NetworkOutConStat views 566
SkillsetConStat views 573
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 517
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Overview of summarized historical statistics
Summarized historical statistics accumulate over a period of time (15-minute
interval, daily, weekly, or monthly). For example, summarized historical
statistics can tell you the number of calls answered during a 15-minute interval.
These statistics are used in standard and user-defined reports. You can include
these statistics in your Report Creation Wizard-created and user-created reports.
Types of statistics collected
When you configure the Historical Statistics Collection, you can choose whether
to collect statistics in each of the following statistics groups:
application statistics
CDN and Route Point statistics
DNIS statistics
network incoming call statistics (NSBR option)
network outgoing call statistics (NSBR option)
skillset statistics
You can enable or disable data collection for one of these groups at any time
while the system runs.
The number and type of statistics you choose to collect affects the amount of
disk space required for the database.
Storage duration
When you configure the Historical Statistics Collection, you can choose how
long to store different types of statistics. The duration you choose determines the
amount of disk space required for the database.
For more information about configuring the Historical Statistics Collection, see
the Contact Center Manager Administrator's Guide.
518 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Types of views
Summarized historical statistics are available in interval, daily, weekly, and
monthly views.
Interval views
The server accumulates interval statistics for 15 minutes. The statistics
accumulate in the server RAM until the end of the 15-minute interval. The
server then creates a new record in the database for each entity (or combination
of entities). The new record contains the summarized statistics for that entity for
that interval. (The statistics collected depend on the type of entity.) The
Timestamp field of the new record is in the format YYYY/MM/DD
HH:MM:00:00, where MM is 00, 15, 30, or 45.
For example, to record agent by skillset statistics, the server creates a record for
each skillset for which an agent answered calls during the interval just ended.
ATTENTION
Interval statistics are not available until after the interval ends.
If you shut down the server without properly shutting down
the Contact Center Manager services, data for the current
interval is lost.
Interval views begin with the prefix i.
Daily views
Immediately after the end of the business day (after 12:00 midnight), the server
sums all of the interval records for the day, and creates corresponding daily
records. The Timestamp field of the daily records is in the format YYYY/MM/
DD 00:00:00:00.
Current day statistics are not available until the beginning of the next day (after
12:00 midnight).
Daily views begin with the prefix d.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 519
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Weekly views
After the end of the first day of the week (after 12:00 midnight), the server
creates weekly records that contain each of the daily totals. After the end of each
subsequent day in the week, the server adds the day total to the fields in the
weekly records. The Timestamp field of the weekly records is in the format
YYYY/MM/DD 00:00:00:00, where DD is the first day of the week.
Weekly statistics are not available until the beginning of the next week. You can
configure the first day of the week in the Historical Statistics Configuration.
Weekly views begin with the prefix w.
Monthly views
Immediately after the end of the first day of the month (after 12:00 midnight),
the server creates monthly records that contain each of the daily totals. After the
end of each subsequent day in the month, the server adds the day total to the
fields in the monthly record. The Timestamp field of the monthly records is in
the format YYYY/MM/DD 00:00:00:00, where DD is 01.
Monthly statistics are not available until after 12:00 midnight of the first day in
the next month.
Monthly views begin with the prefix m.
When statistics are accumulated
The following table shows when different types of statistics are accumulated and
become available for reporting.
Type When accumulated
interval every 15 minutes
daily immediately after the end of the day (after 12:00 midnight)
weekly immediately after the end of the week (after 12:00 midnight
on the first day of the next business week)
520 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Type When accumulated
monthly immediately after the end of the month (after 12:00 midnight
on the first day of the next month)
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 521
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ApplicationConStat views
Application statistics provide summarized performance data on a per-
application basis. The servers collect and report application statistics to give
contact center managers specific details about contact types, callers, or
conditions. You can use these statistics to monitor the contribution of an
application to the operation of a contact center.
Statistics peg against a given application only for those intervals in which a
contact arrives for that application. Except for DNOutExtCallsTalkTime and
DNOutIntCallsTalkTime, these statistics do not include DN calls.
Definition: Application
An application is a logical entity that represents a script for reporting purposes.
The Master script and each script it references (that is, each primary script) has
an application with a name that is the same as the script name.
Requirements
Configure the servers to collect application statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administration online Help). Statistics are collected for all
applications; you cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected
applications.
Database views
Application statistics use the following views:
iAppConStat
dAppConStat
wAppConStat
mAppConStat
Pegging
Incoming NSBR contacts peg against the Network_Script application.
522 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
ACD and NACD calls
Contact Center Manager becomes aware of ACD and NACD calls only when
they are answered. After answer, ACD calls peg against the
ACD_DN_Application, and NACD calls against the NACD_DN_Application.
Contact Center Manager does not have access to abandoned events and delay
statistics for ACD and NACD calls; therefore, these statistics are not applicable
to ACD_DN and NACD_DN applications.
ACD and NACD calls are not applicable to the SIP-enabled contact center.
CDN Terminated calls
CDN Terminated calls map to AppConStat views by giving the number of local
and incoming network CDN calls that:
Terminate with one of the following treatments—Give Busy, Give
Overflow, Disconnect, Route Call, or Default
Reach a Non-ISDN trunk during routing to a remote site (Networking
Feature)
Transfer in an IVR session (IVR Feature)
Network out through an NACD queue (not applicable for incoming
network calls) (NACD Feature)
Only calls that receive termination treatment initiated by Contact Center
Manager but not by the switch are recorded.
Pegging thresholds
You can define application threshold classes with different values for the service
level threshold and short call length. Thus, the value for service level and short
call length can vary from one application to another. For more information about
threshold classes, see the Contact Center Manager Administrator's Guide and
Contact Center Manager Administration online Help.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 523
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Non-ISDN trunks and call information
If a voice call encounters a non-ISDN trunk during networking to another
Contact Center Manager site, the call information that normally travels with the
call does not reach the destination site. This means that the destination site
cannot identify those calls that originate within the Contact Center Manager
network. At the destination site, the NSBR call is treated as a new call. At the
source site, the NSBR call is treated as terminated.
SIP enabled contact center does not differentiate between ISDN and non-ISDN
trunks. All calls are pegged on non-ISDN calls.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
AbdDelay2, AbdDelay4, AbdDelay6,... AbdDelay60
AbdDelay70, AbdDelay80, AbdDelay90,... AbdDelay300
AbdDelay360, AbdDelay420, AbdDelay480, AbdDelay540, AbdDelay600
AbdDelayBeyond
Description: An array of fields divided into incremental periods of time. Each
field contains the number of contacts—excluding DN calls, ACD, and NACD
calls—that are abandoned after waiting for a period less than or equal to the
number of seconds specified, and greater than the number specified in the next
lower range.
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends going through menus and
listening to announcements in this application.
Pegging: For local contacts and outgoing NSBR contacts, delays begin when
the Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR contacts, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this site.
Delays end when the caller disconnects.
Type: int
Length: 4
524 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
AnsDelay2, AnsDelay4, AnsDelay6,... AnsDelay60
AnsDelay70, AnsDelay80, AnsDelay90,... AnsDelay300
AnsDelay360, AnsDelay420, AnsDelay480, AnsDelay540, AnsDelay600
AnsDelayBeyond
Description: An array of fields divided into incremental periods of time. Each
field contains the number of contacts—excluding DN calls, ACD, and NACD
calls—that are answered after waiting for a period less than or equal to the
number of seconds specified, and greater than the number specified in the next
lower range.
For voice calls, the delay time includes any time that the caller spends going
through menus and listening to announcements in this application.
Pegging: For local contacts and outgoing NSBR contacts, delays begin when
the Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR contacts, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this site.
Delays end when the call is answered or contact is accepted.
Type: int
Length: 4
Application
Description: The name of the application.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify an application
when the application is defined. This field is used for linking tables in data
queries.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandoned
Description: The number of contacts—excluding DN calls, ACD, and NACD
calls—that entered the application and are released before the calls are
answered. This statistic includes calls abandoned during treatment such as IVR
or Broadcast Announcement.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 525
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Pegging: This statistic pegs when a caller disconnects while still in queue or
receiving treatment.
This statistic includes calls that receive the Give IVR treatment and are
presented with a messaging system voice menu, if the menu options are
programmed with EM (to go to a mailbox).
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold
Description: The number of contacts—excluding DN calls, ACD, and NACD
calls—abandoned for this application after a wait greater than or equal to the
service level threshold for the threshold class to which the application belongs.
Triggers: For local contacts and outgoing NSBR contacts, delays begin when
the Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR contacts, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this site.
Delays end when the caller disconnects.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandonedDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by all contacts—excluding DN calls,
ACD, and NACD calls— that are abandoned by callers.
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends reviewing menus and
listening to announcements in this application. DNIS delay times include up
front menu time. Application delay times do not.
Triggers: For local contacts and outgoing NSBR contacts, delays begin when
the Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR contacts, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this site.
Delays end when the caller disconnects.
Database view Type Length
iAppConStat int 4
dAppConStat int 4
526 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Database view Type Length
wAppConStat numeric 6
mAppConStat numeric 6
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of contacts, excluding DN calls, answered or
accepted for this application.
Pegging: Voice calls peg upon answer. Multimedia contacts peg upon
acceptance. ACD calls peg against the ACD_DN_Application, and NACD calls
against the NACD_DN_Application.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Description: The number of contacts—excluding DN calls, ACD and NACD
calls—answered or accepted after a wait greater than or equal to the service
level threshold for the threshold class to which the application belongs.
Triggers: For local and outgoing NSBR contacts, delays begin when the
Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR voice contacts, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this
site. Delays end when the contact is answered or the contact is accepted.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by all contacts—excluding DN calls,
ACD and NACD calls—answered or accepted for this application.
This statistic includes Contact Center Multimedia Web Communication and text
chat contacts presented to the agent even if the customer abandons the contact.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 527
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Triggers: For local and outgoing NSBR contacts, delays begin when the
Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR contacts, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this site.
Delays end when the contact is answered or the contact is accepted.
Database view Type Length
iApplConStat int 4
dAppConStat int 4
wAppConStat numeric 6
mAppConStat numeric 6
CallsAnsweredDelayAtSkillset
Description: The total wait time experienced in the skillset queue by all
contacts answered or accepted for this application.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued against the first skillset and
end when the contact is answered.
Database view Type Length
iAppConStat int 4
dAppConStat int 4
wAppConStat numeric 6
mAppConStat numeric 6
CallsConferencedIn
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP calls, and
incoming NSBR calls conferenced to this application.
Type: int
Length: 4
528 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
CallsConferencedOut
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP calls,
incoming NSBR calls, ACD calls, and NACD calls conferenced out of this
application.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenBroadcast
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP calls, and incoming NSBR
calls given broadcast treatment for this application.
Broadcast is not applicable for SIP-enabled contact center.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give Controlled Broadcast
Announcement script command is executed.
Restriction: The count is not increased if the same call receives this treatment
more than once.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenDefault
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager contacts, SIP calls,
multimedia contacts, and incoming NSBR contacts given default treatment as
the result of an error condition.
This statistic does not include calls given default treatment by the switch.
Contact Center Manager is unaware of these calls.
Pegging: Contacts are given default treatment under the following conditions:
The script fails or end of script is reached before controlling treatment is
given to the contact.
A QUIT command or end of script is reached and the contact is not queued
or routed.
The script contains illegal first statements.
An error condition has occurred from which the script executor cannot
recover.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 529
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Contact Center Manager Server is down.
All agents log out of the skillsets to which a call is queued, or all skillsets
are put out of service and a QUIT command or end of script is reached.
All skillsets to which the script queues a new call are out of service.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenForceBusy
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and SIP calls
given Force Busy treatment for this application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give Busy script command is executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenForceDisconnect
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls SIP calls, and
multimedia contacts and incoming NSBR calls given Force Disconnect
treatment for this application.
This statistic also includes any Contact Center Outbound contacts that are
removed from the system when an outbound campaign ends.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Disconnect script command is executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenForceOverflow
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and SIP calls
given Force Overflow treatment for this application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give Overflow script command is
executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
530 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
CallsGivenHostLookup
Description: The number of local contacts and incoming NSBR contacts for
which data is obtained from a remote host through Host Data Exchange (HDX)
for this application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Send Request script command is
executed.
Restriction: The count is not increased if the same contact receives this
treatment more than once.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenIVR
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls given IVR treatment for this application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give IVR script command is executed.
Restriction: The count is not increased if the same call receives this treatment
more than once.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenMusic
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP voice
calls, and incoming NSBR calls given music treatment through a music route for
this application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give Music script command is executed.
Restriction: The count is not increased if the same call receives this treatment
more than once.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 531
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallsGivenNACD
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
number of local Contact Center Manager calls given Network ACD (NACD)
treatment. This treatment sends calls to a switch that does not use the Contact
Center Manager NSBR feature.
NACD is not applicable in SIP-enabled contact center.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Queue To NACD script command is
executed.
Restriction: The count is not increased if the same call receives this treatment
more than once.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenRAN
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls, SIP calls, and
incoming NSBR calls given recorded announcement (RAN) treatment for this
application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give RAN script command is executed.
Restriction: The count is not increased if the same call receives this treatment
more than once.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenRouteTo
Description: The number of Contact Center Manager calls, SIP calls, and
incoming NSBR contacts given Route Call treatment for this application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Route Call script command is executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
532 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
CallsNACDOut
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
number of local Contact Center Manager calls networked out through an NACD
queue and answered at remote switches. NACD is used to send calls to a switch
that does not use the Contact Center Manager NSBR feature.
NACD is not applicable in SIP-enabled contact center.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when a call is routed to the NACD-DN.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsOffered
Description: The number of local contacts, incoming NSBR contacts, ACD
calls, and NACD calls offered to this application.
Pegging: Local Contact Center Manager contacts peg against the Master_Script
application upon arrival, and against a primary application when the
Master_Script application hands over control. ACD and NACD calls peg when
the call is answered. After answer, ACD calls peg against the
ACD_DN_Application and NACD calls against the NACD_DN_Application.
This statistic includes calls that receive the Give IVR treatment and are
presented with a messaging system voice menu, if the menu options are
programmed with either CL (to go to a mailbox through a DN) or Call
Answering (to go to a mailbox).
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsTransferredIn
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
number of local and incoming NSBR contacts transferred to this application.
This statistic does not include Contact Center Multimedia contacts transferred to
an agent or skillset.
Pegging: This statistic pegs as soon as the transfer is initiated, regardless of
whether the transfer is completed.
Type: int
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 533
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 4
CallsTransferredOut
Description: The number of local contacts, incoming NSBR contacts, ACD
calls, and NACD calls transferred out of this application.
This statistic does not include Contact Center Multimedia contacts that are
transferred out of this application.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the transfer is completed.
If the agent aborts the transfer before it is complete, this statistic does not peg.
Type: int
Length: 4
ContactType
Description: The type of contact determined by the name of this application.
This applies to SIP-enabled contact centers, MCS 5100 contact centers, if
Contact Center Multimedia, or if Contact Center Outbound is installed and this
application name begins with one of the configured prefixes as described in
“Associating contact types with applications and skillsets” on page 186.
For example, if the application is named EM_application, ContactType pegs as
e-mail. If the application does not have a prefix, ContactType pegs as voice.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
DNOutExtCallsTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent by agents on outgoing external DN calls (see “Internal versus
External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of external DN calls), including
hold time, for this application. This statistic does not include the time spent on
the DN outcall part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Triggers: DNOutExtCallsTalkTime begins when the call is answered and the
agent's previous contact was handled by this application. Talk time ends when
the caller disconnects or the agent releases the call.
Type: int
Length: 4
534 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
DNOutIntCallsTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent by agents on outgoing internal DN calls (see “Internal versus
External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of internal DN calls), including
hold time, for this application. This statistic does not include the time spent on
the DN outcall part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Triggers: DNOutIntCallsTalkTime begins when the call is answered and the
agent's previous contact was handled by this application. Talk time ends when
the caller disconnects or the agent releases the call.
Type: int
Length: 4
IVRAbandoned
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls abandoned during IVR treatment.
Type: int
Length: 4
IVRTerminated
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls that received and completed the IVR treatment in this application.
This statistic includes calls transferred by IVR.
Type: int
Length: 4
IVRTransferred
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls transferred from an IVR session for this application.
IVRTransfer is not applicable in SIP-enabled contact center.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallsAbandonedDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact—excluding DN calls,
ACD, and NACD calls—that waited the longest before the caller abandoned it.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 535
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Triggers: For local contacts and outgoing NSBR calls, delays begin when the
Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR contacts, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this site.
Delays end when the caller disconnects.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallsAnsDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the local contact, incoming NSBR
contact, or outgoing NSBR contact—excluding DN calls, ACD and NACD
calls—that waited the longest before the contact is answered or accepted.
Triggers: For local contacts and outgoing NSBR contacts, delays begin when
the Master_Script hands off the contact to a primary application. For incoming
NSBR contact, delays begin when the contact is logically queued to this site.
Delays end when the contact is answered or accepted.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallsAnsDelayAtSkillset
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact that waited the longest in
the skillset queue before the contact is answered or accepted.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued against the first skillset and
end when the contact is answered or accepted for this application.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxNetOutCallsAbandonedDelay
Description: NSBR option only. The wait time experienced by the outgoing
NSBR contact routed by this application that waited the longest before the
contact is abandoned at the destination site.
The SIP-enabled contact center does not support networking features.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script hands off the contact to a
primary application at the source site and end when the caller disconnects.
Type: int
536 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Length: 4
MaxNetOutCallsAnsweredDelay
Description: NSBR option only. The wait time experienced by the outgoing
NSBR contact routed by this application that waited the longest before the
contact is answered or terminated at the destination site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script hands off the contact to a
primary application at the source site and end when the contact is answered or
accepted by an agent, answered by IVR, or terminated at the destination site.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetOutCalls
Description: NSBR option only. The number of outgoing NSBR contacts
successfully routed by this application to another site. This statistic includes
contacts answered (or accepted) or abandoned at the destination site, as well as
calls terminating on non-ISDN trunks and calls blocked by an all trunks busy
condition.
The SIP-enabled contact center does not support networking features.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetOutCallsAbandoned
Description: NSBR option only. The number of outgoing NSBR contacts,
excluding Contact Center Multimedia contacts, sent by this application and
abandoned at the destination sites.
The SIP-enabled contact center does not support networking features.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetOutCallsAbandonedDelay
Description: NSBR option only. The total time delay experienced by outgoing
NSBR contacts sent by this application and abandoned at the destination sites.
The SIP-enabled contact center does not support networking features.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 537
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script hands off the contact to a
primary application at the source site and end when the caller disconnects.
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends going through menus and
listening to announcements in this application.
Database view Type Length
iAppConStat int 4
dAppConStat int 4
wAppConStat numeric 6
mAppConStat numeric 6
NetOutCallsAnswered
Description: NSBR option only. The number of outgoing NSBR contacts
routed by this application and answered or accepted at the destination site.
This includes contacts that arrive at the destination site, but the reserved agent
logs off or becomes unavailable, and the contact receives one of the following
treatments:
Disconnect
Route
Give Recorded announcement (RAN)
Give IVR
Give Music
The SIP-enabled contact center does not support networking features.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when an agent answers a contact, when IVR
answers a contact, or when a contact is terminated at the destination site.
Type: int
Length: 4
538 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
NetOutCallsAnsweredDelay
Description: NSBR option only. The total wait time experienced by all
outgoing NSBR contacts routed by this application and answered or accepted at
the destination site.
The SIP-enabled contact center does not support networking features.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script hands off the contact to a
primary application at the source site and end when the contact is answered or
accepted by an agent, answered by IVR, or terminated at the destination site.
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends going through menus and
listening to announcements in this application.
Database view Type Length
iAppConStat int 4
dAppConStat int 4
wAppConStat numeric 6
mAppConStat numeric 6
NetOutCallsReachNonISDN
Description: NSBR option only. The number of outgoing NSBR calls sent by
this application that reached a non-ISDN trunk on the way to its destination.
The SIP-enabled contact center does not support networking features.
Type: int
Length: 4
PostCallProcessingTime
Description: This data is the total time agents spent performing post-contact
processing. Normally, agents use this time to complete any work related to the
contact just completed, such as filling in forms or filing papers.
Triggers: Post-call processing time begins when an agent presses Not Ready
after releasing any contact, except DN calls, and ends when the agent presses
Not Ready again, places or receives a DN call, or logs out.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 539
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Post Call Processing Time is calculated for the first Not Ready period after a
contact is closed. If the agent enters another state after the call (for example, by
answering or receiving a DN call or logging out of the skillset), and then enters
Not Ready state, the Not Ready time does not peg against
PostCallProcessingTime. Also, if the agent interrupts the Not Ready period to
enter another state, and then returns to Not Ready state, the second Not Ready
period does not peg against PostCallProcessingTime.
Pegging: This statistic pegs against the last application for which the agent
handled a contact.
Type: int
Length: 4
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
TalkTime
Description: The total time that agents spent handling contacts (excluding DN
calls) in this interval, that were handled by this application. This statistic
includes hold time.
Triggers: The follow items trigger this statistic:
For voice calls, talk time begins when the agent answers the call.
For the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, talk time
ends when the caller disconnects or the agent releases or transfers the call.
540 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
For the Communication Server 2x00 switch, talk time ends when the agent
releases or transfers the call.
For multimedia contacts, talk time begins when the agent accepts the
contact and ends when the agent closes or transfers the contact.
For Contact Center Outbound contacts, talk time begins when the agent
accepts the contact, includes the time the agent is on the DN call, and ends
when the agent releases the DN call and closes the contact.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
TimeBeforeDefault
Description: The total time spent in the system by local Contact Center
Manager calls, SIP voice calls, multimedia contacts, and incoming NSBR
contacts that received default treatment for this application.
Pegging: For local contacts, pegging begins when the Master_Script is initiated.
For incoming NSBR contacts, pegging begins when the contact is queued to the
site. Pegging ends when treatment is given.
Type: int
Length: 4
TimeBeforeForceBusy
Description: The total time spent in the system by local Contact Center
Manager calls, SIP calls, and incoming NSBR calls that received Force Busy
treatment for this application.
Pegging: For local calls, pegging begins when the Master_Script is initiated.
For incoming NSBR calls, pegging begins when the contact is queued to the site.
Pegging ends when Give Busy treatment is given.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 541
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
TimeBeforeForceDisconnect
Description: The total time spent in the system by local Contact Center
Manager calls, SIP calls, multimedia contacts, and incoming NSBR calls that
received Force Disconnect treatment for this application.
Pegging: For local contacts, pegging begins when the Master_Script is initiated.
For incoming NSBR calls, pegging begins when the contact is queued to the site.
Pegging ends when Give Disconnect treatment is given.
Type: int
Length: 4
TimeBeforeForceOverflow
Description: The total time spent in the system by local Contact Center
Manager calls, SIP calls, and incoming NSBR calls that received Force
Overflow treatment for this application.
Pegging: For local Contact Center Manager calls, pegging begins when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, pegging begins when the
contact is queued to the site. Pegging ends when Give Overflow treatment is
given.
Type: int
Length: 4
TimeBeforeInterflow
Description: The total amount of time that local contacts and outgoing NSBR
contacts spent in the Master_Script application before the contact is passed to a
primary application. For the Master_Script application, this is the total time
spent in the Master_Script by all contacts. For primary applications, this is the
total time spent in the Master_Script application by all contacts answered for the
primary application.
Pegging: Pegging begins when the Master_Script is initiated, and ends when
the contact is handed off to a primary application.
Type: int
Length: 4
542 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
TimeBeforeIVRTransferred
Description: The total time spent in the system by local Contact Center
Manager calls and incoming NSBR calls transferred to an IVR session for this
application.
IVRTransfer is not supported in SIP-enabled contact center.
Pegging: For local Contact Center Manager calls, pegging begins when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, pegging begins when the
contact is queued to the site. Pegging ends when the call is transferred to an IVR
session.
Type: int
Length: 4
TimeBeforeNACDOut
Description: The total time spent in the system by local Contact Center
Manager calls networked out through the NACD queue and answered at remote
nodes. NACD calls are sent to other switches without using the Contact Center
Manager NSBR feature.
NACD is not applicable in SIP-enabled contact center.
Pegging: Pegging begins when the call arrives at the site and ends when
treatment is given.
Type: int
Length: 4
TimeBeforeNetOut
Description: NSBR option only. The total time spent in the system by outgoing
NSBR contacts networked out by this application.
Pegging: Pegging begins when the contact arrives at the site and ends when the
contact is routed to the destination.
Type: int
Length: 4
TimeBeforeReachNonISDN
Description: NSBR option only. The total time spent in the system by outgoing
NSBR Contact Center Manager calls before they reached a non-ISDN trunk.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 543
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Pegging: Pegging begins when the call arrives at the site and ends when the call
is routed to a non-ISDN trunk.
Type: int
Length: 4
TimeBeforeRouteTo
Description: The total time spent in the system by local Contact Center
Manager calls, SIP voice calls, SIP video calls, and incoming NSBR calls that
received Route Call treatment.
Pegging: For local Contact Center Manager calls, pegging begins when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, pegging begins when the
contact is queued to the site. Pegging ends when Route Call treatment is given.
Type: int
Length: 4
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data pegged. For more information
about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly, or monthly views,
see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page 518. This field is
used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
WaitTime
Description: The total time agents spend waiting for a contact after releasing a
voice call or closing a multimedia contact handled by this application.
Triggers: WaitTime begins when the agent goes into Idle state, for example, if:
an agent releases a voice call or closes a multimedia contact, and the
agent’s call presentation class is not configured for Break time or Variable
Wrap
an agent’s Break or Variable Wrap timer elapses after a contact is released
or closed
an agent presses the Not Ready key a second time after entering Not Ready
state
544 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
WaitTime ends when the agent leaves the Idle state. If the agent handles another
contact from the same application as the most recently handled contact,
WaitTime resumes against that application when the agent returns to the Idle
state. If the agent handles a contact from a different application than the most
recently handled contact, WaitTime begins against the new application when the
agent returns to the Idle state.
(NSBR option) WaitTime is not affected when an agent is reserved on the
switch
Communication Server 2x00/DMS systems, incoming DN calls do not stop the
WaitTime timer.
For more information, see “How is WaitTime pegged if the agent puts a DN call
on hold and uses alternate call answer to accept another contact?” on page 117.
Pegging: WaitTime pegs against the last application for which the agent
handled a contact during this login. If the agent has not yet handled a contact
associated with an application, WaitTime is not pegged.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 545
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CDNConStat views
Control Directory Number (CDN) statistics provide summarized contact traffic
information for the CDNs and Route Points configured on the server.
Statistics peg only for those intervals in which there are contacts coming into the
contact center through a CDN or Route Point. Incoming ACD, NACD, and DN
calls are not routed through CDNs or Route Points and are not included in these
statistics.
Definition: CDN
A Control Directory Number (CDN) is a number configured in the switch as the
entry point for voice contacts into Contact Center Manager. You can configure
multiple CDNs in the switch and associate them with the Master script of
Contact Center Manager.
Definition: Route Point
A Route Point is an identifier configured in the Contact Center Manager Server
as the entry point for multimedia contacts. You can configure multiple Route
Points in the server and associate them with the Master script.
Requirements
Fulfill the following requirements:
Define CDNs and Route Points on Contact Center Manager.
Configure the server to collect CDN statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all CDNs and
Route Points; you cannot configure the system to collect statistics for only
selected CDNs or Route Points.
546 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Database views
Control Directory Number (CDN) statistics use the following views:
iCDNConStat
dCDNConStat
wCDNConStat
mCDNConStat
Non-ISDN trunks and call information
If a voice call encounters a non-ISDN trunk while it is networked to another
Contact Center Manager site, the call information that normally travels with the
call does not reach the destination site. This means that the destination site
cannot distinguish that the call came from the Contact Center Manager network.
At the destination site, the networked call is treated as a new call. At the source
site, the network call is treated as terminated.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
CallsAbandoned
Description: The number of local contacts and incoming NSBR calls
abandoned from this CDN or Route Point. This includes local contacts
networked out through the NSBR feature and abandoned or terminated at the
destination site.
This statistic includes contacts that receive the Give IVR treatment and are
presented with a messaging system voice menu, if the menu options are
programmed with CA (to go to a mailbox).
int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 547
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of local contacts and incoming NSBR contacts
answered by this CDN or Route Point. This includes local contacts that are
networked out through the NSBR feature and answered or accepted by an agent
or IVR at the destination site.
Pegging: Voice calls peg upon answer and multimedia contacts peg upon
acceptance.
A contact pegs as answered if, when it arrives at the destination site, the reserved
agent logs out or becomes unavailable and it receives one of the following
treatments:
Disconnect
Route
Give Recorded announcement (RAN)
Give IVR
Give Music
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsOffered
Description: The number of local contacts and incoming NSBR contacts
offered to this CDN or Route Point.
This statistics include voice calls that receive the Give IVR treatment and are
presented with a messaging system voice menu, if the menu options are
programmed with either CL (to go to a mailbox through a DN) or CA (to go to a
mailbox).
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsTerminated
Description: The number of local contacts and incoming NSBR contacts for
this CDN or Route Point, which are terminated under one of the following
conditions:
548 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
The contact received a Force Busy, Force Overflow, Force Disconnect,
Route Call, or default treatment.
(NSBR option only) The call reached a non-ISDN trunk while it is routed to
a remote site.
The voice call is transferred to an IVR queue.
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) The voice call
is networked out through an NACD queue.
This statistic includes voice calls that receive the Give IVR treatment and are
presented with a messaging system voice menu, if the menu options are
programmed with CL (to go to a mailbox through a DN).
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsWithDigitsCollected
Description: Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch only. The number of
voice calls that received IVR treatment and arrived at this CDN accompanied by
data collected during the IVR session.
Type: int
Length: 4
CDN
Description: A unique number to identify this CDN or Route Point, which the
server assigns when the CDN or Route Point is added.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
CDNName
Description: The name of this CDN as configured when it is added.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 549
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. For
more information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly,
or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page
518.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
URI
Description: The name of this Route Point as configured when it is added.
Type: varchar
Length: 255
550 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
DNISConStat views
Dialed Number Identification Service (DNIS) statistics provide summarized
information for each DNIS. These statistics provide a means of monitoring the
call traffic and call handling for each DNIS.
Definition: DNIS
DNIS is an optional service to identify the dialed number for calls entering the
contact center. Typically, DNIS numbers are used for 1-800 numbers. For
example, a company might give customers different 1-800 numbers for sales and
customer service calls.
Requirements
Fulfill the following requirements:
Define DNISs on Contact Center Manager.
Configure the servers to collect DNIS statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all DNISs;
you cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected DNISs.
Database views
Dialed Number Identification Service (DNIS) statistics use the following views:
iDNISConStat
dDNISConStat
wDNISConStat
mDNISConStat
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 551
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallsAbandoned
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls abandoned for a DNIS number.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls abandoned that experienced a delay greater than or equal to the
service level threshold for the DNIS number.
Triggers: For local Contact Center Manager calls, delays begin when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, delays begin when the call
is logically queued to this site.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandonedDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by all local Contact Center
Manager calls and incoming NSBR calls abandoned for a DNIS number.
Triggers: For local Contact Center Manager calls, delays begin when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, delays begin when the call
is logically queued to this site.
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends navigating menus and
listening to announcements before it is queued to a skillset.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls answered for a DNIS number.
Pegging: Calls peg upon answer.
Type: int
Length: 4
552 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls answered that experienced a delay greater than or equal to the
service level threshold for the DNIS number.
Triggers: For local Contact Center Manager calls, delays begin when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, delays begin when the call
is logically queued to this site.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by all local Contact Center Manager
calls and incoming NSBR calls answered for a DNIS number.
Triggers: For local Contact Center Manager calls, delays begin when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, delays begin when the call
is logically queued to this site.
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends navigating menus and
listening to announcements before it is queued to a skillset.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenDefault
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls given default treatment for a DNIS number.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenForceBusy
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls given Force Busy treatment for a DNIS number.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give Busy script command is executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 553
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallsGivenForceDisconnect
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls given Force Disconnect treatment for a DNIS number.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Disconnect script command is executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenForceOverflow
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls given Force Overflow treatment for a DNIS number.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Give Overflow script command is
executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsGivenRouteTo
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls given Route Call treatment for a DNIS number.
Pegging: This statistic pegs when the Route Call script command is executed.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsNACDOut
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
number of local Contact Center Manager calls networked out through an NACD
queue and answered at remote sites.
NACD is not applicable in SIP-enabled contact center.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsNetworkedOut
Description: NSBR option only. The number of local Contact Center Manager
calls routed to a remote site and answered or abandoned.
554 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Networking features are not supported in SIP-enabled contact center.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsOffered
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls offered to this server with this DNIS number.
Pegging: Calls peg upon arrival.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsReachNonISDN
Description: NSBR option only. The number of local Contact Center Manager
calls that reached a non-ISDN trunk while it is routed to a remote site.
Pegging: SIP-enabled contact center does not differentiate between ISDN and
non-ISDN trunks. All calls are pegged on non-ISDN calls.
Restriction: If a call encounters a non-ISDN trunk while it is networked to
another Contact Center Manager site, the call information that normally travels
with the call does not reach the destination site. This means the destination site
cannot tell that the call came from the Contact Center Manager network. At the
destination site, the networked call is treated as a new call. At the source site, the
NSBR call is terminated.
Type: int
Length: 4
DNIS
Description: A unique number used to identify a DNIS, which the server
assigns when the DNIS is defined.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
DNISName
Description: The name of a DNIS.
Type: varchar
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 555
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 30
DNIS_Prefix
Description: Stores the prefix of a DNIS number. You can sort, filter, and
report on individual DNIS 800 numbers.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
IVRTransferred
Description: The number of local Contact Center Manager calls and incoming
NSBR calls transferred from an IVR session for a DNIS number.
IVRTransfers are not applicable in SIP-enabled Contact Centers.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxAbandonedDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the local Contact Center Manager
calls or incoming NSBR call that waited the longest before it is abandoned.
Triggers: For local Contact Center Manager calls, delays begin when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, delays begin when the call
is logically queued to this site.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxAnsweredDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the local Contact Center Manager
calls or incoming NSBR call that waited the longest before it is answered.
Triggers: For local Contact Center Manager calls, delays begin when the
Master_Script is initiated. For incoming NSBR calls, delays begin when the call
is logically queued to this site.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetworkCDN
Description: For future use. Not valid in this release.
556 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
TalkTime
Description: The total time spent by all agents on local Contact Center Manager
calls and incoming NSBR calls for a DNIS number, including hold time.
Triggers:
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch: The call pegs
when the caller disconnects or the agent releases the call.
Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch: The time pegs when the agent
releases the call.
Pegging: Talk time pegs at the end of the interval (for calls that are active at the
end of an interval), and when the call terminates.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 557
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. For
more information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly,
or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page
518.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
Type
Description: Distinguishes between local and landing-pad DNIS.
Type: tinyint
Length: 1
URI
Description: For future use. Not valid in this release.
Type: varchar
Length: 255
558 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
NetworkInCallConStat
NSBR option only. Network call statistics provide information that can be used
to monitor contact distribution and handling in a network environment. They
record statistics for all incoming NSBR contacts received at a site.
Network statistics only report on contacts that are controlled by the server (that
is, Contact Center Manager contacts and multimedia contacts). They do not
report on DN, ACD, or NACD calls.
In these statistics, the local site is the destination site.
Networking features are not applicable in SIP-enabled Contact Centers.
Requirements
Configure the server to collect network call statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all applications;
you cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected applications.
Restrictions
Network call statistics generated on the server are collected on the destination
site only. To report on network contact handling at all sites, generate a network-
wide report from the Network Control Center.
Database views
Network call statistics use the following views:
iNetworkInCallStat
dNetworkInCallStat
wNetworkInCallStat
mNetworkInCallStat
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 559
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
CallsAbandoned
Description: The number of incoming NSBR contacts abandoned at the local
site.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold
Description: The number of incoming NSBR contacts abandoned at the local
site after a wait that exceeds the service level threshold for the application.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAbandonedDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by all incoming NSBR contacts
abandoned at the local site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the source site and
end when the contact is abandoned at the local site.
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends going through menus and
listening to announcements before it is queued to a skillset.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkInCallStat int 4
dNetworkInCallStat int 4
wNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
mNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
CallsAbandonedDelayAtDest
Description: The total wait time experienced at the local site by all incoming
NSBR contacts abandoned at the local site.
560 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated and end when the
contact is abandoned at the local site.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkInCallStat int 4
dNetworkInCallStat int 4
wNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
mNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of incoming NSBR contacts answered or accepted at
the local site.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Description: The number of incoming NSBR contacts answered or accepted at
the local site after a wait greater than or equal to the service level threshold for
the application. The delay begins when a contact enters the local site. The
service level threshold is set during system configuration of the local site.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by all incoming NSBR contacts
answered or accepted at the local site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the source site and
end when the contact is answered or accepted at the local site.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 561
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
The delay time includes any time that the caller spends going through menus and
listening to announcements in this application.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkInCallStat int 4
dNetworkInCallStat int 4
wNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
mNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
CallsAnsweredDelayAtDest
Description: The total wait time experienced at the local site by all incoming
NSBR contacts answered or accepted at the local site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued to the local site and end
when the contact is answered or accepted at the local site.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkInCallStat int 4
dNetworkInCallStat int 4
wNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
mNetworkInCallStat numeric 6
CallsOffered
Description: The number of incoming NSBR contacts offered to the local site.
Type: int
Length: 4
DstApplication
Description: The name of the destination application. This name is always
Network_Script.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
562 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
DstApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the
Network_Script application.
Type: int
Length: 4
DstSite
Description: The name of the local Contact Center Manager site, as defined on
the Network Control Center.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
DstSiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the local
Contact Center Manager site when the site is defined on the Network Control
Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallAbandonedDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the incoming NSBR contact that
waited the longest before it is abandoned at the local site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the source site and
end when the contact is abandoned at the local site.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallAbandonedDelayAtDest
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact that waited the longest at
the local site before it is abandoned.
Triggers: Delays begin when a contact is logically queued to the local site and
end when the contact is abandoned.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 563
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
MaxCallAnsweredDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by all calls answered or contacts
accepted at the local site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the source site and
end when the call is answered or contact is accepted at the local site.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallAnsweredDelayAtDest
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact that waited the longest at
the local site before it is answered or accepted.
Triggers: Delays begin when a contact is logically queued to the local site and
end when the contact is answered or accepted.
Type: int
Length: 4
SrcApplication
Description: The name of the source application.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
564 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
SrcApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the source
application when the application is defined.
Type: int
Length: 4
SrcSite
Description: The name of the source Contact Center Manager site, as assigned
when the site is defined on the Network Control Center.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SrcSiteID
Description: The unique identifier for the source Contact Center Manager site
where a call originated.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system, in local
(destination) site time. For more information about the format of the Timestamp
in interval, daily, weekly, or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized
historical statistics” on page 518. This field is used for linking tables in data
queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 565
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
NetworkOutConStat views
NSBR option only. Network outgoing contact statistics provide summarized
performance measurement information based on the origin and destination of a
contact. They record statistics for all contacts networked out from a site.
In these statistics, the local site is the source site.
Networking features are not applicable in SIP-enabled Contact Centers.
Requirements
Configure the server to collect network outcall statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide).
Restrictions
At each Contact Center Manager site, the historical network outgoing contact
statistics are only collected against the local site. These statistics contain
network outgoing contact traffic and handling information for contacts for
which the local site is the source.
Database views
Network outgoing contact statistics use the following views:
iNetworkOutConStat
dNetworkOutConStat
wNetworkOutConStat
mNetworkOutConStat
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
566 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
CallsAbandoned
Description: The number of contacts abandoned at the destination site.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallAbandonedDelayAtDest
Description: The total wait time experienced at the destination site by all
contacts from the local site abandoned at the destination site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued to the destination site and
end when the contact is abandoned.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkOutConStat int 4
dNetworkOutConStat int 4
wNetworkOutConStat numeric 6
mNetworkOutConStat numeric 6
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of contacts answered or accepted by an agent,
answered by IVR, or terminated at the destination site.
Pegging: A contact pegs as answered if, when it arrives at the destination site,
the reserved agent logs off or becomes unavailable and it receives one of the
following treatments:
Disconnect
Route
Give Recorded announcement (RAN)
Give IVR
Give Music
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 567
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallAnsweredDelayAtDestination
Description: The total wait time experienced at the destination site by all
contacts from the local site answered or accepted by an agent, answered by IVR,
or terminated at the destination site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued to the destination site and
end when the contact is answered or accepted.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkOutConStat int 4
dNetworkOutConStat int 4
wNetworkOutConStat numeric 6
mNetworkOutConStat numeric 6
CallsOffered
Description: The number of contacts offered to the destination site.
Type: int
Length: 4
DstApplication
Description: The name of the destination application (this is always
Network_Script).
Type: varchar
Length: 30
DstApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the destination
application.
Type: int
Length: 4
DstSite
Description: The name of the destination Contact Center Manager site, as
defined when the site is configured on the Network Control Center.
568 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Type: varchar
Length: 30
DstSiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a destination
site when the site is configured on the Network Control Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallAbandonedDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact originating at the local
site that waited the longest before it is abandoned at the destination site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the local site and
end when the contact is abandoned.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallAbandonedDelayAtDest
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact originating at the local
site that waited the longest at the destination site before it is abandoned.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued to the destination site and
end when the contact is abandoned.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxCallAnsweredDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact originating at the local
site that waited the longest before it is answered or accepted by an agent,
answered by IVR, or terminated at the destination site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the local site and
end when the contact is answered or accepted.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 569
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
MaxCallAnsweredDelayAtDest
Description: The wait time experienced by the contact originating at the local
site that waited the longest at the destination site before it is answered or
accepted by an agent, answered by IVR, or terminated.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is logically queued to the destination
site and end when the contact is answered or accepted.
Type: int
Length: 4
SrcApplication
Description: The name of the source application.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SrcApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify the source
application when the application is defined.
Type: int
Length: 4
SrcSite
Description: The name of the local site, as defined when the site is defined on
the Network Control Center.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SrcSiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify a source
Contact Center Manager site where a call originated when the site is defined on
the Network Control Center.
Type: int
Length: 4
570 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: char
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system, in local
(source) site time. For more information about the format of the Timestamp in
interval, daily, weekly, or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized
historical statistics” on page 518. This field is used for linking tables in data
queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 5
TotalCallAbandonedDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by all contacts from the local site
abandoned at the destination site.
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the local site and
end when the contact is abandoned.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkOutConStat int 4
dNetworkOutConStat int 4
wNetworkOutConStat numeric 6
mNetworkOutConStat numeric 6
TotalCallAnsweredDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by all contacts from the local site
answered or accepted by an agent, answered by IVR, or terminated at the
destination site.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 571
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Triggers: Delays begin when the Master_Script is initiated at the local site and
end when the contact is answered.
Statistic Type Length
iNetworkOutConStat int 4
dNetworkOutConStat int 4
wNetworkOutConStat numeric 6
mNetworkOutConStat numeric 6
572 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
SkillsetConStat views
A skillset is a group of skills, such as level of expertise in a certain area, to
which an agent is assigned. Agents can be assigned to more than one skillset.
Skillset statistics provide summarized performance information based on a
combination of skillset and application contact information. Statistics peg
against a combination of skillset and application.
Statistics peg for a given skillset only for those intervals in which the skillset is
staffed.
Only contacts queued to a skillset are included in these statistics (if a skillset is
mapped to an ACD DN or NACD DN, calls to that DN are included). Except for
DNOutExtCallsTalkTime and DNOutIntCallsTalkTime, these statistics do not
include DN calls.
ACD DN and NACD DN are not supported in SIP-enabled Contact Centers.
Requirements
Configure the server to collect skillset statistics (see the Contact Center
Manager Administrator’s Guide). Statistics are collected for all skillsets; you
cannot configure the system to collect statistics for selected skillsets.
Pegging
All statistics peg against a specific skillset and application combination and
either the local or originating site.
Local contacts
Local Contact Center Manager contacts peg against the Master_Script or
primary application (depending on the location of the call in the system) and
against the answering skillset, or the Agent Queue To skillset (if the contact is
queued to a specific agent for the contact's contact type).
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 573
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Closed contacts that are pulled for additional processing by the agent are pegged
against the Agent Queue To skillset for the contact’s contact type. New and New
Reply contacts that are pulled while already within Contact Center Manager are
pegged against the skillset they are queuing in, if any, up to the time they are
pulled, and then against the Agent Queue To skillset for the contact type. Local
contacts peg against the local site.
Incoming NSBR contacts
Incoming NSBR contacts peg against the Network_Script Application and the
originating site.
ACD calls
ACD calls peg against the ACD_DN_Application and either the skillset to
which this ACD-DN is mapped (if defined) or the Default_ACD skillset. ACD
calls peg against the local site.
ACD DN and NACD DN are not supported in SIP-enabled contact centers.
NACD calls
NACD calls peg against the NACD_DN_Application and either the skillset to
which this Network ACD-DN is mapped (if defined) or the Default_NACD
skillset. NACD calls peg against the local site.
ACD DN and NACD DN are not supported in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Statistics pegged against the System_Application
The following statistics are applicable to multiple applications, and peg against
the System_Application and the local site:
ActiveTime
AllAgentBusyTime
TotalStaffedTime
The System_Application does not appear on the standard reports. On the
standard reports, these totals are included in the summary line for the skillset
statistics.
574 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Pegging thresholds
You can define skillset threshold classes with different values for the service
level threshold and the length (talk time, handling time) of a short call or
contact. Thus, the value for service level and short call length can vary from one
skillset to another. For more information about threshold classes, refer to the
Contact Center Manager Administrator’s Guide.
Mapping a skillset to an ACD-DN
Using Contact Center Manager Administration, you can map a skillset to an
ACD-DN or NACD-DN. If you do so, statistics for that ACD-DN or NACD-DN
peg against the skillset.
For ACD calls, the server does not record information about call activity on the
switch. ACD calls are tracked from the time they are answered at a phoneset
acquired by Contact Center Manager.
ACD DN and NACD DN are not supported in SIP-enabled contact centers.
For pegging examples, see “Pegging of ACD-DNs” on page 1408.
Database views
Skillset statistics use the following views:
iSkillsetConStat
dSkillsetConStat
wSkillsetConStat
mSkillsetConStat
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
ActiveTime
Description: The amount of time a skillset is in service. A skillset is in service
when it is not in Out of Service mode and at least one agent is logged on.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 575
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Pegging: This field pegs only against the System_Application.
Type: int
Length: 4
AllAgentBusyTime
Description: The total time that all agents assigned to this skillset are busy with
contacts or no agents are logged on.
Pegging: This field pegs only against the System_Application.
Type: int
Length: 4
Application
Description: The name of the application that queued the contact to this skillset.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
ApplicationID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify an application
when the application is defined. This field is used for linking tables in data
queries.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnswered
Description: The number of local contacts (excluding DN calls), incoming
NSBR calls, ACD calls, and NACD calls answered or accepted by agents in this
skillset.
ACD DN and NACD DN are not supported in SIP-enabled contact centers.
Triggers: Calls peg upon answer or acceptance.
Pegging: Local contacts peg against the Master_Script or primary application
(depending on the location of the call in the system) and against the answering
or accepting skillset. Incoming NSBR contacts peg against the Network_Script
Application. ACD calls peg against the ACD_DN_Application and either the
576 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
skillset to which this ACD-DN is mapped (if defined) or the Default_ACD
skillset. NACD calls peg against the NACD_DN_Application and either the
skillset to which this Network ACD-DN is mapped (if defined) or the
Default_NACD skillset.
Network statistics, such as NSBR contacts, are not applicable to SIP-enabled
Contact Centers.
Restriction: This statistic does not include DN calls handled by agents assigned
to this skillset.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold
Description: The number of local contacts (excluding DN, ACD and NACD
calls) and incoming NSBR contacts answered or accepted after a wait greater
than or equal to the service level threshold for the threshold class to which the
skillset belongs.
ACD DN and NACD DN are not supported in SIP-enabled Contact Centers.
Network statistics, such as NSBR contacts, are not applicable to SIP-enabled
Contact Centers.
Pegging: Local contacts peg against the Master_Script or primary application,
depending on the location of the contact in the system, and against the
answering or accepting skillset. Incoming NSBR contacts peg against the
Network_Script application and against the answering or accepting skillset.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued at the skillset and end when
the contact is answered or accepted. If a contact is queued to the same skillset,
the delay begins when the contact is first queued.
Restriction: This statistic does not include ACD and NACD calls because delay
statistics are not available for these types of calls.
Type: int
Length: 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 577
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallsAnsweredDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by all local contacts—excluding DN,
ACD, and NACD calls—and incoming NSBR contacts answered or accepted for
this skillset.
Network statistics, such as NSBR contacts, are not applicable to SIP-enabled
Contact Centers.
Pegging: Local contacts peg against the Master_Script or primary application,
depending on the location of the contact in the system, and against the
answering or accepting skillset. Incoming NSBR contacts peg against the
Network_Script application and against the answering or accepting skillset.
Triggers: Delays begin when the contact is queued at the skillset and end when
it is answered or accepted. If a contact is queued to the same skillset, the delay
begins when the contact is first queued.
Restriction: This statistic does not include ACD and NACD calls, because
delay statistics are not available for these types of calls.
Type: int
Length: 4
CallsOffered
Description: The number of contacts—excluding DN, ACD, and NACD
calls—offered to this skillset, regardless of whether the contacts are answered or
accepted for this skillset. This statistic is not incremented if the same contact is
offered to this skillset again.
Triggers: Contacts peg against the Master_Script application upon arrival, and
against a primary application when the Master_Script application hands over
control.
If a contact is offered to multiple skillsets, this statistic pegs multiple times.
Type: int
Length: 4
578 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
ContactType
Description: The type of contact determined by the name of this skillset. This
applies to SIP-enabled contact centers, MCS 5100 contact centers, if Contact
Center Multimedia, or if Contact Center Outbound is installed and this skillset
name begins with one of the configured prefixes as described in “Associating
contact types with applications and skillsets” on page 186.
For example, if the skillset is named EM_application, Contact Type pegs as
e-mail. If the skillset does not have a prefix, ContactType pegs as voice.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
DNOutExtCallsTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent by agents on outgoing external DN calls (see “Internal versus
External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of external DN calls), including
hold time, for this skillset. This statistic does not include the time spent on the
DN outcall part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Triggers: DNOutExtCallsTalkTime begins when the call is answered and the
agent's previous contact was queuing in this skillset. Talk time ends when the
caller disconnects or the agent releases the call. For a three-way conference call,
talk time ends only when the agent releases the call.
Type: int
Length: 4
DNOutIntCallsTalkTime
Description: Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The
total time spent by agents on outgoing internal DN calls (see “Internal versus
External DN calls” on page 181 for a definition of internal DN calls), including
hold time, for this skillset. This statistic does not include the time spent on the
DN outcall part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
Triggers: DNOutIntCallsTalkTime begins when the call is answered and the
agent's previous contact was queuing for this skillset. Talk time ends when the
caller disconnects or the agent releases the call. For a three-way conference call,
talk time ends only when the agent releases the call.
Type: int
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 579
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 4
MaxAnsweredDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the local contact—excluding DN,
ACD, and NACD calls—or incoming NSBR contact that waited the longest
before it is answered or accepted.
Network statistics, such as NSBR contacts, are not applicable to SIP-enabled
Contact Centers.
Pegging: Local contacts peg against the Master_Script or primary application,
depending on the location of the contact in the system, and against the
answering or accepting skillset. Incoming NSBR contacts peg against the
Network_Script application and against the answering or accepting skillset.
Restriction: This statistic does not include ACD and NACD calls, because
delay statistics are not available for these types of calls.
Type: int
Length: 4
MaxSkillsetAbandonedDelay
Description: The wait time experienced by the local contact—excluding DN,
ACD, and NACD calls—or incoming NSBR contact queued to this skillset that
waited the longest before it is abandoned.
Network statistics, such as NSBR contacts, are not applicable to SIP-enabled
Contact Centers.
Triggers: The delay begins when a contact is queued to the skillset.
Type: int
Length: 4
NetCallsAnswered
Description: NSBR option only. The number of incoming NSBR contacts
answered or accepted for this skillset.
Network statistics, such as NSBR contacts, are not applicable to SIP-enabled
Contact Centers.
Pegging: Incoming NSBR contacts peg against the Network_Script application.
580 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Type: int
Length: 4
PostCallProcessingTime
Description: This data is the total time agents spent performing post-contact
processing. Normally, agents use this time to complete any work related to the
contact just completed, such as filling in forms or filing papers.
Triggers: Post-call processing time begins when an agent presses Not Ready
after releasing any contact, except DN calls, and ends when the agent presses
Not Ready again, places or receives a DN call, or logs out.
Post Call Processing Time is calculated for the first Not Ready period after a
contact is closed. If the agent enters another state after the call (for example, by
answering or receiving a DN call or logging out of the skillset), and then enters
Not Ready state, the Not Ready time does not peg against
PostCallProcessingTime. Also, if the agent interrupts the Not Ready period to
enter another state, and then returns to Not Ready state, the second Not Ready
period does not peg against PostCallProcessingTime.
Pegging: This statistic pegs against the last skillset for which the agent handled
a contact.
Type: int
Length: 4
OriginatingSite
Description: The configured name of the originating Contact Center Manager
site that the fields are applicable to.
Network statistics, such as NSBR contacts, are not applicable to SIP-enabled
Contact Centers.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 581
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
OriginatingSiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify the Contact
Center Manager site that the fields are applicable to. The assigned
OriginatingSiteID remains unique over time even if a configured site is deleted
and another one is added with the same name. The OriginatingSiteID can be
used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to a particular site.
Type: int
Length: 4
Skillset
Description: The name of the skillset.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
SkillsetAbandoned
Description: The number of contacts abandoned while queuing in this skillset.
This statistic does not include contacts abandoned while being presented to an
agent.
Type: int
Length: 4
SkillsetAbandonedDelay
Description: The total wait time experienced by contacts abandoned while
queuing in this skillset.
Triggers: The delay begins when the contact is queued to this skillset and ends
when the contact is abandoned.
Type: int
Length: 4
SkillsetAbandonedAftThreshold
Description: The number of contacts abandoned while queuing in this skillset
after a wait greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the threshold
class to which the skillset belongs.
Type: int
Length: 4
582 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
SkillsetID
Description: A unique number assigned by the server to identify this skillset
when the skillset is added. For network skillsets, this is the ID as it appears on
the local site.
Type: int
Length: 4
TalkTime
Description: The total time that agents spent handling contacts (excluding DN
calls) in this interval, that were queuing in this skillset. This statistic includes
hold time.
Triggers: The follow items trigger this statistic:
For voice calls, talk time begins when the agent answers the call.
For the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, talk time
ends when the caller disconnects or the agent releases or transfers the call.
For the Communication Server 2x00 switch, talk time ends when the agent
releases or transfers the call.
For multimedia contacts, talk time begins when the agent accepts the
contact and ends when the agent closes or transfers the contact.
For Contact Center Outbound contacts, talk time begins when the agent
accepts the contact, includes the time the agent is on the DN call, and ends
when the agent releases the DN call and closes the contact.
Type: int
Length: 4
TerminatingSite
Description: The configured name of the terminating Contact Center Manager
site that the fields are applicable to.
Network statistics, such as NSBR contacts, are not applicable to SIP-enabled
Contact Centers.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 583
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
TerminatingSiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify the Contact
Center Manager site that the fields are applicable to. The assigned
TerminatingSiteID remains unique over time even if a configured site is deleted
and another one is added with the same name. The TerminatingSiteID can be
used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to a particular site.
Type: int
Length: 4
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system.
Type: int
Length: 5
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. For
more information about the format of the Timestamp in interval, daily, weekly,
or monthly views, see “Overview of summarized historical statistics” on page
518. This field is used for linking tables in data queries.
Type: smalldatetime
Length: 4
TotalStaffedTime
Description: The amount of logon time for all agents belonging to this skillset.
Pegging: This field pegs only against the System_Application.
Triggers: The logon time begins when an agent logs on to the skillset or is
reassigned (while logged on) to the skillset and ends when the agent logs off or
is reassigned out of the skillset.
Type: int
Length: 4
VirtualCallsAbandoned
Description: The number of contacts abandoned while queuing in this skillset,
provided that:
584 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
if the contact is queued to multiple skillsets simultaneously, this skillset is
the first listed skillset in the script.
for NSBR contacts, the contact originated from this site.
Type: int
Length: 4
VirtualCallsOffered
Description: The number of contacts offered in this skillset that are:
answered or accepted by an agent in this skillset and on this site.
or
abandoned and originated on this site and, if queued to multiple skillsets
simultaneously, this skillset is the first listed skillset in the script.
VirtualCallsOffered increments if the contact is answered, accepted, or
abandoned. It is not counted if the contact is not answered, accepted, or
abandoned, for example, if it is removed from queue in an application script, or
routed outside the system.
Type: int
Length: 4
WaitTime
Description: The total time agents spend waiting for a contact after releasing a
voice call or closing a multimedia contact handled that was queuing in this
skillset.
Triggers: WaitTime begins when the agent goes into Idle state, for example, if:
an agent releases a voice call or closes a multimedia contact, and the
agent’s call presentation class is not configured for Break time or Variable
Wrap
an agent’s Break or Variable Wrap timer elapses after a contact is released
or closed
an agent presses the Not Ready key a second time after entering Not Ready
state
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 585
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
WaitTime ends when the agent leaves the Idle state. If the agent handles another
contact from the same skillset as the most recently handled contact, WaitTime
resumes against that skillset when the agent returns to the Idle state. If the agent
handles a contact from a different skillset than the most recently handled
contact, WaitTime begins against the new skillset when the agent returns to the
Idle state.
(NSBR option) WaitTime is not affected when an agent is reserved on the
switch
Communication Server 2x00/DMS systems, incoming DN calls do not stop the
WaitTime timer.
For more information, see “How is WaitTime pegged if the agent puts a DN call
on hold and uses alternate call answer to accept another contact?” on page 117.
Pegging: WaitTime pegs against the last skillset for which the agent handled a
contact during this login. If the agent has not yet handled a contact that was
queuing in a skillset, WaitTime is not pegged.
Type: int
Length: 4
586 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
Section B: Event statistics
In this section
Overview of event statistics 588
eNetCallByCallStat views 589
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 587
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Overview of event statistics
Event statistics are collected on a per-event basis rather than accumulated over a
period of time.
Data collection option
When you configure Historical Statistics Collection, you can choose whether to
collect each of the following types of event statistics:
agent logon and logoff statistics
call-by-call statistics
network call-by-call statistics (NSBR option)
IVR port logon and logoff statistics
You can enable or disable the data collection option at any time while the system
is running.
When statistics are accumulated
Event statistics are accumulated as the events occur and written to the database
at the end of each pegging interval (that is, every 15 minutes).
588 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
eNetCallByCallStat views
The eNetCallByCallStat views provide detailed information for contact events
that occurred at the destination site. The database for these statistics is on the
Network Control Center. These statistics allow you to trace an NSBR Contact
Center Manager contact during the selected interval.
To populate the eNetCallByCallStat view, Contact Center Manager regularly
copies data from the eCallByCallStat views at the destination server to the
eNetCallByCallStat view at the Network Control Center. If your servers are in
different time zones, you can convert destination site times to source site times
before writing them to the eNetCallByCallStat view. (To do so, ensure that Time
Zone Relative to GMT is configured correctly in the parameters for each site.)
This makes tracking a contact easier.
For example, a contact may arrive at the source at 13:00:00 local time and be
answered at the destination 5 seconds later, at 14:00:05 local time. If Time Zone
Relative to GMT is configured correctly for both sites, the answer time pegs as
13:00:05 in the eNetCallByCallStat view, and the events appear in chronological
order, regardless of time zone.
Server times are not synchronized automatically. If server times are not
synchronized, events may appear in the wrong order. For example, if the source
site clock is several seconds behind the destination site clock, a contact may
arrive at the source site at 13:15:05 and be answered at the destination site at
13:14:57.
Furthermore, if the administrator at the destination site wants to generate a
report containing that contact, he or she may request a report for the interval
from 13:00 to 13:15. However, the contact does not appear in the report. It is
included in reports for the interval during which it is networked out from the
source site (that is, 13:15 to 13:30).
Changing the Time Zone Relative to GMT for a site (for example, for a change
to or from daylight saving time) affects pegging of contacts that are networked
out but not answered. All events at the source site peg with the old time, and all
events at the destination site peg with the new time.
Networking features are not applicable in SIP-enabled Contact Centers.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 589
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Enabling network call-by-call statistics collection
To enable the collection of network call-by-call statistics for an application,
configure the application for network call-by-call statistics collection at the
source site (see the Contact Center Manager Administrator’s Guide).
Statistics are collected at the destination site, regardless of the configuration of
call-by-call statistics collection at that site.
If you change the call-by-call statistics collection option at the source site, the
change is effective only for calls arriving after the change is propagated through
the network. Propagation can take several minutes.
Restrictions
The amount of data generated for call-by-call statistics is very large, and the
time required to generate a report using call-by-call statistics is much longer
than the time required to generate a report using summarized statistics.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this view are described in this section.
Associated Data
Description: Associated data is information associated with a specific event,
such as:
the other extension, trunk ID, or outside phone number associated with a
call that is conferenced with another party, transferred to another party,
or put on hold while another call is placed
the DNIS number for an incoming call
Type: varchar
Length: 40
CallEvent
Description: A unique identifier for the type of event.
Type: int
Length: 4
590 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
CallEventName
Description: The type of event. For a complete list of events that can be
collected, refer to “Call Events” on page 355.
Type: varchar
Length: 80
CallID
Description: A number assigned by the Communication Server 1000/Meridian
1 PBX and Communication Server 2x00/DMS for every call. It is unique only
for the life of the call and may be reused later for new calls.
Treat Call ID by external applications as a random number. Do not assume any
patterns in assignment.
When the Call ID range is exhausted, new contacts are assigned previously used
Call IDs. On systems with very high traffic, different contacts may be assigned
the same Call ID within a single reporting interval.
On the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX, the Call ID range is
affected by the number of Call Registers configured. The smaller the number of
Call Registers, the quicker Call IDs are re-used.
The only value a CallID cannot have is 0 (zero).
If a duplicate CallID scenario is encountered by the Contact Center Manager
Server, the newer call is retained and the older call discarded (server memory
cleaned up).
In Communication Server 2x00/DMS, the switch CallID is 64 bits. Contact
Center Manager generates its own 32-bit CallID and then translates it into the
switch CallID at its open programming interfaces (like HDX).
Type: int
Length: 4
Destination
Description: The location where a contact is directed during an event. The
destination could be identified by, for example, a dialed number, trunk ID, agent
ID, skillset ID, application ID, IVR queue ID or name, or site ID.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 591
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: varchar
Length: 40
EventData
Description: The information related to or generated by this event. The data
could be a PIN entered by the caller in response to the collect digits command;
an ANI, CLID, site ID, or activity code; or reasons for the event.
Type: varchar
Length: 40
FirstEventTimestamp
Description:
Type: datetime
Length: 8
NodeID
Description: (Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch only) A unique
identifier for the switch.
Type: varchar
Length: 40
SequenceNumber
Description:
Type: int
Length: 4
Site
Description: The configured name of this Contact Center Manager site.
Type: varchar
Length: 30
592 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary
SiteID
Description: A unique number assigned by the system to identify this Contact
Center Manager site. The assigned SiteID remains unique over time even if a
configured site is deleted and another one is added with the same name. The
SiteID can be used in custom reports to identify statistics applicable to this site.
The actual local SiteID value is written in this field.
Type: int
Length: 4
Source
Description: The location of this contact before this event occurred. The source
could be identified by, for example, a dialed number, trunk ID, agent ID, skillset
ID, application ID, IVR queue ID or name, or site ID.
SourceSiteID
Description: A unique number that identifies the switch on the network, as
received from the switch.
SQL does not support signed integers. Therefore, site IDs can appear negative in
the database views.
Type: int
Length: 4
TelsetLoginID
Description: The numeric ID the agent uses to log in to the phoneset or agent
desktop.
Type: varchar
Length: 16
Time
Description: The time (in 24-hour HH:MM format) when the data is pegged by
the system. If Time Zone Relative to GMT is configured correctly for the source
and destination sites, this time is in the time zone of the source site.
Type: char
Length: 5
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 593
Contact Center Manager Network Control Center Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Timestamp
Description: The date and time when the data is pegged by the system. The
time is in the time zone of the source site.
Type: datetime
Length: 4
Call events
These call events are the same as the Call events in the table for the
eCallByCallStat view, except that no DN call event information pegs to the
eNetCallByCallStat view. See “Call Events” on page 355.
594 Contact Center Manager
Chapter 6
Contact Center Multimedia Data
dictionary
In this chapter
Overview 596
Custom Contact Center Multimedia reports and searches 600
Section A: Database tables 601
Section B: Database views 745
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 595
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Overview
Contact Center Multimedia uses a structured database to capture and maintain
the data needed to run the system effectively. The database used is a Caché
Database from Intersystems, version 5.0.12. The database is installed with
Contact Center Multimedia.
You access data through database views. Database views are used to organize
the information in the database for your use. You can access the underlying
tables, but it is read-only access. This chapter provides definitions for all the
Contact Center Multimedia database tables, fields, and views available.
When creating data-warehouse applications, you use these database views. The
database views contain all the information for customized reporting and queries,
and are created on top of the database tables.
Some of the data captured includes:
customer contact details
customer queries and agent responses
details of all configured agents, supervisors, and administrators
site configuration details
You can access the data in this database with any SQL- or OLE DB-compliant
application. You can use the data in many ways, including the following:
import it into a spreadsheet for manipulation
import it into your corporate database
generate customized reports to store and evaluate the data using Report
Creation Wizard, Crystal Reports, or another third-party reporting
application
596 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Who should read this chapter
This chapter is intended for database administrators who are maintaining the
Contact Center Multimedia database, as well as for developers, administrators,
or supervisors who are creating customized reports. This chapter describes the
data that is available to you. It defines the database tables and the fields in these
tables that make up the Contact Center Multimedia database schema.
For more information about creating reports for Contact Center Multimedia, see
the Contact Center Manager Supervisor’s Guide.
About the Caché database
The Caché database is an Object Orientated Database (OOD). An Object
Oriented Database contains simpler code and executes more quickly. This
provides a more robust solution for storage and retrieval of data. Caché also
provides a SQL relational view of the classes.
The following table shows the relationship between the Object Oriented
terminology and the SQL relational terminology.
Object Oriented term SQL relational term
Class Table
Property Field
Object Record
The following are general definitions for SQL relational terms:
Table—A table is where the data is stored. This term is used when
referring to the definition of the data or the structure of the database in a
generic form.
Record—A record is used to represent one row of data from a table.
Fields—The fields are where the individual items of data for a record are
stored. The fields are defined in the table definition. This term does not
change. It used both when referring to tables and records.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 597
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
The Caché database can expose the data in either a class view or a SQL
relational view. This chapter describes the only the SQL relational view of the
database.
Within SQL and the relational environment, some of the tables contain fields
that are themselves tables. These are called embedded tables. This is seen within
the field definitions where the Type information lists another table (a table has
the prefix cls). These fields can be used in a number of ways.
The following examples use the Status field from the cls.Contacts table. The
Status field is actually a link to the cls.CodeMappings table.
Field
In the simplest form, the Status field contains the ID value of the related record.
SELECT STATUS FROM CLS.CONTACTS
SQL Relational Join
As a field, you can use a SQL relational join to retrieve other information
relating to the Status field from the cls.CodeMappings table.
SELECT C.ID, CM.TEXTVALUE
FROM CLS.CONTACTS C, CLS.CODEMAPPINGS CM
WHERE CM.ID = C.STATUS
Pointer
If you are using a third-party ODBC compliant client with plain SQL, you can
use the Status field as a pointer to the data in the cls.CodeMappings table. A
pointer is a value that contains the address of another value, such as in an index.
This is a less complex form of the preceding script example.
You cannot use pointers in Report Creation Wizard.
SELECT ID, STATUS->TEXTVALUE
FROM CLS.CONTACTS
Note the arrow (->) symbol used to point to the related data. This is a Caché
SQL extension, but is valid to use through ODBC.
To view the relationship between tables, refer to “Contact Center Multimedia
entity relationships” on page 779.
598 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Field types
The following table describes the field types used in the database tables in this
chapter. For each type, it provides a range of valid values and a size.
Field type Description Value range Length
Boolean Logical true or 0 or 1 1 byte
false
Integer Integer value -9999999999999999999 to 4 bytes
+9999999999999999999
Stream Variable length n/a Length is
character theoretically
unlimited
String Variable length n/a 0 bytes to
character 65,534 bytes
TimeStamp Date and time 0001-01-01 00:00:00 to 8 bytes
information 9999-12-31 23:59:59
Internal use only definition
Some fields in the Contact Center Multimedia data dictionary have the
definition Internal use only. This applies to fields in the database that are not
relevant to end users. It may mean that the field holds only transient data used by
the system, or it may mean that the field is not currently used by the system and
the contents of the fields cannot be guaranteed. Therefore, these fields must not
be used within any reports.
Example
The cls.Addresses table contains the field FullAddress. This field contains all of
the address information concatenated together without any spaces. It is used
internally when an agent searches on the address of a customer because the
system is required to search on one field, FullAddress, rather than searching all
the individual fields for the string that the user typed in.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 599
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Custom Contact Center Multimedia reports
and searches
When you create custom Contact Center Multimedia reports, limitations exist
when searching on String field types and password fields.
String field types
When you search on String field types, note the following:
When you use the = (equal) operator or the STARTSWITH operator,
searches on String field types are case-insensitive.
When you use the LIKE operator, searches on String field types are
case-sensitive.
When you use the ORDER BY clause on String field types:
Only the first 100 characters are used to determine the order. If the first
100 characters are the same, the data will be returned in the order based
on the ID field.
If you order on multiple fields, you are limited to two String field types
only.
Password fields
When you search on password fields, the expected results are not returned as the
data is encrypted in the database.
600 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Section A: Database tables
In this section
Actions 604
Addresses 612
Administrators 615
Answers 617
ArchiveNotes 619
Attachments 621
Audits 624
AutoResponses 627
AutoResponseAttachments 629
BarredOutBoundAddresses 631
CallBarrings 632
Campaigns 634
CampaignScripts 640
CodeMappings 642
Contacts 644
ContactTypes 654
CustomFields 656
Customers 660
Debugs 664
DispositionCodes 665
Durations 668
EmailAddresses 669
EmailAddressGroups 671
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 601
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
HolidayHours 672
Inboxes 674
InvalidXMLAudits 677
InvalidXMLChrs 679
InvalidXMLFields 680
KeyWordGroups 681
Licenses 682
Migrations 683
MigrationNotes 684
OnHoldURLs 685
OutOfHoursRules 687
PageChange 688
PagePushes 689
PagePushURLs 690
PhoneNumbers 692
Phrases 695
Preferences 697
Questions 699
RegularHours 702
Restores 704
RestoredAudits 707
RoutePoints 709
Rules 710
RuleAdmins 713
RuleKeywordGroups 715
Servers 717
Services 719
Sessions 721
602 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Sites 722
SiteComponents 725
SiteParameters 726
Skillsets 728
SkillsetOnHoldURLs 732
Updates 733
Users 735
UserResets 738
WebCommsMessages 739
WebCommsSessions 741
Additional tables 743
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 603
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Actions
The Actions table stores the conversation between the customer and the contact
center. Each cls.Actions record is linked to a cls.Contacts record through the
Contact field. The cls.Contacts record contains header type information for the
contact. The contact detail is stored in the cls.Actions records. One cls.Contacts
record can have many cls.Actions records.
Field descriptions
This sections provides descriptions for each of the cls.Actions fields.
Agent
Description: The Agent field links to the cls.Users record that contains details
of the current or last agent who is dealing with this action. This field is
applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
Attempt
Description: The Attempt field stores the number of attempts made to send this
cls.Actions record. This field is applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
CallBackMedia
Description: The CallBackMedia field is an embedded table
(cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected either as a field or as a pointer. As a
field, it returns the ID value of the cls.CodeMappings record related to this
cls.Actions record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings
record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field is applicable to both
Outbound and e-mail.
604 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Type: Integer
CallBackStatus
Description: The CallBackStatus field is an embedded table
(cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected either as a field or as a pointer. As a
field, it returns the ID value of the cls.CodeMappings record related to this
cls.Actions record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings
record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field is applicable to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
CallBackTime
Description: The date and time that the agent should contact the customer. This
field is applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: TimeStamp
CallEndTime
Description: The end date and time of the contact. This field is applicable to
both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: TimeStamp
CallStartTime
Description: The start date and time of the contact. This field is applicable to
both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: TimeStamp
CharSet
Description: The CharSet field stores the character set for the cls.Actions
records. This field is applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 50
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 605
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ClosedReasonCode
Description: The ClosedReasonCode field is an embedded table
(cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected either as a field or as a pointer. As a
field, it returns the ID value of the cls.CodeMappings record related to this
cls.Actions record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings
record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field is applicable to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
ClosedTime
Description: The date and time that the cls.Actions record is closed. This field
is applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: TimeStamp
Comment
Description: Any comments from this agent. This field is applicable to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
Contact
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Contacts). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Contacts
record related to this cls.Actions record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on the
cls.Contacts record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Contacts record. For
a list of fields, refer to “Contacts” on page 644.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field is applicable to both
Outbound and e-mail.
606 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Type: Integer
ContactID
Description: Relational link to the cls.Contacts record that this action relates to.
This field is applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
CreationTime
Description: The date and time this cls.Actions record is created. For the first
action this is the same as the cls.Contacts.ArrivalTime. This field is applicable
to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: TimeStamp
CustomFields
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CustomFields). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CustomFields record related to this cls.Actions record. As a pointer, it refers
to the fields on the cls.CustomFields record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CustomFields
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CustomFields” on page 656.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field is applicable to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
DialEndTime
Description: The dial end date and time of the contact. This field is applicable
to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: TimeStamp
DialStartTime
Description: The dial start date and time of the contact. This field is applicable
to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: TimeStamp
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 607
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
DispositionCode
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.DispositionCodes). It can be
selected either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.DispositionCodes record related to this cls.Actions record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.DispositionCodes record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.DispositionCodes
record. For a list of fields, refer to “DispositionCodes” on page 665.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field is applicable to
Outbound only.
Type: Integer
HistoryFlag
Description: The action history flag. This indicates whether or not each action
should contain details from previous actions. 1 = Yes. This field is applicable to
both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Boolean
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field is applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
MailBCC
Description: The e-mail addresses that this action is blind copied to. This field
is applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 32767
MailCC
Description: The e-mail addresses that this action is copied to. This field is
applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 32767
608 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
MailFrom
Description: The e-mail address that appears as the From address to the
recipient of this action. This is usually the same as a cls.Mailbox table record.
This field is applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
MailTo
Description: The e-mail address that this action is sent to. This field is
applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
NumberUsed
Description: The telephone number used to contact the customer. This field is
applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
OpenTime
Description: The date and time this cls.Actions record is opened. This field is
applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: TimeStamp
Source
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.Actions record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field is applicable to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 609
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: Integer
Subject
Description: The subject for this action. This field is applicable to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
TemplateLocation
Description: Location of any templates used on this action. This field is
applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
Text
Description: The full text for this action. It may or may not contain text from
other actions, depending upon the history flag. This field is applicable to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Stream
TextHTML
Description: The same as the text field, but in HTML. This field is applicable to
both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Stream
TimeAllocated
Description: How long, in seconds, this action is worked upon. This is the
difference between the OpenTime and the ClosedTime expressed in seconds.
This field is applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
Type
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.ContactTypes). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.ContactTypes record related to this cls.Actions record. As a pointer, it refers
to the fields on the cls.ContactTypes record.
610 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.ContactTypes
record. For a list of fields, refer to “ContactTypes” on page 654.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field is applicable to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
Indexes
The following table lists the indexes used by the cls.Actions table.
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxContact Contact bitmap 0 Index on the Contact
field to aid searching.
idxContactID Contact bitmap 0 Index on the Contact
field to aid searching.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 611
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Addresses
This table stores address details for customers. The address details are linked to
the relevant cls.Customers record through the customer field. Several
cls.Addresses records can be linked to the same cls.Customers record.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Country
Description: The country information for this address. This field is applicable
to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
Customer
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Customers). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.Customers record related to this cls.Addresses record. As a pointer, it refers
to the fields on the cls.Customers record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Customers record.
For a list of fields, refer to “Customers” on page 660.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field is applicable to both
Outbound and e-mail. This field is applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
Default
Description: Flag that indicates this address is used as the default. 1 = Yes. This
field is applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Boolean
612 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
FullAddress
Description: For internal use only. It contains all the address fields
concatenated together, which assists with searching. This field is applicable to
both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 1785
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field is applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
Imported
Description: Flag to indicate that this address should be used as the default for
the customer. 1 = Yes.
Type: Boolean
Line1
Description: First line of the address information. This field is applicable to
both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
Line2
Description: Second line of the address information. This field is applicable to
both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
Line3
Description: Third line of the address information. This field is applicable to
both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 613
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Line4
Description: Fourth line of the address information. This field is applicable to
both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
Line5
Description: Fifth line of the address information. This field is applicable to
both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
ZipCode
Description: Zip code or postal code information for the address. This field is
applicable to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
Indexes
The following table lists the indexes used by the cls.Addresses table.
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxCustomer Customer bitmap 0 Index on the Customer
field to aid searching.
idxFullAddress FullAddress bitmap 0 Index on the
FullAddress field to aid
searching.
614 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Administrators
This table stores details of the administrator user account used to access the
multimedia administration application.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
AdminRole
Description: Not used at present.
Type: String
Length: 20
DN
Description: The administrator’s phone number.
Type: String
Length: 32
EmailAddress
Description: The administrator’s e-mail address.
Type: String
Length: 255
FaxNumber
Description: The administrator’s FAX number, if available.
Type: String
Length: 32
FirstName
Description: The administrator’s first name.
Type: String
Length: 50
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 615
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
LogonID
Description: The administrator’s logon name.
Type: String
Length: 50
Password
Description: The password that should be used with the LogonID information.
Type: String
Length: 20
Status
Description: Indicates whether or not the administrator is logged on or not. 1=
logged on, 0 = logged off.
Type: Integer
Surname
Description: The administrators last name (surname).
Type: String
Length: 50
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Administrators table.
616 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Answers
This table stores the list of answers relating to an Outbound contact record. They
are linked to the Contact record through the Contact field. There may be
multiple answer records with the same contact value.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Answer
Description: The actual textual answer. This is usually taken from the list of
possible answers that relate to the question. This field is applicable to Outbound
only.
Type: String
Length: 255
Contact
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Contacts). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Contacts
record related to this cls.Answers record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on
the cls.Contacts record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Contacts record. For
a list of fields, refer to “Contacts” on page 644.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field is applicable to
Outbound only.
Type: Integer
DateCreated
Description: Date and time the answer record was created. This field is
applicable to Outbound only.
Type: TimeStamp
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 617
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
FreeText
Description: If FreeText is allowed for the question, the text is entered here.
This field is applicable to Outbound only.
Type: String
Length: 255
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field is applicable to Outbound only.
Type: Integer
QuestionID
Description: Relational link to the question that this answer relates to. This
field is applicable to Outbound only.
Type: Integer
Indexes
The following table lists the indexes used by the cls.Answers table.
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxContact Contact bitmap 0 Index on the Contact
field to aid searching.
618 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
ArchiveNotes
This table is used internally by the archive functionality. For internal use only.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
ArchiveComplete
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Boolean
ArchivedAudits
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
ArchivedContacts
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
AuditRestoreComplete
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Boolean
ContactRestoreComplete
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Boolean
DateTimeStamp
Description: Internal use only.
Type: TimeStamp
NoteText
Description: Internal use only.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 619
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: String
Length: 255
RestoredAudits
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
RestoredContacts
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
TotalContacts
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.ArchiveNotes table.
620 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Attachments
This table stores details relating to any file attachments that are either received
from the customer or sent out to the customer. The direction field holds
information relating to whether the file was received or sent. They are linked to
action records as it is possible that the customer could send an attachment
(action 1) and the contact center agent could reply with another attachment
(action 2).
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Action
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Actions). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Actions
record related to this cls.Attachements record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields
on the cls.Actions record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Actions record. For
a list of fields, refer to “Actions” on page 604.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Actions
Direction
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.Attachements record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 621
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
DisplayFileName
Description: The display name for the attached file. This is usually the name of
the file without any folder information. This field applies to both Outbound and
e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
FileContents
Description: Internal use only. If a redundant server is configured, this field is
used to copy the contents of the file from the Primary server to the redundant
server. After the contents of the file is copied across, this field is cleared again.
So under normal circumstances this field is blank. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Stream
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
InternalFileName
Description: The full path and name for the attached file. This field applies to
both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
622 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Indexes
The following table lists the indexes used by the cls.Attachments table.
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxAction Action bitmap 0 Index on the Action
field to aid searching.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 623
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Audits
This table stores audit details for customers, contacts, actions, and campaigns.
The details include when the information changed, what changed, and who
changed it. Not all the fields populate on each record, only the relevant fields.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
ActionId
Description: Relational link to the cls.Actions record that this cls.Audits record
relates to. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
AgentId
Description: Relational link to the cls.Users record who updated the customer,
contact, action, or campaign. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
CampaignId
Description: Relational link to the cls.Campaigns record that this cls.Audits
record relates to. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
CampaignUserName
Description: Campaign user name that created the cls.Audits record. This field
applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
ContactId
Description: Relational link to the cls.Contacts record that this cls.Audits
relates to. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
624 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
CustomerId
Description: Relational link to the cls.Customers record that this cls.Audits
record relates to. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
DateTimeStamp
Description: The date and time that this cls.Audits record is created. This field
applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: TimeStamp
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
NewValue
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.Audits record. As a pointer, it refers
to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
OldValue
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.Audits record. As a pointer, it refers
to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 625
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
Type
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.Audits record. As a pointer, it refers
to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Audits table.
626 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
AutoResponses
This table stores predefined AutoResponses that can be sent to the customer.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Attachments
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.AutoResponseAttachments). It can
be selected either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of
the cls.AutoResponseAttachments record related to this cls.AutoResponses
record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on the cls.AutoResponseAttachments
record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the
cls.AutoResponseAttachments record. For a list of fields, refer to
“AutoResponseAttachments” on page 629.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to e-mail only.
Type: cls.AutoResponseAttachments
Body
Description: The acknowledgement text itself. This field applies to e-mail only.
Type: String
Length: 4095
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field applies to e-mail only.
Type: Integer
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 627
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Name
Description: The name displayed to reference this acknowledgement. This field
applies to e-mail only.
Type: String
Length: 255
Subject
Description: The subject displayed for this acknowledgement. This field
applies to e-mail only.
Type: String
Length: 255
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.AutoResponses table.
628 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
AutoResponseAttachments
This table stores information relating to any file attachments that are sent out
with an AutoResponse record.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
AutoResponse
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.AutoResponses). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.AutoResponses record related to this cls.AutoResponseAttachments record.
As a pointer, it refers to the fields on the cls.AutoResponses record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.AutoResponses
record. For a list of fields, refer to “AutoResponses” on page 627.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to e-mail only.
Type: cls.AutoResponses
DisplayFileName
Description: The name as it appears to an end user. Usually it is the file name.
This field applies to e-mail only.
Type: String
Length: 255
FileContents
Description: Temporary location for the actual contents of the file. This is used
to ensure that the file is correctly copied over to the shadow server. When at the
shadow server, the file is copied back out to disk and this field is blanked. This
field applies to e-mail only.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 629
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field applies to e-mail only.
Type: Integer
InternalFileName
Description: The full folder and file name for the attachment. This is needed by
the system to locate where to get the attachment. This field applies to e-mail
only.
Type: String
Length: 255
Indexes
The following table lists the indexes used by the cls.AutoResponseAttachement
table.
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxAuto AutoResponse bitmap 0 Index on the
Response AutoResponse field to
aid searching.
630 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
BarredOutBoundAddresses
This table stores an e-mail addresses that should not be used for outbound
campaigns.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
EmailAddress
Description: A link to an address field. This field applies to both Outbound and
e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.BarredOutBoundAddresses table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 631
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallBarrings
This table is not currently used.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Agent
Description: The agent.
Type: Users
AgentComment
Description: Any comments that the agent has.
Type: String
Length: 255
Customer
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Customers). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.Customers record related to this cls.CallBarrings record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.Customers record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Customers record.
For a list of fields, refer to “Customers” on page 660.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597.
Type: cls.Customers
ExpiryDate
Description: The date and time that the details within this record expire.
Type: TimeStamp
632 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.CallBarrings table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 633
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Campaigns
This table stores details related to an outbound campaign.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
AutoDialTimeOut
Description: How long to wait in seconds before timing out when trying to dial
a phone number. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Integer
CampaignScript
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CampaignScripts). It can be
selected either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CampaignScripts record related to this cls.Campaigns record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CampaignScripts record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CampaignScripts
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CampaignScripts” on page 640.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to Outbound
only.
Type: cls.CampaignScripts
CustomFields
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CustomFields). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CustomFields record related to this cls.Campaigns record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CustomFields record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CustomFields
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CustomFields” on page 656.
634 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to Outbound
only.
Type: cls.CustomFields
DailyEndTime
Description: The end time to use in conjunction with the DailyStartTime. This
field applies to Outbound only.
Type: TimeStamp
DailyStartTime
Description: The time during the day that this campaign becomes active. If this
is populated, then the campaign does not become active until this time during
the day. For example, this is used for campaigns that can run during office hours
only. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: TimeStamp
DateCreated
Description: The date and time that this campaign was created on the system.
This field applies to Outbound only.
Length: TimeStamp
Description
Description: The textual description for this campaign. This field applies to
Outbound only.
Type: String
Length: 32768
DialingPrefix
Description: The dialing prefix that should be used for this campaign. This is
used if there is a specific prefix that agents should use for calling customers on
this campaign. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: String
Length: 10
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 635
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
DispositionCodes
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.DispositionCodes). It can be
selected either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.DispositionCodes record related to this cls.Campaigns record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.DispositionCodes record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.DispositionCodes
record. For a list of fields, refer to “DispositionCodes” on page 665.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to Outbound
only.
Type: cls.DispositionCodes
EndDateTime
Description: The date and time that this campaign expires. This is used by the
Contact Center Multimedia Outbound Scheduler Service to determine when to
change the status values for Contacts records linked to this campaign. This field
applies to Outbound only.
Type: TimeStamp
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Integer
LastLoadedDate
Description: The date and time that contacts were last loaded into the system
for this campaign. Internal use only. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: TimeStamp
LoadContactsPerInterval
Description: Number of contacts to load each time the LoadInterval elapses.
This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Integer
636 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
LoadInterval
Description: Amount of time to wait before loading the next set of contacts into
the system. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Integer
Locked
Description: Flag to indicate if the campaign is locked by another process.
Internal use only. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Boolean
LockedBy
Description: Used with Locked field to indicate who has the lock out. Internal
use only. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: String
Length: 50
LockedDateTime
Description: Used with Locked field to indicate the date and time that the lock
was taken out. Internal use only. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: TimeStamp
MinimumRingTime
Description: How long, in seconds, that the phone is allowed to ring in this
campaign. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Integer
Name
Description: Title for this campaign. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: String
Length: 255
NumberOfContacts
Description: The number of contacts in this campaign. This field applies to
Outbound only.
Type: Integer
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 637
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
NumberOfContactsProcessed
Description: The number of contacts processed for this campaign. This number
updates when the status on a contact is changed. This field applies to Outbound
only.
Type: Integer
Owner
Description: The owner of this campaign. This is the name of the person who
created this campaign. This person is not necessarily an agent or supervisor who
is registered on the system. That is why the information is stored here as a
simple string. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: String
Length: 255
PreviousStatus
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.Campaigns record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to Outbound
only.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
Priority
Description: The priority of this campaign. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Integer
Skillset
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Skillsets). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Skillsets
record related to this cls.Campaigns record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on
the cls.Skillsets record.
638 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Skillsets record. For
a list of fields, refer to “Skillsets” on page 728.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to Outbound
only.
Type: cls.Skillsets
StartDateTime
Description: The date and time this campaign becomes active. This is used by
the Contact Center Multimedia Outbound Scheduler Service to determine when
to change the status values for Contacts records linked to this campaign. This
field applies to Outbound only.
Type: TimeStamp
StartOfRun
Description: Internal use only. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Boolean
Status
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.Campaigns record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to Outbound
only.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Campaigns table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 639
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CampaignScripts
This table stores campaign scripts that are used by cls.Campaigns records to
prompt agents with questions that they ask the customer. The actual questions
are stored in the cls.Questions table.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Conclusion
Description: Textual conclusion for the cls.CampaignScripts record. This field
applies to Outbound only.
Type: String
Length: 1024
DateCreated
Description: The date and time this cls.CampaignScripts record is created. This
field applies to Outbound only.
Type: TimeStamp
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Integer
Introduction
Description: Textual introduction for the cls.CampaignScripts record. This
field applies to Outbound only.
Type: String
Length: 1024
640 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Name
Description: Textual description for the cls.CampaignScripts record. This field
applies to Outbound only.
Type: String
Length: 255
Questions
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Questions). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Questions
record related to this cls.CampaignScripts record. As a pointer, it refers to the
fields on the cls.Questions record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Questions record.
For a list of fields, refer to “Questions” on page 699.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to Outbound
only.
Type: cls.Questions
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.CampaignScripts table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 641
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CodeMappings
This is a reference table that contains all the text values for the various integer
codes that are used in other tables.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
FieldName
Description: Contains what type of code is this. This is usually the table and
field name concatenated together. For example, for Status values from the
Contact table the FieldName is ContactStatus. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 50
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
Icon
Description: Currently not used, but may be used in the future to store icon
details representing the code. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 50
NumericValue
Description: Numeric value for the code. For example, closed contacts have a
numeric value of 3. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
642 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
TextValue
Description: Text description of the code, such as Closed. This field applies to
both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 50
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.CodeMappings table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 643
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Contacts
This table stores customer contact information. This is the header type
information for the contact. The details of the contact are stored in the
cls.Actions records. Each time the customer contacts the contact center, a new
cls.Contacts record is created. Each cls.Contacts record is linked to a
cls.Customers record through the Customer field. Multiple cls.Contacts records
can be linked to the same cls.Customers record.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
AcquiredTime
Description: The first date and time that the contact is acquired by an agent.
When this is set, it is not updated again. This shows the delay between the
ArrivalTime of the contact and the time that the contact was acted upon. This
field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: TimeStamp
Agent
Description: The agent field contains an embedded table (cls.Users). It can be
selected either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.Answers record related to this cls.Users record. As a pointer, it refers to the
fields on the cls.Users record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Users record. For a
list of fields, refer to “Users” on page 735.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Users
644 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Answers
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Answers). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Answers
record related to this cls.Contacts record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on
the cls.Answers record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Answers record. For
a list of fields, refer to “Answers” on page 617.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Answers
ArrivalTime
Description: The date and time that this cls.Contacts record is created on the
system. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: TimeStamp
AutoResponse
Description: Link to the cls.Acknowledgements record that contains the details
of the acknowledgement sent to the customer for this contact. This field applies
to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.AutoResponses
CMFStatus
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.Contacts record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 645
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CallID
Description: The contact call ID. This field applies to both Outbound and
e-mail.
Type: Integer
Campaign
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Campaigns). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.Campaigns record related to this cls.Contacts record. As a pointer, it refers to
the fields on the cls.Campaigns record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Campaigns record.
For a list of fields, refer to “Campaigns” on page 634.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to Outbound
only.
Type: cls.Campaigns
CampaignRetryCount
Description: Number of times this outbound campaign contact is retried. This
field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Integer
CharSet
Description: The contact character set. This field applies to both Outbound and
e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 50
ClickStreamText
Description: The URLs the customer visited prior to submitting this contact.
This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 32767
646 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
ClosedReasonCode
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.Contacts record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
ClosedTime
Description: The date and time the contact was last closed. This field applies to
both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: TimeStamp
CustomFields
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CustomFields). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CustomFields record related to this cls.Campaigns record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CustomFields record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CustomFields
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CustomFields” on page 656.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.CustomFields
Customer
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Customers). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.Customers record related to this cls.Contacts record. As a pointer, it refers to
the fields on the cls.Customers record.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 647
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Customers record.
For a list of fields, refer to “Customers” on page 660.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Customers
CustomerID
Description: Relational link to the cls.Customers record that owns this contact.
This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
DispositionCode
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.DispositionCodes). It can be
selected either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.DispositionCodes record related to this cls.Contacts record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.DispositionCodes record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.DispositionCodes
record. For a list of fields, refer to “DispositionCodes” on page 665.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to Outbound
only.
Type: cls.DispositionCodes
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
MailCC
Description: The e-mail addresses this contact is copied to, in addition to being
sent to the contact center. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
648 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
MailFrom
Description: The e-mail address this contact is received from. This field applies
to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
MailTo
Description: The e-mail address that this contact is sent to. This should match
up with the cls.Mailbox table record. This field applies to both Outbound and
e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
NNCCApplicationId
Description: The contact center application ID. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
OpenDuration
Description: The length of time, in seconds, the contact is open. This value is
updated each time the contact is closed. If there is already a value present in this
field, it is added to so that it contains the total time in seconds that this contact is
open. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
OpenTime
Description: The date and time the contact is opened. This is not necessarily the
first time that the contact is opened. If the contact is opened again, then this
value is reset. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: TimeStamp
OriginalSubject
Description: The original contact subject text. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 649
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
OutBoundOriginator
Description: The Outbound originator’s e-mail address. This field applies to
both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
PreferredCallBackMedia
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.ContactTypes). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.ContactTypes record related to this cls.Contacts record. As a pointer, it refers
to the fields on the cls.ContactTypes record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.ContactTypes
record. For a list of fields, refer to “ContactTypes” on page 654.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.ContactTypes
Priority
Description: The contact’s priority.
Type: Integer
Rule
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Rules). It can be selected either as a
field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Rules record
related to this cls.Contacts record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on the
cls.Rules record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Rules record. For a
list of fields, refer to “Rules” on page 710.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Rules
650 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Skillset
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Skillsets). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Skillsets
record related to this cls.Contacts record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on
the cls.Skillsets record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Skillsets record. For
a list of fields, refer to “Skillsets” on page 728.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Skillsets
Source
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.Contacts record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
Status
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.Contacts record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 651
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: cls.CodeMappings
SubStatus
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.Contacts record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
TimeZone
Description: The contact’s time zone. This field applies to both Outbound and
e-mail.
Type: Integer
Type
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.ContactTypes). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.ContactTypes record related to this cls.Contacts record. As a pointer, it refers
to the fields on the cls.ContactTypes record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.ContactTypes
record. For a list of fields, refer to “ContactTypes” on page 654.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.ContactTypes
652 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Indexes
The following table lists the indexes used by the cls.Contacts table.
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxCustomer Customer bitmap 0 Index on the Address
field to aid searching.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 653
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ContactTypes
This table is populated with additional entries from Contact Center Manager
Server. If they are subsequently deleted from Contact Center Manager Server,
the MarkAsDeleted flag on this record is set. This is because it is likely there are
contact records that link to cls.ContactType records, which means the
information cannot be deleted.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
DefaultSkillset
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Skillsets). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Skillsets
record related to this cls.ContactTypes record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields
on the cls.Skillsets record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Skillsets record. For
a list of fields, refer to “Skillsets” on page 728.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Skillsets
DeletionTimeStamp
Description: The date and time this record is marked as deleted. This field
applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: TimeStamp
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
654 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
MarkAsDeleted
Description: Flag to indicate whether this media type is deleted. This flag is
necessary because the actual details arrive from the main contact center database
and the historic information must be kept here as a Contact may still have this
MediaType. 1 = Yes. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Boolean
NumericValue
Description: The numeric value for this type. This it populated by OAM or set
to 0 for types that are relevant only within the multimedia environment. This
field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
Parent
Description: Link to the cls.ContactTypes record that is the parent record for
this contact type. This is a circular reference back to this table. It is primarily
used to assist in sending the correct type to Contact Center Manager Server and
to assist in grouping for reporting purposes.
If this is a type from Contact Center Manager Server, then the parent field is a
circular reference to the same record, for example, the e-mail entry has a parent
of e-mail as well. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.ContactTypes
TextValue
Description: The text value of the type. This field applies to both Outbound and
e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 50
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.ContactTypes table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 655
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CustomFields
This table is used by other tables that need to define custom fields.
Implementing it this way allows other tables to have as many custom fields as
needed.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Action
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Actions). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Actions
record related to this cls.CustomFields record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields
on the cls.Actions record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Actions record. For
a list of fields, refer to “Actions” on page 604.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Actions
Campaign
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Campaigns). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.Campaigns record related to this cls.CustomFields record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.Campaigns record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Campaigns record.
For a list of fields, refer to “Campaigns” on page 634.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Campaigns
656 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Contact
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Contacts). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Contacts
record related to this cls.CustomFields record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields
on the cls.Contacts record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Contacts record. For
a list of fields, refer to “Contacts” on page 644.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Contacts
Customer
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Customers). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.Customers record related to this cls.CustomFields record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.Customers record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Customers record.
For a list of fields, refer to “Customers” on page 660.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Customers
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
IsTextVisible
Description: Should this field be displayed to the agent. Default is true. 1 =
True. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Boolean
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 657
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Name
Description: This describes the type of information in the value field. This field
applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 50
Site
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Sites). It can be selected either as a
field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Sites record
related to this cls.CustomFields record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on the
cls.Rules record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Sites record. For a
list of fields, refer to “Sites” on page 722.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Sites
Text
Description: The actual value for this instance. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
Indexes
The following table lists the indexes used by the cls.CustomFields table.
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxAction Action bitmap 0 Index on the Action
field to aid searching.
658 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxCampaign Campaign bitmap 0 Index on the Campaign
field to aid searching.
idxContact Contact bitmap 0 Index on the Contact
field to aid searching.
idxCustomer Customer bitmap 0 Index on the Customer
field to aid searching.
idxSite Site bitmap 0 Index on the Site field
to aid searching.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 659
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Customers
This table contains Contact Center Multimedia customer details.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Addresses
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Addresses). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Addresses
record related to this cls.Customers record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on
the cls.Addresses record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Addresses record.
For a list of fields, refer to “Addresses” on page 612.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Addresses
CustomFields
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CustomFields). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CustomFields record related to this cls.Customers record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CustomFields record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CustomFields
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CustomFields” on page 656.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.CustomFields
660 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
EmailAddresses
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.EmailAddresses). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.EmailAddresses record related to this cls.Customers record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.EmailAddresses record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.EmailAddresses
record. For a list of fields, refer to “EmailAddresses” on page 669.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.EmailAddresses
FirstName
Description: The customer’s first name. This field applies to both Outbound
and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 50
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
LastName
Description: The customer’s last name (surname). This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 100
LoginPage
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.Customers record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 661
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
Password
Description: The customer’s password, stored in encrypted format. This field
applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 50
PhoneNumbers
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.PhoneNumbers). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.PhoneNumbers record related to this cls.Customers record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.PhoneNumbers record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.PhoneNumbers
record. For a list of fields, refer to “PhoneNumbers” on page 692.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.PhoneNumbers
PreferredAgent
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Users). It can be selected either as a
field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Users record
related to this cls.Customers record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on the
cls.Users record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Users record. For a
list of fields, refer to “Users” on page 735.
662 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Users
RegisterDate
Description: The date and time that this cls.Customers record is created. This
field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: TimeStamp
Title
Description: This is for titles such as Mr., Mrs., Miss, and Dr. There is no pre-
defined list of valid values. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 20
UserName
Description: The user name that the customer uses to log on. This field applies
to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 50
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Customers table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 663
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Debugs
This table is used to write debug information from any Object Script Routines.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Code
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Component
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Severity
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Text
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 255
Time
Description: Internal use only.
Type: TimeStamp
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Debugs table.
664 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
DispositionCodes
This table stores information relating to cls.DispositionCodes for an outbound
campaign. You cannot delete Contact records, but if they are no longer required,
the MarkAsDeleted field is set.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Deletable
Description: Flag to indicate if the system can delete this cls.DispositionCode
record. 1 = Yes. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Boolean
DisplayName
Description: The display name for this cls.DispositionCode record. This field
applies to Outbound only.
Type: String
Length: 50
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The database automatically
generates the value for this field when the record is created. You cannot update
this field at any time. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Integer
MarkAsDeleted
Description: Flag to indicate that this cls.DispositionCode record should appear
as deleted. 1 = Yes. This field information must stay in the system for historic
contacts that may link to this cls.DispositionCode record. This field applies to
Outbound only.
Type: Boolean
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 665
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
MaxRetryCount
Description: Number of times a to try a contact with this DispositionCode.
Used in conjunction with RetryTimeout. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Integer
Name
Description: The short name for this cls.Disposition Code record. This is
usually used for reporting rather than the cls.DisplayName record. This field
applies to Outbound only.
Type: String
Length: 50
NumericValue
Description: Integer value for this cls.DispositionCode record. Internal use
only. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Integer
RetryTimeout
Description: Amount of time to wait, in seconds, before retrying a contact that
has this DispositionCode. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Integer
SaveAgentScript
Description: Flag to save the agent script to an action when the contact is
processed. 1 = Yes. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Boolean
Type
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). You can select it
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.DispositionCodes record. As a
pointer, it refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
As a field, you can use it in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
666 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to Outbound
only.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.DispositionCodes table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 667
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Durations
This table contains details of how long the contact is open. There is one entry for
each agent that has worked on the contact.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Agent
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Users). It can be selected either as a
field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Users record
related to this cls.Durations record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on the
cls.Users record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Users record. For a
list of fields, refer to “Users” on page 735.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597.
Type: cls.Users
Duration
Description: Length of time agent has the contact open.
Type: Integer
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Durations table.
668 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
EmailAddresses
This table stores e-mail addresses owned by cls.Customers records. Each record
in this table is linked to a cls.Customers record using the Customer field.
Multiple cls.EmailAddresses records can be linked to the same cls.Customers
record.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Address
Description: The e-mail address. This field applies to both Outbound and
e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
Customer
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Customers). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.Customers record related to this cls.EmailAddresses record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.Customers record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Customers record.
For a list of fields, refer to “Customers” on page 660.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Customers
Default
Description: Flag to indicate whether this e-mail address is used as the default
for communicating with the customer. 1 = Yes. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Boolean
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 669
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
SearchAddress
Description: This version of the e-mail address is used when searching. This
field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 255
Indexes
The following table lists the indexes used by the cls.EmailAddresses table.
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxCustomer Customer bitmap 0 Index on the Customer
field to aid searching.
idxSearch SearchAddress bitmap 0 Index on the Address
Address field to aid searching.
670 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
EmailAddressGroups
This table stores a list of e-mail addresses that can be compared to an incoming
contact record to trigger the actions of a specific rule. Each rule record can be
linked to one cls.EmailAddressGroup record.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Addresses
Description: This contains a space delimited collection of e-mail addresses.
Type: String
Length: 4095
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
Name
Description: User defined e-mail address group name.
Type: String
Length: 255
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.EmailAddressGroups table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 671
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
HolidayHours
This table contains details of any holidays that the contact center may have
special working hours for.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
CloseTime
Description: The time that the contact center closes. If this is blank, then the
contact center is open all day.
Type: String
Length: 5
HolidayDate
Description: The actual date of the holiday.
Type: String
Length: 22
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
Name
Description: The name of the holiday, such as New Year’s Day.
Type: String
Length: 255
672 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
OpenTime
Description: The time the contact center opens. This is any time from 00:00 to
23:59.
Type: String
Length: 5
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.HolidayHours table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 673
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Inboxes
This table contains details that relate the e-mail mailboxes used by the Contact
Center Multimedia application.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
DisplayName
Description: The display name for this inbox.
Type: String
Length: 100
DomainName
Description: The domain where the mailbox is located.
Type: String
Length: 100
Enabled
Description: Flag to indicate whether or not this inbox is enabled. 1 = Yes.
Type: Integer
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
InboundMailThreshold
Description: The number of e-mail message that should be read each time the
mailbox is accessed.
Type: Integer
674 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Name
Description: The name of the inbox. This is concatenated with the at symbol
(@) and the DomainName to get the full e-mail address.
Type: String
Length: 100
OutBoundMailThreshold
Description: The number of e-mail messages that should be sent each time the
mailbox is accessed.
Type: Integer
Password
Description: The password to gain access to the mailbox.
Type: String
Length: 100
SMTPServer
Description: Internal use only.
Type: cls.Servers
Server
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Servers). It can be selected either as
a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Servers record
related to this cls.Inboxes record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on the
cls.Servers record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Servers record. For
a list of fields, refer to “Servers” on page 717.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597.
Type: cls.Servers
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 675
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
SmtpAuthLogon
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 64
WinNTAccount
Description: The NT account that should be used to access the mailbox.
Type: String
Length: 100
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Inboxes table.
676 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
InvalidXMLAudits
Internal use only.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
ActionId
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Char
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
ContactId
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
DateTimeFound
Description: Internal use only.
Type: TimeStamp
Field
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Position
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 677
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Indexes
The following table lists the indexes used by the cls.InvalidXMLAudits table.
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxChar Char bitmap 0 Index to aid searching
on invalid characters
that are found on
contact or action
records.
idxField Field bitmap 0 Index to aid searching
to find the relevant
contact or action field
where the invalid
characters were found.
678 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
InvalidXMLChrs
This table stores invalid XML characters.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
InvalidXMLField
Description: Internal use only.
Type: cls.InvalidXMLFields
New
Description: If populated, this is written into the field in the position the Old
ASCII value is found in. If not populated, the character is removed.
Type: String
Old
Description: ASCII character searched for in the parent field.
Type: Integer
Indexes
The following table lists the indexes used by the cls.InvalidXMLChrs table.
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
InvalidXML InvalidXML bitmap 0 Index to aid selecting
FieldIndex Field the correct table and
field information that
needs to be searched
for invalid characters.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 679
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
InvalidXMLFields
Internal use only.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Characters
Description: Internal use only.
Type: cls.InvalidXMLChrs
Table
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Field
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Search
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Boolean
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.InvalidXMLFields table.
680 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
KeyWordGroups
This table contains groups of key words used to correctly route new contacts.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
Name
Description: The name of the key word group.
Type: String
Length: 64
Query
Description: List of the key words.
Type: String
Length: 4095
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.KeyWordGroups table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 681
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Licenses
This table contains details of the various licenses that relate to the Contact
Center Multimedia application.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Enabled
Description: Field to indicate whether a feature has a licence (true) on not
(false). The default value is 0 (false).
Type: Boolean
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
Name
Description: The name of the licensable feature. This corresponds to the name
used in the licence file.
Type: String
Length: 255
Services
Description: Internal use only.
Type: cls.Services
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Licenses table.
682 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Migrations
This table contains details of the customers and contacts migrated from
Symposium Web Client 4.0 to Contact Center Multimedia 6.0. Internal use only.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
CustomerName
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 255
FromCustomerId
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Migrated
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
NotMigratedReason
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 255
ToCustomerId
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Migrations table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 683
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
MigrationNotes
This table contains informational notes that the migration application reads to
provide feedback to the end user during the migration process. Internal use only.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
DateTimeStamp
Description: Internal use only.
Type: TimeStamp
DebugOnly
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
MigratedCustomers
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
NoteText
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 255
TotalCustomers
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.MigrationNotes table.
684 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
OnHoldURLs
This table contains URL details for use when a customer is on hold. Internal use
only.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Description
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 255
HoldTime
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Sequence
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Tag
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 1024
URL
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 1024
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 685
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.OnHoldURLs table.
686 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
OutOfHoursRules
This table contains details of out-of-hours rules.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
AutoResponse
Description: Relational link to the cls.AutoResponses record used by the
cls.OutOfHoursRules record.
Type: Integer
Enabled
Description: Flag to indicate if this out-of-hours rule should be used. 1 = Yes.
Type: Boolean
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.OutOfHoursRules table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 687
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
PageChange
Internal use only.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
ChangeCounter
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Name
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 255
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.PageChange table.
688 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
PagePushes
Internal use only.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
SerialNo
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Skillset
Description: Internal use only.
Type: cls.Skillsets
URL
Description: Internal use only.
Type: cls.PagePushURLs
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.PagePushes table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 689
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
PagePushURLs
This table contains URL details for use when pushing pages to customers.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Description
Description: Description for this URL.
Type: String
Length: 255
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
Skillset
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Skillsets). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Skillsets
record related to this cls.PagePushURLs record. As a pointer, it refers to the
fields on the cls.Skillsets record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Skillsets record. For
a list of fields, refer to “Skillsets” on page 728.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597.
Type: cls.Skillsets
URL
Description: The full URL.
Type: String
690 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Length: 4095
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.PagePushURLs table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 691
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
PhoneNumbers
This table stores phone number details for customers. They are linked to the
relevant cls.Customers record through the cls.Customer field. Multiple
cls.PhoneNumbers records can be linked to the cls.Customers record.
AreaCode
Description: The area code part of the phone number. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 10
Customer
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Customers). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.Customers record related to this cls.PhoneNumbers record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.Customers record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Customers record.
For a list of fields, refer to “Customers” on page 660.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.Customers
Default
Description: Flag to indicate if this should be used as the default number for
this customer. 1 = Yes. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Boolean
DoNotCall
Description: Flag to indicate whether or not the customer requested that this
number not be used to for contact. 1 = Do Not Call. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Boolean
692 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
FullNumber
Description: This field is used internally to store the phone number stripped of
any spaces and non-numeric characters. This is used in conjunction with the
index to aid searching for a particular phone number. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 32
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field applies to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: Integer
InternationalCode
Description: The international code part of the phone number. This field applies
to both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 10
Number
Description: The local number part of the phone number. This field applies to
both Outbound and e-mail.
Type: String
Length: 32
Type
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.PhoneNumbers record. As a pointer,
it refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 693
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to both
Outbound and e-mail.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
Indexes
The following table lists the indexes used by the cls.PhoneNumbers table.
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxCustomer Customer bitmap 0 Index on the Customer
field to aid searching.
idxFullNumber FullNumber bitmap 0 Index on the
FullNumber field this
is to aid searching for
phone numbers.
694 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Phrases
This table contains a list of default strings of text that a user can select when
using Web Chat. This means that the user does not have to type the same text
over and over again.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
Skillset
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Skillsets). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Skillsets
record related to this cls.Phrases record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on the
cls.Skillsets record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Skillsets record. For
a list of fields, refer to “Skillsets” on page 728.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597.
Type: cls.Skillsets
Text
Description: Phrase which is linked to skillset and appears in a drop-down box
for the agents to choose from during a chat session.
Type: String
Length: 32767
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 695
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Phrases table.
696 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Preferences
This table contains user-defined preferences.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Agent
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Users). It can be selected either as a
field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Users record
related to this cls.Preferences record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on the
cls.Users record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Users record. For a
list of fields, refer to “Users” on page 735.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597.
Type: cls.Users
Context
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 30
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
IdKey
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 697
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 30
Text
Description: Details of the preferences.
Type: Stream
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Preferences table.
698 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Questions
This table stores questions that are associated with a cls.CampaignScripts table.
They are linked to the relevant cls.CampaignScripts records through the
CampaignScript field. Multiple cls.Questions records can be linked to one
cls.CampaignScripts record.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
AllowedAnswers
Description: A comma delimited selection of possible answers. This field
applies to Outbound only.
Type: String
Length: 1024
AllowedFreeText
Description: Flag to indicate whether or not the answer for this question can be
free text or should be selected from the list of AllowedAnswers. 1 = Free text
allowed. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Boolean
CampaignScript
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CampaignScripts). It can be
selected either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CampaignScripts record related to this cls.Questions record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CampaignScripts record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CampaignScripts
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CampaignScripts” on page 640.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to Outbound
only.
Type: cls.CampaignScripts
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 699
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
DefaultAnswer
Description: The default answer for this question. This is one from the list of
AllowedAnswers. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: String
Length: 255
GUI
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.Questions record. As a pointer, it
refers to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field applies to Outbound
only.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: Integer
Question
Description: The name of the question. This field applies to Outbound only.
Type: String
Length: 1024
700 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Indexes
The following table lists the indexes used by the cls.Questions table.
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxCampaign CampaignScript bitmap 0 Index on the
Script CampaignScript field
to aid searching.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 701
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
RegularHours
This table holds information relating to the regular opening hours of the contact
center.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
CloseTime
Description: The time that the contact center closes. If this field is blank, then
the contact center is open all day.
Type: String
Length: 5
Day
Description: The day that open and close hours apply to. There can be multiple
entries for a given day. For example, this supports Contact Centers that close for
lunch.
Type: String
Length: 50
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
OpenTime
Description: The hours that the contact center opens. This value is in the range
00:00 to 23:59.
Type: String
Length: 5
702 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.RegularHours table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 703
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Restores
This table stores details relating to any restores performed on the database. This
is through the archive and restore functionality supplied with Contact Center
Multimedia and not through the database backup and restore functionality.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
FromActionId
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
FromCampaignId
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
FromContactId
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
FromCustomerId
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
FromQuestionId
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
ToActionId
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
704 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
ToCampaignId
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
ToContactId
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
ToCustomerId
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
ToQuestionId
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Indexes
The following table lists the indexes used by the cls.Restores table.
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxToActionId ToActionId bitmap 0 Index on the
ToActionId field to aid
searching.
idxToCampaignId ToCampaignId bitmap 0 Index on the
ToCampaignId field to
aid searching.
idxToContactId ToContactId bitmap 0 Index on the
ToContactId field to
aid searching.
idxToCustomer ToCustomerId bitmap 0 Index on the
Id ToCustomerId field to
aid searching
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 705
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxToQuestionId ToQuestionId bitmap 0 Index on the
ToQuestionId field to
aid searching.
706 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
RestoredAudits
This table stores a temporary copy of audit records that are being restored,
through the archive and restore functionality, to the database. It is necessary to
keep a temporary copy as all the links within the audit records change upon the
restore and need to be updated on the temporary versions here before being
written to the audit table.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
ActionId
Description: Link to the cls.Action record that this cls.Audit record relates to.
Type: Integer
AgentId
Description: The agent that made the change. This is link to the cls.UserDetails
table.
Type: Integer
CampaignId
Description: Link to the cls.Campaigns record that this audit record relates to.
Type: Integer
CampaignUserName
Description: Campaign user name that created the audit record.
Type: String
ContactId
Description: Link to the cls.Contacts record that this audit relates to.
Type: Integer
CustomerId
Description: Link to the cls.Customers record that this audit record relates to.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 707
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: Integer
DateTimeStamp
Description: The date and time that this audit event took place.
Type: TimeStamp
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
NewValue
Description: Contains the new value relevant to the type field. If type is
ContactStatus, then this field holds the old contact status value.
Type: Integer
OldValue
Description: Contains the old value relevant to the type field. If type is
ContactStatus, then this field holds the old contact status value.
Type: Integer
Type
Description: The audit type. This is a link to a record in the cls.CodeMappings
table.
Type: Integer
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.RestoredAudits table.
708 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
RoutePoints
This table contains details of the Route Point assigned to a skillset. This table
replaces CDN. It has a MarkAsDeleted flag. Although it may be deleted on
Contact Center Manager Server, it is still be referenced within the Contact
Center Multimedia database on contacts created when the RoutePoint did exist.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
DeletionTimeStamp
Description: The date and time when this cls.RoutePoints record is deleted.
Type: TimeStamp
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
MarkAsDeleted
Description: Flag to indicate if this RoutePoint is deleted. 1 = Yes.
Type: Boolean
RoutePoint
Description: The name of the cls.RoutePoint record.
Type: String
Length: 32
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.RoutePoints table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 709
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Rules
This table contains the details for a rule used to route a contact to the relevant
skillset.
This table does not use embedded tables.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
AutoResponseID
Description: Relational link to the cls.Acknowledgement record used by this
rule.
Type: Integer
ContactTypeID
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
EmailAddressGroupID
Description: Relational link to the cls.EmailAddressGroups record used by this
rule.
Type: Integer
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
InboxID
Description: Relational link to the cls.Inboxes record used by this rule.
Type: Integer
710 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
IsClosed
Description: Flag to indicate whether this rule is closed or not. 1 = Yes.
Type: Boolean
Name
Description: Textual name for the rule.
Type: String
Length: 64
Priority
Description: The rule’s priority.
Type: Integer
RuleQuery
Description: The text that makes up the body of the rule.
Type: String
Length: 2000
Sequence
Description: The order in which this rule should be used. This applies if there is
more than one rule for a cls.Skillsets record. Lowest sequence numbers are
processed first.
Type: Integer
SkillsetID
Description: Relational link to the cls.Skillsets record used by this rule.
Type: Integer
SkillsetReset
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Boolean
Status
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 711
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
UseOutOfHoursRule
Description: Flag to indicate whether or not the out-of-hours rule should be
used instead of this rule. 1 = Yes.
Type: Boolean
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Rules table.
712 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
RuleAdmins
This table is used by the e-mail manager service to determine if it needs to
refresh its internal copy of the rules.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
DefaultPriority
Description: The default priority value for this rule.
Type: Integer
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
LastModifiedTime
Description: The date and time this rule was last modified. If any cls.Rules
record is updated, this field is also updated.
Type: TimeStamp
LastQueryBuildTime
Description: The date and time that the rule query was last built.
Type: TimeStamp
NumberOfCharacters
Description: The number of characters in the last rule query.
Type: Integer
SearchBody
Description: Flag to indicate whether or not the body of the e-mail should be
searched. 1 = Yes.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 713
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: Boolean
SearchSubject
Description: Flag to indicate whether or not the e-mail subject should be
searched. 1 = Yes.
Type: Boolean
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.RuleAdmins table.
714 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
RuleKeywordGroups
This table contains cls.KeyWordGroups records that are used within rules.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
KeyWordGroupID
Description: Link to the internal unique identifier of the cls.KeyWordGroups
record.
Type: Integer
Operator
Description: Descriptions of how this table should be connected to the other
cls.RuleKeyWordGroup records for the rule.
Type: String
Length: 10
RuleID
Description: Link to the internal unique identifier of the cls.Rules record.
Type: Integer
Sequence
Description: The sequence number for this cls.RuleKeyWordGroup record.
Type: Integer
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 715
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.RuleKeywordGroups table.
716 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Servers
This table contains a list of the servers required by the Contact Center
Multimedia application.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Auth
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
BackUpHost
Description: The name of the back-up server.
Type: String
Length: 255
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
Name
Description: The name of the server. This can also be an IP address.
Type: String
Length: 255
NewType
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CodeMappings). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CodeMappings record related to this cls.Servers record. As a pointer, it refers
to the fields on the cls.CodeMappings record.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 717
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CodeMappings
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CodeMappings” on page 642.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
Port
Description: The port number to use when connecting to this server.
Type: Integer
Type
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Servers table.
718 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Services
This table contains a list of the services that make up the Contact Center
Multimedia application.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
License
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Licenses). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Licenses
record related to this cls.Services record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on
the cls.Licenses record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Licenses record. For
a list of fields, refer to “Licenses” on page 682.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597.
Type: cls.Licenses
NTName
Description: Name in services, used by cache and the sc Winnt command to
stop the service.
Type: String
Length: 255
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 719
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ServiceName
Description: Name of the Contact Center Multimedia service. This is used by
Licence Manager to start and stop services.
Type: String
Length: 255
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Services table.
720 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Sessions
This table contains a session key for each user that is logged on.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
LoginTime
Description: Date and time that the user logged on to the system.
Type: TimeStamp
SessionKey
Description: Session key value for the user.
Type: String
UserID
Description: Link to the unique internal identifier for the user.
Type: String
UserType
Description: Whether the user is an agent or a supervisor.
Type: String
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Sessions table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 721
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Sites
This table contains details that relate to the site that the Contact Center
Multimedia application is installed on.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
AccessKey
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 20
BuildVersion
Description: The build version of the Contact Center Multimedia application.
Type: String
Length: 20
CompanyName
Description: Name of the company that controls the site.
Type: String
Length: 20
CustomFields
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.CustomFields). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.CustomFields record related to this cls.Sites record. As a pointer, it refers to
the fields on the cls.CustomFields record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.CustomFields
record. For a list of fields, refer to “CustomFields” on page 656.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597.
722 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Type: cls.CustomFields
EnableSecurityBanner
Description: Flag to indicate whether or not the security banner should be
displayed. 1 = Yes.
Type: Boolean
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
MMKeyCode
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 20
MMSwitchSerialNumber
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 12
NNCCSiteName
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 255
NNCCSwitchSerialNumber
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 12
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 723
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
SecurityBanner
Description: Banner text that should be displayed to the agent when logging
into the Contact Center Agent Desktop.
Type: String
Length: 4095
Site
Description: Name of the site.
Type: String
Length: 10
SkillsetPrefix
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 10
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Sites table.
724 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
SiteComponents
This table contains the various components that make up the Contact Center
Multimedia application.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Comment
Description: Description for the cls.SiteComponent record.
Type: String
Length: 255
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
Name
Description: The name of the cls.SiteComponent record.
Type: String
Length: 255
Parameters
Description: Internal use only.
Type: cls.SiteParameters
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.SiteComponents table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 725
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
SiteParameters
This table contains various parameters that the various Contact Center
Multimedia services use.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
Comment
Description: Textual description for this cls.SiteParameter record.
Type: String
Length: 255
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
Name
Description: The name of the cls.SiteParameter record.
Type: String
Length: 255
SiteComponent
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.SiteComponents). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.SiteComponents record related to this cls.SiteParameters record. As a
pointer, it refers to the fields on the cls.SiteComponents record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.SiteComponents
record. For a list of fields, refer to “SiteComponents” on page 725.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597.
726 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Type: cls.SiteComponents
Text
Description: The value of the cls.SiteParameter record.
Type: String
Length: 255
Indexes
The following table lists the indexes used by the cls.SiteParameters table.
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxSite SiteComponent bitmap 0 Index on the
Component SiteComponent field to
aid searching.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 727
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Skillsets
This table contains a list of all skillsets that have been on the system. Skillsets
that are no longer current have a flag set to indicate this fact. They are kept on
the system as there may or may not be contacts for those skillsets.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
ActivityCode
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 32
Agents
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Users). It can be selected either as a
field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Users record
related to this cls.Skillsets record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on the
cls.Users record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Users record. For a
list of fields, refer to “Users” on page 735.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597.
Type: cls.Users
AutoSignature
Description: Default signature that is appended to any e-mail messages sent out
from this skillset.
Type: String
Length: 4095
CCMSID
Description: The ID from the Contact Center Manager Server.
728 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Type: Integer
DeletionTimeStamp
Description: The date and time this skillset is deleted from the system.
Type: TimeStamp
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
MailBox
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Inboxes). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Inboxes
record related to this cls.Skillsets record. As a pointer, it refers to the fields on
the cls.Inboxes record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Inboxes record. For
a list of fields, refer to “Inboxes” on page 674.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597.
Type: cls.Inboxes
Mapping
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 50
MarkAsDeleted
Description: Flag to indicate if this skillset is deleted. 1 = Yes.
Type: Boolean
Name
Description: Textual name for this skillset.
Type: String
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 729
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Length: 50
PagePushURLs
Description: Internal use only.
Type: cls.PagePushURLs
Phrases
Description: Internal use only.
Type: cls.Phrases
RoutePoint
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.RoutePoints). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.RoutePoints record related to this cls.Skillsets record. As a pointer, it refers
to the fields on the cls.RoutePoints record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.RoutePoints record.
For a list of fields, refer to “RoutePoints” on page 709.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597.
Type: cls.RoutePoints
Status
Description: Internal use only.
Type: cls.CodeMappings
Threshold
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
UseOriginalAddress
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
WebDescription
Description: Textual description for this Skillset.
730 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Type: String
Length: 50
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Skillsets table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 731
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
SkillsetOnHoldURLs
This table contains a list of URLs for a skillset that can be used when a customer
is on hold.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
SerialNo
Description: Internal use only.
Type: Integer
Skillset
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.Skillsets). It can be selected either
as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the cls.Skillsets
record related to this cls.SkillsetOnHoldURLs record. As a pointer, it refers to
the fields on the cls.Skillsets record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.Skillsets record. For
a list of fields, refer to “Skillsets” on page 728.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597.
Type: cls.Skillsets
Indexes
The are no indexes used by cls.SkillsetOnHoldURLs table.
732 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Updates
This table contains information relating to updates performed on this server.
This is the same as the information in the NortelSU.txt file except for the ID and
the DateTimeStamp fields.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
CRNumber
Description: The change request (CR) number that this update relates to.
Type: String
Length: 20
Changes
Description: Free form text notes on the update applied.
Type: String
Length: 2000
Date
Description: The date field as taken from the text file.
Type: String
Length: 30
DateTimeStamp
Description: The date and time that this update was applied to the system.
Type: TimeStamp
DeleteFlag
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 733
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
DeployFlag
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 1
FileChanged
Description: The name of the file that contains the new code.
Type: String
Length: 200
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
Notes
Description: Any other comments are recorded here.
Type: String
Length: 2000
RequestedBy
Description: Name of person who requested the update.
Type: String
Length: 50
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Updates table.
734 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Users
This table contains a list of valid multimedia users, such as agents.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
CCMSID
Description: The Contact Center Multimedia ID of this agent or supervisor.
This comes from Contact Center Manager Server.
Type: Integer
DeletionTimeStamp
Description: Date and time this user was deleted from the system.
Type: TimeStamp
Email
Description: The e-mail address for the user.
Type: String
Length: 255
Fax
Description: The FAX number for the user.
Type: String
Length: 20
FirstName
Description: User’s first name.
Type: String
Length: 50
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 735
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
LastName
Description: User’s last name.
Type: String
Length: 50
LogonId
Description: The logon ID used to connect to the Contact Center Agent
Desktop.
Type: String
Length: 50
MarkAsDeleted
Description: Flag to indicate if this user is deleted.
Type: Boolean
Password
Description: Internal use only.
Type: String
Length: 20
RoutePoint
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.RoutePoints). It can be selected
either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.RoutePoints record related to this cls.Users record. As a pointer, it refers to
the fields on the cls.RoutePoints record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the cls.RoutePoints record.
For a list of fields, refer to “RoutePoints” on page 709.
736 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597.
Type: cls.RoutePoints
Status
Description: Flag to indicate whether the user is logged on or not. 1 = Logged
in.
Type: Boolean
Supervisor
Description: Link to the user’s cls.Supervisors record.
Type: cls.Users
TelsetLogonId
Description: The logon ID used to access the user’s telephone set.
Type: String
Length: 255
UserClass
Description: Text to describe the user type, which can be agent or supervisor.
Type: String
Length: 20
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.Users table.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 737
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
UserResets
This table contains a list of valid multimedia users, such as agents.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time.
Type: Integer
PasswordReset
Description: Flag to indicate if the user’s password was reset.
Type: Integer
UserID
Description: Relational link to the cls.User table. This is used by the
administration application.
Type: Integer
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.UserResets table.
738 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
WebCommsMessages
This table stores details of messages that are written by either the agent or the
customer during a Web communication session. The messages are linked to a
cls.WebCommsSession record. Multiple cls.WebCommsMessages records can
be linked to the same cls.WebCommsSessions record.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section.
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field is applicable for Web communications only.
Type: Integer
Message
Description: Message text from either the agent or customer. This field is
applicable for Web communications only.
Type: String
Length: 255
Session
Description: This is an embedded table (cls.WebCommsSessions). It can be
selected either as a field or as a pointer. As a field, it returns the ID value of the
cls.WebCommsSessions record related to this cls.WebCommsMessages record.
As a pointer, it refers to the fields on the cls.WebCommsSessions record.
As a field, it can be used in an SQL relational join to the
cls.WebCommsSessions record. For a list of fields, refer to
“WebCommsSessions” on page 741.
For more information about querying data from fields that are embedded tables,
see “About the Caché database” on page 597. This field is applicable for Web
communications only.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 739
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: cls.WebCommsSessions
WriteTime
Description: The date and time that this message was written. This field is
applicable for Web communications only.
Type: TimeStamp
Indexes
The are no indexes used by the cls.WebCommsMessages table.
740 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
WebCommsSessions
This table stores high-level detail relating to a Web communications session.
The actual text sent between the agent and the customer is stored in the
cls.WebCommsMessage table.
Field descriptions
The field descriptions for this table are described in this section. This field is
applicable for Web communications only.
AgentWriting
Description: Flag to indicate if the agent is currently writing. This field is
applicable for Web communications only.
Type: Boolean
ContactID
Description: Relational link to the contact’s unique internal identifier that this
session belongs to. This field is applicable for Web communications only.
Type: String
CustomerWriting
Description: Flag to indicate if the customer is currently writing. This field is
applicable for Web communications only.
Type: Boolean
ID
Description: This is the primary key for the table. The value for this field is
automatically generated by the database when the record is created and cannot
be updated at any time. This field is applicable for Web communications only.
Type: Integer
LastAgentPoll
Description: Internal use only. This field is applicable for Web communications
only.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 741
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Type: TimeStamp
LastCustomerPoll
Description: Internal use only. This field is applicable for Web communications
only.
Type: TimeStamp
Messages
Description: Internal use only. This field is applicable for Web communications
only.
Type: cls.WebCommsMessages
Indexes
The following table lists the indexes used by the cls.WebCommsSessions table.
Unique
Index name Fields indexed Type 1 = Yes Description
idxContactID ContactID bitmap 0 Index on the SessionID
field to aid searching.
742 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Additional tables
There are 2 additional tables that are generated specifically for the SQL
representation of the data.
cls.Campaigns_DispositionCodes
The cls.Campaigns and cls.DispositionCodes tables have a many-to-many
relationship. This is the table that links them together.
Fields Description
ID The value for this field is automatically generated by the
database when the record is created and cannot be
updated at any time.
Campaigns ID of the cls.Campaigns record that this record relates to.
DispositionCodes ID of the cls.DispositionCodes record that this record
relates to.
Element_key Internal use only.
cls.Skillsets_Agents
The cls.Skillsets and cls.Users tables have a many-to-many relationship. This is
the table that links them together.
Fields Description
ID The value for this field is automatically generated by the
database when the record is created and cannot be
updated at any time.
Skillsets ID of the cls.Skillsets record that this record relates to.
Agents ID of the cls.Agents record that this record relates to.
Element_key Internal use only.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 743
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
744 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
Section B: Database views
In this section
Overview 746
CampaignAgentScriptResult 747
CampaignCallByCallDetails 748
CampaignSummary 751
ContactsByContacts 753
ContactsOutstanding 755
ContactsOutstandingDetail 756
ContactsOutstandingSumm 758
ScriptSummary 759
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 745
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Overview
This section contains database view information. You access data through
database views, or logical representations of the database. Database views are
used to organize the information in the database for your use. In SQL terms, a
view is a named query in a schema, defined with a CREATE VIEW statement. A
view is not a table, but the result of a view is a table.
This section provides definitions for all the Contact Center Multimedia database
views available.
746 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
CampaignAgentScriptResult
This view displays the questions and answers given for campaigns. The results
are sorted by contact. This view is often used to retrieve the details for a
particular campaign. You can use this view to see, by contact, the name and
phone number for the customer and the answers given to the campaign
questions.
The following table lists the view field, source table, and source field, where
applicable, for this view.
View field Source table Source field
ContactID cls.Contacts ID
PhoneNumber cls.Actions NumberUsed
CustomerID cls.Customers ID
FirstName cls.Customers
LastName cls.Customers
Campaign cls.Campaigns Name
DateCreated cls.Answers DateCreated
Answer cls.Answers
Question cls.Questions
FreeText cls.Answers
AllowedAnswers cls.Questions
DispositionCode cls.DispositionCodes Name
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 747
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
CampaignCallByCallDetails
This view provides call by call details for campaigns. This view is used to
retrieve the information relating to one outbound campaign. The view displays
when the contact was opened and closed, when the relevant action was opened
and closed, how long the agent was dialing and talking, and overview
information relating to the campaign in general. The overview information
includes the daily start and end times for the campaign and how many contacts
are in the campaign SQL used to create view
The following table lists the view field, source table, and source field, where
applicable, for this view.
View field Source table Source field
CampaignName cls.Campaigns Name
ContactLastClosedTime cls.Contacts ClosedTime
ContactLastOpenTime cls.Contacts OpenTime
ContactOpenDuration cls.Contacts OpenDuration
TotalDialTime cls.Contacts DialTime
TotalTalkTime cls.Contacts TalkTime
ContactID cls.Contacts ID
ContactDispositionCode cls.DispositionCodes Name
ContactCreatedTime cls.Contacts ArrivalTime
ContactFirstOpenTime cls.Contacts AcquiredTime
RetryCount cls.Contacts CampaignRetryCount
Priority cls.Contacts
SkillsetName cls.Skillsets Name
CallStatus cls.Contacts Status
748 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
CallAttempts cls.Contacts NoOfCallAttempts
ContactSource cls.Contacts Source
CallBackTime cls.Actions
CallBackStatus cls.Actions
CallBackMedia cls.Actions
ActionID cls.Actions ID
ActionOpenTime cls.Actions OpenTime
ActionClosedTime cls.Actions ClosedTime
DialStartTime cls.Actions
DialEndTime cls.Actions
TalkStartTime cls.Actions
TalkEndTime cls.Actions
ActionDispositionCode cls.Actions DispositionCode
ActionSource cls.Actions Source
ActionType cls.Actions Type
ActionProcessedTime cls.Actions CreationTime
DialledDN cls.Actions NumberUsed
LastName cls.Customers
FirstName cls.Customers
CustomerID cls.Customers ID
Agent cls.Users FirstName + LastName
AgentLoginID cls.Users LogonID
CampaignStatus cls.Campaigns Status
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 749
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
AgentScript cls.Campaigns CampaignScript
NumCallsInCampaign cls.Campaigns NumberOfContacts
NumContactsProcessed cls.Campaigns NumberOfContacts
Processed
CampaignStartDateTime cls.Campaigns StartDateTime
CampaignEndDateTime cls.Campaigns EndDateTime
CampaignDailyStartTime cls.Campaigns DailyStartTime
CampaignDailyEndTime cls.Campaigns DailyEndTime
CampaignDateCreated cls.Campaigns DateCreated
CampaignDescription cls.Campaigns Description
CampaignCreatedBy cls.Campaigns Owner
750 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
CampaignSummary
This view provides summary information relating to campaigns. The data is
summarized around the disposition codes used to close contacts within a
campaign. The view shows the number of contacts that have a disposition code
within a campaign. The view also contains summary information relating to the
campaign, such as who created it and when, the daily start and end times, and
the start and end date for the campaign.
The following table lists the view field, source table, and source field, where
applicable, for this view.
View field Source table Source field
DispositionCodeCount All in view Number of Contacts with
this DispositionCode
DispositionCodeName cls.DispositionCodes Name
CampaignName cls.Campaigns Name
SkillsetName cls.Skillsets Name
CampaignStatus cls.Campaigns Status
AgentScript cls.Campaigns CampaignScript
NumberOfContacts cls.Campaigns
NumberOfContacts cls.Campaigns
Processed
StartDateTime cls.Campaigns
EndDateTime cls.Campaigns
DailyStartTime cls.Campaigns
DailyEndTime cls.Campaigns
Description cls.Campaigns
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 751
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Owner cls.Campaigns
Priority cls.Campaigns
752 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
ContactsByContacts
This view provides details for contacts in a user-friendly format. The view
includes the customer name and the agent name. For Outbound contacts, the
view also shows summary information from the campaign, such as the campaign
name, how many times the customer was called, and the dial and talk time totals.
The following table lists the view field, source table, and source field, where
applicable, for this view.
View field Source table Source field
ContactID cls.Contacts ID
ContactStatus cls.Contacts Status
SkillsetName cls.Skillsets Name
ArrivalTime cls.Skillsets
ContactOpenTime cls.Skillsets OpenTime
ContactClosedTime cls.Skillsets ClosedTime
ClosedReasonCode cls.Skillsets
ClosedReasonCodeID cls.Skillsets ClosedReasonCode
CustomerID cls.Skillsets Customer
FirstName cls.Customers
LastName cls.Customers
MailCC cls.Contacts
MailFrom cls.Contacts
MailTo cls.Contacts
OriginalSubject cls.Contacts
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 753
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
Priority cls.Contacts
QueueType cls.Contacts
RuleName cls.Contacts Rule
Source cls.Contacts
Type cls.Contacts
AgentName cls.Users FirstName + LastName
AgentCCMSID cls.Users CCMSID
OutboundDispositionCode cls.DispositionCodes Name
AutoResponseName cls.AutoReponses Name
NumberOfContacts cls.Contacts
NumberOfContacts cls.Contacts
Processed
CampaignName cls.Campaigns Name
CampaignRetryCount cls.Contacts
CampaignDialTime cls.Contacts DialTime
CampaignCallTime cls.Contacts CallTime
NumTimesContacts cls.Contacts NoOfCallAttempts
PresentedToAgent
754 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
ContactsOutstanding
This view provides the number of contacts in the contact center that do not have
a status of Closed. The view includes the arrival time from the contact formatted
in different ways: just the date, date and time (hour only), and the full arrival
time information. This is useful for sorting or using the fields in a where clause
to restrict the data returned to a particular time frame.
The following table lists the view field, source table, and source field, where
applicable, for this view.
View field Source table Source field
ByDay cls.Contacts ArrivalTime with Date only
ByHour cls.Contacts ArrivalTime with Hour only
(no minutes or seconds
included)
ContactNo cls.Contacts ID
ArrivalTime cls.Contacts ArrivalTime
Subject cls.Contacts OriginalSubject
Customer cls.Customers FirstName + LastName
ArrivedFrom cls.Contacts MailTo
Agent cls.Users FirstName + LastName
Status cls.Contacts
ParentContactType cls.Types Parent
ContactType cls.Contacts Type
ContactSource cls.Contacts Source
Campaign cls.Campaigns Name
Skillset cls.Contacts
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 755
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ContactsOutstandingDetail
This view is similar to the ContactsOutstanding view, but also includes the date,
subject, and source information from all the actions related to the outstanding
contacts. For more information, refer to “ContactsOutstanding” on page 755.
The following table lists the view field, source table, and source field, where
applicable, for this view.
View field Source table Source field
ByDay cls.Contacts ArrivalTime with Date only
ByHour cls.Contacts ArrivalTime with Hour only
(no minutes or seconds
included)
ContactNo cls.Contacts ID
ArrivalTime cls.Contacts ArrivalTime
Subject cls.Contacts OriginalSubject
Customer cls.Customers FirstName + LastName
ArrivedFrom cls.Contacts MailTo
Agent cls.Users FirstName + LastName
Status cls.Contacts
ParentContactType cls.Types Parent
ContactType cls.Contacts Type
ContactSource cls.Contacts Source
Campaign cls.Campaigns Name
Skillset cls.Contacts
ActionTime cls.Actions CreationTime
756 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
ActionSubject cls.Actions Subject
ActionSource cls.Actions Source
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 757
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
ContactsOutstandingSumm
This view displays the number of contacts for each skillset grouped by the date
they arrived. Only contacts that do not have a status of Closed are included. It
uses the ContactsOutstanding view as the base for the results.
The following table lists the view field, source table, and source field, where
applicable, for this view.
View field Source table Source field
ByDay cls.Contacts ArrivalTime with Date only
Skillset cls.Skillsets Name
Count The number of Contacts
matching the Date and
Skillset
758 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary
ScriptSummary
This view displays count information related to the questions and answers for an
outbound campaign. It shows the number of times each answer was selected for
each question.
The following table lists the view field, source table, and source field, where
applicable, for this view.
View field Source table Source field
Name cls.CampaignScript
Question cls.Questions
AllowedAnswers cls.Questions
AllowedFreeText cls.Questions
DefaultAnswer cls.Questions
QuestionID cls.Questions QuestionID
Count Number of records matching
each QuestionID
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 759
Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary Standard 8.11
760 Contact Center Manager
Chapter 7
Entity relationship diagrams
In this chapter
Overview 762
Contact Center Manager entity relationships 763
Contact Center Multimedia entity relationships 779
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 761
Entity relationship diagrams Standard 8.11
Overview
The diagrams in this chapter show the relationships among the Contact Center
Manager database views. This chapter contains diagrams illustrating each
statistics group, plus an overall diagram showing all of the relationships within
the database.
762 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Entity relationship diagrams
Contact Center Manager entity relationships
The notation convention used for the Contact Center Manager entity relationship
diagrams is IDEF1X.
IDEF1X notation conventions
This section describes the format of the Contact Center Manager reporting
database using a graphical model. The graphical model is constructed using a
standard language called Integration Definition for Information Modeling
(IDEF1X).
The basic constructs of an IDEF1X model are:
Items about which data is kept, which are represented by a box.
Relationships between items, which are represented by lines connecting the
boxes.
Characteristics of items, which are represented by attribute names within
the box.
For more information about interpreting this graphical model, consult FIPS
publication 184, online from the (US) National Institute of Standards and
Technology at http://www.itl.nist.gov.
Entity notation
The following terms are used to describe entities:
Entity—An entity is any person, item, or concept about which information
is kept. In Contact Center Manager, an entity includes Agents as well as
abstract things—such as Applications, Skillsets, CDNs, Activity Codes,
and database views—such as iAgentPerformanceStat. More precisely, an
entity is a set or collection of items called instances. Entities are named by
nouns—for example, agent, application, or skillset. Entities are classified as
independent or dependent entities, depending on how they acquire their
keys.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 763
Entity relationship diagrams Standard 8.11
Child entity—The entity in a specific connection relationship whose
instances can be related to zero or one instance of the other entity (parent
entity).
Parent entity—An entity in a specific connection relationship whose
instances can be related to a number of instances of another entity (child
entity).
Instance—An instance is a single occurrence of an entity. Each instance
must have an identity distinct from all other instances.
Independent entity—An independent entity does not depend on any other
entity for its identification. Independent entities are represented by square-
corner boxes.
Entity Name
key area
data area
Dependent entity—Dependent entities depend on one or more entities for
their identification. They are represented by boxes with rounded corners.
Entity Name
key area
data area
Primary key—To use an entity, instances must be identified uniquely. The
set of attributes that uniquely identifies an entity is called its primary key.
iApplicationStat
Application
Timestamp
ApplicationID ApplicationID (FK)
764 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Entity relationship diagrams
In the preceding illustration, ApplicationID is the primary key for the
Application entity. Also, Timestamp and ApplicationID are the primary
keys for the iApplicationStat entity (that is, a specific Application has data
for multiple Timestamps).
Attribute notation
The following terms are used to describe attributes:
Primary key attribute—A primary key is an attribute that, either by itself
or in combination with other primary key attributes, forms the primary key.
Non-primary key attribute—A non-primary key attribute is not part of
the primary key of the entity.
Foreign key—Whenever entities are connected by a relationship, the
relationship contributes a key (or set of keys) to the child entity. Foreign
key attributes are primary key attributes of a parent entity contributed to a
child entity across a relationship. The contributed keys are said to migrate
or propagate from parent to child.
Foreign key attributes are designated in the model by an (FK) following the
attribute name. In the following illustration, ApplicationID is a foreign key.
iApplicationStat
Application
Timestamp
ApplicationID ApplicationID (FK)
Role name—A role name is a new name for a foreign key attribute or
group of foreign key attributes that defines the role the foreign key plays in
the child entity. A role definition is based on the definition of the original
foreign key or keys. Role names take the following format:
role-name.attribute (FK)
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 765
Entity relationship diagrams Standard 8.11
In the following illustration, IVRPortID.SwitchPortAddress (FK) is a role
name.
iIVRPortStat
IVRPort
Timestamp
SwitchPortAddress IVRPortID.SwitchPortAddress (FK)
IVRQueueID (FK)
Inversion entry—An inversion entry is a non-unique access identifier of
the entity. It is an attribute or group of attributes that is frequently used to
access the entity. An inversion entry specifies another way in which the
business plans to access an instance of the entity. When using an inversion
entry, however, you may not find exactly one instance. Inversion entries are
shown as: attribute (IEn)
In the following illustration, Name is an inversion entry:
Application
ApplicationID
Name (IE1)
Relationship notation
The following terms are used to describe the relationships between entities.
Relationships—Relationships represent connections, links, or associations
between entities. Relationships in an information model are used to
represent some of the business rules that describe the area that is modeled.
IDEF1X, unlike some other modeling languages, insists that all
relationships be binary; that is, they connect exactly two entities.
766 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Entity relationship diagrams
Identifying relationship—In an identifying relationship, primary key
attributes of the parent entity become primary key attributes of the child
entity.
Child Entity
Parent Entity
parent_key (FK)
parent_key child_key
Non-identifying relationship—In a non-identifying relationship, primary
key attributes of the parent entity become non-primary-key attributes of the
child entity.
Child Entity
Parent Entity
child_key
parent_key
parent_key (FK)
Cardinality notation
The following notation is used to show the number of child attributes involved
in the relationship.
One-to-zero-or-more
One-to-one-or-more
P
One-to-zero-or-one
Z
One-to-exactly-N
N
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 767
Entity relationship diagrams Standard 8.11
Statistics entity relationships
The following diagrams display the relationships among the Contact Center
Manager database views.
Activity code statistics
768 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Entity relationship diagrams
Agent by application statistics
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 769
Entity relationship diagrams Standard 8.11
Agent by skillset statistics
770 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Entity relationship diagrams
Agent performance statistics
Application statistics
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 771
Entity relationship diagrams Standard 8.11
Control Directory Number (CDN) statistics
Dialed Number Identification Service (DNIS) statistics
IVR port statistics
772 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Entity relationship diagrams
Interactive Voice Response (IVR) statistics
Network incoming call statistics
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 773
Entity relationship diagrams Standard 8.11
Network outgoing call statistics
RAN/music route statistics
774 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Entity relationship diagrams
Route statistics
Skillset statistics
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 775
Entity relationship diagrams Standard 8.11
Trunk statistics
Full database entity relationships
The illustrations on pages 777 and 778 show all the relationships within the
Contact Center Manager database.
776 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Entity relationship diagrams
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 777
Entity relationship diagrams Standard 8.11
778 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Entity relationship diagrams
Contact Center Multimedia entity relationships
The Contact Center Multimedia entity relationship diagrams in this chapter
display only the major tables that users query for information. There are a
number of other tables defined within the database, but many of these are for
internal use only.
To view all table entities with definitions, see Chapter 6, “Contact Center
Multimedia Data dictionary.”
Full database entity relationships
The illustrations on pages 780 and 781 show all the relationships within the
Contact Center Multimedia database.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 779
Entity relationship diagrams Standard 8.11
780 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Entity relationship diagrams
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 781
Entity relationship diagrams Standard 8.11
782 Contact Center Manager
Appendix A
Standard reports
In this appendix
Overview 784
Understanding the report descriptions 787
Section A: Agent performance reports 803
Section B: Call by call reports 913
Section C: Configuration reports 921
Section D: Multimedia reports 1017
Section E: Network reports 1035
Section F: Others (Additional CCMA reports) 1075
Section G: Outbound reports 1165
Section H: Administration reports 1179
Section I: Network Control Center reports 1193
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 783
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Overview
Contact Center Manager provides two types of standard reports: historical
reports and configuration reports.
Historical reports
Historical reports provide information related to the statistics, activities, and
performance of the contact center. Two types of historical reports are available:
summarized historical reports—These reports contain totals accumulated
over a period of time (usually, 15-minute interval, daily, weekly, or
monthly).
event (detail) historical reports—These reports contain detailed information
about each event that occurred.
Configuration reports
Configuration reports contain information about how your system is configured.
You can use these reports as a reference when you are planning or making
changes to your system.
Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) reports
SIP reports are the same as Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX
reports. However, SIP does not support ACD DN, NACD DN, Networking
features, and IVR Port statistics. Any report that contains these elements are not
applicable in SIP-enabled Contact Centers.
There are some changes for SIP reports on these templates:
Agent by Supervisor Properties and Agent Properties reports include the
agent’s SIP URI.
CDN (Route Point) Properties report contains the SIP URI.
DNIS Properties report contains the SIP URI.
Logged in Agent Position ID report does not contain the field Position ID.
784 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
The following report templates do not appear when connected to a SIP server:
IVR Port Properties
IVR Queue and Port Properties
Rights required
All reports require access levels to generate the report. To run reports from
Contact Center Manager Administration, your administrator must grant access
rights to the Historical Reporting application for your user account.
Access rights needed to run reports:
Basic access rights access to Historical Reporting.
Run and Import rights—This means you can run and import Contact Center
Manager Server reports in Historical Reporting.
Report Creation rights—This means you can create reports for a configured
Contact Center Manager Server using Report Creation Wizard.
Rights to standard partitions, reporting agents and/or user-defined
partitions—These control data access for generating standard reports.
When you access Historical Reporting, you can save your reports in the private
report templates folder and to the shared report groups. The access to the shared
report groups is granted by your administrator.
For more information about access rights, see “Selection Criteria” on page 790.
Partitions
In addition to controlling the types of reports users can generate, you can also
limit the data included in their reports. To do so, you use partitions. When you
create a partition, you can choose the agents, skillsets, applications, CDNs,
DNISs, and report groups that are visible to agents who are assigned that
partition. For more information about partitions, see the Contact Center
Manager Administration online Help.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 785
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report groups
You can use report groups to further control access to reports. You can create a
custom report group containing only those reports which a user should access.
Then, you create a partition containing that report group, and assign that
partition to a user. For detailed instructions, see the Contact Center Manager
Administration online Help.
786 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Understanding the report descriptions
This section describes the contents of the report descriptions in this appendix.
You can use this information to interpret the standard reports, as well as to
create custom reports.
Views
The descriptions of the reports indicate the database view that provides the data
for the report. (For more information about the database views, see Chapter 4,
“Contact Center Manager Data dictionary.” and Chapter 6, “Contact Center
Multimedia Data dictionary.”)
In many cases, the database view is available in a number of collection
frequencies. For example, there are daily, weekly, monthly, and interval
versions of the ActivityCodeStat view. Each view name has a prefix that
identifies its frequency:
dActivityCodeStat is the daily view.
wActivityCodeStat is the weekly view.
mActivityCodeStat is the monthly view.
iActivityCodeStat is the interval view.
In the report descriptions, if data is available in multiple versions of a view, the
source is given as the name of the view without the prefix (for example, the
ActivityCodeStat view).
For more information about view, see “Selection Criteria” on page 790.
Templates
For each standard report, the report description identifies the Crystal Reports
template file for the report.
Template files are stored in \\Program Files\Nortel
Networks\WClient\Apps\Reporting\Historical\rpt.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 787
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Templates for the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch are
in the CS1000 [M1] subfolder— \\Program Files\Nortel
Networks\WClient\Apps\Reporting\Historical\rpt\CS1000 (M1).
Templates for the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch are in the
CS2x00 [DMS] subfolder—\\Program Files\Nortel
Networks\WClient\Apps\Reporting\Historical\rpt\CS2x00 (DMS).
Templates for SIP are in the SIP subfolder—\\Program Files\Nortel
Networks\WClient\Apps\Reporting\Historical\rpt\SIP.
Templates for Multimedia are in the Multimedia subfolder—\\Program
Files\Nortel Networks\WClient\Apps\Reporting\Historical\rpt\MultiMedia
(CCMM).
Templates for Outbound are in the Outbound subfolder—\\Program
Files\Nortel Networks\WClient\Apps\Reporting\Historical\rpt\Multimedia
(CCMM)\Outbound.
You can use these template files as the basis for customized Contact Center
Manager Server reports. To create a customized Contact Center Manager Server
report based on a standard report template, follow these steps:
1. Copy the standard report template and give it a meaningful name.
2. Modify the new template using Crystal Reports version 10.
3. Import the new template into the server (see “Importing a report created in
Crystal Reports” on page 84).
CAUTION
Risk of data loss
Do not modify the standard templates.
.
For reports available in a number of collection frequencies, a template is
available for each frequency. The template names have the same initial letter as
the corresponding view. For example, the daily version of the Agent
Performance Report (dm-agt1.rpt) uses the daily version of the
AgentPerformanceStat view (dAgentPerformanceStat).
788 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Selection criteria
This section of the report description indicates the fields on which the report can
be filtered. For example, if a report can be filtered by agent, you can choose the
agents to include in the report.
Statistics
This section of the report contains tables with the following columns:
Column Description
Report field Contains all the fields that appear on the report.
View field/Formula For raw data, contains the view field from which the data
is taken. For calculated fields, this manual provides the
formula used to calculate the field value.
View field/Report The Report Creation Wizard formula that provides this
Creation Wizard statistic. If you want to include this statistic on reports
formula you create with the Report Creation Wizard, use this
formula. (For more information about the formulas, see
Appendix B, “Report Creation Wizard.”)
For more detailed information about the report field, refer to the description of
the field in Chapter 4, “Contact Center Manager Data dictionary.” or Chapter 6,
“Contact Center Multimedia Data dictionary.” For each field, the data dictionary
provides the following information:
a description of the field
the type of data
the length of the field
the events that trigger pegging of this statistic
Field descriptions in the data dictionary are organized by database view.
Where a report contains fields from more than one database view, the field
names are given as view.fieldname. For example,
AgentBySkillsetStat.CallsAnswered represents the calls answered field in the
AgentBySkillsetStat view.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 789
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection Criteria
The following table shows the selection criteria available for each report in the
standard reports section. The table also shows the database field names. The
selection criteria are the fields shown on the user interface. The database field
names are the filters in the report SQL structure used in the report template.
Identifying these field names is useful for building custom reports with Report
Creation Wizard.
The following table lists all available reports, with selection criteria and field
names, in alphabetical order.
Report name Selection criteria Field names
Access Classes Access Class none
Activity Code By Agent Name ID iActivityCodeStat.Application <>
Agent Agent Name 'System_Application'
(iActivityCodeStat.AgentSurName + "
"+
iActivityCodeStat.AgentGivenName)
iActivityCodeStat.Timestamp
Activity Code By Application iActivityCodeStat.Application <>
Application Name ID 'System_Application'
Application iActivityCodeStat.Application
Name iActivityCodeStat.Timestamp
Activity Code Activity Code ActivityCode.ActivityCode
Properties Activity Name
Agent Average Calls Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Per Hour Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Agent Average Calls Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Per Hour, Bottom 5 Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
790 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report name Selection criteria Field names
Agent Average Calls Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Per Hour, Top 5 Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Agent by Activity Code Activity Code iActivityCodeStat.Application <>
ID 'System_Application'
Activity Code iActivityCodeStat.ActivityCode
iActivityCodeStat.Timestamp
Agent By Application Application iAgentByApplicationStat.Application
Performance Name ID iAgentByApplicationStat.Timestamp
Application
Name
Agent By Skillset Skillset Name iAgentBySkillsetStat.Skillset
Performance ID iAgentBySkillsetStat.Timestamp
Skillset Name
Agent By Supervisor Supervisor SupervisorAgentAssignment.
Properties Login ID SupervisorTelsetLoginID
Supervisor
Name
Agent DN Performance Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Agent DN Performance Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Calls Answered, Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Bottom 5
Agent DN Performance Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Calls Answered, Top 5 Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Agent Login/Logout Agent Login ID eAgentLoginStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name eAgentLoginStat.Timestamp
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 791
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report name Selection criteria Field names
Agent NACD Activity Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Agent Performance Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Agent Performance by Supervisor iAgentPerformanceStat.SupervisorLogin
Supervisor Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Supervisor
Name
Agent Performance Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Calls Answered, Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Bottom 5
Agent Performance Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Calls Answered, Top 5 Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Agent Properties Agent Login ID Agent.TelsetLoginID
Agent Name
Agent Short Calls Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Agent Skillset Agent Login ID ScheduledSkillsetAssignment.User
Assignment Agent Name TelsetLoginID
Agent Skillset Agent Login ID Agent.UserID =
Properties Agent Name SkillsetByAgent.UserID
SkillsetByAgent.SkillsetID =
Skillset.SkillsetID
Agent.TelsetLoginID
792 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report name Selection criteria Field names
Agent Supervisor Agent Login ID SupervisorAgentAssignment.
Assignment Agent Name AgentUserID =
ScheduledSupervisorAssignment.
AgentID
SupervisorAgentAssignment.
AgentTelsetLoginID
Agent Transferred/ Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Conferenced Activity Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Application By Activity Activity Code iActivityCodeStat.Application <>
Code Activity Name 'System_Application'
iActivityCodeStat.ActivityCode
iActivityCodeStat.Timestamp
Application By Skillset Skillset Name iSkillsetStat.SiteID = 0
ID iSkillsetStat.Application <>
Skillset Name "System_Application"
iSkillsetStat.Skillset
iSkillsetStat.Timestamp
Application Call Application iApplicationStat.Application
Treatment Name ID iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Application
Name
Application Delay Application iApplicationStat.Application
Before Abandon Name ID iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Application
Name
Application Delay Application iApplicationStat.Application
Before Answer Name ID iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Application
Name
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 793
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report name Selection criteria Field names
Application Application iApplicationStat.Application
Performance Name ID iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Application
Name
Application Script Application ApplicationByScript.ParentName
Properties Name ID
Application
Name
Application Template Application Application.Name
Properties Name ID
Application
Name
Call By Call Statistics none eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD.
TelsetLoginID *=
Agent.TelsetLoginID
eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD.
Timestamp
CDN (Route Point) CDN CDN.CDN
Properties CDN Name
CDN (Route Point) CDN iCDNStat.CDN
Statistics CDN Name iCDNStat.Timestamp
Crosstab - Application Application iApplicationStat.Application
Performance Name ID iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Application
Name
Crosstab - CDN (Route CDN iCDNStat.CDN
Point) Statistics CDN Name iCDNStat.Timestamp
794 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report name Selection criteria Field names
Crosstab - DNIS DNIS iDNISStat.DNIS
Statistics DNIS Name iDNISStat.Timestamp
Crosstab - Network Source Site iNetworkInCallStat.SrcSite
Incoming Calls Name ID iNetworkInCallStat.Timestamp
Source Site
Name
Crosstab - Network Destination Site iNetworkOutStat.DstSite
Outgoing Calls Name ID iNetworkOutStat.Timestamp
Destination Site
Name
Crosstab - Route Route ID iRouteStat.RouteID
Performance Route Name iRouteStat.Timestamp
Crosstab - Skillset Skillset Name iSkillsetStat.Application<>
Performance ID "System_Application"
Skillset Name iSkillsetStat.Skillset
iSkillsetStat.Timestamp
Crosstab - Trunk Trunk ID iTrunkStat.Timestamp
Performance
Database View none none
Definitions
DNIS Properties DNIS DNIS.DNIS
DNIS Name
DNIS Statistics DNIS iDNISStat.DNIS
DNIS Name iDNISStat.Timestamp
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 795
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report name Selection criteria Field names
Estimated Revenue By Activity Code iActivityCodeStat.Application <>
Agent Activity Name 'System_Application'
Agent Login ID iActivityCodeStat.ActivityCode
Agent Name iActivityCodeStat.AgentLogin
iActivityCodeStat.Timestamp
Formula Properties none none
Historical and Real none none
Time Statistics
Properties
IVR Port First Login/ none (eIVRPortLoginStat.EventType='LI'
Last Logout OR
eIVRPortLoginStat.EventType='LO')
eIVRPortLoginStat.Timestamp
IVR Port Properties IVR Port ID IVRPort.SwitchPortAddress
IVR Port Name
IVR Port Statistics IVR Port ID iIVRPortStat.IVRPortID
IVR Port Name iIVRPortStat.Timestamp
IVR Queue and Port IVR Queue ID IVRQueue.IVRQueueID =
Properties IVR Queue IVRPort.IVRQueueID
Name IVRQueue.TemplateID =
IVRThresholdTemplate.TemplateID
IVRQueue.IVRQueueID
IVR Queue Statistics IVR Queue ID iIVRStat.IVRQueueID
IVR Queue iIVRStat.Timestamp
Name
Logged In Agent Agent Login ID eAgentLoginStat.AgentLogin =
Position ID Agent Name Agent.TelsetLoginID
eAgentLoginStat.AgentLogin
796 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report name Selection criteria Field names
Music/RAN Route Route ID iRANMusicRouteStat.RouteID
Statistics Route Name iRANMusicRouteStat.Timestamp
Network Application Application iApplicationStat.Application<>'Network
Performance Name ID _Script' AND
Application iApplicationStat.Application<>
Name 'ACD_DN_Application'
iApplicationStat.Application)
iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Network Call By Call none none
Network Consolidated Network Sites iApplicationStat.Application<>'Network
Application _Script' AND
Performance iApplicationStat.Application<>
'ACD_DN_Application'
iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Network Consolidated Network Sites iDNISStat.Timestamp
DNIS Statistics
Network Consolidated Network Sites iNetworkInCallStat.Timestamp
Incoming Calls
Network Consolidated Network Sites iNetworkOutStat.Timestamp
Outgoing Calls
Network Consolidated Network Sites iRouteStat.Timestamp
Route Performance
Network Consolidated Network Skillset iSkillsetConStat.Skillset
Skillset Call Name ID iSkillsetConStat.Timestamp
Distribution Network Skillset
Name
Network Consolidated Network Sites iSkillsetStat.Timestamp
Skillset Performance
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 797
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report name Selection criteria Field names
Network DNIS DNIS iDNISStat.DNIS
Statistics DNIS Name iDNISStat.Timestamp
Network Incoming Source Site iNetworkInCallStat.SrcSite
Calls Name ID iNetworkInCallStat.Timestamp
Source Site
Name
Network Outgoing Destination Site iNetworkOutStat.DstSite
Calls Name ID iNetworkOutStat.Timestamp
Destination Site
Name
Network Route Route ID iRouteStat.RouteID
Performance Route Name iRouteStat.Timestamp
Network Site and Site Name for RemoteApplication.SiteName
Application Properties App ID
Site Name for
App
Network Site and Site Name for NCCRemoteApplication.SiteName
Application Properties App ID
(NCC) Site Name for
App
Network Skillset Skillset Name iSkillsetStat.Skillset
Performance ID iSkillsetStat.Timestamp
Skillset Name
798 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report name Selection criteria Field names
Network Skillset Network Skillset NetworkSkillsetStatus.NetworkSkillset
Routing Properties Name ID ID = Ranking.NetworkSkillsetID
Network Skillset NetworkSkillsetStatus.NetworkSkillset
Name ID = Skillset.NetworkSkillsetID
Site Name ID NetworkSkillsetStatus.SiteName =
Site Name Ranking.DstSiteName
NetworkSkillsetStatus.NetworkSkillset
NetworkSkillsetStatus.SiteName
Network Skillset Network Skillset NCCRanking.NetworkSkillsetID =
Routing Properties Name ID NCCNetworkSkillset.NetworkSkillset
(NCC) Network Skillset ID
Name NCCNetworkSkillset.NetworkSkillset
Source Site NCCRanking.SrcSiteName
Name ID
Source Site
Name
Network Table Routing Source Site NetworkRankingAssignment.Network
Assignment (NCC) Name ID SkillsetID *=
Source Site NCCNetworkSkillset.NetworkSkillset
Name ID
NetworkRankingAssignment.SrcSite
Name
Nodal Consolidated Network Sites iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Application Delay
Before Abandon
Nodal Consolidated Network Sites iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Application Delay
Before Answer
Nodal Consolidated Network Sites iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Application
Performance
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 799
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report name Selection criteria Field names
Not Ready Reason Agent Name ID iActivityCodeStat.Application=
Codes By Agent Agent Name 'System_Application'
iActivityCodeStat.AgentSurName + " "
+ iActivityCodeStat.AgentGivenName
iActivityCodeStat.Timestamp
Real Time Template none none
Properties
Report Groups Server IP none
Server Name
Route Performance Route ID iRouteStat.RouteID
Route Name iRouteStat.Timestamp
Route Properties Route ID Route.RouteID
Route Name
Script Variable By Script Name ScriptVariables.Script
Script
Script Variable Script Variable ScriptVariableProperties.Name
Properties Name
Skillset By Agent Agent Login ID iAgentBySkillsetStat.AgentLogin
Performance Agent Name iAgentBySkillsetStat.Skillset
Skillset Name iAgentBySkillsetStat.Timestamp
ID
Skillset Name
Skillset By Application Skillset Name iSkillsetStat.SiteID = 0
ID iSkillsetStat.Application <>
Skillset Name "System_Application"
iSkillsetStat.Skillset
iSkillsetStat.Timestamp
800 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report name Selection criteria Field names
Skillset Performance Skillset Name iSkillsetStat.SiteID = 0
ID iSkillsetStat.Skillset
Skillset Name iSkillsetStat.Timestamp
Skillset Properties Skillset Name Skillset.SkillsetID =
ID SkillsetByAgent.SkillsetID
Skillset Name SkillsetByAgent.UserID =
Agent.UserID
Skillset.Skillset
Supervisor Properties Supervisor Supervisor.TelsetLoginID
Login ID
Supervisor
Name
Telephone Display none none
Properties
Trunk Performance Trunk ID iTrunkStat.Timestamp
User Access Privilege none none
User Defined Partitions Partition Name none
Users User ID none
User Name
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 801
Standard reports Standard 8.11
802 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Section A: Agent performance reports
In this section
Activity Code by Agent 804
Agent Average Calls per Hour 807
Agent Average Calls per Hour, Bottom 5 810
Agent Average Calls per Hour, Top 5 813
Agent by Activity Code 816
Agent by Application Performance 819
Agent by Skillset Performance 823
Agent DN Performance 827
Agent DN Performance Calls Answered, Bottom 5 833
Agent DN Performance Calls Answered, Top 5 837
Agent Login/Logout 841
Agent NACD Activity 846
Agent Performance 849
Agent Performance by Supervisor 859
Agent Performance Calls Answered, Bottom 5 875
Agent Performance Calls Answered, Top 5 880
Agent Short Calls 885
Agent Transferred/Conferenced Activity 892
Estimated Revenue by Agent 900
Not Ready Reason Codes by Agent 903
Skillset by Agent Performance 906
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 803
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Activity Code by Agent
With the Activity Code by Agent report you monitor each agent’s work and time
distribution by the types of contacts accepted. During the handling of contacts,
agents can identify the contact type by entering an activity (Line of Business)
code. These codes can identify contacts as sales, service, and support contacts.
This report does not include Not Ready reason codes.
On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, agents cannot use the Line of
Business (LOB) key while they are conferenced with another agent.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ActivityCodeStat view (see page 188.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-agt15.rpt
dm-agt15.rpt
wm-agt15.rpt
mm-agt15.rpt
804 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Name ID iActivityCodeStat.Application <>
Agent Name 'System_Application'
(iActivityCodeStat.AgentSurName +
""+
iActivityCodeStat.AgentGivenName)
iActivityCodeStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Activity Time ActivityTime @RCW_ActivityTime
Average Activity ActivityTime/Occurrences @RCW_AverageActivityTime
Time
Activity Occurrences Occurrences
Occurrences
Summaries
The report provides totals for each agent, and subtotals for each day, week, or
month (depending on the reporting period selected). For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected agents.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 805
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
! "#$%"
& #$
#$%" # #$ #$ '##(#!
! "
($ % %
$!*+,(*#$*%" * (& ) ) )
"$ % %
& % %
($ $ &'
$!*+,(*#$*%" *##(! )
$!*+,(*#$*%" * (& ) - .
"$ $ &'
& $ &'
% / &0!/12!/3%/!/ &/4!#//%)56)7/+6 8 ) 9
(!
) *+* ! ,,%%&$-. -
/
806 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Agent Average Calls per Hour
The Agent Average Calls per Hour report shows summarized performance
information about the contacts each agent accepts per hour logged on. The report
provides three hourly averages for the time the agent is logged on: the average
contacts accepted, the average time spent with customers, and the average time
spent in the Not Ready state.
Contact center managers use this report to detect peculiarities in agent
performance, such as an abnormal amount of not ready time on a specific day,
and to investigate the cause.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AgentPerformanceStat view (see page 220.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
dm-agt9.rpt
wm-agt9.rpt
mm-agt9.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 807
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Average Answered Communication Server 1000/ @RCW_AverageCallsAnswered
per Hour Meridian 1 PBX switch: PerHour
(CallsAnswered +
ACDCallsAnswered +
NACDCallsAnswered)/
(LoggedInTime/3600)
Communication Server 2x00/
DMS switch: (CallsAnswered +
ACDCallsAnswered)/
(LoggedInTime/3600)
Average Talk Time Communication Server 1000/ @RCW_AverageTotalTalkTime
Meridian 1 PBX switch:
(TalkTime +
ACDCallsTalkTime +
NACDCallsTalkTime)/
(LoggedInTime/3600)
Communication Server 2x00/
DMS switch: (TalkTime +
ACDCallsTalkTime)/
(LoggedInTime/3600)
Average Not NotReadyTime/ @RCW_AverageNotReadyTime
Ready Time (LoggedInTime/ 3600)
808 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Summaries
The report provides totals for each agent, and subtotals for each day, week, or
month (depending on the reporting period selected). The report also contains a
grand total for all selected agents.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 809
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Agent Average Calls per Hour, Bottom 5
The Agent Average Calls per Hour, Bottom 5 report shows summarized
performance information for the five agents who accepted the least Contact
Center Manager, ACD, and NACD contacts. It provides details about contacts
accepted, average processing time, and average not ready time.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AgentPerformanceStat view (see page 220.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
dm-agt11.rpt
wm-agt11.rpt
mm-agt11.rpt
810 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Statistics and summaries
The fields in this report are identical to those in the Agent Average Calls per
Hour report (see page 807), except that they are for the five agents who accepted
the lowest number of Contact Center Manager contacts. Statistics are
summarized in the same way as for the Agent Average Calls per Hour report.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 811
Standard reports Standard 8.11
! "# $ "
BestAir
%&
)* ' (
*( "
! " +
"
# $
*( " '!
! " + ", -"
" '!
*( " !
! " + -
" !
+ )
*( " !
! " + -
" !
,
*( " !
! " + -
" !
,-010
" 2&&&
. / 0%/&'%/1./%/ /)%//.-23-4/53#6 --+
!.!
3)4 567267 &2!!
#
812 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Agent Average Calls per Hour, Top 5
The Agent Average Calls per Hour, Top 5 report shows summarized
performance information for the five agents who accepted the most Contact
Center Manager, ACD, and NACD contacts. It provides details about contacts
accepted, average processing time, and average not ready time.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AgentPerformanceStat view (see page 220.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
dm-agt10.rpt
wm-agt10.rpt
mm-agt10.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 813
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Statistics and summaries
The fields in this report are identical to those in the Agent Average Calls per
Hour report (see page 807), except that they are for the five agents who accepted
the highest number of Contact Center Manager contacts.
814 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
! "# $ "
BestAir
%&
)* ' (
*( "# !"
! " +,-$ $ !+ -
"# !"
$% &
*( #(( '
! " ,.. "$
#(( '
$
*( #* " "!'!
! " ,/- - + +! !
#* " "!'!
$+
*( #*! ''
! " ,/! " "-
#*! ''
$%-.
*( #! "' !'"
! " ,!" + " ! +$
#! "' !'"
)$01
# *'* " "
0 1 2%1&'%1301%1 1)%110+45+6175#8 +,
%&+ 2' 2' ' " 3 "4"
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 815
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Agent by Activity Code
Use the Agent by Activity Code report to monitor each agent’s work and time
distribution by the types of contacts accepted. During the handling of contacts,
agents can identify the contact type by entering an activity (Line of Business)
code. Multiple codes can be used to reflect activities performed on a single
contact
This report does not include Not Ready reason codes.
On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, agents cannot use the LOB
key while they are conferenced with another agent.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ActivityCodeStat view (see page 188.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-agt19.rpt
dm-agt19.rpt
wm-agt19.rpt
816 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
mm-agt19.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Activity Code ID iActivityCodeStat.Application <>
Activity Code 'System_Application'
iActivityCodeStat.ActivityCode
iActivityCodeStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Activity Time ActivityTime @RCW_ActivityTime
Average Activity ActivityTime/Occurrences @RCW_AverageActivityTime
Time
Activity Occurrences Occurrences
Occurrences
Summaries
The report provides totals for each activity code, and subtotals for each day,
week, or month (depending on the reporting period selected). For the interval
reporting period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also
contains a grand total for all selected activity codes.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 817
Standard reports Standard 8.11
!"# "#$% &$ !"# "#$
BestAir
' ( ' )*
!" #$ %&#
#
'
*
!"# "#$
,- ./010
) # # +
( 4(/' / + ! + ! +
( 5 /-/0 3 +# 3 +# +
/0 /) # # # #
*
/0 /
& &! & &! +
/' 3 &+ 3 &+ +
4 ,- ./( + +3 + +3 +
8* 5 /-/0 6 $# #6 #
8* 5 //0 +
. 5 /-/0 & &
; ,- ./( + & + &
) 3 $ 3 $
, /' # #
= 2
/0 /* +$ +$
5 //0 & #3 & #3
,9 ,- ./4 5 < # ! # ! +
, 5 //0 # & # &
!"# "#$
@ ' =@ : 2@4 @@ '@5 @ @+A,+B@ ,%< + C
()
"%")*+,+, -. -
$
818 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Agent by Application Performance
The Agent by Application Performance report shows summarized agent
performance data for each application under review. The report details
performance statistics such as the total number of contacts accepted, total and
average time spent servicing contact center customers.
This report is an indicator of agent performance within an application.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AgentByApplicationStat (see page 197.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-agt16.rpt
dm-agt16.rpt
wm-agt16.rpt
mm-agt16.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 819
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Application Name ID iAgentByApplicationStat.Application
Application Name iAgentByApplicationStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Talk Time TalkTime @RCW_TalkTime
Average Talk Time TalkTime/CallsAnswered @RCW_AverageTalk Time
Post Call PostCallProcessingTime @RCW_NotReadyTime
Processing Time
Summaries
The report provides totals for each application, and subtotals for each agent. For
each agent, it breaks statistics down by day, week, or month, depending on the
reporting periods selected. For the interval reporting period, statistics are further
broken down by interval. The report also contains a grand total for all selected
applications.
820 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report (page 1 of 2)
!"#!"$% !"&!"$
BestAir
)
' ( (
! "
# $
*
%&
*
!"#!"$ # #, $& +" + "+ #,
%& "
*
!"#!"$ " $ "" " &+ $, #+
%& .
*
!"#!"$ + "$ + "$ + " "&
%&
* * /
!"#!"$ " +# $. - # "#
* /
%& 0
*
!"#!"$ # +, #+ $ # &# $#
%& 34
* / /
!"#!"$ + "+ &- "+ &-
/ /
%& 6 (1
* * *
!"#!"$ + . $, . $,
) / 0/ ' (/1)// /2 / /)+34+5/64%7 +,8
42($(776
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 821
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report (page 2 of 2)
!"#!"$% !"&!"$
BestAir
)
' ( (
* *
%& 344
*
!"#!"$ + , && , &&
%& 1 (
* *
!"#!"$ + & && & && + #.
*
%& 8 4
*
!"#!"$ & #& $+ &# "+ +
%& 9
*
!"#!"$ + " ", " ", & +
%& .1
(
*
!"#!"$ + + " + " +" +
! "
) / 0/ ' (/1)// /2 / /)+34+5/64%7 +,8
42($(776
822 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Agent by Skillset Performance
The Agent by Skillset Performance report shows summarized agent performance
data for each skillset under review. The report details performance statistics such
as the total number of contacts accepted and total and average time spent
servicing contact center customers.
This report is an indicator of agent contribution to a skillset. It helps managers
identify agents who have difficulty with a specific skill. The report also
highlights agents who need additional training or reassignment to a different
skillset.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AgentBySkillsetStat view (see page 208.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-agt14.rpt
dm-agt14.rpt
wm-agt14.rpt
mm-agt14.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 823
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Skillset Name ID iAgentBySkillsetStat.Skillset
Skillset Name iAgentBySkillsetStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Short Calls ShortCallsAnswered ShortCallsAnswered
Answered
Post Call PostCallProcessingTime @RCW_NotReadyTime
Processing Time
Talk Time TalkTime @RCW_TalkTime
Average Talk Time TalkTime/CallsAnswered @RCW_AverageTalk Time
Skillset Work Time TalkTime + @RCW_AgentSkillset Time
(Communication PostCallProcessingTime
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
Summaries
The report provides totals for each skillset, and subtotals for each day, week, or
month (depending on the reporting period selected). For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval, and within each interval,
by agent. The report also contains a grand total for all selected skillsets.
824 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report
!"#!"$% !"&!"$
BestAir
( ) )
- ' ' *+ ,
!"#"$
% & '
.
!"#!"$
)(
2
6
3 (
3
.
( " 1 1& &# & "" "9 $4
- & "1 1 #& $1 &# $9 0
)( 1 1" 1 1 " 1 " "" "
# "& 1# 10 "" 9 "4 &# #$
6 1 9 && 9 && 9 &&
# "1 #9 #9 $& 1" 1 $ #
: # $9 #1 11 $& # $ 1 "$
3 # &# $# 19 #1 $ # 1 "&
) 1 " "& "$ 1 "$ 1 " "$ #&
!"#!"$ "1 $ 1 "4 " $ 11 9 #
!"#"$
) = 7= ' =,)== =8 *= =)1;21<=-2%/ 1&+
( )* + ,-,./
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 825
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report
!""#$ %& '""#$ %
BestAir
) * +*
( ( + ,-
!"#"$
%&'()%!& &
"
./ !/$ %
& $$0
1 & $ $ $3
4 & $$$ 0 $ ! $. $ $ 0 %0
, &$%.' %3 %! 3% 0 ' 0 $
&$ 00 ! $$ 03 % $$ 3' 0 5
&$%.5 3 0$ 0 $! %0 5 %.
)" & 0% $% % 5 0
$ .
) & % $0 3$ $. %5 % 3!
$$
./ !/$ % %0 $ $0 * ++
./ ./$ %
&$%.5
1 & $ $ 3 . % 33 0 3% 3.
)" & $ 0 5 % %% $ %.
$ .
& $$0 $ 3 $ 3
&$ 00 ! $$ $ ! $. 0 3 3
) & . ! % $' 5 %$
$$
4 & $$$ % . %$ 3 0$ $ .
, &$%.' 3 ' % $ $ % $$ 3 '
./ ./$ % - % % 5 *, -
!"#"$
* 6+
6 ( 6"** 6,66 +
62&
3- +
./ -00+ **%
826 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Agent DN Performance
The Agent DN Performance report shows the amount of time that agents spend
on their personal or secondary directory numbers (DN). The report records
incoming and outgoing information, including the total number of DN calls and
the average amount of time spent on DN calls. On the Communication Server
1000\Meridian 1 PBX switch, the report also compares internal and external DN
call activity.
Multiple DN keys are supported for Meridian 1 PBX only.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AgentPerformanceStat view (see page 220.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-agt5.rpt
dm-agt5.rpt
wm-agt5.rpt
mm-agt5.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 827
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Transfer/conference statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
DN Calls DNCallsConfToCDN + @RCW_DNCallsConferenced
Conferenced DNCallsConfToDN +
DNCallsConfToACDDN +
DNCallsConfToOther
DN Calls DNCallsTransferredToCDN + @RCW_DNCallsTransferred
Transferred DNCallsTransferredToDN +
DNCallsTransferredToACDDN
+ DNCallsTransferredToOther
Incoming DN calls statistics
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total DNInIntCalls + DNInExtCalls @RCW_DNInCalls
Internal DNInIntCalls DNInIntCalls
Average Int Talk DNInIntCallsTalkTime/ @RCW_AverageDNInIntCalls
Time DNInIntCalls TalkTime
External DNInExtCalls DNInExtCalls
828 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Average Ext Talk DNInExtCallsTalkTime/ @RCW_AverageDNInExtCalls
Time DNInExtCalls TalkTime
Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
DN In Calls DNInCalls @RCW_DNInCalls
Average DN In DNInCallsTalkTime/DNInCalls @RCW_AverageDN
Calls Talk Time
Outgoing DN call statistics
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total DNOutIntCalls + DNOutExtCalls @RCW_DNOutCalls
Internal DNOutIntCalls DNOutIntCalls
Average Int Talk DNOutIntCallsTalkTime/ @RCW_AverageDNOutIntCalls
Time DNOutIntCalls TalkTime
External DNOutExtCalls DNOutExtCalls
Average Ext Talk DNOutExtCallsTalkTime/ @RCW_AverageDNOutExtCalls
Time DNOutExtCalls TalkTime
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 829
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
DN Out Calls DNOutCalls @RCW_DNOutCalls
Average DN Out DNOutCallsTalkTime/ @RCW_AverageDNOutCalls
Calls Talk Time DNOutCalls TalkTime
Summaries
The report provides totals for each agent, and subtotals for each day, week, or
month (depending on the reporting period selected). For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected agents.
830 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
BestAir
!" #$
*+) *+) "%% "%'(% "%% "%'(%
+#$! )#! & '( & & '( &
!""#
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
$
&'
(
$ !
,- , +
. . 0 . . ./ .1 / . 0
" , +
$ !
&'
(
$ !
,-
. 0 . . .
"
!""#
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report
+ 2 "3)24&)25+2)2 "26)$22+.78.92*8 : %
'
./0
1 1 2
831
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report
! "
BestAir
# $ %&'
) ) *) * )
)&'$ &$ ) ( ) (
!!"
# # $ #%
& ' * # #
+
& * ##
+ - % . # #
-.. , ,
-.-. " / ,,
- % . # #
& + *-)#%
+
& 1 *) )
+ # . )- -
-.. , , ,
-.-. / / /
# . )- -
!!"
# # $ #%
) 0%
01( 0+ ))0'00 %
02!
* %
0,2
%3##3#. % )# (
832 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Agent DN Performance Calls Answered,
Bottom 5
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The Agent DN
Performance Calls Answered, Bottom 5 report shows summarized performance
information about the five agents, by supervisor, who answered the lowest
number of DN calls. This report details call totals for incoming and outgoing
DN calls, including internal and external calls answered or generated.
This report uses agent elements, so only the agents assigned to a user appear on
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AgentPerformanceStat view (see page 220.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
dm-agt7.rpt
wm-agt7.rpt
mm-agt7.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 833
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Statistics and summaries
The statistics in this report are identical to those in the Agent DN Performance
report (see page 827), except that they are for the five agents who answered the
lowest number of Contact Center Manager calls. Statistics are summarized in the
same way as for the Agent DN Performance report.
834 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
BestAir
!" #$
*+) *+) "%% "%'(% "%% "%'(%
Report (page 1 of 2)
+#$! )#! & '( & & '( &
&'
(
,- $ $ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
" $ $ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$
,
&'
(
,- $ $ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$
" $ $ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$
. ,
&'
(
/
1
,- $ $ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$
" $ $ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$
,
&'
(
2
,- $ $ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$
" $ $ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$
2,
&'
(
. ,
,- $ $ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$
" $ $ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$
+ . "/).0&).1+.). ".2)$..+34536.*5 7 8%
'
!
56-06-$$ * 0 7 % -
835
Standard reports
836
Standard reports
BestAir
!"
#$
*+) *+) "%% "%'(% "%% "%'(%
+#$! )#! & '( & & '( &
Report (page 2 of 2)
89::
$ $ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $ $$ $$ $$ $ $$ $$ $$
+ . "/).0&).1+.). ".2)$..+34536.*5 7 8%
'
!
56-06-$$ * 0 7 - -
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Agent DN Performance Calls Answered, Top 5
The Agent DN Performance Calls Answered, Top 5 report shows summarized
performance information about the five agents who answered the highest
number of DN calls. The report details totals for incoming and outgoing DN
calls, including internal and external calls answered or generated.
ATTENTION
This report uses agent elements, so only the agents assigned to
a user appear on report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AgentPerformanceStat view (see page 220.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
dm-agt6.rpt
wm-agt6.rpt
mm-agt6.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 837
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Statistics and summaries
The statistics in this report are identical to those in the Agent DN Performance
report (see page 827), except that they are for the five agents who answered the
highest number of Contact Center Manager calls. Statistics are summarized in
the same way as for the Agent DN Performance report.
838 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
BestAir
!" #$
*+) *+) "%% "%'(% "%% "%'(%
+#$! )#! & '( & & '( &
Report (page 1 of 2)
&
'
(
,- + + ) $ ++ +$ $, , ++ +, , )- + ++ ++ ++ )- ++ ++ )#
. . . . /
" + + ) $ ++ +$ $, , ++ +, , )- + ++ ++ ++ )- ++ ++ )#
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
.
/
&
'
(
,- + + , , ++ ++ 1- + ++ ++ ++ )- + ++ ++ ++ )- ++ ++ $
. .
" + + , , ++ ++ 1- + ++ ++ ++ )- + ++ ++ ++ )- ++ ++ $
2 0
&
'
(
,- + ,$ - ++ + ,) 1 ++ +) $* $* + ++ ++ ++ $* ++ +, *
. . 0 0 0 . 0
" + ,$ - ++ + ,) 1 ++ +) $* $* + ++ ++ ++ $* ++ +, *
3
&
'
,- , + ,+ + ++ ++ ++ ,+ ++ +% )+ $+ ++ ++ 1- , ++ + +%
. . 1 . 1
.
" , + ,+ + ++ ++ ++ ,+ ++ +% )+ $+ ++ ++ 1- , ++ + +%
+ 2 "3)24&)25+2)2 "26)$22+.78.92*8 : 0%
04
-5$15$++ # ,* . , $
839
Standard reports
840
Standard reports
BestAir
!" #$
*+) *+) "%% "%'(% "%% "%'(%
Report (page 2 of 2)
+#$! )#! & '( & & '( &
&
'
7
/
,- + + ) + ++ ++ ++ ) ++ +$ ,$ $ 1 ++ ++ ,* $, ++ +) ,*
. .0 . .0
" + + ) + ++ ++ ++ ) ++ +$ ,$ $ 1 ++ ++ ,* $, ++ +) ,*
829
* + $# ,, ++ +1 ,% ,- ++ + $$ ,1% # ++ ++ +- ,)- ++ ++ ),
+ 2 "3)24&)25+2)2 "26)$22+.78.92*8 : 0%
04
-5$15$++ # ,* . $ $
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Agent Login/Logout
The Agent Login/Logout report shows logon, logoff, walkaway, return from
walkaway, ready, and not ready occurrences for each agent. The report also
shows the times at which these events occurred.
This report shows how much time agents spend at their stations during the day,
perhaps to help contact center management determine the total hours worked.
ATTENTION
Agent status information is written to the database every 15
minutes. This report shows agent status as of the end of the
last 15-minute interval.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Daylight Savings Time
With Contact Center Manager Server 6.0 SU03 and later, the report takes
advantage of new fields that were added to the database view. These changes
help to ensure that the data is reported in the correct order even after a
significant time change occurs, such as Daylight Savings Time.
The following enhancements are available:
When the Contact Center Manager Server time changes, events related to
the current logon session are reported in the order they occur regardless of
the time the event occurs.
Time changes are considered when calculating Shift Duration and Total
Login time.
Even if the first reported event is not a logon event, the initial logon time
for an agent for the report interval is known. Initial logon date and time are
printed under the agent's details.
If the last event is not a logout event, logon time duration for an agent is
based on the end date and time for the report interval. You can use this to
get statistics when an agent does not log out; however, you must set the
report interval end date and time to match the shift end time for that agent.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 841
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Views
This report uses the eAgentLoginStat view (see page 347.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
Two templates for this report are available. If you have a version of Contact
Center Manager Server that is earlier than SU03, this report uses the
em-agt12.rpt template. If you have Contact Center Manager Server SU03 and
later, this report uses the em-agt12.rpt template found in the subfolder 60.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID eAgentLoginStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name eAgentLoginStat.Timestamp
842 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Statistics
Report field View field/Formula
Date Timestamp
Time Time
Event Type EventType
Position ID PositionID
Walkaway Duration Time at Walkaway – Time at End of Walkaway
Login Duration Time at Logout – Time at Login
Shift Duration Duration
Total (Walkaway Duration) Sum of Walkaway Duration
% Walkaway Total Walkaway Duration/Shift Duration
Total (Login Duration) Sum of Logged In Duration
% Login Total Login Duration/Shift Duration
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this report.
Report examples
The first report example was generated on a Contact Center Manager Server 6.0
with an installed release that is earlier than SU03.
The second report example was generated on a Contact Center Manager Server
6.0 with SU03 or later.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 843
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Agent Login/Logout report – example 1
e
BestAir
! "!
# %
& * # ' ( ) &#$ "! #$
+ + "! ,
+ + -&
+ + . -&
-&
/ .+ -&
. -&
. -&
. / -&
. + -&
./ . -&
. . , "!$ . .
! "#
$ $
0 1 ! 2 *1 )(*1'0 1 *1 !13*4 110.56.71%6 8.9
% &' ( ()
*+,- ,"
844 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Agent Login/Logout report – example 2
!
" $
% ) " & ' ( %"# ! "#
* ! +,
* -%
-%
,
,+ ! #
+
+,
*
+
,+ ! +,
*
+
,+ -%
*
+
, -%
+, -%
+
! #
+
+, - *! $ $ !"#
%&'() . % #".*
. /) 0 / (' /&. / / /1 2 //.345// 6
/0)(0/
*!1 1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 845
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Agent NACD Activity
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The Agent NACD
Activity report shows agent activity on network and networked ACD-DN calls.
The report shows network answered calls and NACD answered calls. The report
also shows total and average talk time for network and NACD calls.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AgentPerformanceStat view (see page 220.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-agt17.rpt
dm-agt17.rpt
wm-agt17.rpt
mm-agt17.rpt
846 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Network Answered NetworkCallsAnswered NetworkCallsAnswered
Network Talk NetworkCallsTalkTime @RCW_NetworkCallsTalkTime
Time
(NSBR option)
Avg Network Talk NetworkCallsTalkTime/ @RCW_AverageNetworkCalls
Time NetworkCallsAnswered TalkTime
(NSBR option)
NACD Answered NACDCallsAnswered NACDCallsAnswered
NACD Talk Time NACDCallsTalkTime @RCW_NACDCallsTalkTime
Average NACD NACDCallsTalkTime/ @RCW_AverageNACDCalls
Talk Time NACDCallsAnswered TalkTime
Instances Reserved ReservedForCall ReservedForCall
for a Call
Reserved Time ReservedTime @RCW_ReservedTime
Summaries
The report provides totals for each agent, and subtotals for each day, week, or
month (depending on the reporting period selected). For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected agents.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 847
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
!"
#$
"
" '$'
%& %& %& () () () '! '!
'%! & & '%! & & #(
*+ $ %
/ . , -
$ %
&
'
*+ $ $
, ,
$ $
&(+
*+ .
,
.
( 0 "1'0%&'02(0'0 "03'$00(,45,60)5 7 ,-8
/) 0 "(").11$23 2*-
848 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Agent Performance
The Agent Performance report shows summarized performance information for
a specific agent. The report tracks agents’ contact handling activities for
incoming Contact Center Manager, ACD, and (on the Communication Server
1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) NACD contacts, drawing attention to activities to
reward or weaknesses to address.
You can use this report to compare overall productivity, measured by the time
agents spend at their positions and how often they are busy during a shift.
ATTENTION
Compare agents who have similar skillset assignments only,
as different contact types can require different service levels.
Contact processing time can also be an important indicator of an agent’s rapport
with customers.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AgentPerformanceStat view (see page 220.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 849
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-agt1.rpt
dm-agt1.rpt
wm-agt1.rpt
mm-agt2.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Summary statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Logged In Time LoggedInTime @RCW_LoggedInTime
Skillset Talk Time TalkTime @RCW_TalkTime
Avg Skillset Talk TalkTime/CallsAnswered @RCW_AverageTalkTime
Time
Avg ACD/NACD ACDCallsTalkTime + @RCW_AverageACDNACD
Talk Time NACDCallsTalkTime/ CallsTalkTime
(Communication ACDCallsAnswered +
Server 1000/ NACDCallsAnswered
Meridian 1 PBX)
Avg ACD Talk ACDCallsTalkTime/ @RCW_AverageACDCallsTalk
Time ACDCallsAnswered Time
(Communication
Server 2x00/DMS)
850 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
DN Talk Time Communication Server 1000/ @RCW_DNCallsTalkTime
Meridian 1 PBX switch:
DNInExtCallsTalkTime +
DNInIntCallsTalkTime +
DNOutExtCallsTalkTime +
DNOutIntCallsTalkTime
Communication Server 2x00/
DMS switch:
DNInCallsTalkTime +
DNOutCallsTalkTime
Not Ready Time NotReadyTime @RCW_NotReadyTime
Break Time BreakTime @RCW_BreakTime
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
Variable Wrap VariableWrapTime @RCW_VariableWrapTime
Time
(Communication
Server 2x00/DMS)
Ring Time RingTime @RCW_RingTime
Waiting Time WaitingTime @RCW_WaitingTime
Walkaway Time WalkawayTime @RCW_Walkaway
Time
N/W Time (NSBR NetworkCallsTalkTime @RCW_NetworkCallsTalkTime
option)
Resrv’d Time ReservedTime @RCW_Reserved
(NSBR/NACD Time
options)
Calls Present’d CallsOffered CallsOffered
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 851
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Skillset Ans’d CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
N/W Ans’d (NSBR NetworkCallsAnswered NetworkCallsAnswered
option)
Resrv’d for Call ReservedForCall ReservedForCall
(NSBR/NACD
options)
ACD/NACD ACDCallsAnswered + @RCW_ACDNACDCalls
Ans’d NACDCallsAnswered Answered
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
ACDAns’d ACDCallsAnswered ACDCallsAnswered
(Communication
Server 2x00/DMS)
Short Calls Ans’d ShortCallsAnswered ShortCallsAnswered
DN Calls Communication Server 1000/ @RCW_DNCalls
Meridian 1 PBX switch:
DNInExtCalls + DNInIntCalls +
DNOutExtCalls + DNOutIntCalls
Communication Server 2x00/
DMS switch: DNInCalls +
DNOutCalls
852 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Conf Out CDNCallsConfToCDN + @RCW_CallsConferenced
CDNCallsConfToDN +
CDNCallsConfToIncalls +
CDNCallsConfToOther +
ACDCallsConfToCDN +
ACDCallsConfToDN +
ACDCallsConfToIncalls +
ACDCallsConfToOther +
DNCallsConfToCDN +
DNCallsConfToDN +
DNCallsConfToACDDN +
DNCallsConfToOther
Trans Out CDNCallsTransferredToCDN + @RCW_CallsTransferred
CDNCallsTransferredToDN +
CDNCallsTransferredToIncalls +
CDNCallsTransferredToOther +
ACDCallsTransferredToCDN +
ACDCallsTransferredToDN +
ACDCallsTransferredToIncalls +
ACDCallsTransferredToOther +
DNCallsTransferredToCDN +
DNCallsTransferredToDN +
DNCallsTransferredToACDDN
+ DNCallsTransferredToOther
% Work [(TalkTime + NotReadyTime + @RCW_%Work
(Communication ACDCallsTalkTime) x 100]/
Server 2x00/DMS LoggedInTime
switch) This statistic does not include DN
time.
Return Calls to CallsReturnedToQ CallsReturnedToQ
Que
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 853
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Return Calls Due CallsReturnedToQDueTo CallsReturnedToQDueTo
to Timeout Timeout Timeout
Agent statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
% Work [(TalkTime + NotReadyTime + @RCW_%Work
(Communication ACDCallsTalkTime +
Server 1000/ NACDCallsTalkTime) x 100]/
Meridian 1 PBX) LoggedInTime
Average Skillset TalkTime/CallsAnswered @RCW_AverageTalkTime
Talk Time
Summaries
The report provides totals for each agent, and subtotals for each day, week, or
month (depending on the reporting period selected). For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected agents.
854 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
! "# $ "
: Best Air
0 (&
() ,% # (& # () . 3
' %& () ) * +% , 2* , & - # %& , & - () (& ) ( &
% % % &- &- &- ( &- &- (& /0 /0 10 /0
!"!#
$%&''(! '!&
)* +
'
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
$%&''(! '!&
4 $$ 4 " 4 45 4 " 4$ 4! " ! 5 ! 44 $ 4 4 4$
! " %& % " 4 6 ,% " 758
$%&''(! '!&
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report (page 1 of 2)
( 9 3&92%&9,(9&9 9:&99(4;<4=9)<#> 47
-&./0(1(223
855
Standard reports
856
Standard reports
! "# $ "
BestAir
0 (&
() ,% # (& # () . 3
' %& () ) * +% , 2* , & - # %& , & - () (& ) ( &
% % % &- &- &- ( &- &- (& /0 /0 10 /0
)*
$%&''(! '!&
4 4! " 4? ! 4! ! $ ! "8 ? 5 "" 4 4 ! ! 5
! " %& % 5 8 6 ,% 575
$%&''(! '!&
!"!#
$ %&''( ! ' !&
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report (page 2 of 2)
( 9 3&92%&9,(9&9 9:&99(4;<4=9)<#> 47
-&./0(1(223
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
!!"#$ %& '!!"#$ %
February 2008
BestAir
!*"
1 ,( *" .
) (" (" * + , , 0+ & (" * *" *
" 2
(
(
(
(
"- "- "- "- *" ! ! ,( /! !
!"#"$
%&!'( *
46 6$ % $3 34 $3 5
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
46 46$ % $3 7 3% 34 8 % 78 4 $$ 3 $3 $ %7 3' %3 3 4 4 5 $
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report (page 1 of 2)
* 9
"90("9+"!** 999
9:&
5
(+,-
..)
857
Standard reports
858
!!"#$ %& '!!"#$ %
Standard reports
BestAir
1 ,( *" . !*"
) (" (" * + , , 0+ & (" * *" *
" 2
(
(
(
(
"- "- "- "- *" ! ! ,( /! !
%&! / *
46 6$ % 34 3% $ 7 73 37 8 8 7$ 3 $$ 4 3$ 7$ $ ' 7 5 4 8
46 46$ % 8 % 77 7 % $ 3$ % $ 7$ 7 3 $ 7% 3 $3 8 7' $ 84588 8
!"#"$
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report (page 2 of 2)
* 9
"90("9+"!** 999
9:&
5
(+,-
..)
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Agent Performance by Supervisor
The Agent Performance by Supervisor report shows summarized agent
performance information grouped by assigned supervisor. The report shows
contact totals, the amount of time agents spent in different states, and time
averages.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AgentPerformanceStat view (see page 220.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-agt4.rpt
dm-agt4.rpt
wm-agt4.rpt
mm-agt4.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 859
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Supervisor Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.SupervisorLogin
Supervisor Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Call total statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
ACD/NACD ACDCallsAnswered + @RCW_ACDNACDCalls
Answd NACDCallsAnswered Answered
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
ACD Answd ACDCallsAnswered ACDCallsAnswered
(Communication
Server 2x00/DMS)
N/W Answd NetworkCallsAnswered NetworkCallsAnswered
(Networking
option)
Skillset Confd CDNCallsConfToCDN + @RCW_CDNCalls Conferenced
CDNCallsConfToDN +
CDNCallsConfToIncalls +
CDNCallsConfToOther
860 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Confd Out CDNCallsConfToCDN + @RCW_Calls Conferenced
CDNCallsConfToDN +
CDNCallsConfToIncalls +
CDNCallsConfToOther +
ACDCallsConfToCDN +
ACDCallsConfToDN +
ACDCallsConfToIncalls +
ACDCallsConfToOther +
DNCallsConfToCDN +
DNCallsConfToDN +
DNCallsConfToACDDNs +
DNCallsConfToOther
Short Calls ShortCallsAnswered ShortCallsAnswered
Answered
Skillset Transfd CDNCallsTransferredToCDN + @RCW_CDNCalls Transferred
CDNCallsTransferredToDN +
CDNCallsTransferredToIncalls +
CDNCallsTransferredToOther
Transfd Out CDNCallsTransferredToCDN + @RCW_CallsTransferred
CDNCallsTransferredToDN +
CDNCallsTransferredToIncalls +
CDNCallsTransferredToOther +
ACDCallsTransferredToCDN +
ACDCallsTransferredToDN +
ACDCallsTransferredToIncalls +
ACDCallsTransferredToOther +
DNCallsTransferredToCDN +
DNCallsTransferredToDN +
DNCallsTransferredToACDDN
+ DNCallsTransferredToOther
Resv’d For Call ReservedForCall ReservedForCall
(NSBR/NACD
options)
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 861
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Retnd to Que CallsReturnedToQ CallsReturnedToQ
Retnd to Que Due CallsReturnedToQDueTo CallsReturnedToQDueTo
Timeout Timeout Timeout
Time summary statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Logged In Time LoggedInTime @RCW_LoggedInTime
Not Ready Time NotReadyTime @RCW_NotReadyTime
Break Time BreakTime @RCW_BreakTime
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
Resvd Time ReservedTime @RCW_ReservedTime
(NSBR/NACD
options)
Ring Time RingTime @RCW_RingTime
Walkaway Time WalkawayTime @RCW_WalkawayTime
ACD/NACD Talk ACDCallsTalkTime + @RCW_ACDNACDCallsTalk
Time NACDCallsTalkTime Time
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
ACD Talk Time ACDCallsTalkTime @RCW_ACDCallsTalkTime
(Communication
Server 2x00/DMS)
Skillset Talk Time TalkTime @RCW_TalkTime
862 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Variable Wrap VariableWrapTime @RCW_VariableWrapTime
Time
(Communication
Server 2x00/DMS)
N/W Time (NSBR NetworkCallsTalkTime @RCW_NetworkCallsTalkTime
option)
Waiting Time WaitingTime @RCW_WaitingTime
Time averages
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Average Not NotReadyTime/CallsAnswered + @RCW_AverageNotReadyTime
Ready Time ACDCallsAnswered +
NACDCallsAnswered
Average ACD/ ACDCallsTalkTime + @RCW_AverageACDNACD
NACD Talk Time NACDCallsTalkTime/ CallsTalkTime
(Communication ACDCallsAnswered +
Server 1000/ NACDCallsAnswered
Meridian 1 PBX)
Average ACD Talk ACDCallsTalkTime/ @RCW_AverageACDCallsTalk
Time ACDCallsAnswered Time
(Communication
Server 2x00/DMS)
Average Skillset TalkTime/CallsAnswered @RCW_AverageTalk Time
Talk Time
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 863
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Summaries
The report provides totals for each supervisor, and subtotals for each agent.
Agent statistics are further broken down by day, week, or month (depending on
the reporting period selected). For the interval reporting period, statistics are
further broken down by interval. The report also contains a grand total for all
selected agents.
864 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
BestAir ! "# $ "
%& %& 1'
%& 2 1' % +%' 1' ' ' -** . / 01 ' 21(/ %& 1 2 2
'( '( '( % )* '( ' )* ,% -* * 1
& !" # ! !! !$ %" % ! ! & # % " !
'(
& !" # ! !! !$ %" % ! ! & # % " !
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
'( ,
-
## ! % # % $ !% #
/ % # ,0, -1 1-- -1 !%
3 3 $$ 3 " 3$ 3! " ! 4 " 3 ! 33 $
! " '
/ " 3$ 3! %& %& 1 1' 1 " 3
## ! % # % $ !% #
'(
! ! % ! ! #! %& !. . !! $ %% !
/ #& %# ,0, -1 1-- -1 $ !&
! 3 3! " ! $ ! "5 6 3 36 4 ""
! " '
/ $5 "$ %& %& 1 1' 1 4 5
! ! % ! ! #! %& !. . !! $ %% !
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report (page 1 of 5)
% 7 ,'7(1'72%7'7 78'77%39:3;7&:#< $=
/ "0!#0! %$ ! #3
%
865
Standard reports
866
Standard reports
BestAir ! "# $ "
%& %& 1'
%& 2 1' % +%' 1' ' ' -** . / 01 ' 21(/ %& 1 2 2
'( '( '( % )* '( ' )* ,% -* * 1
'( -
" #. %. ! !$ #$ $ #
/ ,0, -1 1-- -1
3 $6 "6 4 $4 4 !! 3 ! $
! " '
/ %& %& 1 1' 1
" #. %. ! !$ #$ $ #
'( 5
& %$ ! # % %& . $ $ !!
/ !# %& ,0, -1 1-- -1 %
! 5 "4 3 3$ "3 3 "5 36 34 !3 4
! " '
/ $ "5 %& %& 1 1' 1 " !
& %$ ! # % %& . $ $ !!
'(
//
" !" ! %" %" # #" !
/ ,0, -1 1-- -1
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report (page 2 of 5)
% 7 ,'7(1'72%7'7 78'77%39:3;7&:#< $=
/ "0!#0! %$ ! #3 !
%
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008
BestAir ! "# $ "
%& %& 1'
%& 2 1' % +%' 1' ' ' -** . / 01 ' 21(/ %& 1 2 2
'( '( '( % )* '( ' )* ,% -* * 1
! " ! 3 " $ $
! " '
/ %& %& 1 1' 1
" !" ! %" %" # #" !
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
'( 7/
. ! %% %& # $ ! #& # %# #
/ ! %% %& ,0, -1 1-- -1 ! #&
3 6 ! !3 "" "5 $ 3 4 3 $5 $ "$ $
! " '
/ "" "5 %& %& 1 1' 1 3 $5
. ! %% %& # $ ! #& # %# #
'( 9
!% %! %% ! % # !
/ ,0, -1 1-- -1
3 3! " " "" ! ! "! $ 3 !
! " '
/ %& %& 1 1' 1
!% %! %% ! % # !
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report (page 3 of 5)
% 7 ,'7(1'72%7'7 78'77%39:3;7&:#< $=
/ "0!#0! %$ ! #3
%
867
Standard reports
868
Standard reports
BestAir ! "# $ "
%& %& 1'
%& 2 1' % +%' 1' ' ' -** . / 01 ' 21(/ %& 1 2 2
'( '( '( % )* '( ' )* ,% -* * 1
'(
! & !" ! % $ % %# #
/ ,0, -1 1-- -1
3 ! 35 3 3 3" 34 " "$ $
! " '
/ %& %& 1 1' 1
! & !" ! % $ % %# #
'( /
# " ! # ! . %$ % % . # % % ! #
/ ! !. ,0, -1 1-- -1 " #
$ 3 3 3 $ 6 "4 " " 36 !$ "3 " $
! " '
/ ! 6 %& %& 1 1' 1 $!
# " ! # ! . %$ % % . # % % ! #
'(
% #& ## " #& % ! !
/ ,0, -1 1-- -1
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report (page 4 of 5)
% 7 ,'7(1'72%7'7 78'77%39:3;7&:#< $=
/ "0!#0! %$ ! #3 #
%
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008
BestAir ! "# $ "
%& %& 1'
%& 2 1' % +%' 1' ' ' -** . / 01 ' 21(/ %& 1 2 2
'( '( '( % )* '( ' )* ,% -* * 1
" $5 $$ ! $5 " !! ! !
! " '
/ %& %& 1 1' 1
% #& ## " #& % ! !
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
'( ,6 -
" ! # %$ !& % % ! ! & %
/ %$ !& ,0, -1 1-- -1 !
3 ! $3 "4 5 " !" 3 5 3 "
! " '
/ "4 5 %& %& 1 1' 1 3
" ! # %$ !& % % ! ! & %
* & !" # ! !! !$ %" % ! ! & # % " !
'
& !" # ! !! !$ %" % ! ! & # % " !
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report (page 5 of 5)
% 7 ,'7(1'72%7'7 78'77%39:3;7&:#< $=
/ "0!#0! %$ ! #3 %
%
869
Standard reports
870
Agent Performance By Supervisor Sample
BestAir
!!"#$ %& '!!"#$ %
Standard reports
*" 0
( *" ( +(" *" " ,!! - . /*). ( * / /
") ") ( ! ") " ! ,! ! *
! " ' ( " " " ! #" !$% %## &"%"$% ""%' % " ""%""%"" ""%""%"" %$ %$# ""%""%"" &% !%#$
)*% + #
! " ' ( " " " ! #" !$% %## &"%"$% ""%' % " ""%""%"" ""%""%"" %$ %$# ""%""%"" &% !%#$
)*%,
* +
$ " 1 ( " " " $(%""%"" $ % %$ ""% % $ ""%""%"" ""%""%"" " % #%$' ""%""%"" " %'#%$!
.
%" %" %" / 0
%""%""%"" 0 0
%""%" %$(
$1 $1
23 3$ %
"
.
(
*
*"
*
1 2 $ $1 2 $$ 1 $1 4 1% $ %4 1'
23 23$ % "
. $5 %1 ( * *" * 12
$ " 1 ( " " " $(%""%"" $ % %$ ""% % $ ""%""%"" ""%""%"" " % #%$' ""%""%"" " %'#%$!
)*%2 . + (
" " " " " " !% %' 1%##%$" ""%" % ( ""%""%"" ""%""%"" ""% %" ""%""%"" ""%$ % (
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report (page 1 of 5)
.
%" % 1%$( / 0
%""%""%"" 0 0
%""%" %$'
4 4$ %5 $ % $ $ % 5 4
23 3$ %
"
.
$ 4$ (
*
*"
*
4
( 6
"6)*"6."!(( 666
67&
18
.% (3 3 ""' % '%$(- '
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
Agent Performance By Supervisor Sample
February 2008
BestAir
!!"#$ %& '!!"#$ %
*" 0
( *" ( +(" *" " ,!! - . /*). ( * / /
") ") ( ! ") " ! ,! ! *
$ % 42 %5 % $2 $ % %% 1 2
23 23$ %
"
.
11 (
*
*"
*
$ %2
" " " " " " !% %' 1%##%$" ""%" % ( ""%""%"" ""%""%"" ""% %" ""%""%"" ""%$ % (
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
)*% 2
+
& " " " " " " " '% $%'" % '% ' ""%" % ( ""%""%"" ""%""%"" " %$$% ' ""%""%"" " % %#(
.
%""%$ % / 0
%""%""%"" 0 0
%""%"&%#
% 5 $ 1$ 1 %2 5 4% $2 %5 %' %
23 3$ %
"
.
%' 4' (
*
*"
*
% 1
2 1 2 5 5 %' %4 % $' $ 1
23 23$ % "
. 41 5 ( * *" * 5 %$
& " " " " " " " '% $%'" % '% ' ""%" % ( ""%""%"" ""%""%"" " %$$% ' ""%""%"" " % %#(
)*%
+
#& " $ ' " " " $ $"% %'( #$% &%'1 ""% $%' ""%""%"" ""%""%"" " % %$$ ""%""%"" " % $%"!
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report (page 2 of 5)
.
%""%'1%"( / 0
%""%""%"" 0 0
%""%"#%$"
4 4 1 $ 5 $$ %2 1 % $ 4 $ $ 1 %
23 3$ %
"
.
$$ 45 (
*
*"
*
4 %4
( 6
"6)*"6."!(( 666
67&
18
.% (3 3 ""' % '%$(- '
871
Standard reports
872
Agent Performance By Supervisor Sample
BestAir
Standard reports
!!"#$ %& '!!"#$ %
*" 0
( *" ( +(" *" " ,!! - . /*). ( * / /
") ") ( ! ") " ! ,! ! *
% 4 $1 $$ 45 5 $ $ 4$ 14 '
23 23$ %
"
.
1 4 4 (
*
*"
*
$ 2
#& " $ ' " " " $ $"% %'( #$% &%'1 ""% $%' ""%""%"" ""%""%"" " % %$$ ""%""%"" " % $%"!
)*% + #
" " " " " " " $(%""%"" $1%$"%#! ""%""% ( ""%""%"" ""%""%"" ""%" %"$ ""%""%"" ""% &%$!
.
%$1%$"%#! / 0
%""%""%"" 0 0
%""%" %"$
$1 $1
23 3$ %
"
.
(
*
*"
*
$ $1 $4 1 4' $2 $ 1 5 1'
23 23$ %
"
.
$4 1 4' (
*
*"
*
$ 1
" " " " " " " $(%""%"" $1%$"%#! ""%""% ( ""%""%"" ""%""%"" ""%" %"$ ""%""%"" ""% &%$!
)*%4 0* + ##
$ " # # " " " " $(%""%"" $'% $% ""%"#% ""%""%"" ""%""%"" ""%' % " ""%""%"" " %# %"
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report (page 3 of 5)
.
%"#% #%' / 0
%""%""%"" 0 0
%""%"#%$"
$ $ $ $1 $$ 1 44 1 $$ 1' 15
23 3$ %
"
.
4 1 $$ (
*
*"
*
4 5
( 6
"6)*"6."!(( 666
67&
18
.% (3 3 ""' % '%$(- # '
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
Agent Performance By Supervisor Sample
February 2008
BestAir !!"#$ %& '!!"#$ %
*" 0
( *" ( +(" *" " ,!! - . /*). ( * / /
") ") ( ! ") " ! ,! ! *
$1 $$ 44 42 4 $2 4 1% 1%
23 23$ %
"
.
4 4 $4 (
*
*"
*
1 1
$ " # # " " " " $(%""%"" $'% $% ""%"#% ""%""%"" ""%""%"" ""%' % " ""%""%"" " %# %"
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
)*% + '(&
$ " " " " " " '%"$% & $% %" ""%""%$' ""%""%"" ""%""%"" ""% 1%'# ""%""%"" ""% $%$&
.
%"&%" %$& / 0
%""%""%"" 0 0
%""%"&%'(
1 2 1 1 1 $4 1% $ %4 $1 15
23 3$ %
"
.
%5 % (
*
*"
*
5 %2
5 $4 4' 5 $4 4'
23 23$ %
"
.
(
*
*"
*
$ " " " " " " '%"$% & $% %" ""%""%$' ""%""%"" ""%""%"" ""% 1%'# ""%""%"" ""% $%$&
)*%
+ '(!
!' " " " " " $"% (% 1 1% !%$1 ""% '%'$ ""%""%"" ""%""%"" "'%'"%# ""%""%"" "'%'$%"#
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report (page 4 of 5)
.
%""% 1% / 0
%""%""%"" 0 0
%""%"#%$
%1 2 5 $2 $ % 1 2 %1 4 ' $ %% 4
23 3$ %
"
.
4 (
*
*"
*
4 $
( 6
"6)*"6."!(( 666
67&
18
.% (3 3 ""' % '%$(- $ '
873
Standard reports
874
Agent Performance By Supervisor Sample
BesstAir !!"#$ %& '!!"#$ %
Standard reports
*" 0
( *" ( +(" *" " ,!! - . /*). ( * / /
") ") ( ! ") " ! ,! ! *
1 4 4 $ $1 $1 $ % $$ $ %2 4$
23 23$ %
"
.
$% $2 (
*
*"
*
1 '
!' " " " " " $"% (% 1 1% !%$1 ""% '%'$ ""%""%"" ""%""%"" "'%'"%# ""%""%"" "'%'$%"#
! ! " ' ( " " " ! #" !$% %## &"%"$% ""%' % " ""%""%"" ""%""%"" %$ %$# ""%""%"" &% !%#$
"
! " ' ( " " " ! #" !$% %## &"%"$% ""%' % " ""%""%"" ""%""%"" %$ %$# ""%""%"" &% !%#$
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report (page 5 of 5)
( 6
"6)*"6."!(( 666
67&
18
.% (3 3 ""' % '%$(- ' '
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Agent Performance Calls Answered, Bottom 5
The Agent Performance Calls Answered, Bottom 5 report is a daily report that
shows summarized performance information for the five agents who accepted
the lowest number of Contact Center Manager contacts.
The Agent Performance Calls Answered, Bottom 5 report compares
agent-specific time summaries—such as total logged on time and not ready
time—to a group average. Agents who appear frequently on this report may
need assistance or further training to improve contact handling productivity.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AgentPerformanceStat view (see page 220.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
This report contains data that is collected daily.
Templates
This report uses the dm-agt3.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 875
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics and summaries
The fields in this report are identical to those in the Agent Performance report
(see page 827), except that they are for the five agents who answered the lowest
number of Contact Center Manager contacts. Statistics are summarized in the
same way as for the Agent Performance report.
876 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
BestAir ! "# $ "
% ' &( ) &(
.% .% .% &% &( &( .%
% & % & % % ) *+ % & % , - /. % 0.1- . . 0
*)
% % % % % % % % % % % '( %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% '( %% %%
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
) ### %% %% %% ### ### ### ### %% %% %% %% %% %% ###
! "
$ $
% % % % % % % % % % % '( %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% '( %% %%
) ### %% %% %% ### ### ### ### %% %% %% %% %% %% ###
. /
*)
0
% % % % % % % % % % % %2 ' %& %2 '- (% %% %& %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% &$ ',
) ### %2 '- (% ### ### ### ### %% %% %% %% %% %% ###
! "
" 2 3 $ 2 24 5
% % % % % % % % % % % %2 ' %& %2 '- (% %% %& %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% &$ ',
) ### %2 '- (% ### ### ### ### %% %% %% %% %% %% ###
*)
0
% % % % % % % % % % % %2 &% , %2 &% , %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %%
) ### %2 &% , ### ### ### ### %% %% %% %% %% %% ###
! "
2 "5 2 "5
% % % % % % % % % % % %2 &% , %2 &% , %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %%
) ### %2 &% , ### ### ### ### %% %% %% %% %% %% ###
Communication Server 1000 report/Meridian 1 PBX (page 1 of 2)
& 6 7%61.%60&6%6 68%66&29:2;6(:#< !=
*" 24'(4'%%, &2 &,. &
'
877
Standard reports
878
Standard reports
BestAir ! "# $ "
% ' &( ) &(
.% .% .% &% &( &( .%
% & % & % % ) *+ % & % , - /. % 0.1- . . 0
*)
5
% % % % % % % % % & % '1 $ ( '1 $ ( %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %%
) ### '1 $ ( ### ### ### ### %% %% %% %% %% %% ###
! "
2 ! "4 "$ ! "4 "$
% % % % % % % % % & % '1 $ ( '1 $ ( %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %%
) ### '1 $ ( ### ### ### ### %% %% %% %% %% %% ###
7
*)
5
% % % % % % % % % & % '( %% %% '1 $ 2 %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %'
) ### '1 $ 2 ### ### ### ### %% %% %% %% %% %% ###
! "
2 $ ! "4 "
% % % % % % % % % & % '( %% %% '1 $ 2 %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %'
) ### '1 $ 2 ### ### ### ### %% %% %% %% %% %% ###
78 9
% % % % % % % % % ' % 2$ %' & ,( 12 '2 %% %& %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% %% '( &$ '2
) ### ,( 12 '2 ### ### ### ### %% %% %% %% %% %% ###
Communication Server 1000 report/Meridian 1 PBX (page 2 of 2)
& 6 7%61.%60&6%6 68%66&29:2;6(:#< !=
*" 24'(4'%%, &2 &,. '
'
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
Agent Performance Calls Answered Bottom 5
February 2008
BestAir
!!"#$ %& '!!"#$ %
) *
-" -" -" (" (
( -" 0
" (
" " "
* ! " (
" + , .-/,
-
- . .
+)
,
!# * % % % $ ## !# & % !& %% %% !$ $$ !# %% ## $! %% %% %% %% %% %% %# #' ! %% %% %% %$ ' !(
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
) &&& %# %$ %# &&& &&& %% %% %% %% %# !& &&& &&&
23 3$ %
$1 $1
23 23$ %
1 $ 1 2 $1 2 $$ 1 $1 4 1% $ %4 1'
!# * % % % $ ## !# & % !& %% %% !$ $$ !# %% ## $! %% %% %% %% %% %% %# #' ! %% %% %% %$ ' !(
) &&& %# %$ %# &&& &&& %% %% %% %% %# !& &&& &&&
-)
+)
0
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report
!& $% % % % % #$ !& $# % $! '( '' #$ ! !& %% #% #$ %% %% %% %% %% %% %# !$ !$ %% %% %% %/ *
) &&& %% # * &&& &&& %% %% %% %% %$ %& &&& &&&
23 3$ %
4$ ' 5 4$ ' 12 14 5 5 4$ 1% 1 $$ 2
23 23$ %
5 5 5 $ 5 % 44 $ 4$ 4 1 4 % $ 4% 1
!& $% % % % % #$ !& $# % $! '( '' #$ ! !& %% #% #$ %% %% %% %% %% %% %# !$ !$ %% %% %% %/ *
) &&& %% # * &&& &&& %% %% %% %% %$ %& &&& &&&
-, 12
&( $* % % % $ $' &( $( % *$ '( '' %& $( %% $# '/ %% %% %% %% %% %% %$ / $* %% %% %% %( # !!
) &&& %% '* #% &&& &&& %% %% %% %% %# ( &&& &&&
( 6
"6/-"6,"!(( 666
67&
48
3
&4$$4$%%# $# % #
#
879
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Agent Performance Calls Answered, Top 5
The Agent Performance Calls Answered, Top 5 report is a daily report that
shows contact center managers summarized performance information for the
five agents who accepted the highest number of Contact Center Manager
contacts.
The Agent Performance Calls Answered, Top 5 report compares agent-specific
time summaries—such as total logged on time and not ready time—to a group
average. Managers can track performance and may offer incentives based on
agent appearances in this report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AgentPerformanceStat view (see page 220.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
This report contains data that is collected daily.
Templates
dm-agt2.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
880 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Summaries
The fields in this report are identical to those in the Agent Performance report
(see page 827), except that they are for the five agents who accepted the highest
number of Contact Center Manager contacts. Statistics are summarized in the
same way as for the Agent Performance report.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 881
882
Standard reports
BestAir ! "# $ "
% ' &( ) &(
.% .% .% &% &( &( .%
% & % & % % ) *+ % & % , - /. % 0.1- . . 0
+
!,
& ( & & & & ' & & ( & '' $# (% &$ &# $& &' ' (* && && && && & %* && && && && && && &( (# $' &% ($ $
+ ### && &$ %) ### ### ### ### && && && && &( # ###
! "
" 2 " 22 !3 $ ! 3 ! 2 2" " $ 3 !2 $ ! "!
& ( & & & & ' & & ( & '' $# (% &$ &# $& &' ' (* && && && && & %* && && && && && && &( (# $' &% ($ $
+ ### && &$ %) ### ### ### ### && && && && &( # ###
+
!,
% $ & & & & & & % $ & &* $% '% &' % (' &' &$ '* && && && && &% ' && && && && && && &$ () $$ &( &$ $%
+ ### && &( $( ### ### ### ### && && && && &% $) ###
! "
$" ! $" ! !$ 2$ 2 "$ 2 2 ! 2 $ 2" ! 4 !! ! !$
% $ & & & & & & % $ & &* $% '% &' % (' &' &$ '* && && && && &% ' && && && && && && &$ () $$ &( &$ $%
+ ### && &( $( ### ### ### ### && && && && &% $) ###
+
!,
%( ( & & & & & & %( ( & &* &# &( &( & %$ && $/ && && && && &% ( && && && && && && &$ &/ %% &' / $%
+ ### && &$ && ### ### ### ### && && && && &% () ###
! "
$ $ 3 " $! "" !5 $ " ! 5 $$ 2 "5 !$
%( ( & & & & & & %( ( & &* &# &( &( & %$ && $/ && && && && &% ( && && && && && && &$ &/ %% &' / $%
+ ### && &$ && ### ### ### ### && && && && &% () ###
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report (page 1 of 2)
& 6 7%61.%60&6%6 68%66&29:2;6(:#< =
0, *1(%1(&&/ '/ % '
(
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008
BestAir ! "# $ "
% ' &( ) &(
.% .% .% &% &( &( .%
% & % & % % ) *+ % & % , - /. % 0.1- . . 0
2 +
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
+
!,
%' ' & & & & & ' %' ' & &) / ( &( (/ % &' &( # && && && && & $) && && && && && && &( '& ') &( &' *
+ ### && &$ $ ### ### ### ### && && && && &$ '' ###
! "
$2 2 2 $2 2 4 "5 " 5 "$ 2 "3 " !4 2 24 2 "
%' ' & & & & & ' %' ' & &) / ( &( (/ % &' &( # && && && && & $) && && && && && && &( '& ') &( &' *
+ ### && &$ $ ### ### ### ### && && && && &$ '' ###
+
!,
$* & & & & & & & $* & & &* (* % &' (/ ( && % &# && && && && &% (# && && && && && && &% ' %# &' % (%
+ ### && &( ') ### ### ### ### && && && && &/ %% ###
! "
! ! "$ 2 5 " "$ 3 $ 3 $ 2" $3 2 $" $
$* & & & & & & & $* & & &* (* % &' (/ ( && % &# && && && && &% (# && && && && && && &% ' %# &' % (%
+ ### && &( ') ### ### ### ### && && && && &/ %% ###
45 6
('/ * & & & & ' ' ('/ * & %% %) # '' &$ (& & '' $& && && && && (% $% && && && && && && ' (# % '( '' ($
+ ### && &$ &% ### ### ### ### && && && && &% '* ###
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report (page 2 of 2)
& 6 7%61.%60&6%6 68%66&29:2;6(:#< =
0, *1(%1(&&/ '/ % (
(
883
Standard reports
884
Agent Performance Calls Answered Top 5
Standard reports
BestAir
!!"#$ %& '!!"#$ %
) *
-" -" -" (" (
( -" 0
" (
" " "
* ! " (
" + , .-/,
-
- . .
,
$& %' ' ' ' ' (% $& %( ' %$ )# )) (% $ $& '' (' (% '' '' '' '' '' '' '( $% $% '' '' '' '+ *
&&& '' ( * &&& &&& '' '' '' '' '% '& &&& &&&
45 5$ %
1$ ' 2 1$ ' 34 31 2 2 1$ 3% 3 $$ 4
45 45$ %
2 2 2 $ 2 % 11 $ 1$ 1 3 1 % $ 1% 3
$& %' ' ' ' ' (% $& %( ' %$ )# )) (% $ $& '' (' (% '' '' '' '' '' '' '( $% $% '' '' '' '+ *
&&& '' ( * &&& &&& '' '' '' '' '% '& &&& &&&
-
/
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report
$( * ' ' ' % (( $( & ' $& '' '' $% %% $( '' (( %$ '' '' '' '' '' '' '( () $ '' '' '' '% ) $#
&&& '( '% '( &&& &&& '' '' '' '' '( $& &&& &&&
45 5$ %
$3 $3
45 45$ %
3 $ 3 4 $3 4 $$ 3 $3 1 3% $ %1 3'
$( * ' ' ' % (( $( & ' $& '' '' $% %% $( '' (( %$ '' '' '' '' '' '' '( () $ '' '' '' '% ) $#
&&& '( '% '( &&& &&& '' '' '' '' '( $& &&& &&&
/ 12
&# %* ' ' ' % %) &# %# ' *% )# )) '& %# '' %( )+ '' '' '' '' '' '' '% + %* '' '' '' '# ( $$
&&& '' )* (' &&& &&& '' '' '' '' '( # &&& &&&
( 6
"6/-"6,"!(( 666
67&
$8
03
&4%%4%''( %) )'. (
(
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Agent Short Calls
The Agent Short Calls report shows summarized information about short call
performance, grouping the data into supervisor and agent summaries.
This report also itemizes Contact Center Manager and ACD calls that are
answered, transferred, conferenced, and returned to queue.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Definition: Short call
A short call is an incoming Contact Center Manager or ACD call that lasts less
than a predetermined amount of time, as defined for the threshold class to which
the skillset belongs.
Short calls can occur under the following conditions:
if a caller disconnects due to dialing the wrong number
if an agent inadvertently presses the wrong button on the phoneset
A large number of short calls may suggest a need for further training.
Views
This report uses the AgentPerformanceStat view (see page 220.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 885
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-agt8.rpt
dm-agt8.rpt
wm-agt8.rpt
mm-agt8.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Short Calls ShortCallsAnswered ShortCallsAnswered
Answered
Skillset Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Skillset CDNCallsConfToCDN + @RCW_CDNCalls Conferenced
Conferenced CDNCallsConfToDN +
CDNCallsConfToIncalls +
CDNCallsConfToOther
Skillset CDNCallsTransferredToCDN + @RCW_CDNCalls Transferred
Transferred CDNCallsTransferredToDN +
CDNCallsTransferredToIncalls +
CDNCallsTransferredToOther
Returned to Queue CallsReturnedToQ CallsReturnedToQ
886 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Reserved For Call ReservedForCall ReservedForCall
(NSBR/NACD
options)
ACD/NACD ACDCallsAnswered + @RCW_ACDNACDCalls
Answered NACDCallsAnswered Answered
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
ACD Answered ACDCallsAnswered ACDCallsAnswered
(Communication
Server 2x00/DMS)
Returned to Q Due CallsReturnedToQDueTo CallsReturnedToQDueTo
to Timeout Timeout Timeout
Total Answered CallsAnswered + @RCW_TotalCallsAnswered
ACDCallsAnswered +
NACDCallsAnswered
Total Conferenced CDNCallsConfToCDN + @RCW_Calls Conferenced
CDNCallsConfToDN +
CDNCallsConfToIncalls +
CDNCallsConfToOther +
ACDCallsConfToCDN +
ACDCallsConfToDN +
ACDCallsConfToIncalls +
ACDCallsConfToOther +
DNCallsConfToCDN +
DNCallsConfToDN +
DNCallsConfToACDDN +
DNCallsConfToOther
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 887
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total Transferred CDNCallsTransferredToCDN + @RCW_CallsTransferred
CDNCallsTransferredToDN +
CDNCallsTransferredToIncalls +
CDNCallsTransferredToOther +
ACDCallsTransferredToCDN +
ACDCallsTransferredToDN +
ACDCallsTransferredToIncalls +
ACDCallsTransferredToOther +
DNCallsTransferredToCDN +
DNCallsTransferredToDN +
DNCallsTransferredToACDDN
+ DNCallsTransferredToOther
Summaries
The report provides totals for each supervisor, and subtotals for each agent.
Agent statistics are further broken down by day, week, or month (depending on
the reporting period selected). For the interval reporting period, statistics are
further broken down by interval. The report also contains a grand total for all
selected agents.
888 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
! "# $ "
BestAir
%&' -' -' -' * ' &, &, *)
'( '( & ' )** +& '( ,* * '( & '
!
"
*.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
"&
*.
! " / ! / ! ! /
* '
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report
& 0 +'0(-'01&0'0 02'00&/34/50,4#6 7
"*&
(+),+)-. - /# / 0
889
Standard reports
890
Agent Short Calls Sample
!!"#$ %& '!!"#$ %
Standard reports
BestAir
()" ," ," ," ! ) !+
"* "* )
"
+!! "* !
! "* )
"
!
"#$
!- (' '' ('
"#$)!
!- (' '' ('
./ /$ %
./ ./$ % 0 $ 0 .
(' '' ('
! " (' '' ('
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report (page 1 of 2)
) 1
"1*,"1-"!)) 111
12&
.3
+
!,%-$.
/ / 0'$ $ +* + ' 1
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
Agent Short Calls Sample
February 2008
!!"#$ %& '!!"#$ %
BestAir
()" ," ," ," ! ) !+
"* "* )
"
+!! "* !
! "* )
"
!
"#$2!
!2 ,&('(
!- ( ' ( '
"#$ 3,
&(
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
!- ( ' ( '
./ /$ % 4$ ' 5 4$ '
./ ./$ % 5 5 5 $
( ' ( '
! " ( ' ( '
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report (page 2 of 2)
) 1
"1*,"1-"!)) 111
12&
.3
+
!,%-$.
/ / 0'$ $ +* + 1
891
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Agent Transferred/Conferenced Activity
The Agent Transferred/Conferenced Activity report shows detailed statistics
about voice contacts conferenced and transferred by agents. The report provides
summarized totals for the time period under review.
This report helps managers identify agents who may have difficulty with a
specific skill. It can also highlight agents who need additional training or
reassignment to a different skillset.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AgentPerformanceStat view (see page 220.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-agt18.rpt
dm-agt18.rpt
wm-agt18.rpt
mm-agt18.rpt
892 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID iAgentPerformanceStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentPerformanceStat.Timestamp
Voice contacts transferred/conferenced by statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Skillset Transf CDNCallsTransferredToCDN + @RCW_CDNCalls Conferenced
CDNCallsTransferredToDN +
CDNCallsTransferredToIncalls +
CDNCallsTransferredToOther
ACD Transf ACDCallsTransferredToCDN + @RCW_ACDCallsTransferred
ACDCallsTransferredToDN +
ACDCallsTransferredToIncalls +
ACDCallsTransferredToOther
DN Transf DNCallsTransferredToCDN + @RCW_DNCalls Transferred
DNCallsTransferredToDN +
DNCallsTransferredToACDDN
+ DNCallsTransferredToOther
Skillset Conf CDNCallsConfToCDN + @RCW_CDNCalls Conferenced
CDNCallsConfToDN +
CDNCallsConfToIncalls +
CDNCallsConfToOther
ACD Conf ACDCallsConfToCDN + @RCW_ACDCallsConferenced
ACDCallsConfToDN +
ACDCallsConfToIncalls +
ACDCallsConfToOther
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 893
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
DN Conf DNCallsConfToCDN + @RCW_DNCalls Conferenced
DNCallsConfToDN +
DNCallsConfToACDDN +
DNCallsConfToOther
Voice contacts transferred/conferenced to statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Transf ACD CDNCallsTransferredToIncalls + @RCW_CallsTransferredTo
ACDCallsTransferredToIncalls + ACD
DNCallsTransferredToACDDN
Transf DN CDNCallsTransferredToDN + @RCW_CallsTransferredToDN
ACDCallsTransferredToDN +
DNCallsTransferredToDN
Transf CDN CDNCallsTransferredToCDN + @RCW_CallsTransferredTo
ACDCallsTransferredToCDN + CDN
DNCallsTransferredToCDN
Transf Other CDNCallsTransferredToOther + @RCW_CallsTransferredTo
ACDCallsTransferredToOther + Other
DNCallsTransferredToOther
Conf ACD CDNCallsConferencedToIncalls @RCW_CallsConferencedTo
+ ACD
ACDCallsConferencedToIncalls
+ DNCallsConferencedToIncalls
Conf DN CDNCallsConferencedToDN + @RCW_CallsConferencedToDN
ACDCallsConferencedToDN +
DNCallsConferencedToDN
894 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Conf CDN CDNCallsConferencedToCDN + @RCW_CallsConferencedTo
ACDCallsConferencedToCDN + CDN
DNCallsConferencedToCDN
Conf Other CDNCallsConferencedToOther + @RCW_CallsConferencedTo
ACDCallsConferencedToOther + Other
DNCallsConferencedToOther
Consultation statistics (Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX)
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Consultation Time ConsultationTime @RCW_ConsultationTime
Transf Out CDNCallsTransferredToCDN + @RCW_CallsTransferred
CDNCallsTransferredToDN +
CDNCallsTransferredToIncalls +
CDNCallsTransferredToOther +
ACDCallsTransferredToCDN +
ACDCallsTransferredToDN +
ACDCallsTransferredToIncalls +
ACDCallsTransferredToOther +
DNCallsTransferredToCDN +
DNCallsTransferredToDN +
DNCallsTransferredToACDDN
+ DNCallsTransferredToOther
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 895
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Conf Out CDNCallsConfToCDN + @RCW_Calls Conferenced
CDNCallsConfToDN +
CDNCallsConfToIncalls +
CDNCallsConfToOther +
ACDCallsConfToCDN +
ACDCallsConfToDN +
ACDCallsConfToIncalls +
ACDCallsConfToOther +
DNCallsConfToCDN +
DNCallsConfToDN +
DNCallsConfToACDDN +
DNCallsConfToOther
Totals statistics (Communication Server 2x00/DMS)
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total Transferred CDNCallsTransferredToCDN + @RCW_CallsTransferred
Out CDNCallsTransferredToDN +
CDNCallsTransferredToIncalls +
CDNCallsTransferredToOther +
ACDCallsTransferredToCDN +
ACDCallsTransferredToDN +
ACDCallsTransferredToIncalls +
ACDCallsTransferredToOther +
DNCallsTransferredToCDN +
DNCallsTransferredToDN +
DNCallsTransferredToACDDN
+ DNCallsTransferredToOther
896 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total Conferenced CDNCallsConfToCDN + @RCW_Calls Conferenced
Out CDNCallsConfToDN +
CDNCallsConfToIncalls +
CDNCallsConfToOther +
ACDCallsConfToCDN +
ACDCallsConfToDN +
ACDCallsConfToIncalls +
ACDCallsConfToOther +
DNCallsConfToCDN +
DNCallsConfToDN +
DNCallsConfToACDDN +
DNCallsConfToOther
Summaries
The report provides totals for each agent, and subtotals for each day, week, or
month (depending on the reporting period selected). For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected agents.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 897
898
Standard reports
! "# $ "
BestAir
+% &' ' +% &' ' % % % % & & & & &%* % &
% % % & & & &' ' &' () &' ' &' () (* (*
!"#
*,
! "
!"#
*,
! " - -
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report
& . /%.0+%.1&.%. .2%..&-34-5.'4#6 - 7
'
( ) *+ ,+ *-. -
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
Agent Transfer Conferenced Activity Sample
February 2008
!!"#$ %& '!!"#$ %
e BestAirstAir
*" ( *" (
"
"
"
" ( ( ( (
" (
"
"
" ( ( ( ( ( ) ( ( ) ! !
! ! ! "# ! " ! ! ! ! ! ! ! "$ ! "$
%& '(
!+ ! ! ! # ! , ! ! ! ! ! ! ! - ! -
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
,- -$ %
,- ,-$ % , ,
! ! ! # ! , ! ! ! ! ! ! ! - ! -
%& '
!+ ! ! ! "! ! , ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ", ! ",
,- -$ % ' ' '
,- ,-$ % $ $
! ! ! "! ! , ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ", ! ",
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report
! ! ! "# ! " ! ! ! ! ! ! ! "$ ! "$
( .
"./*".+"!(( ...
.0&
,1
/ 0' -"""!!1,',2'"2/) /, ,
899
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Estimated Revenue by Agent
The Estimated Revenue by Agent report shows the amount of revenue each
agent generates based on the total number of contacts accepted and the number
of times a specified activity code is recorded.
For user-defined reports that use this report as a template, you can set a dollar
value to multiply against activity code occurrences. This report is a useful
feature for contact centers that offer revenue-based incentives.
ATTENTION
This report does not include Not Ready reason codes.
For standard reports, localized currency is used.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ActivityCodeStat view (see page 188.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
dm-agt13.rpt
wm-agt13.rpt
mm-agt13.rpt
900 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Activity Code iActivityCodeStat.Application <>
Activity Name 'System_Application'
Agent Login ID iActivityCodeStat.ActivityCode
Agent Name iActivityCodeStat.AgentLogin
iActivityCodeStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total Activity ActivityTime @RCW_ActivityTime
Time
Total Occurrences Occurrences Occurrences
Total Estimated Occurrences x Per Unit $ @RCW_EstimatedRevenue
Revenue Generated (specified at run-time)
Summaries
The report provides totals for each agent, and subtotals for each activity code.
For each activity code, statistics are further broken down by day, week, or
month, depending on the reporting period selected. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected agents.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 901
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir ! "#$ %! "#
)(
&' ( '*
! " #$
'
& ! " '() *(& (+, %
'
" "# "- .! ! +%,
. "# # " ! +%,
! "# ". % ! +%,
!# "# / " " +,
! "# " #" ! +%,
! "# " .! ! +%,
"% "# # ! ! +%,
". "# !% #" ! +%,
"# "# " #% ! +%,
0
12 0 3(1 4 5(16 1(1 01 ( 1 1 !78!918$*!%, 2
-. / . 0 0 1 # 2 ,)
902 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Not Ready Reason Codes by Agent
With the Not Ready Reason Codes by Agent report you monitor why agents
went into Not Ready state. You can define Not Ready reason codes in Contact
Center Manager Administration. When an agent goes into Not Ready state and
enters one of these codes, the incident pegs in the ActivityCodeStat view.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ActivityCodeStat view (see page 188.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-agt20.rpt
dm-agt20.rpt
wm-agt20.rpt
mm-agt20.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 903
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Name ID iActivityCodeStat.Application=
Agent Name 'System_Application'
iActivityCodeStat.AgentSurName + " "
+ iActivityCodeStat.AgentGivenName
iActivityCodeStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total Time ActivityTime @RCW_ActivityTime
Average Time ActivityTime/Occurrences @RCW_AverageActivityTime
Number of Occurrences Occurrences
Occurrences
Summaries
The report provides totals for each agent, and subtotals for each day, week, or
month (depending on the reporting period selected). For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected agents.
904 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
BestAir
! "#$%"
' )
"$ !%" ( &##'#!
!
'$
+ "$+,)'+ !+%" * * * *
"$
(
'$ $ #
+ "$+,)'+ !+%" * -
"$ $ #
( $ #
% . (/!.01!.2%.!. (.3!#..%*45*6.,5 7 8
% & '
(
$) ) * +, +-
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 905
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Skillset by Agent Performance
The Skillset by Agent Performance report shows summarized agent performance
data for each skillset under review. The report details performance statistics such
as the total number of contacts accepted, total time spent servicing contact center
customers, and average processing time. This report is an indicator of agent
contribution to a skillset.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AgentBySkillsetStat view (see page 208.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-agt21.rpt
dm-agt21.rpt
wm-agt21.rpt
mm-agt21.rpt
906 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID iAgentBySkillsetStat.AgentLogin
Agent Name iAgentBySkillsetStat.Skillset
Skillset Name ID iAgentBySkillsetStat.Timestamp
Skillset Name
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Short Calls ShortCallsAnswered ShortCallsAnswered
Answered
Post Call PostCallProcessingTime @RCW_PostCallProcessing
Processing Time Time
Talk Time TalkTime @RCW_TalkTime
Total Staffed Time TotalStaffedTime @RCW_TotalStaffedTime
Summaries
The report provides totals for each agent, and subtotals for each day, week, or
month (depending on the reporting period selected). For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval, and within each interval,
by agent. The report also contains a grand total for all selected skillsets.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 907
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report (page 1 of 4)
!"#!"$% !"&!"$
BestAir
) ' '
'( ( * ++
! "
#$%
&'
, $ $# $#% $'
!"#!"$
(*)/ # ". #- #- $& . #0 $1
!"#!"$ # ". #- #- $& . #0 $1
$ $# $#% $'
"(
)*&'
, $ #$ % '%'
!"#!"$
(*)/ # $- #. .. $& 1 & 1
!"#!"$ # $- #. .. $& 1 & 1
$ #$ % '%'
++
&'
, % %%
!"#!"$
(*)/ . " "& "$ . . && ".
!"#!"$ . " "& "$ . . && ".
% %%
&'
, $ %$ ' $
!"#!"$
(*)/ # "& .# .1 "" . .# $
!"#!"$ # "& .# .1 "" . .# $
$ %$ ' $
,-.&'$
,
!"#!"$
(*)/ "0 ."
!"#!"$ "0 ."
/&'$'
, %''
!"#!"$
(*)/ &1 $1
!"#!"$ &1 $1
' 2 32 ( 24'22 25 *2 2'.67.8297%: ".;
0
1.
23%3#$, %
908 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report (page 2 of 4)
!"#!"$% !"&!"$
BestAir
) ' '
'( ( * ++
%''
-
4
5&'%
,
!"#!"$
(*)/ .. ." $$
!"#!"$ .. ." $$
-4.
&'#
, $ %$$ #$ #
!"#!"$
(*)/ # &# $# .- #. 0 $- "
!"#!"$ # &# $# .- #. 0 $- "
$ %$$ #$ #
67 &'
, $
!"#!"$
(*)/ .# "$ $"
!"#!"$ .# "$ $"
$
8
64&'$
, #%#
!"#!"$
(*)/ - &" "-
!"#!"$ - &" "-
#%#
,
&'%
, $
!"#!"$
(*)/ . # .0
!"#!"$ . # .0
$
-9 1 &'
, #%
!"#!"$
(*)/ . $- &
!"#!"$ . $- &
#%
' 2 32 ( 24'22 25 *2 2'.67.8297%: ".;
0
1.
23%3#$, %
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 909
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report (page 3 of 4)
!"#!"$% !"&!"$
BestAir
) ' '
'( ( * ++
811-4
&'
, #%% %$
!"#!"$
(*)/ . - && &#
!"#!"$ . - && &#
#%% %$
4 &''
, % %$
!"#!"$
(*)/ " . .& &# ". $
!"#!"$ " . .& &# ". $
% %$
71
&'%$
, % $% %
!"#!"$
(*)/ & ". . #& $. ". &
!"#!"$ & ". . #& $. ". &
% $% %
2
04&'%%
, %%%
!"#!"$
(*)/ $ &0 &&
!"#!"$ $ &0 &&
%%%
+40
&''
,
!"#!"$
(*)/ . " .
!"#!"$ . " .
+400&'$
, $%
!"#!"$
(*)/ . ." . . " #" &.
!"#!"$ . ." . . " #" &.
$%
' 2 32 ( 24'22 25 *2 2'.67.8297%: ".;
0
1.
23%3#$, $%
910 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report (page 4 of 4)
!"#!"$% !"&!"$
BestAir
) ' '
'( ( * ++
! "
#$%
' 2 32 ( 24'22 25 *2 2'.67.8297%: ".;
0
1.
23%3#$, %%
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 911
Standard reports Standard 8.11
912 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Section B: Call by call reports
In this section
Call by Call Statistics 914
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 913
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Call by Call Statistics
For each contact, the Call by Call Statistics report shows detailed information
including time, event, agent, source, and destination.
You can collect contact information from the time the contact is initiated until
the time it leaves Contact Center Manager control. You can collect statistics for
all of the events defined in Historical Statistics Collection.
For additional Call by Call details about outbound campaign contacts, see
“Campaign Call by Call Details” on page 1166.
The Call by Call Statistics report includes event information from a specific day.
The report can be generated for a maximum one–hour period on that day.
Call by Call Statistics reports contain a large amount of data. Consequently, they
take much longer to generate than other types of reports. Event information is
written to the database every 15 minutes.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Daylight Savings Time
With Contact Center Manager Server 6.0 SU03 and later, the report takes
advantage of new fields that were added to the database view. These changes
help to ensure that the data is reported in the correct order even after a
significant time change occurs, such as Daylight Savings Time.
The following enhancements are available:
When the Contact Center Manager Server time changes, events related to
the current call are reported in the order they occur regardless of the time
the event occurs.
The date and time of when a call first arrives is known regardless of the first
event on the report. Call arrived date and time are printed with the Call ID.
The report is grouped first by the date and time the call arrived, and then by
the Call ID. If a Call ID is reused, the events of each call are reported as
unique call events.
914 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Views
This report uses the following views:
eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD (see page 351)
Agent (see page 382)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
This report contains interval data.
Templates
Two templates for this report are available. If you have a version of Contact
Center Manager Server that is earlier than SU03, this report uses the em-res9.rpt
template. If you have Contact Center Manager Server SU03 and later, this report
uses the em-res9.rpt template found in the subfolder 60.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
none eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD.TelsetLoginID
*= Agent.TelsetLoginID
eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Call ID eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD. eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD.Ca
CallId llId
Time eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD. eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD.
Time Time
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 915
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Event eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD. eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD.Ca
CallEventName llEventName
Agent Agent.SurName, @RCW_AgentNameID
Agent.GivenName,
Agent.TelsetLoginID
Source eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD. eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD.
Source Source
Destination eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD. eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD.De
Destination stination
Associated Data eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD. eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD.Ass
AssociatedData ociatedData
Event Data eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD. eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD.
EventData EventData
Grouping
Events in the Call by Call Statistics report are grouped by call ID.
Report examples
The first report example that follows was generated on a Contact Center
Manager Server 6.0 with an installed release that is earlier than SU03.
The second report example that follows was generated on a Contact Center
Manager Server 6.0 with SU03 or later.
916 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
! BestAir
" ! # $%# &&&&''
! (
) ) * (
3 # * , ) 5+ 1( ;34--+ 6
4 # * , ) 5+ '
" )/ 011
2 **
' ) 011 #
3435-3- 1677
' 6 ) '
1) #
* 011 (
8
#
3435-3-
3435-3- #1
34-
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
# 7 * 011 5+
/ 92 **:: 011
/ 92 **:: 011
) : 9* 011 1677 ' 6 ) 1677 '#26
=*! / 011 86 ( '#26 6/ 7 ( 7( ( (
'(6 6>
>* / 011 1677 '#26 86 ( '#26 6/ 7 6'(6>0(0( 66
8 ( &(
" )/ 011
011 1677 '#26 (
* / 011 ( '(60
>* / 011 1677 '#26 86 ( '#26 6/ 7 6'(6>0(0( 66
8 (
3
' ) 011 1677 '#26 (
3
#! * 011 ( 1677 '#26 0 4
1) # " * * 011
' )#! * 011 ( 1677 '#26 0 -
=*! / 011 86 ( '#26 6/ 7 ( $ (
Call By Call report – example 1(page 14 of 16)
'(6 6>
+
" )/ 011
+ 2 **
' ) 011 #
3435-3- 1677
' 6 ) '
+ 1) #
* 011 (
8
#
3435-3-
3435-3- #1
34
/ 92 **:: 011
/ 92 **:: 011
) : 9* 011 1677
' 6 ) 1677
'#26
>* / 011 1677
'#26 86 (
'#26 6/ 7
6'(6>0(0( 66
8 (
&(
+
011 1677
'#26 (
5
' ) 011 1677
'#26 (
5
#! * 011 (
1677
'#26 0
+
4 1) # " * * 011
+
4
' )#! * 011 (
1677
'#26 0
3
# ?7 ! ? 9/? %! !# #
?) ? ?7?('( 5@7
!" # $
917
Standard reports
918
!
BestAir
Standard reports
" ! # $%# &&&&''
+ 4 =*! / 011 86 ( '#26 6/ 7 ( $ (
'(6 6> +
+
" )/ 011
+
2 **
' ) 011 #
3435-3 1677
' 6 ) '
+
1) #
* 011 (
8
#
3435-3
3435-3 #1
34
+
/ 92 **:: 011
+
+
/ 92 **:: 011
+
+
+
) : 9* 011 1677
' 6 ) 1677
'#26' 67#
+
>* / 011 1677
'#26' 67# 86 (
'#26' 6# #6/ 7
6'(6>0(0( 66
8 (
&(
+
011 1677
'#26' 67# (
+
3
#! * 011 (
1677
'#26' 67# 0
+
-
' ) 011 1677
'#26' 67# (
+
- # 7 * 011
+
- =*! / 011 86 (
'#26' 6# #6/ 7
(
7( ( (
'(6 6>
-
+
' )#! * 011 (
1677
'#26' 67# 0
+
1) # 9* A !' + 86 (
'#26' 6# #6/
+
1) # * A !' + '
+
" )/ 011
+ 2 **
' ) 011 #
3435-3 1677
' 6 ) '
+ 1) #
* 011 (
8
#
3435-3
34355 #1
34
# 7 * 011
Call By Call report – example 1(page 15 of 16)
/ 92 **:: 011
/ 92 **:: 011 +
) : 9* 011 1677 ' 6 ) 1677 '#26' 6#2#
=*! / 011 86 ( '#26' 6# #6/ 7 ( 7( ( (
'(6 6>
>* / 011 1677 '#26' 6#2# 86 ( '#26' 6# #6/ 7 6'(6>0(0( 66
8 ( &(
" )/ 011
011 1677 '#26' 6#2# (
* / 011 ( '(60
>* / 011 1677 '#26' 6#2# 86 ( '#26' 6# #6/ 7 6'(6>0(0( 66
8 (
4 # 7 * 011
4 =*! / 011 86 ( '#26' 6# #6/ 7 ( 7( ( (
'(6 6> 4
-
#! * 011 ( 1677 '#26' 6#2# 0 3
- 1) # 9* A !' + 86 ( '#26' 6# #6/
3 - 1) # * A !' + '
# ?7 ! ? 9/? %! !# #
?) ? ?7?('( 5@7
!" # $
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008
! BestAir
" ! # $%# &&&&''
! (
) ) * (
5
3
" )/ 011
5
3 2 **
' ) 011 #
3435-3- 1677
' 6 ) '
5
3 1) #
* 011 (
8
#
3435-3-
3435-3- #1
34
5
+ # 7 * 011
5+
5
+ / 92 **:: 011
5
+ / 92 **:: 011
5
+ ) : 9* 011 1677
' 6 ) 1677
'#26
5
+ =*! / 011 86 (
'#26 6/ 7
(
7( ( (
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
'(6 6>
5 + >* / 011 1677 '#26 86 ( '#26 6/ 7 6'(6>0(0( 66
8 ( &(
5 - 1) # 9* , ) 5+ 86 ( '#26 6/
Call By Call report – example 1(page 16 of 16)
# ?7 ! ? 9/? %! !# #
?) ? ?7?('( 5@7
!" # $
919
Standard reports
920
Standard reports
!"
#
" '% $ % &$ #
$
+ ,- ()*' & .// *0
, 1 /%
& .// # ' 2 $ 11 $ /$ 1
, 1 3 &&*
0 % .// $ 11 /455 0 4% *0
, 1 6
" %) .//
, 1 % 7 (& .// /455 0 4% /455
0#4 '4) "4/
, 1 )8 (3 &&*77 .// 8 8 -
, 1 9''& ) .// /455 24# 0#4 '4) " 5 4 0#49.#.#$4 *4
0#4 '4) "4/ 2# :#
, 1 9''& ) .// /455 24# 0#4 '4) " 5 4 # 5 6/;: 4 0#49.#.#$4 *4
0#4 '4) "4/ 2# *
, 1 9''& ) .// /455 24# 0#4 '4) " 5 4 # 5 6/;: 4 0#49.#.#$4 *4
0#4 '4) "4/ 2# *
, 1, $<''&8 ) .// 24# 0#4 '4) " 5 #*
# 4/#$:4#= #
$ 0#449
, 1, 5 & .// 6
, 1, $<''&8 ) .// 24# 0#4 '4) " 5 #*
# 4/#$:4#= #
$ 0#449
, 1, $<''&8 ) .// 24# 0#4 '4) " 5 #*
# 4/#$:4#= #
Call By Call report – example 2 (SU03 or later)
$ 0#449
,
1 /% (& 6 24#
0#4 '4) "
,
/% & 6 *0
, /%
& .// # ' 2 $ 11 $ /$ -
, 3 &&*
0 % .// $ 11 /455 0 4% *0
, 6
" %) .//
, , % 7 (& .// /455 0 4% /455
0#4 '4) "4/
, , )8 (3 &&*77 .// 8 8 -
, , 9''& ) .// /455 24# 0#4 '4) " 5 4 0#49.#.#$4 *4
0#4 '4) "4/ 2# :#
>5" 8 > ()>; >> ">3% >> ?0@>> +A
!"#$ ! %&'
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Section C: Configuration reports
In this section
Activity Code Properties 923
Agent by Supervisor Properties 925
Agent Properties 928
Agent Skillset Assignment 935
Agent Skillset Properties 938
Agent Supervisor Assignment 942
Application Script Properties 945
Application Template Properties 948
CDN (Route Point) Properties 951
Database View Definitions 954
DNIS Properties 958
Formula Properties 961
Historical and Real Time Statistics Properties 964
IVR Port Properties 976
IVR Queue and Port Properties 979
Logged In Agent Position ID 983
Crosstab - Network Incoming Calls 1045
Route Properties 990
Script Variable by Script 993
Script Variable Properties 996
Skillset Properties 999
Supervisor Properties 1004
Telephone Display Properties 1008
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 921
Standard reports Standard 8.11
User Access Privilege 1011
922 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Activity Code Properties
The Activity Code Properties report lists all of the activity codes and their
assigned names.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ActivityCode view (see page 381.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config8.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Activity Code ActivityCode.ActivityCode
Activity Name
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Activity Code Name Name
Name
Activity Code ActivityCode ActivityCode
Number
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 923
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
!"#$$
$"
! "% &"
&
"' ( "
"
"' ( "
"
* ! "% &"
)
+$
+
,& +-
+.. + .
$+/
+. +
01 2+3 4567
924 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Agent by Supervisor Properties
The Agent by Supervisor Properties report lists agents and the supervisors to
whom they are assigned.
ATTENTION
Agents created from the Classic Client on Symposium
Contact Center Client 5.0 can have a primary supervisor
and reporting supervisors. Agents created in Contact Center
Manager Administration cannot. Therefore, an agent
created in Classic Client may appear multiple times in the
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the SupervisorAgentAssignment view (see page 482.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config31.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Supervisor Login ID SupervisorAgentAssignment.Supervisor
Supervisor Name TelsetLoginID
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 925
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Supervisor Name SupervisorGivenName @RCW_SupervisorNameID
& ID SupervisorSurName
SupervisorTelsetLoginID
Assigned Agent AgentGivenName @RCW_AgentName
Name AgentSurName
Phoneset Login ID AgentTelsetLoginID AgentTelsetLoginID
Supervisor Type Type @RCW_SupervisorType
926 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
BestAir
!
"
#
! '()()
* ((
* ()((
%+
'()(,
().(
&
((0.
" ()(0
'()('
%! '().3
! ()0(
()(
4
5
4
2+4/
44
4
%4 4 3
6$37485#*(39
%&
'
&%$$($)(*++,,+",)-
$$
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 927
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Agent Properties
The Agent Properties report presents agent information in the following
categories:
general information—including threshold class name, department, and title
agent call presentation information—including call presentation options
defined for the agent’s call presentation class
phoneset information—including port information for the phoneset at
which the agent is logged on, and the agent’s personal or secondary
directory number
supervisor information—which lists the agent’s supervisors
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the following views:
Agent (see page 382)
SupervisorAgentAssignment (see page 482)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config5.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID Agent.TelsetLoginID
Agent Name
928 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
General fields
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Agent Name & ID Agent.GivenName @RCW_AgentNameID
Agent.SurName
Agent.TelsetLoginID
Threshold Class Agent.ThresholdTemplateName Agent.ThresholdTemplateName
Department Agent.Department Agent.Department
Title Agent.Title Agent.Title
Comment Agent.Comment Agent.Comment
URI (SIP) Agent.URI Agent.URI
Agent Call Presentation fields
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Call Presentation Agent.TemplateName Agent.TemplateName
Class
Call Force Option Agent.CallForceOption Agent.CallForceOption
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
Call Force Timer Agent.CallForceDelayTimer @RCW_CallForceDelayTimer
Delay
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
Reserve for Agent.TelsetShowReserve Agent.TelsetShowReserve
Network Call
(NSBR option)
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 929
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Return To Queue Agent.ReturnToQueueOnNo Agent.ReturnToQueueOnNo
On No Answer Answer Answer
Return To Queue Agent.ReturnToQueueWait @RCW_ReturnToQueueWait
Wait Interval Interval Interval
Make Phoneset Agent.ReturnToQueueMode @RCW_MakePhoneSet
DN On Hold Agent.AlternateCallAnswer Agent.AlternateCallAnswer
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
Union Break Timer Agent.UnionBreakTimer Agent.UnionBreakTimer
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
Not Ready on Agent.NROSDN Agent.NROSDN
Secondary DN
(Communication
Server 2x00/DMS)
Variable Wrap Agent.VariableWrap @RCW_VariableWrap
Time
(Communication
Server 2x00/DMS)
Phoneset fields
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Phoneset Login ID Agent.TelsetLoginID Agent.TelsetLoginID
930 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Personal DN Agent.PersonalDN @RCW_PersonalDN
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
Secondary DN Agent.SecondaryDN Agent.SecondaryDN
(Communication
Server 2x00/DMS)
Switch Port Agent.SwitchPortAddress @RCW_SwitchPortAddress
Address
Switch Port Name Agent.SwitchPortName @RCW_SwitchPortName
Switch Port ID Agent.SwitchID Agent.SwitchID
ACD_Queue Agent.ACD_Queue Agent.ACD_Queue
(Default Que
Management
[DQM])
ACD_Queue_Error Agent.ACD_QueueStatus Not Available
(Default Que
Management
[DQM])
Supervisor fields
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Supervisor Name SupervisorAgentAssignment. @RCW_SupervisorName
SupervisorSurname
SupervisorAgentAssignment.
SupervisorGivenName
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 931
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Supervisor SupervisorAgentAssignment. @RCW_SupervisorID
Phoneset Login ID SupervisorTelsetLoginID
Type SupervisorAgentAssignment. @RCW_SupervisorType
Type
Agent capabilities
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Name ContactType.Name ContactType.Name
932 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report
BestAir
7
* * / 8
7 #
*
6
0
12 34434+
)
8 8/
&
! 9
"
# $
%
&
#
%
'
( :;
)$
*
/!
&
. /
,
- $
+
*
*
0
( 12
#
*
//
#
*
#
*
(
*
0
( !
! 1
/
<:
=
=
# $='
==
=.
= = :
>):?= & (7@A
! "
##
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 933
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report
Config - Agent Properties
BestAir BestAir
//*+,-
$ $&) !).0
!)./
) *+,-
)
#
)
#
)
!).0
2-
!
" #$
&'
&' (&
'
%
$
7
#$
#$ 1
*+,-
(&
' 4564-4*+,-
($# && *+,-
($#
!).0 3
($ 2
#$ 1
'
+25+
)8#
8 "8 '
)
)
8(
8 8#8) 9:#
!"#!"$ % ""
934 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Agent Skillset Assignment
The Agent Skillset Assignment report lists scheduled changes of agents and
their skillset assignments.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view (see page 451.) For
more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config24.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID ScheduledSkillsetAssignment.
Agent Name UserTelsetLoginID
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Assignment Name AssignName AssignName
Status Status Status
Comment Comment Comment
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 935
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Agent Name and UserSurName @RCW_UserNameID
Phoneset Login UserGivenName
UserTelsetLoginID
To Skillset SkillsetName SkillsetName
SkillsetState SkillsetState SkillsetState
Priority Priority @RCW_Priority
936 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
BestAir
!
" #
$
) * #
# '
$
) * #
# '
#
) * #
# '
) * #
# '
!
" #
2
3
,
4
$
) * #
# /
$
) * #
# /
#
) * #
# /
) * #
# /
5
6
5
) 5.
5335 3
5+
5 3 5 /
74/85 96:;'1<
! "##$%$ "
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 937
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Agent Skillset Properties
The Agent Skillset Properties report lists general agent information and skillset
assignments. General information includes department, title, and assigned
templates. Skillset information includes the skillset name and the agent’s priority
within the skillset.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the following views:
Agent (see page 382)
SkillsetByAgent (see page 471)
Skillset (see page 467)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config29.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID Agent.UserID =
Agent Name SkillsetByAgent.UserID
SkillsetByAgent.SkillsetID =
Skillset.SkillsetID
Agent.TelsetLoginID
938 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Agent Name Agent.SurName @RCW_AgentNameID
Agent.GivenName
Agent.TelsetLoginID
Personal DN Agent.PersonalDN @RCW_PersonalDN
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
Call Presentation Agent.AgentTemplateName Agent.AgentTemplateName
Class
Threshold Class Agent.AgentTemplateName Agent.AgentTemplateName
Skillset Name Skillset.Skillset Skillset.Skillset
Skillset State SkillsetByAgent.SkillsetState SkillsetByAgent.SkillsetState
Priority SkillsetByAgent.Priority @RCW_Priority
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 939
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report
BestAir
#
! !
"
#$
&
' %
(' # ) &
' %
)
&!
&
' %
* %+ &
' %
* + &
' %
&
' %
$
' &
' %
* &
' %
* %+ &
' %
* + &
' %
&
' %
$
' &
' %
* &
' %
, &
' %
, &
' %
* &
' %
* &
' %
, - &
' %
, - &
' %
.
/
.
) .0
."". "
.1
&." . 2
3*24. (/,5%67
!" #" #$!%& '
&&
940 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report
Config - Agent Skillset Properties
BestAir
!
" " #
!
! %
& $
!"#
!
" " #
!
! %
& $
"!((
" " #
' %
& $
) * # "
!
" " #
%
& $
(
( ) ( *
+
& (%
( ((!',-
%,-
". . //! !(
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 941
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Agent Supervisor Assignment
The Agent Supervisor Assignment report lists agent to supervisor assignments
and their properties.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the following views:
ScheduledSupervisorAssignment (see page 454)
SupervisorAgentAssignment (see page 482)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config23.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID SupervisorAgentAssignment.AgentUserID
Agent Name =
ScheduledSupervisorAssignment.AgentID
SupervisorAgentAssignment.AgentTelset
LoginID
942 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Assignment Name ScheduledSupervisor @RCW_AssignName
Assignment.AssignName
Status ScheduledSupervisor ScheduledSupervisor
Assignment.Status Assignment.Status
Comment ScheduledSupervisor ScheduledSupervisor
Assignment.Comment Assignment.Comment
Agent Name and SupervisorAgentAssignment. @RCW_AgentNameID
Phoneset Login AgentSurName
SupervisorAgentAssignment.
AgentGivenName
SupervisorAgentAssignment.
AgentTelsetLoginID
From Reporting SupervisorAgentAssignment. @RCW_SupervisorNameID
Supervisor SupervisorUserID
SupervisorAgentAssignment.
SupervisorSurname
SupervisorAgentAssignment.
SupervisorGivenName
To Reporting ScheduledSupervisor @RCW_ToSupervisorName
Supervisor Assignment.SupervisorID
ScheduledSupervisor
Assignment.SupervisorGiven
NameScheduledSupervisor
Assignment.SupervisorSurname
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 943
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
!"
(
(
$$
$$
( ) ++
/ )
3 4
4 #*4/44 45
44.666 7-.849 :;,+<
!"!##$%%%&' '
944 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Application Script Properties
The Application Script Properties report describes the relationship between
application scripts.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Definition: Parent script
A parent script is any script that directs a contact to another secondary script.
Definition: Child script
A child script is a secondary script to which a primary script or another
secondary script directs a contact.
Views
This report uses the ApplicationByScript view (see page 389.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config14.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Application Name ID ApplicationByScript.ParentName
Application Name
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 945
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Parent Script Name ParentName ParentName
Child Script Name ChildName ChildName
946 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
BestAir
!""!
#$#
%!&'(#
)* +
,' - !. #
,'
,' ,
(' ) - #/
-
0 -* 0)1 0,0 0 -0& 0023"240!*%5267
!
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 947
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Application Template Properties
The Application Template Properties report lists all your applications. For each
application, it provides the service level threshold, threshold class, and threshold
levels.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the following views:
Application (see page 387)
ApplicationThresholdTemplate (see page 392)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config15.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Application Name ID Application.Name
Application Name
948 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Application Name Application.Name Application.Name
Call by Call Application.CallByCall @RCW_CallByCall
Threshold Class ApplicationThresholdTemplate. ApplicationThresholdTemplate.N
Name ame
Field ApplicationThresholdTemplate. ApplicationThresholdTemplate.
Field Field
Level 1 ApplicationThresholdTemplate. ApplicationThresholdTemplate.
Level1 Level1
Level 2 ApplicationThresholdTemplate. ApplicationThresholdTemplate.
Level2 Level2
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 949
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
"" !
""# $% !
"" !
""# $% !
"" !
""# $% !
"" !
""# $% !
& '"(
' )*'+''%(',
'' !!! -. /'# 01 2%"
!"#!"$$#%&'#"
''
950 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
CDN (Route Point) Properties
The CDN (Route Point) report lists the CDNs and their assigned names.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Definition: CDN
A Controlled Directory Number (CDN) is a number configured on the switch as
the entry point for voice contacts into Contact Center Manager. You can
configure multiple CDNs in the switch and associate them with the Master script
of Contact Center Manager.
Views
This report uses the CDN (Route Point) view (see page 394.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config7.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
CDN CDN.CDN
CDN Name
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 951
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Call Type Type Type
CDN (Route Point) CDN CDN
CDN Name Name Name
URI URI URI
952 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
BestAir
!"#$
% & ! '
$
% & ! '
$ !
() *+ ,- ! ./
# $!01
2.-.
"
$2.
+.'$23
2455$2 5.
-2
$ .
#2.5 2
6 275
8 27" 9):
! "!#$$%#%%$#&
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 953
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Database View Definitions
The Database View Definitions report generates a complete list of the database
views available in the Contact Center Manager database. You can use these
views to design user-created reports.
The Database View Definition report does not include views from the Contact
Center Multimedia database.
For each database view, the report lists the fields in the view. For each field, the
report provides the field type and length.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the Views view (see page 497.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config34.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
none none
954 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
View Name Name Name
Field Name ColumnName ColumnName
Type Type Type
Length Length Length
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 955
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report (1 of 208)
BestAir
!! ! " #
$" !! ! " #
%&!' !! ! " #
!! ! " #
$" !! ! " #
" !! ! " #
%&!' !! ! " #
!! ! " #
$" !! ! " #
%&!' !! ! " #
" !! ! " #
" !! ! " #
()!* +
()! ,"! " -.
/"0' ,"! " +
1 0 ,"! " +
'" ,"! " +
/, ,"! " +
0 ,"! " #.2
,"! " -
0" ,"! " -
!, 0 ,"! " -.
0"!(0 ! " #
0 ", ! " #
" " ! " #
'" 03''( 0 " ! " #
4 0 5"6" .
'" 03''$7 ", .
! 7 +
7 +
0"!" +
" 07 +
83''' ,"! "
83'' ,"! " #
4"7 " #
0 7 ,"! " #
,"! " -
! 10" ,"! " -
! 10" " ,"! " -
91"0 "90"0"69$ 9 9 0" 9 0"!9"9 #:;#<9 (7/-+= 1
!!" !# $
% &
956 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report (page 1 of 62)
Config - Database View Definitions
BestAir
!" #
$
!" #
!" #
$
$
% & '
% ( )*
+# ( ',
-$+ ( ',
# ( .'
( ( .'
$+ ( */
( ),
+ ( ),
($+ ( )*
+ (
#
+0## +
*
#
+0## 1 ( *
1 '
1 '
+
1 '
2 1 .
+ ( .
+1 ( .
( ),
-+ ( ),
-+ ( ),
+
( ),
( .'
# ( .'
( ( .'
$ 3- +
3+ + 43+#$
$ ( 3 33 -
3$
1)'5 -
!""!"##$ % $$ " &
% '"
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 957
Standard reports Standard 8.11
DNIS Properties
The DNIS Properties report lists each DNIS and its assigned name. It also lists
the service level threshold.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Definition: DNIS
Dialed Number Identification Service (DNIS) identifies the dialed number for
calls coming into the contact center. Typically, DNIS numbers are used for 1-800
numbers. For example, a company might give customers different 1-800
numbers for sales and customer service calls.
Views
This report uses the DNIS view (see page 397.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config10.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
DNIS DNIS.DNIS
DNIS Name
958 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
DNIS Type Type Not Available
DNIS Name and DNISName, DNIS @RCW_DNISNameID
Number
Service Level ServiceLevelThreshold ServiceLevelThreshold
Threshold
URI (SIP and URI URI
Universal
Networking
feature)
Description (SIP Description Description
and Universal
Networking
feature)
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 959
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
!"#$# #% &'' !"
!(# ) #% &'' !(
!#$# ) #*+ &'' !
!,#$$ &'' !,
-% ./- 0 1-2 -3))- ) .- -)- 45$46- 7/849 %
! "
960 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Formula Properties
The Formula Properties report lists all of the custom formulas and their
definitions as they appear in real-time displays. You can use formulas to create
custom real-time statistics fields by combining existing statistics fields with
mathematical operators.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the Formula view (see page 402.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
ATTENTION
The Formula view contains the raw formula data. For
example, formula definitions include the variable codes.
This report uses an internal API call to convert formula
variables to variable names and stores them in the
temporary CUSTFORM.MDB file at run time. The report is
run from both the database view (Formula) and the .mdb
file (CustForm.mdb).
Templates
This report uses the config17.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
none none
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 961
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Formula Name Name Name
Class Class Class
Comment Comment Comment
Definition Definition Definition
962 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
BestAir
!
"#
"!
#$
"
!
##
"!
#
%
"$
"
#
"
!"#
&'(
"!
#$
"
!
##
"!
#
)*+
) "%),))(+)-
)) . #)/&0 12(*
$ % &'()'(**)+ ,- )-. /1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 963
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Historical and Real Time Statistics Properties
The Historical and Real Time Statistics Properties report lists the historical and
real-time statistics you configured Contact Center Manager to collect.
To view call-by-call properties for individual applications, see the Application
Properties report.
User-defined reports using this standard report as a template cannot be
scheduled.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Real-time statistics collection modes
You can collect real-time statistics in the following modes:
Moving window mode—In moving window mode, statistics shown
represent the last 10 minutes of system activity.
Interval-to-date mode—In interval-to-date mode, statistics are collected
only for the current interval (defined on the Real-time Statistics
Configuration property sheet). When the interval is over, data fields
initialize to zero and collection begins for the next interval.
Views
This report uses the following views:
HistoricalStatCollection (see page 404)
HistoricalStatDuration (see page 408)
HistoricalStatStorage (see page 410)
RealTimeStatCollection (see page 440)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
964 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Templates
This report uses the config1.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
none none
Historical Collection fields
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Application HistoricalStatCollection. HistoricalStatCollection.
Application Application
CDN HistoricalStatCollection.CDN HistoricalStatCollection.CDN
Skillset HistoricalStatCollection.Skillset HistoricalStatCollection.Skillset
Activity Code HistoricalStatCollection.Activity HistoricalStatCollection.Activity
Code Code
DNIS HistoricalStatCollection.DNIS HistoricalStatCollection.DNIS
Trunk HistoricalStatCollection.Trunk HistoricalStatCollection.Trunk
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
Route HistoricalStatCollection.Route HistoricalStatCollection.Route
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
RAN/Music Route HistoricalStatCollection.RAN HistoricalStatCollection.RAN
MusicRoute MusicRoute
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 965
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Agent Performance HistoricalStatCollection.Agent HistoricalStatCollection.Agent
Performance Performance
Agent by HistoricalStatCollection. HistoricalStatCollection.
Application AgentByApplication AgentByApplication
Agent by Skillset HistoricalStatCollection. HistoricalStatCollection.
AgentBySkillset AgentBySkillset
Agent Login/ HistoricalStatCollection. HistoricalStatCollection.
Logout AgentLogin AgentLogin
IVR ACD-DN HistoricalStatCollection.IVR HistoricalStatCollection.IVR
Statistics
IVR Port Statistics HistoricalStatCollection.IVRPort HistoricalStatCollection.IVRPort
IVR Port Login/ HistoricalStatCollection.IVRPort HistoricalStatCollection.IVRPort
Logout Login Login
Network Call HistoricalStatCollection.Network HistoricalStatCollection.Network
(NSBR option) Call Call
Network Out Call HistoricalStatCollection.Network HistoricalStatCollection.Network
(NSBR option) OutCall OutCall
966 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Historical Duration fields
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Days Of Interval HistoricalStatDuration. HistoricalStatDuration.
DaysOfInterval DaysOfInterval
Days Of Daily HistoricalStatDuration. HistoricalStatDuration.
DaysOfDaily DaysOfDaily
Weeks Of Weekly HistoricalStatDuration. HistoricalStatDuration.
WeeksOfWeekly WeeksOfWeekly
Months Of HistoricalStatDuration. HistoricalStatDuration.
Monthly MonthsOfMonthly MonthsOfMonthly
Days of IVR Port HistoricalStatDuration. HistoricalStatDuration.
Login DaysOfIVRPortLogin DaysOfIVRPortLogin
Days of Agent HistoricalStatDuration. HistoricalStatDuration.
Login and Logout DaysOfAgentLogin DaysOfAgentLogin
First Business Day HistoricalStatDuration. HistoricalStatDuration.
Of the Week FirstDayOfWeek FirstDayOfWeek
Business Hours Per HistoricalStatDuration. HistoricalStatDuration.
Day BusinessHoursPerDay BusinessHoursPerDay
Business Days Per HistoricalStatDuration. HistoricalStatDuration.
Week BusinessDaysPerWeek BusinessDaysPerWeek
Days Of Call by HistoricalStatDuration. HistoricalStatDuration.
Call DaysOfCallByall DaysOfCallByall
Historical Storage fields
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Parameter HistoricalStatStorage.Parameter @RCW_Parameter
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 967
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
System HistoricalStatStorage.System HistoricalStatStorage.System
Purchased HistoricalStatStorage.Purchased HistoricalStatStorage.Purchased
Configured HistoricalStatStorage.Configured @RCW_Configured
968 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Real Time Properties fields
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Moving Window The Moving Window fields The Moving Window fields
indicate whether statistics in each indicate whether statistics in each
of the following statistics groups of the following statistics groups
can be displayed in moving can be displayed in moving
window mode: window mode:
application statistics application statistics
(RealTimeStatCollection.MW (RealTimeStatCollection.MW
Application) Application)
skillset statistics skillset statistics
(RealTimeStatCollection.MW (RealTimeStatCollection.MW
Skillset) Skillset)
agent statistics agent statistics
(RealTimeStatCollection.MW (RealTimeStatCollection.MW
Agent) Agent)
network call network call
(RealTimeStatCollection.MW (RealTimeStatCollection.MW
NetworkCall); NSBR option NetworkCall); NSBR option
IVR IVR
(RealTimeStatCollection.MWI (RealTimeStatCollection.MWI
VR) VR)
route route
(RealTimeStatCollection.MW (RealTimeStatCollection.MW
Route); Communication Route); Communication
Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX
switch switch
contact center summary contact center summary
(RealTimeStatCollection.MW (RealTimeStatCollection.MW
NodalCall) NodalCall)
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 969
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Interval to Date The Interval To Date fields The Interval To Date fields
indicate whether statistics in each indicate whether statistics in each
of the following statistics groups of the following statistics groups
can be displayed in interval-to- can be displayed in interval-to-
date mode: date mode:
application application
(RealTimeStatCollection.ITD (RealTimeStatCollection.ITD
Application) Application)
skillset skillset
(RealTimeStatCollection.ITD (RealTimeStatCollection.ITD
Skillset) Skillset)
agent agent
(RealTimeStatCollection.ITD (RealTimeStatCollection.ITD
Agent) Agent)
network call network call
(RealTimeStatCollection.ITD (RealTimeStatCollection.ITD
NetworkCall); NSBR option NetworkCall); NSBR option
IVR IVR
(RealTimeStatCollection.ITDI (RealTimeStatCollection.ITDI
VR) VR)
route route
(RealTimeStatCollection.ITD (RealTimeStatCollection.ITD
Route); Communication Route); Communication
Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX
switch switch
contact center summary contact center summary
(RealTimeStatCollection.ITD (RealTimeStatCollection.ITD
NodalCall) NodalCall)
Interval Duration RealTimeStatCollection.Interval @RCW_IntervalDuration
Duration
Interval Start Time RealTimeStatCollection.IntervalS RealTimeStatCollection.IntervalS
tartTime tartTime
970 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Minimum Refresh RealTimeStatCollection.Min @RCW_MinRefreshRate
Rate RefreshRate
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 971
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report (page 1 of 2)
BestAir
,#-
'
*+
!
"#$
"#$
) *)
'( $
'(
'( ) *)
%
% &
#&!', ./
#&! # 0
1 &!1 # /2
+3&!+3# 40
#&!'( (
) 4
#&! ) -) 4
5" #&!31 +-#
"
# 6
/
" #
1
#&!"# ./
7 57% 717 7 77 789+8:7&5';8<
!! !"!#$ %
972 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report (page 2 of 2)
BestAir
# 3- ! -
= 2 2 2
, 0 8 *
0 * 4
8 8 26
4/ 4/ /
' 8 8 4
>/ >/ >/
'( $ 8/ 8/ 4
,#- / / /
?, # 8 8 /
/84 /84 4
/82 4 2
+ /82 284 2
4 4 /
// // >/
- 4 4 4
'( 8 8 2
$&'( ) & *
#
'( '(
-
% %
', 8/
', @ 4
+ !3 8
7 57% 717 7 77 789+8:7&5';8<
!! !"!#$
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 973
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report (page 1 of 2)
Config - Historical and Real Time Statistics Properties
BestAir
+#,
&
)*
!
"#$
"#$
()(
&' $
&'
&' ()(
%
%
# !&+ -.
# !# /01
2 !2 # 11
*3 !*3# -4
# !&' ' ( -
# ! (,( -.
"# !32 *,#
" # 6
"# 2 1
# !"# /5
7
7% 7# +777
7
&/8
!"
!
974 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report (page 2 of 2)
Config - Historical and Real Time Statistics Properties
BestAir
# 3, !,
9 0555555555 0555555555 0555555555
+ 4555 /55 )
4555 ) 055
/555 /555 15
-1555 -1555 /155
& /5555 /5555 /55
.15 .15 01
&' $ /15 /15 /5
+#, 1555 1555 15
:+ # /5555 /5555 15
1/- 1/- /06
1/0 -55 01
* 1/0 0/- 1
-555 -555 -55
151 151 15
, -5 -5 /
&' /555 /555 5
"#$% &
#
#
&' &'
,
% %
&+ 56 55 55
&+
56 /1 55
* !3 0
7
7% 7# +777
7
&/8
!"
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 975
Standard reports Standard 8.11
IVR Port Properties
Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch only. The IVR Port Properties report
lists the name and properties of all voice ports.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the IVRPort view (see page 411.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config11.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
IVR Port ID IVRPort.SwitchPortAddress
IVR Port Name
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
IVR ACD-DN IVRPort.Name @RCW_IVRPortNameID
Name and Number IVRPort.IVRPortID
IVR Port Switch IVRPort.SwitchPortID IVRPort.SwitchPortID
ID
IVR Port Switch IVRPort.SwitchPortAddress IVRPort.SwitchPortAddress
Address
976 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Switch Port Name IVRPort.SwitchPortName IVRPort.SwitchPortName
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 977
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Best Air
!
"##$
#!
% #!!
!
"###
% #!
% #&&
!
"##!
% #&
% #$$
!
"##&
% #$
' (' )'*
'++'+ ', '+'
&-##.
/'
0(1!!2
!"
978 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
IVR Queue and Port Properties
The IVR Queue and Port Properties report lists the name, number, and threshold
class for each Interactive Voice Response (IVR) system queue (ACD-DN), as
well as the voice ports assigned to the queue.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the following views:
IVRQueue (see page 413)
IVRPort (see page 411)
IVRThresholdTemplate (see page 415)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config11.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
IVR Queue ID IVRQueue.IVRQueueID =
IVR Queue Name IVRPort.IVRQueueID
IVRQueue.TemplateID =
IVRThresholdTemplate.TemplateID
IVRQueue.IVRQueueID
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 979
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
IVR Queue Name IVRQueue.Name @RCW_IVRQueueNameID
and ID IVRQueue.IVRQueueID
Service Level IVRQueue.ServiceLevel IVRQueue.ServiceLevel
Threshold Threshold Threshold
Acquired IVRQueue.Acquire IVRQueue.Acquire
Status IVRQueue.Status IVRQueue.Status
IVR ACD-DN IVRPort.Name @RCW_IVRPortNameID
Name and Number IVRPort.IVRPortID
IVR Port Switch IVRPort.SwitchPortID IVRPort.SwitchPortID
ID
IVR Port Switch IVRPort.SwitchPortAddress IVRPort.SwitchPortAddress
Address
Switch Port Name IVRPort.SwitchPortName IVRPort.SwitchPortName
IVR Threshold IVRThresholdTemplate.Name @RCW_IVRThresholdTemplate
Class IVRThresholdTemplate. NameID
TemplateID
Template Field IVRThresholdTemplate.Field IVRThresholdTemplate.Field
Name
Template Level 1 IVRThresholdTemplate.Level1 IVRThresholdTemplate.Level1
Template Level 2 IVRThresholdTemplate.Level2 IVRThresholdTemplate.Level2
980 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report (page 1 of 2)
BestAir
!
" # $
" #
"%&'&( )*'!' '!" '* % ,
+ & * . ,%" ,-"
+ " )*'!' '! * )
+ )*'!' '!" *!
"%&'&( )*'!' '*" ' % ,
+ & * . ,%" ,-"
+ " )*'!' '* * )
+ )*'!' '*" *!
"%&'&( )*'!' ' " '/ % ,
+ & * . ,%" ,-"
+ " )*'!' ' * )
+ )*'!' ' " *!
"%&'&( )*'!' '/" '0 % ,
+ & * . ,%" ,-"
+ " )*'!' '/ * )
+ )*'!' '/" *!
"%&'&( )*'!' '0" ') % ,
+ & * . ,%" ,-"
+ " )*'!' '0 * )
+ )*'!' '0" *!
"%&'&( )*'!' ')" '1 % ,
+ & * . ,%" ,-"
+ " )*'!' ') * )
+ )*'!' ')" *!
"%&'&( )*'!' '1" '2 % ,
+ & * . ,%" ,-"
+ " )*'!' '1 * )
+ )*'!' '1" *!
% 34.3+53-%(3" 3 (43 3 3%*!!!67*83%9.:**;
!"" "!#!$%#&' (!
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 981
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report (page 2 of 2)
BestAir
"%&'&( )*'!' '2" '< % ,
+ & * . ,%" ,-"
+ " )*'!' '2 * )
+ )*'!' '2" *!
% 34.3+53-%(3" 3 (43 3 3%*!!!67*83%9.:**;
!"" "!#!$%#&' !!
982 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Logged In Agent Position ID
The Agent Position ID report lists agents and provides, for each one, logon ID
and position ID, and (on the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX
switch) personal DN.
ATTENTION
Agent status information is written to the database every 15
minutes. This report shows agent status as of the end of the
last 15-minute interval.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the following views:
Agent (see page 382)
eAgentLoginStat (see page 347)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config32.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Agent Login ID eAgentLoginStat.AgentLogin =
Agent Name Agent.TelsetLoginID
eAgentLoginStat.AgentLogin
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 983
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Agent Name eAgentLogin.AgentSurName @RCW_AgentName
eAgentLogin.AgentGivenName
Agent Login eAgentLogin.AgentLogin eAgentLogin.AgentLogin
Position ID eAgentLogin.PositionID @RCW_DisplayPositionID
Personal DN Agent.PersonalDN @RCW_PersonalDN
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
984 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report
BestAir
"# ! $ !
& !% %$*%* $ !%
+ "+,#+- +..+ .+(/+.+ *01*2+ 3"&% 4
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 985
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report
BestAir
!"#
$% "&
$"'
"
( (
)" (( ((
" * ' * '
+"* * & * &
( (
- . ,## ,##
- ./ 0 , ,
1 # #
" %2 *(( *((
3/ &# &#
1+ &#( &#(
- 4
4 5 )4.0%-
- 3 4+44
4-
( 6
986 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Real Time Template Properties
The Real Time Template Properties report lists each real-time display definition
and describes its properties.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the following views:
RealTimeTemplate (see page 444)
RealTimeColumn (see page 438)
Formula (see page 402)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config21.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
none none
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 987
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Template Name RealTimeTemplate.Name RealTimeTemplate.Name
Class RealTimeTemplate.Class RealTimeTemplate.Class
Refresh Rate RealTimeTemplate.RefreshRate/ @RCW_RefreshRate
1000
View Mode RealTimeTemplate.ViewMode RealTimeTemplate.ViewMode
Column Name RealTimeColumn.Label RealTimeColumn.Label
Formula Name Formula.Name @RCW_FormulaName
Format RealTimeColumn.Format RealTimeColumn.Format
Scale From RealTimeColumn.ScaleFrom @RCW_ScaleFrom
Scale To RealTimeColumn.ScaleTo @RCW_ScaleTo
988 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
BestAir
&
!"# #$ %"
' '
*+ ) ( ,, ,,
*- ) ( ,, ,,
+* ) ( ,, ,,
%."/ ) ( ,, ,,
0 ) ( ,, ,,
$ ) ( ,, ,,
+* ) ( ,, ,,
+ ) ( ,, ,,
) ( ,, ,,
" . ) ( ,, ,,
+2 3 ) 1 4 564
+ ) 4 74
,
'
7
!"# + $ *
' '
' ) ( ,, ,,
) 4 4
) 4 4
% ) 4 4
0 % ) 4 4
- ) 4 74
8$ ) 4 74
9 '0$ 9 $':0$ 4 4
$ */ $ :" :*/ 4 4
/
7
!"# #$ %"
' '
) ( ,, ,,
) 4 4
% ) 4 4
- ) 4 74
; ; " .;%;; ;1 '; ;72#73;- +8&74
!"#!"$$#%$&%'(
)1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 989
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Route Properties
The Route Properties report lists each route, the assigned route name, and the
assigned threshold class name. It also lists the threshold times set for each
template.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the following views:
Route (see page 448)
RouteThresholdTemplate (see page 449)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the Config9.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Route ID Route.RouteID
Route Name
990 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Route Name Route.RouteName Route.RouteName
Route Number Route.RouteID Route.RouteID
Threshold Class RouteThresholdTemplate.Name RouteThresholdTemplate.Name
Field RouteThresholdTemplate.Field RouteThresholdTemplate.Field
Level 1 RouteThresholdTemplate.Level1 RouteThresholdTemplate.Level1
Level 2 RouteThresholdTemplate.Level2 RouteThresholdTemplate.Level2
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 991
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
!
!
!
%
&
!
'%
()
!
*+
,!-
, )$,. /,&,/-,#
,, *000 1"*2, 3 45 6!
!!
992 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Script Variable by Script
For each script, the Script Variable by Script report lists the script type and
status, along with the names of the script variables used. For each variable, it
provides the status and type.
For more information about scripting, refer to the Contact Center Manager
Scripting Guide for Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX or the Contact
Center Manager Scripting Guide for Communication Server 2X00/DMS.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ScriptVariables view (see page 462.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config36.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Script Name ScriptVariables.Script
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 993
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
@Script Script (report formula: Script
@Script_Name)
Status ScriptStatus ScriptStatus
Type ScriptType ScriptType
Script Variable Variable Variable
Name
Status VariableStatus VariableStatus
Type VariableType VariableType
994 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
BestAir
!" "
#$! %$
#! #
&# !$$ !
' # ('#)#"'* $' ' #$ ' #'' +,-+.' /(%012
!"!#!$% %
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 995
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Script Variable Properties
The Script Variable Properties report lists the group, type, status, and class of
each variable.
For more information about scripting, refer to the Contact Center Manager
Scripting Guide for Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX or the Contact
Center Manager Scripting Guide for Communication Server 2X00/DMS.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the following views:
ScriptVariableProperties (see page 460)
ScriptVariables (see page 462)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config35.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Script Variable Name ScriptVariableProperties.Name
996 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Script Variable ScriptVariables.Variable ScriptVariables.Variable
Status ScriptVariables.VariableStatus ScriptVariables.VariableStatus
Group ScriptVariableProperties. ScriptVariableProperties.
Grouping Grouping
Type ScriptVariables.VariableType ScriptVariables.VariableType
Class ScriptVariableProperties.Class ScriptVariableProperties.Class
Comment ScriptVariableProperties. ScriptVariableProperties.
Comment Comment
Referencing Script ScriptVariables.Script ScriptVariables.Script
Name
Script Status ScriptVariables.ScriptStatus ScriptVariables.ScriptStatus
Script Type ScriptVariables.ScriptType ScriptVariables.ScriptType
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 997
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
!
"#$
! %
& &
'
())*+)+),+)++)-+).+).+).,+)+)/+))+)-+).0+)-1+)-)+).+
+),
23 "#$ 4 2
23 "#$ 4 2
3' 3 "#$ $!
5 65 7 859 5"5 5 55 ,(2,*5 '6%&-0:
!""#"$#%&&'('$'() ""
998 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Skillset Properties
The Skillset Properties report describes all skillset properties, including the
skillset type (local or network) and the service level threshold defined for the
threshold class to which the skillset belongs.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the following views:
Agent (see page 382)
Skillset (see page 467)
SkillsetByAgent (see page 471)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config16.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Skillset Name ID Skillset.SkillsetID =
Skillset Name SkillsetByAgent.SkillsetID
SkillsetByAgent.UserID = Agent.UserID
Skillset.Skillset
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 999
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Skillset Name Skillset.Skillset Skillset.Skillset
Comment Skillset.Comment Skillset.Comment
Call Source Skillset.CallSourcePreference @RCW_CallSourcePreference
Preference (NSBR
option)
Call Age Skillset.CallAgePreference @RCW_CallAgePreference
Preference
Service Level Skillset.ServiceLevelThreshold Skillset.ServiceLevelThreshold
Threshold
Min Short Call Skillset.MinShortCallDelay Skillset.MinShortCallDelay
Delay
Night Service Type Skillset.NightServiceType @RCW_NightServiceType
Mapped ACD-DN Skillset.DN @RCW_PersonalDN
Number
Skillset Is Skillset.IsNetworked Skillset.IsNetworked
Networked (NSBR
option)
Nodal Network Skillset.NetworkSkillsetName Skillset.NetworkSkillsetName
Skillset Name
(NSBR option)
Call Queue Skillset.CallRequestQueueSize Skillset.CallRequestQueueSize
Requested Size
(NSBR option)
Flow Control Skillset.CallRequestQueueSize Skillset.CallRequestQueueSize
Threshold (NSBR Threshold Threshold
option)
1000 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Use Round Robin Skillset.UseRoundRobin Skillset.UseRoundRobin
(NSBR option)
Comment (NSBR Skillset.NetworkSkillset Comment Skillset.NetworkSkillset Comment
option)
Agent Name and Agent.GivenName @RCW_AgentNameID
ID Agent.Surname
Agent.TelsetLoginID
Priority SkillsetByAgent.Priority @RCW_Priority
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1001
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report
BestAir
" ! !
"#$% &$ ' $ % "
&$ ' $ % (
$
)# #
$,
%
,
-$ -".
*+
0
-"$
*/
-
$,
%
1 "
011 . # $ 2
3"$ .
)# #
4#
5
*
("3 " $" -$ -". 6
7 "#. "
"
'"$
%-$." " & 3"$
. &$
"$
"$- *
#
*
*
> *
-". *
& *
> *
8 ,
*
. *
%- *
%
*
@&$"$
(
@"$
3"$@?
@11@ 1"$
@
"$
%@$1 @ *
A0*B@C( >*D&
!""#!#!" $
1002 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report
BestAir BestAir
!
!
"
$
% $ & & ' #
(
& #
& $
( ' )
* + '
" ,
- #
+ & & ' #
. '
'*
/ 11#/2# 3
113453 3
6
1143#4 )
' 115#44 )
!
!
"
$
% $ & & ' #
(
& 2
& $
( ' )
* + '
" ,
- #
+ & & ' #
. '
'*
7
118/84 3
1194:8 3
$
1194/8 3
;
1153<9 3
=
= + =
$ =
= = = *3<>
!! !""#$%&!& $1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1003
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Supervisor Properties
The Supervisor Properties report lists all Contact Center Manager supervisors by
name and threshold class. The report includes port information, personal or
secondary directory number, logon information, comments, and all names of the
agents assigned to the supervisor.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the following views:
SupervisorAgentAssignment (see page 482)
Supervisor (see page 479)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config4.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Supervisor Login ID Supervisor.TelsetLoginID
Supervisor Name
1004 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Supervisor Name Supervisor.Given Name @RCW_SupervisorNameID
& ID Supervisor.SurName
Supervisor.TelsetLoginID
Threshold Class Supervisor.ThresholdTemplate Supervisor.ThresholdTemplate
Name Name
Supervisor Supervisor.TemplateName @RCW_TemplateName
Template Name
Switch Port Supervisor.SwitchPortAddress @RCW_SwitchPortAddress
Address
Switch ID Supervisor.SwitchID @RCW_SwitchID
PC Login Name Supervisor.PCLoginName Supervisor.PCLoginName
Personal Directory Supervisor.PersonalDN Supervisor.PersonalDN
Number
ACD_Queue Supervisor.ACD_Queue Supervisor.ACD_Queue
(DQM)
ACD_Queue_Error Supervisor.ACD_QueueStatus Not Available
(DQM)
Comment Supervisor.Comment Supervisor.Comment
Supervisor Type SupervisorAgentAssignment. @RCW_SupervisorType
Type
Agents Assigned SupervisorAgentAssignment. @RCW_AgentNameID
AgentGivenName
SupervisorAgentAssignment.
AgentSurName
SupervisorAgentAssignment.
AgentTelsetLoginID
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1005
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report
BestAir
!
"
!
"
#$
%
&
$
" '
($)
%
*+
,--.-.
'
/
/
34
!
$
8
94
&
$
8
9
/
'
$
<
3
<
!4<=
<<
<>
"< < +
(9+)< ?3#:,@
!
"#$%#$ %&&& '()
1006 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report
BestAir
!"
"
#
$ % '(()
#
$ " '*++
% &
'(()
,
/
&
0
$
" 6
7%
7 #/7 ,
7$
7 7%7 "1*%
!
"# # $$% &$ '(
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1007
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Telephone Display Properties
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. You can configure
the order in which Contact Center Manager lists information (such as caller line
ID, or CLID, and caller name) on agent phonesets.
The Telephone Display Properties report lists the configured display types, the
width of the display, and the number of rows in the display.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the PhoneSetDisplay view (see page 434.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config6.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
none none
1008 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Telephone Display DisplayTypeName DisplayTypeName
Set Type Name
Field Name FieldName FieldName
Width Width Width
Row Row Row
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1009
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
!
!
"
#
"$
%&'('
&'
' & %
&& '
(&)
'
*&' &%
+, -&%.#/01
"#!
$%$&&%!'!&(
1010 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
User Access Privilege
The User Access Privilege report lists all of the access classes defined in the
system. For each class, the report lists all of the privileges assigned to that class
and all the desktop users belonging to that class.
ATTENTION
For users access privileges for the Contact Center Manager
Administration server, run the Access and Partition
Management reports. For more information, see Section H:
“Administration reports,” on page 1179.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the AccessRights view (see page 377.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config42.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
none none
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1011
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Group Name AccessRights.GroupName AccessRights.GroupName
Comment AccessRights.Comment AccessRights.Comment
Item in System AccessRights.ObjectName AccessRights.ObjectName
Window
Level of Access AccessRights.CreateDelete @RCW_AccessCode
Access
AccessRights.CreatedDelete
AgentAccess
AccessRights.CreateDeleteAll
AgentAccess
AccessRights.ReadAccess
AccessRights.ReadAgentAccess
AccessRights.ReadAllAgent
Access
AccessRights.WriteAccess
AccessRights.WriteAgentAccess
AccessRights.WriteAllAgent
Access
Name AccessRights.GivenName, @RCW_AgentName
AccessRights.Surname
PC Login AccessRights.PCLoginName AccessRights.PCLoginName
1012 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report (page 1 of 4)
BestAir
!
!"#$%&
! '
(' )*'+' ' ',
' '"--- ."/'0(1 %#2
!!" " #$ #%
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1013
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report (page 2 of 4)
BestAir
1 + ) 3 4
53 4
6
53 ) 7)
8
5
6
!
3 7)
7 5
6
*
8 4
* 7)
3
5
*
6
5 9
6
7
6
5 , 7)
6
17 !8!
17 !8!
7 5
3 4
7)
8
8 8
: 8 !*
6
: 8 1 5
8
,
5
)*
6
5
3
6
) 7)
6
* 5 9
6
: 5
8
!1
6
5
8 0
8 !
7)
8
(
6
!
53 4
! '
(' )*'+' ' ',
' '"--- ."/'0(1 %#2
!!" " #$ %
1014 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report (page 3 of 4)
BestAir
1 + ) 3 4
53 ) 7)
8
5
6
!
3 7)
7 5
6
*
8 4
* 7)
3
5
*
6
5 9
6
7
6
5 , 7)
6
17 !8!
17 !8!
7 5
3 4
7)
8
8 8
: 8 !*
6
: 8 1 5
8
,
5
)*
6
5
3
6
) 7)
6
* 5 9
6
: 5
8
!1
6
5
8 0
8 !
7)
8
(
6
!
(
6
,
5
8
3
6
! '
(' )*'+' ' ',
' '"--- ."/'0(1 %#2
!!" " #$ &%
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1015
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report (page 4 of 4)
BestAir
1 + ) 3 4
!1
6
)*
5
8 0
6
!
: 5
8
6
7 5
)
17 !8!
5 9
6
7
6
!
*
8 4
5 , 7)
6
* 7)
3
5
*
6
7 5
8
8 8
6
: 8 !*
: 8 1 5
8
8 !
7)
8
17 !8!
6
! '
(' )*'+' ' ',
' '"--- ."/'0(1 %#2
!!" " #$ %%
1016 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Section D: Multimedia reports
In this section
Contacts Closed by Reason Code 1018
Contacts Closed by Skillset 1020
Contacts Details 1022
Contacts Outstanding Detail 1027
Contacts Outstanding Summary 1030
Contacts Received by Skillset 1033
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1017
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Contacts Closed by Reason Code
The Contacts Closed by Reason Code report contains summaries of the contacts
closed by reason codes on a per-date basis.
Views
This report uses the ContactsbyContacts view.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
daily
weekly
monthly
Selection criteria
You can apply a filter to any of the fields in the view. For example you can
apply a filter to specific skillsets, contact ID, or customer ID.
Data Range
You can use the data range to restrict the report to a specific date.
Templates
This report uses the ClosedReasonCodesReport.rpt template.
Summaries
This report is located under the Multimedia group. The report groups the
contacts closed by disposition code on a per-day basis. The report also lists the
grand total of contacts closed, and the total for each day.
1018 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
!"# $%# & # ! '#( )*+, #*# *#-
#
"$
!"
% &
1019
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Contacts Closed by Skillset
The Contacts Closed by Skillset Report contains summaries of the contacts
closed across skillsets on a per-date basis.
Views
This report uses the ContactsbyContacts view.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
daily
weekly
monthly
Selection criteria
You can apply a filter to any of the fields in the view. For example, you can
apply a filter to specific skillsets, contact ID, or customer ID.
Data Range
You can use the data range to restrict the report to a specific date.
Templates
This report uses the MM Contacts Closed by Skillset.rpt template.
Summaries
The report is located under the Multimedia group. The report groups the closed
contacts by skillset on a per-day basis. The report also lists the grand total of
contacts closed, the total for each day and the total for each skillset.
1020 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
! " #
$% ! " #
& ! " #
'
(
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
)
*+, - #* ."#*& */#* ,*0#1 **! 2 34* 1# #256" #7
!
"
# $ "
1021
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Contacts Details
The Contact Details Report contains summaries of the contacts on a per-skillset
basis.
Views
This report uses the ContactsbyContacts view.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Selection criteria
You can apply a filter to any of the fields in the view. For example, you can
apply a filter to to specific skillsets, contact ID, or contact status.
Data Range
You can use the data range to restrict the report to a specific date.
Templates
This reports use the ContactByContactDetails.rpt template.
1022 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Summaries
The report is located under the Multimedia group. The report displays grand
total and average information for all contacts, and then displays total and
average information for contacts grouped by skillset.
The grand total and average information for all contacts and is divided into the
following sections.
Contact Summary and Status Details
This section includes the following information:
Total
Closed
Open
New
Waiting
Contact Open Duration
This sections displays both total and average contact open duration.
Contact Waiting Duration
This sections displays both total and average contact wait duration.
The report also provides information for contact details grouped by skillset. For
each skillset the report provides the following information where applicable:
Contact Status
Total
Closed
Open
New
Waiting
Contact Waiting Duration
Total
Average
Contact Open Duration
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1023
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Total
Average
Dial Duration
Talk Duration
Call Duration
The report also displays the contacts for each particular day and lists the
following information where applicable:
Closed Date
Contact ID
Arrival Date/Time
Waiting Duration
Open Time
Closed Time
Open Duration
Agent ID-Name
Closed Reason Code
Mail From
Disposition Code
Campaign Name
Call Duration
Contact Status
1024 Contact Center Manager
! "
February 2008
! ) *
& , " + % & #
% & #
%
- ' ( '
! .
!"#!$%%& '(
) ( *
Page 1 of 4
& & #
% & #
%
- .
-
0,
-
-
' +,
/ ,
,
,
1 (' 1
(
#
(
#
(
# - , % /!! 0$! "
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
! .
!"1!$%%& '(
) ( *
& & #
% & #
%
- .
-
0,
-
-
' +,
/ ,
,
,
' ( '1
(-# 1
(-# 1
(-# - , % /!! 0$!
! .
!"1!$%%& 2(
) ( *
*
& & #
% & #
%
( -
-
-
-
0,
-
, ,
/ ,
,
,
' ( '1
1
1# 1
# 1
'# - , + % 0
' (( '1
1
1#
1
-# 1
('# - , + % 0
67% 8 6 ". 6+ 6# 6 %69 ! 66 346 !:) !* $
2! ! ! 3& ! !" 4
0' ,
-
22! 0 ! ! " , *
5$$ !
,&0
4
-2678
9-, !$%!$%%&$75:75%4' ! " ,&
, *
$
4
")5
222& !+ % ! !
- ,
0
- ,
3
1025
Standard reports
1026
! " #$
! .
!"5!$%%& '(
) ( *
Standard reports
& & #
% & #
%
' (
- .
-
0,
-
-
' +,
Page 2 of 4
/ ,
,
,
( (
#
#
'# - , ! /!! 0$
( (
7
7
7 - , % /!! 0$!
( - (
1
'7
1
'7
1
'7 - , % /!! 0$!
( 1 (
(
7
(
7
(
7 - , % /!! 0$!
( (
'
'7
'
'7
'
'7 - , % /!! 0$!
( (
'(
'7
'(
'7
'(
'7 - , % /!! 0$!
( (
7
7
7 - , % /!! 0$!
( (
7
7
7 - , % /!! 0$!
( ( (
-7
-7
-7 - , % /!! 0$!
( ' (
7
7
7 - , % /!! 0$!
( (
(
''7
(
''7
(
''7 - , % /!! 0$!
( (
'
(7
'
(7
'
(7 - , % /!! 0$!
( - (
1
7
1
7
1
7 - , % /!! 0$!
( 1 (
(
(17
(
(17
(
(17 - , % /!! 0$!
( ( ((
1
7 (
1
7 (
1
7 - , % /!! 0$!
( ( ((
7 (
7 (
7 - , % /!! 0$!
! .
!"5!$%%& 2(
) ( *
*
& & #
% & #
%
' ( 1
-
-
-
0,
-
, ,
/ ,
,
,
( 1 (
'
'-#
'
(#
'
'# - , ! 0 &
( (
'
'-#
'
#
'
-# - , ! 0 &
67% 8 6 ". 6+ 6# 6 %69 ! 66 346 !:) !* $
2! ! ! 3& ! !" 4
0' ,
-
22! 0 ! ! " , *
5$$ !
,&0
4
-2678
9-, !$%!$%%&$75:75%4' ! " ,&
, *
$
4
$)5
222& !+ % ! !
- ,
0
- ,
3
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Contacts Outstanding Detail
The Contacts Outstanding Detail Report contains the details of each contact that
is left outstanding on a per-skillset basis.
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ContactsOutstandingDetail view.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Selection Criteria
You can apply a filter to any of the fields in the view. For example, you can
apply a filter to specific skillsets, contact ID range, or date range.
Data Range
You can use the data range to restrict the report to a specific date.
Templates
This report uses the ContactsOutstandingDetailReport.rpt template.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1027
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Summaries
The report is located under the Multimedia group. The report groups the
outstanding contacts by skillset and lists the following details:
Contact Id
Arrival Time
Status
Type
Agent
Customer
For each skillset group, both the count and the percentage of total outstanding
contacts relating to that skillset are listed. The report also lists the grand total of
outstanding contacts.
1028 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
!
"
" % #$
%
!
& % #$
'(&)#%
!
& % #$
'(&)#%
!
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
#
$%
#
& % '
1029
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Contacts Outstanding Summary
The Contacts Outstanding Summary Report contains summaries of the numbers
of contacts outstanding across skillsets on a per-date basis
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ContactsOutstanding view.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Selection Criteria
You can apply a filter to any of the fields in the view. For example, you can
apply a filter to specific skillsets.
Data Range
You can use the data range to restrict the report to a specific date.
Templates
This report uses the ContactsOutstandingReport.rpt template.
1030 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Summaries
The report is located under the Multimedia group. The report lists the number of
contacts left outstanding each day on a per-skillset basis, as well as a grand total
of contacts outstanding across all skillsets.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1031
Standard reports Standard 8.11
!"
#
$ %
1032 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Contacts Received by Skillset
The Contacts Received by Skillset Report contains summaries of the contacts
received across skillsets on a per-date basis.
Views
This report uses the ContactsbyContacts view.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
daily
weekly
monthly
Selection criteria
You can apply a filter to any of the fields in the view. For example, you can
apply a filter to specific skillsets, contact ID, or contact status.
Data Range
You can use the data range to restrict the report to a specific date.
Templates
This reports use the MM Contacts Received by Skillset.rpt template.
Summaries
The report is located under the Multimedia group. The report groups the
received contacts by skillset on a per-day basis. The report also lists the grand
total of contacts received, the total for each day and the total for each skillset.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1033
1034
Standard reports
!"
#$ !"
%
!"
&
'
(
)*+,")-!")%
).")+)/"0)) 12
3)
0"0145!"6
$
%
&#' %
!! " #
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Section E: Network reports
In this section
Overview of network reports 1036
Network Site and Application Properties 1037
Network Skillset Routing Properties 1041
Crosstab - Network Incoming Calls 1045
Network Application Performance 1051
Network Application Performance 1051
Network DNIS Statistics 1055
Network Incoming Calls 1060
Network Outgoing Calls 1064
Network Route Performance 1067
Network Skillset Performance 1070
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1035
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Overview of network reports
This section lists the networking reports that you can generate when logged on
to a server on the network. In some cases, these reports are similar to
non-network reports, but they use a different view or contain additional fields.
1036 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Network Site and Application Properties
NSBR option only. The Network Site and Application Properties report lists all
of the sites in the network, and for each one, shows
the site’s properties (as configured on the Network Control Center)
the remote switch parameters for the site (as configured on the local server)
the applications at that site
For each application, it includes the service level threshold and whether local
and network call-by-call statistics are collected for the application.
ATTENTION
User-defined reports using this standard report as a template
cannot be scheduled.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the following views:
RemoteApplication (see page 446)
Site (see page 464)
TargetSwitchComm (see page 489)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config28.rpt template.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1037
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Site Name for App ID RemoteApplication.SiteName
Site Name for App
Available Site properties
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Site Name Site.SiteName Site.SiteName
Filter Timer Site.OutOfServiceTimer @RCW_OutOfServiceTimer
Time Relative to Site.RelativeGMT @RCW_RelativeGMT
GMT
Contact Person Site.ContactPerson Site.ContactPerson
Phone Number Site.ContactNumber Site.ContactNumber
Destination Configuration fields
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Destination Site TargetSwitchComm.SiteName TargetSwitchComm.SiteName
Dialable DN TargetSwitchComm.DialableDN TargetSwitchComm.DialableDN
Number of Retries TargetSwitchComm.NumRetries TargetSwitchComm.NumRetries
Retry Timer (sec) TargetSwitchComm.RetryTimer TargetSwitchComm.RetryTimer
Agent Reserve TargetSwitchComm.Agent TargetSwitchComm.Agent
Timer ReserveTimer ReserveTimer
1038 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Application properties
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Application ID RemoteApplication.Remote RemoteApplication.Remote
ApplicationID ApplicationID
Application Name RemoteApplication.Name RemoteApplication.Name
Call-by-Call RemoteApplication.CallByCall @RCW_CallByCall
Service Level RemoteApplication.ServiceLevel RemoteApplication.ServiceLevel
Threshold Threshold Threshold
Grouping
Application information is grouped by site.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1039
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
!
" #
Shannon' ) ()
Galway ) ('
Dublin ) ()
: Dublin
#
+" + + ,
"
-
."/
"
Shannon' ) ) '
Galway 01)2' ) ) '
Dublin ) ) '
3 "3 4"35 3"3 3*" 332 .!2/36 7 089
&1
#
$%&'%(!!)&&)'(*+
1040 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Network Skillset Routing Properties
The Network Skillset Routing Properties report lists all the network skillsets and
indicates the routing table method used for the network skillset.
User-defined reports using this standard report as a template cannot be
scheduled.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Definition: Round robin routing
Round robin routing is an agent request method that evenly distributes calls
across the network. Each agent request is sent to a predefined site or group of
sites. For example, in a four-site Contact Center Manager network, an agent
request can be sent to nodes 1, 2, and 3. The next agent request is sent to nodes
2, 3, and 4. The next agent request is sent to nodes 4, 1, and 2, and so on. The
agent request is always sent to the next target node or group of nodes, even if
agents are available in a preceding target.
Definition: Sequential routing
Sequential routing is an agent request method that always queues a call to the
first site, and then the second site, and then the third site, and so on. The
presentation does not change.
Views
This report uses the following views:
NetworkSkillsetStatus (see page 430)
Ranking (see page 436)
Skillset (see page 467)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1041
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Templates
This report uses the config39.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Network Skillset Name ID NetworkSkillsetStatus.NetworkSkillsetID
Network Skillset Name = Ranking.NetworkSkillsetID
Site Name ID NetworkSkillsetStatus.NetworkSkillsetID
= Skillset.NetworkSkillsetID
Site Name
NetworkSkillsetStatus.SiteName =
Ranking.DstSiteName
NetworkSkillsetStatus.NetworkSkillset
NetworkSkillsetStatus.SiteName
Site fields
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Source Site Name NetworkSkillsetStatus.SiteName NetworkSkillsetStatus.SiteName
Site Filter NetworkSkillsetStatus.Filter @RCW_FilterStatus
Status
Network Skillset NetworkSkillsetStatus.Network NetworkSkillsetStatus.Network
(if skillset is Skillset Skillset
filtered)
Network Skillset NetworkSkillsetStatus.Flow @RCW_SkillsetFilter
Filter (if skillset is ControlStatus
filtered)
1042 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Network skillset fields
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Network Skillset NetworkSkillsetStatus.Network NetworkSkillsetStatus.Network
Skillset Skillset
Routing Method Skillset.UseRoundRobin @RCW_UseRoundRobin
Rank Ranking.Rank @RCW_Rank
Destination Site NetworkSkillsetStatus.SiteName NetworkSkillsetStatus.SiteName
Name
Network Skillset NetworkSkillsetStatus.Flow @RCW_SkillsetFilter
Filter ControlStatus
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1043
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
Shannon "##
Galaway "##
Dublin "##
&
'()
*+, )
$%& ! "##
*+- )
$%& ! "##
*+ .+/0 )
$%& ! "##
*+ .+*+*+11 )
$%& ! "##
*+ ) )
$%& ! "##
*+&$ )
$%& ! "##
*+&' )
$%& ! "##
*+22 )
$%& ! "##
+ *+ )
$%& ! "##
$ 3
33*$3223 2 3%1323$04'053$" 6,789
!"
##
1044 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Crosstab - Network Incoming Calls
The Crosstab - Network Incoming Calls report provides you with an at-a-glance
view of inbound contact activity (contacts offered, contacts accepted, and
contacts abandoned) for several days. You can use this report to compare
network activity for the same reporting period on different days.
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the iNetworkInCallStat view (see page 299.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
This report contains interval data.
Templates
This report uses the icross_net_in_calls.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Source Site Name ID iNetworkInCallStat.SrcSite
Source Site Name iNetworkInCallStat.Timestamp
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1045
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
Report field View field/Formula
Calls Offered CallsOffered
Calls Answered CallsAnswered
Calls Abandoned CallsAbandoned
Summaries
The report provides totals for each selected source site for the selected intervals.
Also, totals for the selected intervals are shown grouped by day.
1046 Contact Center Manager
BestAir
February 2008
!
"# $
% & '( )&! *
Galway
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
/ /
/
0
&1 2 / /
2 / /
!
!
$ 3 4 * !3 "#!3'$ 3 !3 43+!1 33$5%63$78988$ ::;
"
#$ %
&'!&'! $ ($( ) *
1047
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Crosstab - Network Outgoing Calls
The Crosstab - Network Outgoing Calls report provides you with an at-a-glance
view of outgoing contact activity (contacts offered, contacts accepted, and
contacts abandoned) for several days. You can use this report to compare
network activity for the same reporting period on different days.
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the iNetworkOutCallStat view (see page 308.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
This report contains interval data.
Templates
This report uses the icross_net_out_calls.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Destination Site Name ID iNetworkOutStat.DstSite
Destination Site Name iNetworkOutStat.Timestamp
1048 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Statistics
Report field View field/Formula
Calls Offered CallsOffered
Calls Answered CallsAnswered
Calls Abandoned CallsAbandoned
Summaries
The report provides totals for each selected source site for the selected intervals.
Also, totals for the selected intervals are shown grouped by day.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1049
1050
BestAir
! "
#$%&
Standard reports
' & () *&" +
Galway
0
1
" 0 1
1
2,3 + "2 #$"2( 2/"2 32 "4 225'62%78 7%9 7/::;,
!"
#$#$ " "%& '
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Network Application Performance
The Network Application Performance report provides summarized
performance information for application contacts that entered your local site and
are routed to a remote site.
For each application, the report provides information about the number of
outgoing network contacts that are accepted, delayed, and abandoned. It can be
particularly useful in determining the efficiency of your network configuration.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ApplicationStat view (see page 249.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
inetapp1.rpt
dnetapp1.rpt
wnetapp1.rpt
mnetapp2.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1051
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Application Name ID iApplicationStat.Application<>'Network_
Application Name Script' AND
iApplicationStat.Application<>
'ACD_DN_Application'
iApplicationStat.Application)
iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Network Outcall statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offer’d NetOutCalls NetOutCalls
Ans NetOutCallsAnswered NetOutCallsAnswered
Aban NetOutCallsAbandoned NetOutCallsAbandoned
Reach Non-ISDN NetOutCallsReachNonISDN NetOutCallsReachNonISDN
Trunks
Call Delay Time statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Ans Delay NetOutCallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_NetOutCallsAnswered
Delay
Maximum Ans MaxNetOutCallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_MaxNetOutCalls
Delay AnsweredDelay
Average Ans Delay NetOutCallAnsweredDelay/ @RCW_AverageNetOutCalls
NetOutCallsAnswered AnsweredDelay
1052 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Aban Delay NetOutCallsAbandonedDelay @RCW_NetOutCallsAbandoned
Delay
Time Before TimeBeforeNetOut @RCW_TimeBeforeNetOut
Network Out
Time Before Reach TimeBeforeReachNonISDK @RCW_TimeBeforeReachNon
non-ISDN Trunks ISDN
NACD Call statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Given NACD CallsGivenNACD CallsGivenNACD
NACD Out CallsNACDOut CallsNACDOut
Time Before TimeBeforeNACDOut @RCW_TimeBeforeNACDOut
NACD Out
Summaries
The report provides totals for each application, and subtotals for each day, week,
or month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected applications.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1053
1054
! "
BestAir
Standard reports
/(
# ,-% . /( # /(
'(()* $ %& $+ $+ $+ $+ 0&'% $ %& 12$ 2$'% 2$'%
#$ %
! ! "
&'( )(&
%+ ! ! "
4 3 4 4"
! ! "
#$ %
! ! "
2 5 .650&57255 .58552 9, :5,; <
*+ ", , -. "/ )
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Network DNIS Statistics
The Network DNIS Statistics report lists the total voice contact volume to each
Dialed Number Identification Service (DNIS) number. The report lists the total
calls answered, total voice contacts accepted, the percentage of voice contacts
that abandoned after the service level threshold defined for the DNIS, and the
total number of voice contacts networked out.
You can use this report to track network performance for a particular DNIS
number.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the DNISStat view (see page 280.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
inetres6.rpt
dnetres6.rpt
wnetres6.rpt
mnetres6.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1055
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
DNIS iDNISStat.DNIS
DNIS Name iDNISStat.Timestamp
Call statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offer’d CallsOffered CallsOffered
Ans CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Ans Aft Thresh’d CallsAnsweredAftThreshold CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Abn CallsAbandoned CallsAbandoned
Abn Aft Thresh’d CallsAbandonedAftThreshold CallsAbandonedAftThreshold
% Service Level [{(CallsAnswered + @RCW_%ServiceLevel
CallsAbandoned) –
(CallsAnsweredAftThreshold +
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold)} /
(CallsAnswered +
CallsAbandoned)] x 100
1056 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Call Treatment statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Disconnect CallsGivenForceDisconnect CallsGivenForceDisconnect
Overflow CallsGivenForceOverflow CallsGivenForceOverflow
Route CallsGivenRouteTo CallsGivenRouteTo
Default CallsGivenDefault CallsGivenDefault
IVR Transf’d IVRTransferred IVRTransferred
Given Busy CallsGivenForceBusy CallsGivenForceBusy
Call Time statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Ans Delay CallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Max Ans Delay MaxAnsweredDelay @RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay
Avg Ans Delay CallsAnsweredDelay/ @RCW_AverageAnswered
CallsAnswered Delay
Abn Delay CallsAbandonedDelay @RCW_CallsAbandonedDelay
Max Abn Delay MaxAbandonedDelay @RCW_MaxAbandonDelay
Talk Time TalkTime @RCW_TalkTime
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1057
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Network Calls statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Network Out CallsNetworkedOut CallsNetworkedOut
NACD Out CallsNACDOut CallsNACDOut
Reaching Non- CallsReachNonISDN CallsReachNonISDN
ISDN
Summaries
The report provides totals for each DNIS, and subtotals for each day, week, or
month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected DNISs.
1058 Contact Center Manager
' BestAir
February 2008
#$# ## 2 '&
'$ * -' #$ ./#$ #0#$ # ./# 1 (1 #
&%'0
!" #$ %$%!" # %$%!" 3 && ( )
) $ !" +)$,
,
,
,
,
, ' ) )
!$!!% !" "#
&
" #'(
')*+, " #
), -! $ % -!
45 6 45
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
-! $ % -!
&
" '
'
.
+, "
), - !$!!% - !" "#
4 85655 4 5 78
- !$!!% - !" "#
!$!!% !" "#
9:0;'$9 (1$9<' 9#$9 '09'$ '&9 9 =.>9.?? 6:
1 34
( +/* / + 0 0" #" # 12
1059
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Network Incoming Calls
The Network Incoming Calls report provides statistics about incoming network
contacts for your site. It contains information about the number of incoming
network contacts offered, accepted, and abandoned at your site. The report also
provides statistics about the number of contacts agents accepted or abandoned
after the service level threshold and the delays experienced by customers.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the NetworkInCallStat view (see page 299.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
inet-10.rpt
dnet-10.rpt
wnet-10.rpt
mnet-10.rpt
1060 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Source Site Name ID iNetworkInCallStat.SrcSite
Source Site Name iNetworkInCallStat.Timestamp
Network Incall statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offered CallsOffered CallsOffered
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Answered After CallsAnsweredAftThreshold CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Threshold
Abandoned CallsAbandoned CallsAbandoned
Abandoned After CallsAbandonedAftThreshold CallsAbandonedAftThreshold
Threshold
Answer Delay statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total Delay CallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Max Delay MaxAnsweredDelay @RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay
Total At Dest CallsAnsweredDelayAtDest @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelayAt
Dest
Max At Dest MaxAnsweredDelayAtDest @RCW_MaxAnsweredDelayAt
Dest
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1061
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Abandon Delay statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total Delay CallsAbandonedDelay @RCW_CallsAbandonedDelay
Max Delay MaxAbandonedDelay @RCW_MaxAbandonedDelay
Total At Dest CallsAbandonedDelayAtDest @RCW_CallsAbandonedDelay
AtDest
Max At Dest MaxAbandonedDelayAtDest @RCW_MaxAbandonedDelay
AtDest
Summaries
The report provides totals for each source site and subtotals for each day, week,
or month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected destination sites.
1062 Contact Center Manager
BestAir
February 2008
$' "!+
!" '""
# # $ )* $ )* $ )* $ )*
,- - &##" !" $% %" '"" $% %" ( ( ( (
Galway # ! !" ## !! $" % # &
*+ Dublin
,( # ! !" ## !! $" % # &
/0 10- .
! ! !" $
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
/0 10- 23 23 22 22
&/ &/ && &&
/0 10- 2 2 . 3 2 2
& ! &% !" !/ !! % % & &
,- # ! !" ## !! $" % # &
Galway # ! !" ## !! $" % # &
4516 4!+ 4/ 4 4 14 -44 7)849$ : 5$
0
1 1! $! $/ $&,2 , 3
1063
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Network Outgoing Calls
The Network Outgoing Calls report provides statistics about outgoing network
contacts for your site. The report contains information about the number of
outgoing network contacts offered, accepted, and abandoned at the source and
destination sites.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the NetworkOutStat view (see page 308.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
inet-11.rpt
dnet-11.rpt
wnet-11.rpt
mnet-11.rpt
1064 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Destination Site Name ID iNetworkOutStat.DstSite
Destination Site Name iNetworkOutStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offered CallsOffered CallsOffered
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Abandoned CallsAbandoned CallsAbandoned
Summaries
The report provides totals for each destination site, and subtotals for each day,
week, or month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval
reporting period, statistics are further broken down by interval and application.
The report also contains a grand total for all selected destination sites.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1065
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
!"#$%
%&'& $((! ')"! ' !!
Galway
Dublin
*"!+,-+
$ $
*"!+,-+ . .
$% $%
*"!+,-+
/ *"!+,-+
/ $$ $$
*"!+,-+ . .
% %
)
%&
01+2)0"#)03 0')0 +0 )&00 4-506 7 1
& '() ('* $$+$+,, - .,!/ ! $0$
1066 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Network Route Performance
The Network Route Performance report shows summarized performance
information grouped by route. The report indicates how often and how long all
trunks within the route are busy. It also lists the total number of contacts that are
unable to reach another site because all of the trunks within the route are busy.
Contacts blocked by all-trunks-busy signal peg against the route attempted.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the RouteStat view (see page 319.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
inetres2.rpt
dnetres2.rpt
wnetres2.rpt
mnetres2.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1067
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Route ID iRouteStat.RouteID
Route Name iRouteStat.Timestamp
Call statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
All Trunks Busy AllTrunksBusy AllTrunksBusy
# Network Out CallsBlockedByAllTrunksBusy CallsBlockedByAllTrunksBusy
Blocked by All
Trunks Busy
# Network Out CallsReachNonISDN CallsReachNonISDN
Reached Non-
ISDN Trunks
Call Time statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
All Trunks Busy AllTrunksBusyTime @RCW_AllTrunksBusyTime
Average All AllTrunksBusyTime/ @RCW_AverageAllTrunksBusy
Trunks Busy AllTrunksBusy Time
Summaries
The report provides totals for each route, and subtotals for each day, week, or
month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected routes.
1068 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
BestAir
!" %&!'#(! %&!'()
!" +
#"$ #$
!"#"$ *
!" #"$
!"#"$
!
"# &
$ !
, ,
- -
.
!
!
/ 01+2"0&!"03/0 "0+0 "(00/ 45 60* 71
'()* )( !& +& ! , !-$ .
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1069
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Network Skillset Performance
The Network Skillset Performance report shows summarized contact-handling
performance information for each selected skillset defined on your system. The
report lists the total local and incoming network contacts accepted by agents for
the skillset, the number and percentage of contacts agents accepted after the
service level threshold, the maximum delay a customer experienced, and the
total time all agents are busy servicing contacts to the skillset.
By indicating the volume of contacts and the delay times customers experienced,
along with the amount of time agents are busy servicing contacts to the skillset,
the report indicates whether the skillset has the number of agents required to
service customers. If a particular skillset is not performing well, you may need
to consult the agent reports.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the SkillsetStat view (see page 325.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
inet-12.rpt
dnet-12.rpt
1070 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
wnet-12.rpt
mnet-12.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Skillset Name ID iSkillsetStat.Skillset
Skillset Name iSkillsetStat.Timestamp
Skillset Call statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Network In NetCallsAnswered NetCallsAnswered
Answered
% Answered Aft CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold/ @RCW_%CallsAnsweredAfter
Threshold CallsAnswered x 100 Threshold
Answered Aft CallsAnsweredAftThreshold CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Threshold
Skillset Answer Delay Time statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total CallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Max MaxAnsweredDelay @RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay
Avg CallsAnsweredDelay/ @RCW_AverageCallsAnswered
CallsAnswered Delay
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1071
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Agent statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
All Agent Busy AllAgentBusyTime @RCW_AllAgentBusyTime
Time
All Agent Staffed TotalStaffedTime @RCW_TotalStaffedTime
Time
Skillset Active ActiveTime @RCW_ActiveTime
Time
Avg No. Of Agts TotalStaffedTime/ActiveTime @RCW_AverageNumberOf
Agents
Summaries
The report provides totals for each selected skillset and for each application/site
combination. Statistics are further broken down by day, week, or month,
depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting period,
statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a grand
total for all selected skillsets.
1072 Contact Center Manager
!
BestAir
February 2008
# '"#$ "#$ ""* " "* " *
-+"+ -+ "#$ "#$ "%&&$ "%&&$ () " * .-/ %%$ "+ ,%"*
! $% !"#! #$ !!#! # & !!#!!#$' '"#$ #$$ ' &# &#$ "& #!'#$( "
#) *+ ,
-/ ! $% !"#! #$ !!#! # & !!#!!#$' '"#$ #$$ ' &# &#$ "& #!'#$( "
4#$*5(* Galway 120 0 0 13
! $ !"#! #$ !!#! # & !!#!!#$' '"#$ #$$ ' &# &#$ "& #!'#$( "
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
! $ !"#! #$ !!#! # & !!#!!#$' '"#$ #$$ ' &# &#$ "& #!'#$( "
! $% !"#! #$ !!#! # & !!#!!#$' '"#$ #$$ ' &# &#$ "& #!'#$( "
67*86#69 6"6 *6 +66 :( ;6(<! = 7
-
*.#.*
$$/$ /"!!' #! #"
0
$$
1073
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
1074 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Section F: Others (Additional CCMA
reports)
In this section
Activity Code by Application 1077
Application by Activity Code 1080
Application by Skillset 1083
Application Call Treatment 1087
Application Delay Before Abandon 1095
Application Delay Before Answer 1099
Application Performance 1103
CDN (Route Point) Statistics 1107
Crosstab - Application Performance 1112
Crosstab - CDN (Route Point) Statistics 1115
Crosstab - DNIS Statistics 1119
Crosstab - Route Performance 1122
Crosstab - Skillset Performance 1125
Crosstab - Trunk Performance 1129
DNIS Statistics 1132
IVR Port First Login/Last Logout 1137
IVR Port Statistics 1139
IVR Queue Statistics 1143
Music/RAN Route Statistics 1146
Route Performance 1149
Skillset by Application 1153
Skillset Performance 1156
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1075
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Trunk Performance 1160
1076 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Activity Code by Application
With the Activity Code by Application report you monitor activity time for each
application on your system. The Activity Code by Application report includes
all activity time and occurrences for an application.
ATTENTION
This report does not include Not Ready reason codes.
On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, agents
cannot use the LOB key while they are conferenced with
another agent.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ActivityCodeStat view (see page 188.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-app8.rpt
dm-app8.rpt
wm-app8.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1077
Standard reports Standard 8.11
mm-app8.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Application Name ID iActivityCodeStat.Application <>
Application Name 'System_Application'
iActivityCodeStat.Application
iActivityCodeStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Activity Time ActivityTime @RCW_ActivityTime
Average Activity ActivityTime/Occurrences @RCW_AverageActivity Time
Time
Activity Occurrences Occurrences
Occurrences
Summaries
The report provides totals for each application, and subtotals for each day, week,
or month (depending on the reporting period selected). For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected applications.
1078 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
! !"#$ ! !"#
BestAir
%
&'
!" #
'
# $%&' #! ()!!
*
'
! !"# () * * * *) *)(
+, % -+ . /+0 + + %+ + + 12 3+22$,,)4 ,
+
, ,
#-.-/0/0.1" 1 (
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1079
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Application by Activity Code
Use the Application by Activity Code report to monitor each agent’s work and
time distribution by the types of contacts accepted. During contacts, agents can
identify the contact type by entering an activity (Line of Business) code.
Multiple codes can be used to reflect activities performed on a single contact.
ATTENTION
This report does not include Not Ready reason codes.
On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, agents
cannot use the LOB key while they are conferenced with
another agent.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ActivityCodeStat view (see page 188.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-app9.rpt
dm-app9.rpt
wm-app9.rpt
1080 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
mm-app9.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Activity Code iActivityCodeStat.Application <>
Activity Name 'System_Application'
iActivityCodeStat.ActivityCode
iActivityCodeStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total Activity ActivityTime @RCW_ActivityTime
Time
Average Activity ActivityTime/Occurrences @RCW_AverageActivityTime
Time
Total Occurrences Occurrences Occurrences
Summaries
The report provides totals for each activity code, and subtotals for each
application. For each activity code, statistics are broken down by day, week, or
month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected agents.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1081
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir !"!#$% &!"!#$
'
' * ()
!
"
#
$%& '
(
#
)
$"((**)++
)
!"!#$ , + + "
01 "& / "& / "
2 $ $& $ $& "
. "
#& + #& + "
0 1
$"((**)*+
) ,- -
-
!"!#$ 4 # "/ # "/ "
+ 5$ + 5$ "
. "# +5 "# +5 "
0 1 ,- -
-
,- -
-
$"((**).+*
) -- --
!"!#$ . ++ 5& ++ 5& "
0 1 -- --
-- --
7, ' 47 8 .76 7 7 '7 7 7 "90":700%,,/; ,
%
/
010%
22
3
4+ 4'
5
1082 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Application by Skillset
The Application by Skillset report shows summarized application statistics for
each skillset under review. The report provides statistics such as the total
number of contacts accepted for a skillset, number of contacts accepted after the
service level threshold for the skillset, all agent staffed time, and average
number of agents.
This report is an indicator of application contribution to a skillset.
ATTENTION
This report does not contain statistics for the
System_Application.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the SkillsetStat view (see page 325.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
imskill3.rpt
dmskill3.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1083
Standard reports Standard 8.11
wmskill3.rpt
mmskill3.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Skillset Name ID iSkillsetStat.SiteID = 0
Skillset Name iSkillsetStat.Application <>
"System_Application"
iSkillsetStat.Skillset
iSkillsetStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Skillset Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Skillset Answered CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold
After Thresh
% Ansd After CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold/ @RCW_%CallsAnsweredAfter
Thresh CallsAnswered x 100 Threshold
Answer Delay CallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Average Answer CallsAnsweredDelay/ @RCW_AverageCallsAnswered
Delay CallsAnswered Delay
Maximum Answer MaxAnsweredDelay @RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay
Delay
1084 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Summaries
The report provides totals for each skillset, and subtotals for each application.
For each application, statistics are further broken down by day, week, or month
(depending on the reporting period selected). For the interval reporting period,
statistics are further broken down by interval, and within each interval, by
application. The report also contains a grand total for all selected skillsets.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1085
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir !" !
(#% # * +,-
#$% #& #$ #$ #$
#$% #&'' '' ) ) )
!"#
$ %&'(
)*
-)
!"#
$ %&'(, '-
-)
+
!"
! . /0 ! . / .
! .2/ 0 . / / ! .1
#3
+
!"
)
-)
!
! / 0 !. 2 /
#3
!
!"
!"#
45*64$47 4#4 *4 344 8+ 94++:;;/0 5
) &
.
%.&-
/ "/
0, 0'
1
1086 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Application Call Treatment
The Application Call Treatment report shows summary performance
information about the handling of each contact associated with a particular
application. The report lists multiple treatments that can occur within the voice
contact script or application and the number of voice contacts that received the
specified treatments. The report records the number of voice contacts that the
system accepted, abandoned, offered, routed, and disconnected.
This report measures other treatments within the call script, including
commands such as Give Force Busy, Give Route To, or Give Force Disconnect.
You can keep a count of the number of customers who receive a specific
treatment and service.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ApplicationStat view (see page 249.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
ATTENTION
If you use the interval data type, remember that a call offered
at one interval could be given treatment at another interval.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1087
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-app7.rpt
dm-app7.rpt
wm-app7.rpt
mm-app7.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Application Name ID iApplicationStat.Application
Application Name iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Overflowed statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Quantity CallsGivenForceOverflow CallsGivenForceOverflow
Percentage (%) CallsGivenForceOverflow/ @RCW_%CallsGivenForce
CallsOffered x 100 Overflow
Average time TimeBeforeForceOverflow/ @RCW_AverageTimeBefore
before treatment number of calls given Force ForceOverflow
Overflow
Average calls per CallsGivenForceOverflow/ Average of CallsGivenForce
reporting period number of reporting periods Overflow
(interval, day, (intervals, days, weeks, or
week, or month) months)
1088 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Average time TimeBeforeForceOverflow/ Not Available
before treatment number of reporting periods
per reporting (intervals, days, weeks, or
period (interval, months)
day, week, or
month)
Defaulted statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Quantity CallsGivenDefault CallsGivenDefault
Percentage (%) CallsGivenDefault/CallsOffered @RCW_%CallsGivenDefault
x 100
Average time TimeBeforeDefault/number of @RCW_AverageTimeBefore
before treatment calls given default treatment Default
Average calls per CallsGivenDefault/number of Average of CallsGivenDefault
reporting period reporting periods (intervals, days,
(interval, day, weeks, or months)
week, or month)
Average time TimeBeforeDefault/number of Not Available
before treatment reporting periods (intervals, days,
per reporting weeks, or months)
period (interval,
day, week, or
month)
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1089
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Given Busy statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Quantity CallsGivenForceBusy CallsGivenForceBusy
Percentage (%) CallsGivenForceBusy/ @RCW_%CallsGivenForceBusy
CallsOffered x 100
Average time TimeBeforeForceBusy/number @RCW_AverageTimeBefore
before treatment of calls given Force Busy ForceBusy
treatment
Average calls per CallsGivenForceBusy/number of Average of CallsGivenForceBusy
reporting period reporting periods (intervals, days,
(interval, day, weeks, or months)
week, or month)
Average time TimeBeforeForceBusy/number Not Available
before treatment of reporting periods (intervals,
per reporting days, weeks, or months)
period (interval,
day, week, or
month)
Routed statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Quantity CallsGivenRouteTo CallsGivenRouteTo
Percentage (%) CallsGivenRouteTo/CallsOffered @RCW_%CallsGivenRouteTo
x 100
Average time TimeBeforeRouteTo/Number of @RCW_AverageTimeBefore
before treatment calls given Route To treatment RouteTo
1090 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Average calls per CallsGivenRouteTo/number of Average of CallsGivenRouteTo
reporting period reporting periods (intervals, days,
(interval, day, weeks, or months)
week, or month)
Average time TimeBeforeRouteTo/number of Not Available
before treatment reporting periods (intervals, days,
per reporting weeks, or months)
period (interval,
day, week, or
month)
Disconnected statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Quantity CallsGivenForceDisconnect CallsGivenForceDisconnect
Percentage (%) CallsGivenForceDisconnect/ @RCW_%CallsGivenForce
CallsOffered x 100 Disconnect
Average time TimeBeforeForceDisconnect/ @RCW_AverageTimeBefore
before treatment Number of calls ForceDisconnect
Average calls per CallsGivenForceDisconnect/ Average of
reporting period number of reporting periods CallsGivenForceDisconnect
(interval, day, (intervals, days, weeks, or
week, or month) months)
Average time TimeBeforeForceDisconnect/ Not Available
before treatment number of reporting periods
per reporting (intervals, days, weeks, or
period (interval, months)
day, week, or
month)
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1091
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Offered statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Quantity CallsOffered CallsOffered
Answered statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Quantity CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Percentage (%) CallsAnswered/CallsOffered x @RCW_%CallsAnswered
100
Average calls per Calls Answered/number of Average of CallsAnswered
reporting period reporting periods (intervals, days,
(interval, day, weeks, or months)
week, or month)
Abandoned statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Quantity CallsAbandoned CallsAbandoned
Percentage (%) CallsAbandoned/CallsOffered x @RCW_%CallsAbandoned
100
Average calls per CallsAbandoned/number of Average of CallsAbandoned
reporting period reporting periods (intervals, days,
(interval, day, weeks, or months)
week, or month)
1092 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Given Host Lookup statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total CallsGivenHostLookup CallsGivenHostLookup
Percentage (%) CallsGivenHostLookup/ @RCW_%CallsGiven
CallsOffered x 100 HostLookup
Average calls per CallsGivenHostLookup/number Average of
reporting period of reporting periods (intervals, CallsGivenHostLookup
(interval, day, days, weeks, or months)
week, or month)
Summaries
The report provides totals for each application, and subtotals for each day, week,
or month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected applications.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1093
1094
BestAir !
Standard reports
'
" #$% #&% ' (&)* &% )% "##% )$% %%
)+,&
-&*
!"
#
./012
#
#
/#
$ %&'() '
!"
#
/)3
!"
#
/#4
3
./012
#
#
85 5 5 6 7
./012 4 4 4 4 94 9 !!!! 7 45 479 4
-&*
!"
#
./012
#
#
/#
43
-&*
!"
#
./012
#
#
/#
:./;):$,):< :): /: ):: 0= 2:==!..64 .
&
*+
%*&
, ",
-) -'
.
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Application Delay Before Abandon
The Application Delay Before Abandon report gauges service quality by
indicating how many customers disconnect (abandon) before reaching an agent.
The spectrum shows how long customers typically wait before abandoning,
whether they abandoned before or after reaching the service level threshold for
the application, and the percentage of contacts that are abandoned.
With a greater awareness of customer tolerance levels, contact center managers
can adjust scripts to provide quicker service, offer recorded announcements
more frequently, offer customers the option to access an interactive voice
recognition system, and add additional agents to increase service.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ApplicationStat view (see page 249.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-app5.rpt
dm-app5.rpt
wm-app5.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1095
Standard reports Standard 8.11
mm-app6.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Application Name ID iApplicationStat.Application
Application Name iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Abandon delay spectrum
The Application Delay Before Abandon report contains a histogram showing the
number of contacts abandoned after delays of times divided into 2-second
increments. The statistics for the histogram are taken from the AbdDelay view
fields.
1096 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offered CallsOffered CallsOffered
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Abandoned CallsAbandoned CallsAbandoned
% Abandoned CallsAbandoned/CallsOffered x @RCW_%CallsAbandoned
100
Abandoned After CallsAbandonedAftThreshold CallsAbandonedAftThreshold
Threshold
Abandon Delay CallsAbandonedDelay @RCW_CallsAbandonedDelay
Maximum MaxCallsAbandonedDelay @RCW_MaxCalls
Abandon Delay AbandonedDelay
Average Abandon CallsAbandonedDelay/ @RCW_AverageCalls
Delay CallsAbandoned AbandonedDelay
Summaries
The report provides totals for each application, and subtotals for each day, week,
or month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected applications.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1097
1098
BestAir !
Standard reports
' $$ *+, -
.% %
"##$ %&$ $$ $$ #(%($ $) $) $)
% %
!!"# "$! !!"!#" ! !!"!!"$!
"
& ' ( )* ( +
,)
% %
!!"# "$! !!"!#" ! !!"!!"$!
$), /&$-0*-
,# % 1 2 1 2 3 3 1 11 12 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 1 6
!
$
!
!
! !
!
!
# #
!
$ $ $
!
! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
! !
1 2 3 31 32 1 1 1 2 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 12
) %!!!6
5 5 4 2 721 2 3 1 3
% %
!!"# "$! !!"!#" ! !!"!!"$!
% %
!!"# "$! !!"!#" ! !!"!!"$!
89-:%8&.%8; 8%8 -8 %88 <* =8**!997 9
"
' +
, ,!!#
#"!$"
-* -(
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Application Delay Before Answer
The Application Delay Before Answer report shows summarized performance
information regarding call answer delays for an application. The report focuses
on application performance from the customer’s point of view, indicating how
long customers wait before connecting to an agent. The statistics include all
Contact Center Manager contacts for this application. The report also indicates
whether the delay occurred after the skillset received the contact.
By keeping delays to a minimum, the contact center shows respect for customers
and inspires the confidence that brings repeat business.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ApplicationStat view (see page 249.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-app3.rpt
dm-app3.rpt
wm-app3.rpt
mm-app4.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1099
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Application Name ID iApplicationStat.Application
Application Name iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Answer delay spectrum
The Application Delay Before Answer report contains a histogram showing the
number of contacts accepted after delays of times divided into 2-second
increments. The statistics for the histogram are taken from the AnsDelay view
fields.
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offered CallsOffered CallsOffered
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Answer Delay CallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Delay at Skillset CallsAnsweredDelayAtSkillset @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
AtSkillset
Answered After CallsAnsweredAftThreshold CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Threshold
Maximum Answer MaxCallsAnsDelay @RCW_MaxCallsAnsDelay
Delay
Maximum Delay at MaxCallsDelayAtSkillset @RCW_MaxCallsAnsDelay
Skillset AtSkillset
Average Answer CallsAnsweredDelay/ @RCW_AverageCallsAnswered
Delay CallsAnswered Delay
1100 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Summaries
The report provides totals for each application, and subtotals for each day, week,
or month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected applications.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1101
1102
BestAir !
Standard reports
"# $ "#, '() '()$ %
&" "
-**, "#, $ &" *+"+, "#$ &" "#$
# #
!
" " " ! #
$ %& '( & )
)$
# #
!
" " " ! #
"#$) .#,%/'%
)* "
0 1 0 1 2 2 0 00 01 1 0 1 0 1 2 0 0 5
*
!
*
*
" *
*
*
* !
#
!
*
0 1 2 20 21 0 0 0 1 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 01
$ "!!!5
4 4 3 0 2 2 2 1 1 1 4
# #
!
" " " ! #
# #
!
" " " ! #
67%8"6#&"69 6"6 %6 "66 :' ;6''!770< 7
%
+
+%)
, , !
!
-( -&
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Application Performance
The Application Performance report provides summarized performance
information about your Contact Center Manager applications. The report gives
an overview of contacts accepted, delayed, and abandoned, as well as the
percentage of contacts that achieved a minimum service level. The report tracks
contacts routed to the specified application (Master or primary call script). This
report can be particularly useful in determining the efficiency of the service your
center provides to specific contact types and customers.
ATTENTION
For the Network_Script, service level is based on network
calls answered at this site and network calls that abandon after
it is sent to this site. Call wait times are calculated from the
time the call arrives at the destination site.
By showing the volume of contacts accepted in a given period, along with the
average delay customers experienced, the report can identify the level of service
customers received on a specific type of contact or activity.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ApplicationStat view (see page 249.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1103
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-app1.rpt
dm-app1.rpt
wm-app1.rpt
mm-app2.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Application Name ID iApplicationStat.Application
Application Name iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offered CallsOffered CallsOffered
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Answer Delay CallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Avg Answer Delay CallsAnsweredDelay/ @RCW_AverageCallsAnswered
CallsAnswered Delay
Max Answer Delay MaxCallsAnsDelay @RCW_MaxCallsAnsDelay
Ans After CallsAnsweredAftThreshold CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Threshold
Abandoned CallsAbandoned CallsAbandoned
Max Aban’n Delay MaxCallsAbandonedDelay @RCW_MaxCallsAbandoned
Delay
1104 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Aban After CallsAbandonedAftThreshold CallsAbandonedAftThreshold
Threshold
Ans Delay At CallsAnsweredDelayAtSkillset @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelayAt
Skillset Skillset
% Service Level [{(CallsAnswered + @RCW_%ServiceLevel
CallsAbandoned) –
(CallsAnsweredAftThreshold +
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold)}/
(CallsAnswered +
CallsAbandoned)] x 100
ATTENTION
For the Network_Script application, the service level
calculation is based on network contacts accepted at this site
and network contacts that are abandoned after it is routed to
this site.
Summaries
The report provides totals for each application, and subtotals for each day, week,
or month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected applications.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1105
1106
BestAir !"# !"
Standard reports
& $ ./0& ( ./01' ( % +
* -((' &' % % % ))' '' % ))' * ,
!"!#
$%&'()'
2%
!" !! ! 3 " "4 5 !4 !5 6 5 !4 5 ! 3 " 4 60!
!" 6! 4 5 3 3 5 3 " 4 5 !" ! 0""
!"!#
78$97&*7: 77 $7 77 ;. <7..#88!0 8
&*+*,-- ) '
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
CDN (Route Point) Statistics
The CDN (Route Point) Statistics report details summarized contact volume
information for the CDNs (Route Points) configured on the server. The report
lists the total number of contacts offered to the CDN (Route Point) and the total
number of contacts accepted. The report also provides terminated and
abandoned contact information.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Definition: CDN
A Controlled Directory Number (CDN) is a number configured in the switch as
the entry point for calls into Contact Center Manager. You can configure
multiple CDNs in the switch and associate them with the Master script of
Contact Center Manager.
Views
This report uses the CDNStat view (see page 275.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1107
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-res7.rpt
dm-res7.rpt
wm-res7.rpt
mm-res7.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
CDN iCDNStat.CDN
CDN Name iCDNStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offered CallsOffered CallsOffered
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Terminated CallsTerminated CallsTerminated
Percent Terminated CallsTerminated/CallsOffered x @RCW_%CallsTerminated
100
Abandoned CallsAbandoned CallsAbandoned
Percent Abandoned CallsAbandoned/CallsOffered x @RCW_%CallsAbandoned
100
IVR Calls with CallsWithDigitsCollected CallsWithDigitsCollected
Data (DMS)
1108 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Summaries
The report provides totals for each selected CDN and subtotals for each day,
week, or month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval
reporting period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also
contains a grand total for all selected CDNs.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1109
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report
!
BestAir
() ()
"##$ %&'$ $ $ %$$ %$$
!
"#$
%& '( &&
)
*+ * *
, , - -
. *(/ * *
!
"#$
'
+'
!)
*+ , ,
0 0-, 0 1 -!1
. *(/ , ,
!
"#$-
.&
+/
'
01
'23 ) 4*
*+ , 4
0 1 -1 ! !-1
. *(/ , 4
2(34&2'5&26 2%&2 32 &)22 .7 /2"8**277 9,- (
50
+67$.
6+!
8 8 $ $ 9 /
%
1110 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report
CDN (Route Point) Statistics
!"#$ % !"#
BestAir
() () *
&& ' +,
!"#$%& '
- (
.1 1"# " /# .. 00/
.1.1"# 0% . / 0 " /#"
(
!"#$%)%& ' '
- ( ' '
.1 1"# # #0 / # 0./#
.1.1"# 2% #" / "0/20
( ' '
3(
3'4 3- 3)33 (
35$ 6 / (
*+,-).!
//+'00!(!*" *1/2
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1111
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Crosstab - Application Performance
The Crosstab – Application Performance report provides you with an at-a-
glance view of application performance (contacts accepted, contacts abandoned,
and contacts offered) for several days. You can use this report to compare
application performance for the same reporting period on different days.
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the iApplicationStat view (see page 249.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
This report contains interval data.
Templates
This report uses the icross_Application.rpt template.
1112 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Application Name ID iApplicationStat.Application
Application Name iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Statistics
Report field View field/Formula
Calls Offered CallsOffered
Calls Answered CallsAnswered
Calls Abandoned CallsAbandoned
Summaries
The report provides totals for each selected application for the selected intervals.
Also, totals for the selected intervals are shown grouped by day.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1113
1114
BestAir
Standard reports
! " #
$%!
" & &" #
" #
'() * !' +,!'- '"!' )'!# ''./0'1&"((2" 13(
! !" # $ $
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Crosstab - CDN (Route Point) Statistics
The Crosstab - CDN (Route Point) Statistics report provides you with an at-a-
glance view of CDN (Route Point) Statistics (contacts accepted, contacts
answered, contacts terminated, and contacts abandoned) for several days. You
can use this report to compare CDN (Route Point) Statistics for the same
reporting period on different days.
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the iCDNStat view (see page 275.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
This report contains interval data.
Templates
This report uses the icross_CDN.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
CDN iCDNStat.CDN
CDN Name iCDNStat.Timestamp
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1115
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
Report field View field/Formula
Calls Offered CallsOffered
Calls Answered CallsAnswered
Calls Terminated CallsTerminated
Calls Abandoned CallsAbandoned
Summaries
The report provides totals for each selected CDN for the selected intervals. Also,
totals for the selected intervals are shown grouped by day.
1116 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
BestAir
! "
!
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
# $ %& '$" (
)* " "
#
+
#
$
%
&
+ + %
'
'
#
, !
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report
+
+
' ! ' " !
# & ' #
' % &
# # # #
-./ ( "- 01"-% -2"- /- "3 --4#5-* 6$$-*) 7.
(
)*
$+'$+'##""*'%* $, -
1117
Standard reports
1118
Standard reports
Crosstab - CDN (Route Pint) Statistics
BestAir
! "
#
#"$ %&%
*
'(')*+'+ *
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report
" *
*
#"$ %""
'
'(')*+' (
" '
(
" ,- , ./,0" "
,1 , ,- ," %" 2-
!"#
$%&&%&'" " ( )
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Crosstab - DNIS Statistics
The Crosstab - DNIS Statistics report provides you with an at-a-glance view of
DNIS statistics (contacts accepted, contacts answered, and contacts abandoned)
for several days. You can use this report to compare DNIS statistics for the same
reporting period on different days.
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the iDNISStat view (see page 280.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
This report contains interval data.
Templates
This report uses the icross_DNIS.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
DNIS iDNISStat.DNIS
DNIS Name iDNISStat.Timestamp
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1119
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
Report field View field/Formula
Calls Offered CallsOffered
Calls Answered CallsAnswered
Calls Abandoned CallsAbandoned
Summaries
The report provides totals for each selected DNIS for the selected intervals.
Also, totals for the selected intervals are shown grouped by day.
1120 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
BestAir
! "
#
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
" $$ (
" %#& %#"" ' '
)
)
)
*+' , "* -."*/ *0"* '* "1 **2#3*4% )+
!!"!#"$ % &%'( ') ! !
1121
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Crosstab - Route Performance
The report applies to the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch
only. The Crosstab - Route Performance report provides the number of times
that all the trunks in a route are busy. The report also shows the number of
contacts blocked by the all-trunks-busy signal. When all trunks in a route are
busy, customers to your contact center receive a busy signal or are blocked from
networking. Your telecommunications manager can use this report to determine
if your system has reached its capacity and the company must provide more
trunk lines to meet the demand.
When reviewing the report, be aware that the value NUMBER OF ATB
PERIODS is increased by one at the beginning of each all-trunks-busy period
within the reporting interval. If an all-trunks-busy period spans two or more
intervals, it is counted only against the interval in which it began.
Use the Crosstab - Route Performance report in conjunction with other reports to
interpret the cause of all-trunks-busy periods. This report can help you
determine the best action to reduce the number of all-trunks-busy periods. For
example, a change in your operating procedures may move contacts through
faster and free up your lines. Or you may find you need to lease extra trunk lines
during your busiest periods.
ATTENTION
Contacts blocked by all-trunks-busy statistics peg against the
route attempted.
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the iRouteStat view (see page 319.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
1122 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Collection frequency
This report contains interval data.
Templates
This report uses the icross_route.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Route ID iRouteStat.RouteID
Route Name iRouteStat.Timestamp
Statistics
Report field View field/Formula
All Trunks Busy AllTrunksBusy
Calls Blocked by All Trunks Busy CallsBlockedByAllTrunksBusy
Summaries
The report provides totals for each selected route for the selected intervals. Also,
totals for the selected intervals are shown grouped by day.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1123
1124
!
"
BestAir
Standard reports
# $
Route 5
+
+
!
+
!
(
,*
-. ,
/
& ,0( ,1 ,
-,
%,,( 2# 3,( 4' 456 *
!"
#$
"%& #%# ' (
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Crosstab - Skillset Performance
The Crosstab - Skillset Performance report provides you with an at-a-glance
view of skillset performance (contacts accepted, contacts answered, network
contacts answered, and skillset contacts abandoned) for several days. You can
use this report to compare skillset performance for the same reporting period on
different days.
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the iSkillsetStat view (see page 325.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
This report contains interval data.
Templates
This report uses the icross_skillset.rpt template.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1125
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Skillset Name ID iSkillsetStat.Application<>"System_
Skillset Name Application"
iSkillsetStat.Skillset
iSkillsetStat.Timestamp
Statistics
Report field View field/Formula
Call Offered CallsOffered
Call Answered CallsAnswered
Network Call Answered NetCallsAnswered
Skillset Abandoned SkillsetAbandoned
Summaries
The report provides totals for each selected skillset for the selected intervals.
Also, totals for the selected intervals are shown grouped by day.
1126 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
!
BestAir
Report (page 1 of 2)
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
" # $% &#
'(&)* * #)
* #)
+ * #)
, * #)
+ +
+ +
- . )/.'.$-.. ).0(..- 1" 2.- 3*445 6
!"# $ %$ % "%&"'( )
1127
Standard reports
1128
!
BestAir
Standard reports
-377%
-'%
'-'%
Report (page 2 of 2)
%%
" # $% &#
- . )/.'.$-.. ).0(..- 1" 2.- 3*445 6
!"# $ %$ % "%&"'( )
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Crosstab - Trunk Performance
The report applies to the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch
only. The Crosstab - Trunk Performance report helps you understand contact
center traffic patterns. The report lists the total contact volume by individual
trunk, including total contacts abandoned, accepted, and offered.
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the iTrunkStat view (see page 340.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
This report contains interval data.
Templates
This report uses the icross_trunk.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Trunk ID iTrunkStat.Timestamp
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1129
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
Report field View field/Formula
Calls Offered CallsOffered
Calls Answered CallsAnswered
Calls Abandoned CallsAbandoned
Summaries
The report provides totals for each selected trunk for the selected intervals. Also,
totals for the selected intervals are shown grouped by day.
1130 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
BestAir
! " #
!$ %
& !$ '( !)$# *
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
!$ %
$
+
,-. * #, /%#,' ,0#, .,1#2 ,, 3&4, 56! 78-!
! "# ! $% &% # #& ' 1
1131
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
DNIS Statistics
The DNIS Statistics report summarizes the total contact volume to each DNIS
number. The DNIS Statistics report lists the total contacts accepted, total
customer wait time, total contacts abandoned, and the percentage of contacts
that are abandoned after a wait greater than or equal to the service level
threshold defined for the DNIS.
You can use this report to track call handling performance on products or
services associated with a particular DNIS number.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Definition: DNIS
Dialed Number Identification Service (DNIS) identifies the dialed number for
contacts coming into the contact center. Typically, DNIS numbers are used for
1-800 numbers. For example, a company may give customers different 1-800
numbers for sales and customer service contacts.
Views
This report uses the DNISStat view (see page 280.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
1132 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-res6.rpt
dm-res6.rpt
wm-res6.rpt
mm-res6.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
DNIS iDNISStat.DNIS
DNIS Name iDNISStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offer’d CallsOffered CallsOffered
Answer’d CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Answer Delay CallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Max Ans Delay MaxAnsweredDelay @RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay
Avg Ans Delay CallsAnsweredDelay/ @RCW_AverageAnswered
CallsAnswered Delay
Ans After CallsAnsweredAftThreshold CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Threshold
Disconnected CallsGivenForceDisconnect CallsGivenForceDisconnect
Overflowed CallsGivenForceOverflow CallsGivenForceOverflow
Routed CallsGivenRouteTo CallsGivenRouteTo
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1133
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
NACD Out CallsNACDOut CallsNACDOut
(Communication
Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX)
IVR Transferred IVRTransferred IVRTransferred
Default’d CallsGivenDefault CallsGivenDefault
Given Busy CallsGivenForceBusy CallsGivenForceBusy
Aban’d CallsAbandoned CallsAbandoned
Aband Delay CallsAbandonedDelay @RCW_CallsAbandonedDelay
Max Abn Delay MaxAbandonedDelay @RCW_MaxAbandonDelay
Aban After Thresh CallsAbandonedAftThreshold CallsAbandonedAftThreshold
% Service Level [{(CallsAnswered + @RCW_%ServiceLevel
CallsAbandoned) –
(CallsAnsweredAftThreshold +
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold)} /
(CallsAnswered +
CallsAbandoned)] x 100
Talk Time TalkTime @RCW_TalkTime
Summaries
The report provides totals for each DNIS number, and subtotals for each day,
week, or month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval
reporting period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also
contains a grand total for all selected DNIS numbers.
1134 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
BestAir
! /
!" 23 ! ( ! & !* % , - $ 23 & * 1
%&&#$ !"#$ ' ' ' )!) *$ &"$ +$ %+ !&#$ &+$ .+!' #$ ' ' )!) 0
!
+'
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
4
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX report
56(7!5"1!58 5 !5 (5 !*55 92:522 ;4 6
"# $%&$ ''()*+,- ,./0
1135
Standard reports
1136
!" # !
BestAir
Standard reports
+
$ ./0 & )" ./0 & )
-
&&% $% ' ' '
( ( ) &$ & % * ' % ' '
( ( ,
!""#$%
'
366! 25 224 #1 3 2 3 2 224 !1 #! 2 2 42 !1 0 1 !
!&"'(#)#%
'
366! 2 1 21 ! 21 1 4 ! !# #2 ! # 4 0 # #2
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report
!""#"'"%
'
366! 12 4# 21 #2 2 ! # 4# 2 25 22 1 2 4 25 0 2 2 4
7 89
8$- 8' 778)88 9
8." :10 9
$*+,)-
..* // $& $0.1
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
IVR Port First Login/Last Logout
The IVR Port First Login/Last Logout report provides information about the first
logon to and last logoff from the server. The report lists the ports on which the
first logon and last logoff occurred, and the time at which these events occurred.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the eIVRPortLoginStat view (see page 370.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the em-res5.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
none (eIVRPortLoginStat.EventType='LI' OR
eIVRPortLoginStat.EventType='LO')
eIVRPortLoginStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Time Time Time
Port ID IVRPortID IVRPortID
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1137
Standard reports Standard 8.11
!
BestAir
" # !
$%&'
" ! %
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(
)%' !* +) ,-+). )/+) ') + 0 )) 123)424 5%"
!"
#
1138 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
IVR Port Statistics
The IVR Port Statistics report shows summarized statistical information grouped
by IVR port. The report provides detailed information about specific IVR ports
used within the contact center. For each port specified, the report shows the total
number of contacts accepted, conferenced, and transferred.
The IVR Port Statistics report also indicates the amount of time the port is
available to accept contacts and how much time is spent waiting to receive
contacts. The report helps you determine whether a specific port may be causing
poor performance within an IVR queue.
The report can also be used for troubleshooting, to identify ports that are taken
out of service, or with no application running.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the IVRPortStat view (see page 288.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-res4.rpt
dm-res4.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1139
Standard reports Standard 8.11
wm-res4.rpt
mm-res4.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
IVR Port ID iIVRPortStat.IVRPortID
IVR Port Name iIVRPortStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Conferenced CallsConferenced CallsConferenced
Transferred CallsTransferred CallsTransferred
Logged In Time LoggedInTime @RCW_LoggedInTime
Not Ready Time NotReadyTime @RCW_NotReadyTime
Talk Time TalkTime @RCW_TalkTime
Waiting Time WaitingTime @RCW_WaitTime
Summaries
The report provides totals for each IVR port, and subtotals for each day, week, or
month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all IVR ports.
1140 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report (page 1 of 2)
!" # !
BestAir
$%&' ()' %(' *++' ', - .+
!"!"#"$
%&
'
/,
#"$
(
& ' '''
/, ) )
)
)
)
! 011 0 !! 0 1 12 0 0
) )
)
)
)
#"$
(
& ' '''
/, ) )
)
! 0 0 1 # 1! # # 1# 0 12
) )
)
#"$
(
& ' '''
/, ) )
)
! 0 ! 0 1 2 ! 0 12 1 1!
) )
)
#"$
(
)& ' '''
/, ) )
! 0 0 11 ! ! 1 1# 2 !1
) )
#"$
(
& ' '' '
/, ) )
)
! 0 1 0 1 !2 ! 0 2 1 !!
) )
)
3+4%3&-%3. 3$%3 +3 %)33 56 7366" 809
*+",-.
+"!" / /
(
0" 1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1141
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report (page 2 of 2)
$%&' ()' %(' *++' ', - .+
#"$
(
& ' '' '
/, ) )
! 0 0 !! # 1 1 12 !
) )
#"$
(
& ' '' '
/, )
)
! 0 # 1# ! 1 0# 1 2 !
)
)
#"$
(
& ' '' '
/, )
)
)
)
)
! 0 1 11 0 ! 10 0 1! 1 2 0
)
)
)
)
)
://
3+4%3&-%3. 3$%3 +3 %)33 56 7366" 809
*+",-.
+"!" / /
(
0" 1
1142 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
IVR Queue Statistics
The IVR Queue Statistics report shows summarized statistical information
grouped by IVR queue. The report details the performance of IVR queues, and is
especially useful for understanding contact volume and delays customers
experience when attempting to access the IVR system.
If the report shows you that a particular IVR queue is not performing well, equip
the IVR queue with more IVR ports.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the IVRStat view (see page 293.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-res3.rpt
dm-res3.rpt
wm-res3.rpt
mm-res3.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1143
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
IVR Queue ID iIVRStat.IVRQueueID
IVR Queue Name iIVRStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offered CallsOffered CallsOffered
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Answered After CallsAnsweredAftThreshold CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Threshold
Answered Delay CallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Confer’d CallsConferenced CallsConferenced
Transf’d CallsTransferred CallsTransferred
Not Treated CallsNotTreated CallsNotTreated
Not Treated After CallsNotTreatedAftThreshold CallsNotTreatedAftThreshold
Thresh
Not Treated Delay CallsNotTreatedDelay @RCW_CallsNotTreatedDelay
Summaries
The report provides totals for each IVR queue, and subtotals for each day, week,
or month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected IVR queues.
1144 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
BestAir ! "
#$%& #$%& & &
)''& #$%& #'($(& * '+& $'+& & #'($( *
!"#$
,* # #
-. -- -
/,, # #
%% "#$
,* #
. " .
/,, #
0123$0%4$05 0#$0 20 $600 78 9088! :-; 1
&' ( )*+( ' ,, -. -
/01
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1145
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Music/RAN Route Statistics
The Music/RAN Route Statistics report shows information about music and
recorded announcement (RAN) routes. For each route, the report provides the
number of route accesses and the route access time.
This report can help you pinpoint any routes that may be overloaded.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the RANMusicRouteStat view (see page 316.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-res8.rpt
dm-res8.rpt
wm-res8.rpt
mm-res8.rpt
1146 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Route ID iRANMusicRouteStat.RouteID
Route Name iRANMusicRouteStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Route Access RouteAccess RouteAccess
Route Access Time RouteAccessTime @RCW_RouteAccessTime
Summaries
The report provides totals for each music and RAN route, and subtotals for each
day, week, or month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval
reporting period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also
contains a grand total for all selected music and RAN routes.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1147
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir ! " !
#
! $ !$
#
! ! % % & ! !&
' ()*+(,-(.'((*( (('! /!0( "1)
!"
#
$%
& $#'"
((
) )*
+
1148 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Route Performance
The report applies to the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch
only. The Crosstab - Route Performance report provides the number of times
that all the trunks in a route are busy. The report also shows the number of
contacts blocked by the all-trunks-busy. When all trunks in a route are busy,
customers who contact your contact center receive a busy signal or are blocked
from networking. Your telecommunications manager can use this report to
determine if your system has reached its capacity and the company must provide
more trunk lines to meet the demand.
When reviewing the report, be aware that the value NUMBER OF ATB
PERIODS is increased by one at the beginning of each all-trunks-busy period
within the reporting interval. If an all-trunks-busy period spans two or more
intervals, it is counted only against the interval in which it began.
Use the Crosstab - Route Performance report in conjunction with other reports to
interpret the cause of all-trunks-busy periods. The report helps you determine
the best action to reduce the number of all-trunks-busy periods. For example, a
change in your operating procedures may move contacts through faster and free
up your lines. Or you may find you need to lease extra trunk lines during your
busiest periods.
Contacts blocked by all-trunks-busy signal peg against the Default_Route, 999.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Definition: Route
A route is a group of trunks with similar characteristics.
Example
A contact center may direct two routes to each of its contact center skillsets,
depending on the demographics of a particular customer area. Each route is
configured with multiple trunks.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1149
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Views
This report uses the RouteStat view (see page 319.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-res2.rpt
dm-res2.rpt
wm-res2.rpt
mm-res2.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Route ID iRouteStat.RouteID
Route Name iRouteStat.Timestamp
1150 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
All Trunks Busy AllTrunksBusy AllTrunksBusy
All Trunks Busy AllTrunksBusyTime @RCW_AllTrunksBusyTime
Time
Calls Blocked by CallsBlockedByAllTrunksBusy CallsBlockedByAllTrunksBusy
All Trunks Busy
Summaries
The report provides totals for each route, and subtotals for each day, week, or
month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected routes.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1151
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
!" !# !" !# $!"% &"# !" !#
#$
#
# $
# %
' (
%
&'($
# %
) * (
%
$ +,-.!+/ !+0$+ !+ -+ !%++$123+22 4 ,
/
) *+,'+ *
-$.$--%
1152 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Skillset by Application
The Skillset by Application report shows summarized skillset statistics for each
application under review. The report provides statistics such as the total number
of contacts accepted for a skillset, number of contacts accepted after the service
level threshold for the skillset, all agent staffed time, and average number of
agents.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the SkillsetStat view (see page 325.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
imskill4.rpt
dmskill4.rpt
wmskill4.rpt
mmskill4.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1153
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Skillset Name ID iSkillsetStat.SiteID = 0
Skillset Name iSkillsetStat.Application <>
"System_Application"
iSkillsetStat.Skillset
iSkillsetStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Skillset Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Skillset Answered CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold
After Thresh
% Ansd After CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold/ @RCW_%CallsAnsweredAfter
Thresh CallsAnswered x 100 Threshold
Answer Delay CallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Average Answer CallsAnsweredDelay/ @RCW_AverageCallsAnswered
Delay CallsAnswered Delay
Maximum Answer MaxAnsweredDelay @RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay
Delay
Summaries
The report provides totals for each application, and subtotals for each skillset.
For each skillset, statistics are further broken down by day, week, or month
(depending on the reporting period selected). For the interval reporting period,
statistics are further broken down by interval, and within each interval, by
skillset. The report also contains a grand total for all selected applications.
1154 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
BestAir !
'"$ " ) *+,
"#$ "% "# "# "#
"#$ "%&& && ( ( (
! " #
$%&'()'*
,( ! " #
$%&'(+,
,( ! "
-1/ 0 - / / -.
! "
! "
"2
! " #
34)53#36 3"3 )3 233 7* 83**9::-0 4
+&-
%-&* . . /) /' 0
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1155
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Skillset Performance
The Skillset Performance report provides summarized contact handling
performance information for each skillset defined on your system. For network
skillsets, only local contacts are included. The report lists the total number of
local contacts answered by agents for the skillset, the number and percentage of
local contacts agents answered after a predefined service level threshold, the
maximum delay a caller experienced, and the total time all agents are busy
servicing contacts in the skillset.
By indicating the volume of contacts and the delay times customers experienced,
along with the amount of time agents are busy servicing contacts in the skillset,
the report indicates whether the skillset has the number of agents required to
service customers. If a particular skillset is not performing well, consult the
agent reports.
For network skillsets, see “Network Skillset Performance” on page 1070 for a
report showing all local and incoming NSBR contacts in this skillset. For more
information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the SkillsetStat view (see page 325.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
1156 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
imskill1.rpt
dmskill1.rpt
wmskill1.rpt
mmskill2.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Skillset Name ID iSkillsetStat.SiteID = 0
Skillset Name iSkillsetStat.Skillset
iSkillsetStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Skillset Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Skillset Answered CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold
After Thresh
% Ansd After CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold/ @RCW_%CallsAnsweredAfter
Thresh CallsAnswered x 100 Threshold
Answer Delay CallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Average Answer CallsAnsweredDelay/ @RCW_AverageCallsAnswered
Delay CallsAnswered Delay
Maximum Answer MaxAnsweredDelay @RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay
Delay
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1157
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
All Agent Busy AllAgentBusyTime @RCW_AllAgentBusyTime
Time
All Agent Staffed TotalStaffedTime @RCW_TotalStaffedTime
Time
Skillset Active ActiveTime @RCW_ActiveTime
Time
Avg. No of Agents TotalStaffedTime/ActiveTime @RCW_AverageNumberOf
Agents
Summaries
The report provides totals for each skillset, and subtotals for each day, week, or
month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected skillsets.
1158 Contact Center Manager
BestAir !" !
February 2008
)#% # + ,-. # +
#$% #& #$ #$ #$ ##+ ##+ #( 0&
#( #$% #&'' '' * * * /.* &&% #+
$ ! % & ! # ! ! "# $#
'(
.* %& #$ !# # ## " ! !
!
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
! $$ # " " # !
1 !
1 ! !"#! #" " $ $! !
!
! " $ $ $"! !
% #$ !# # ## " ! !
) *+,(
-
.* $ ! % & ! # ! # ! "
!
4$%+5,+ !! 2 2 2 3 2
! !! $ " !$ ! # ! "
1 !
( 6 !2 6
4$%+5,+ 2 2 ! 2 6 2
1 ! # ! ! " $ ! $ $! $
!
4$%+5,+ 2 6 6 6 ! 23
! " ! $ ! ! $ $ $ ! #
$ ! % ! # ! # ! "
$ ! % & ! # ! ! "# $#
78+97$7: 7#7 +7 (77 ;, <7,,4== 0 8
.
+/0*/+
1 1!#" 2 ,
1159
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Trunk Performance
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only. The Trunk
Performance report shows summarized performance information grouped by
trunk.
The Trunk Performance report helps you understand contact center traffic
patterns. The report lists the total call volume by individual trunk, including total
contacts accepted, answered, and offered.
To further evaluate trunk and contact center performance, the Trunk
Performance report also shows the amount of time customers waited for an
agent to accept their contact and the amount of time customers waited before
abandoning their contact.
If specific trunks are under used or consistently backlogged, you can take action
to make these contact center resources more efficient.
Note the following information about Trunk Performance reports:
This report does not contain statistics for ISA trunks.
To use this report, trunks must enter the Contact Center Manager Server
directly. The Trunk Performance report is not supported when contact
centers are front-ended by Call Pilot or any other IVR type of application.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the TrunkStat view (see page 340.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
1160 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
weekly
monthly
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1161
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
im-res1.rpt
dm-res1.rpt
wm-res1.rpt
mm-res1.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Trunk ID iTrunkStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Average Occupancy Time/Number of @RCW_%Useage
Utilization per reporting periods
reporting period
(interval, day,
week, or month)
Usage Time OccupancyTime @RCW_OccupancyTime
Answer Delay CallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Abandon Delay CallsAbandonedDelay @RCW_CallsAbandonedDelay
Offered CallsOffered CallsOffered
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Abandoned CallsAbandoned CallsAbandoned
1162 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Summaries
The report provides totals for each trunk, and subtotals for each day, week, or
month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also contains a
grand total for all selected trunks.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1163
Standard reports Standard 8.11
! " # $
BestAir
('
%
&' (&+ * () * ,--) (&+) ())
!. "
* "$./"
/ 0
/ #
/# " # /" " "
/$ ! /" / /
)* / 0 ! . 0 !
0
$ ! / /
$ " !0
)* 0 0$. !
0
/" " / / /" / /" / /
)* 0 0 .
#
/ ! / 0
)* # / .
"$./"
* /$. !
/ 0
/# ! ! ! / /
/# " ! $ 0 / /
)* / 0 /$. !
/$. !
!
* !$.
12'3&1+&14
1(&1'15&611
/78/918 :/.2
"# $%&'% $ #!(( )
1
1164 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Section G: Outbound reports
In this section
Campaign Call by Call Details 1166
Campaign Script Results Details 1169
Campaign Summary 1172
Script Summary 1175
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1165
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Campaign Call by Call Details
The Campaign Call by Call Report lists a detailed description of each contact,
including the number dialed for a campaign.
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the CampaignCallByCallDetails view.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Selection Criteria
You can apply a filter to any of the fields in the view. For example, a filter can be
applied to specific disposition codes.
Data Range
You can use the data range to restrict the report to a specific date.
Templates
This report uses the CampaignCallByCallDetailsReport.rpt template
1166 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Summaries
The report is in the Outbound group. Any call can be dialed multiple times, in
which case each call attempt is represented by a separate entry.
For example, if the number 091 389123 is dialed initially, and the number is
busy and dialed again later with a successful connection, two entries appear in
the report for this number.
If campaign data is needed in electronic format, the Outbound Campaign
Management Tool (OCMT) export tool can be used to export campaign data to a
text file.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1167
1168
BestAir
Standard reports
() %& ' $$ " #
!
() %'%'+ $$ " *
() , ' $$ "
() % (/ $$ -+&-.
() ''& $$ " *
!
() 1 $$ ! 0 -.
!
() 2 0 ) $$ " *
!
!
() 33&( $$ ! -+&-.
() &(&( ( $$
!
() &(&( ( ! $$
!
() &(&( ( $$ " #
!
() &( ' $$ "
() 5 '% ( $$ -.4-('
() 5 '% ( $$
!
!
() 5 '% ( $$ -.4-('
!
() 5 '% ( $$ -.4-('
() 5 '% ( $$ -+&-.
() 6 ) ( $$ "
!
() +9'(( $$ /- 78
!
!
() / &;
( $$ (:
() / &;
( $$
!
!
() / &;
( $$
!
!
() / &;
( $$
!
!
() / &;
( $$ " #
!
() 6& $$ " *
!
() 1( &( $$
!
() 1( &( $$ " #
! () 6 ) 4-( ! $$ " #
!
() & '& 9 $$ " #
!
!" "
# $
3
3
3
!
< , (< :9(<0 <(< </(+ <<- ) =><?-.- )< 4' ; (@
%$
'
()*&+*(++),,&-+ $
&#&
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Campaign Script Results Details
The Campaign Scripts Results Details report provides a detailed description of
each contact and associated questions and answers.
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the CampaignAgentScriptResultsCallByCall view.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Selection criteria
You can apply a filter to any of the fields in the view. For example, you can
apply a filter to specific disposition codes.
Data range
You can use the data range to restrict the report to a specific date.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1169
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Templates
This report uses the CampaignCallByCallAgentScriptDetailsReport.rpt
template.
Summaries
The report is in the Outbound group. You must include an agent script as part of
the campaign in order for questions and answers to be associated with a contact.
ATTENTION
If you require the data in electronic format, you can use the
OCMT export tool to export campaign data and results to a
text file.
1170 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
BestAir
"$
"# "
!" #
!
'()(* %&
+,()&*
+,()-()*
.(-(/-()(* %&
.3/&(,* 0/12
"$
)
4! "# "
! "#
!
'()(* %&
+,()&* ! 4
+,()-()* 4
.(-(/-()(* %& 5((1 6(&-
.3/&(,* 0/
"$
! 7
"# $
!$
"#
!
'()(* %&
+,()&*
+,()-()*
.(-(/-()(*
.3/&(,* (-
"$
"
4! "# "
!8 8#
!
'()(* %&
+,()&*
+,()-()*
.(-(/-()(* %&
.3/&(,* .&7)
"$
$ 5.-
4! "# "
" " #
!
'()(* %&
+,()&* !
+,()-()*
.(-(/-()(*
.3/&(,* 9&7)#(&
:#7&:,/&:.
:&::+&):: ( -;
<:=(3(-:
0
)'&>
&'
#(#)*+$,+),,*)-*,. ' $%$
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1171
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Campaign Summary
The Campaign Summary Report lists the following information:
Summary of the campaign settings, such as Start Date, End Date, and
Created by.
Number of contacts processed by agents.
Summary of the disposition codes for the campaign and the number of
contacts in each disposition code.
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the CampaignSummary view.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Selection criteria
You can apply a filter to any of the fields in the view. For example, you can
apply a filter to specific disposition codes.
1172 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Data range
You can use the data range to restrict the report to a specific date.
Templates
This report uses the CampaignSummaryReport.rpt template.
Summaries
The report is in the Outbound group.
ATTENTION
If you require the campaign data in electronic format, you
can use the OCMT export tool to export the campaign data
and results to a text file.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1173
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
!
%&'# #(
) !
" !
# #$ "
*+,#-.+/.0 !
"
"
# #+
# #+ 1
# #+ 2
($-(
3 #(
4!# 5 .4 6.43 4.4 #4,.$ 44( *04%(( 4 # ( )7
*)
!"#$%&$"&&#"'(&() %%
1174 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Script Summary
The Script Summary Report provides a summary of answers associated with
each question.
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ScriptSummary view.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Selection criteria
You can apply a filter to any of the fields in the view. For example, you can
apply a filter to specific disposition codes.
Data Range
You can use the data range to restrict the report to a specific date.
Templates
This report uses the ScriptSummaryReport.rpt template.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1175
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Summaries
The report is in the Outbound group.
ATTENTION
If you require the campaign data and results in electronic
format, you can use the OCMT export tool to export the
campaign data and results to a text file.
1176 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
BestAir
!
"#$
% #
"# &
&
!"
'( ) !
*$+$+$,
% #
+
,
!"
'( # !
*$+$+$+& % #
$&,
+
+ -
&,
*
+&
!#
. / 0# ( !
1
2 034
2 0
)
.# %
5 # % 6 #
57## #
2 03
57
.# 1 #
57
!!
86 % #8 (0#8. 8#8 8'# 88 ) 9:8; / )8 <
,+
$%&!'&$''%($'#)*+ *
! 1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1177
Standard reports Standard 8.11
1178 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Section H: Administration reports
In this section
Overview 1180
Access Classes 1182
Report Groups 1185
User Defined Partitions 1188
Users 1191
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1179
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Overview
Four new administration reports are available in Contact Center Manager
Administration:
Access Classes
Reports Groups
User Defined Partitions
Users
These reports are listed under the new server entry Administration. You cannot
import any user-created report or a Report Creation Wizard report to the
Administration server. However, you can save a user-defined Access and
Partition Management report in the private report templates folder for
scheduling.
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for
these reports.
Report access
The following users and groups can run these reports:
webadmin
Users with Full data across all servers
Users with All Data for Administration server
Users with Standard Configuration Reports checked for Administration
server
Data source
The data for these reports is generated from the proprietary API developed for
the Contact Center Manager Administration server. The data for these reports is
extracted from ADAM (active directory). The data extracted from ADAM is
stored in the temporary Microsoft Access database file for each user report
1180 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
session. The reports are run using these temporary Microsoft Access database
files as the data source. When all-trunks-busy the report session is closed, the
temporary Microsoft Access database files are removed from the server. The file
name is UserID_DateTime_APMReport.MDB.
For example, User1_08122005041256_APMReport.MDB is stored under the
directory folder \Program Files\Nortel
Networks\WClient\Apps\Reporting\Historical\tmpData.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1181
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Access Classes
The Access Classes report presents all information concerning access classes
that are configured on the Contact Center Manager Administration server:
Access Class Name—Contains the access class name.
Members—Contains the users assigned to the access class.
Access Class properties—Shows access rights per server.
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Templates
This report uses the APMAcc.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Access Class none
1182 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report (page 1 of 2)
BestAir
!"# $#" %"#
$$
" &' ('
"
&( ) *( &'
"
' &' ('
"
+ ', &' ('
"
!"#$%%#$&'#()*
$-.
' &' ('
"
(("$
# # "' &' ' ('
"",
" &' ('
"
'''" '*( -
/% 0 ' 1% $$2'
( -" "-"
3& *, 4 &' ('
"
$
.(
+ * &' ('
"
5 &' ('
"
*" &' ('
"
)" 2" &' ' ('
6 $"&( &(
6 $"$ &' ' ('
51&
/ &' ('
"
% 0
* $ , &' ' ('
,# (". &' ' ('
,# '1 $, &' ('
"
&"/) (#$"(".
,*2"$
&"/
$ &' ' ('
&"/
2*" (".
,*2"$
& * &' ('
"
$ (1 2" &' ('
"
$ ( &' ('
"
8, "8 "% 08!
" 8 ((8&( 86 $"8 (8
3 48 , $$9&,
, 1 of 2
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1183
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report (page 2 of 2)
BestAir
!"#$%%#$&'#()*
0""
0"" &' ('
"
*( -
# # "'
" &' ('
"
8, "8 "% 08!
" 8 ((8&( 86 $"8 (8
3 48 , $$9&,
, 2 of 2
1184 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report Groups
The Report Group report lists information for each Contact Center Manager
Server configured on Contact Center Manager Administration.
The main rows displayed in the report body are:
Server—Contains the Contact Center Manager Server Server name.
List of report groups—Contains the list of report groups (standard and user
defined).
Report Group—Contains report group name, partition allocated to this
report group, and user report saved under the report group (reports
displayed only for user-defined report groups).
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Templates
This report uses the APMRGRP.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Server IP none
Server Name
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1185
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report (page 1 of 2)
BestAir
! !
! "
##$%
##
! & !
&#
'! (
) *
&+!&
"
! !
,* - !&.
,* - !&.
& ! !#$ % & '
"
( !%
! (
! (
& ! !# ))*+ ))
"
( !%
! (
! (
& ! !#
"
( !%
! (
& ! !# ) &!
"
( !%
/ ! 0#*/! #'! (*/1
#/ ..*/2.! /3*! "#/ ./
4 5/ 2- .62
!
1186 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report (page 2 of 2)
BestAir
& ! !# ) &!
"
( !%
! (
! (
& ! !#,-.
"
( !%
! (
& ! !#/0
"
( !%
! (
& ! !#/ 1 !
"
( !%
! (
! (
& "
"
( !%
! (
! (
& "
2
"
( !%
! (
/ ! 0#*/! #'! (*/1
#/ ..*/2.! /3*! "#/ ./
4 5/ 2- .62
!
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1187
Standard reports Standard 8.11
User Defined Partitions
The User Defined Partitions report lists the following information for each
user-defined partition:
Partition Name—Contains the user-defined partition name.
Members—Contains the users assigned to the user-defined partition with
rights on Contact Center Manager, Historical Reporting, and Real Time
Reporting components.
Server Name—Shows data allocated for all Contact Center Manager
Servers for the partition, such as Agents, Skillsets, Report Groups,
Applications, CDN, and DNIS.
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Templates
This report uses the APMPartition.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Partition Name none
1188 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report (page 1 of 2)
BestAir
!"
#$
%
!" ##
$%&'
()) $ #
!
####
*)' "
&&
+",')'
,'"
-% ",))&.'
-% ",%%"&.'
-% ",/' 0
-% ",)'
-% ", 11%
,2 ),"))'
, %&&'"))
,"))', 3
//,"
45,2 ),"))'
*
,2 ),"))'
'( )*(
67 %. 8)'6% )-% "'6*
)&6 11'6/1% &.69'% !)6 16
: ;6 7 7 %&</7
7.%2
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1189
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report (page 2 of 2)
BestAir
!"
'( )*(
&= =, .&7 2% &!
&= =,
))
))
&= =,
%&2. %&
&= =, )=
&= =,-% "&.
&= =, '
&= =, +% &=
>' ? % 1
>' ? % 1
#((&+
,, 11)!%&
' ,! 1
,, 11)!%&
-% ",! 1
7
))'
'* "
%
=)'
$ ####
11%
67 %. 8)'6% )-% "'6*
)&6 11'6/1% &.69'% !)6 16
: ;6 7 7 %&</7
7.%2
1190 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Users
The Users report lists information for each user configured on Contact Center
Manager Administration.
The main rows displayed in the report body are:
User Name—Contains the Contact Center Manager Administration user
details.
Basic Access Rights—Contains the basic access rights per Contact Center
Manager Administration component.
Access Classes—Lists the name of the access classes allocated to this user.
Partitions—Show whether the user has full data access across all servers.
Data per server—Shows partitions data for each server for the user
including Standard partitions and supervisors.
User defined partitions—Show the user-defined partitions and component-
level access on the partitions for this user
ATTENTION
Report Creation Wizard formulas are not supported for this
report.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Templates
This report uses the APMUser.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
User ID none
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1191
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
!"#
% " & & ' $ ( )
" *+
!$ !$ & %"$
, ,
-"".&
/""0 ""1
2223422235 0
2226422265 0
2227422275 0
0
4222375 0
&& 0 422265 0
& !"#
% "
& !$ !$
$ ,
$ , ,
0 8 /"8 "9 :8-&"8$$8!$ 8% "8$8&4 58 2!
'
1192 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Section I: Network Control Center
reports
In this section
Overview of Network Control Center reports 1194
Network Call by Call Statistics 1196
Network Consolidated Application Performance 1200
Network Consolidated DNIS Statistics 1206
Network Consolidated Incoming Calls 1212
Network Consolidated Outgoing Calls 1219
Network Consolidated Route Performance 1223
Network Consolidated Skillset Call Distribution 1227
Network Consolidated Skillset Performance 1231
Network Site and Application Properties (NCC) 1237
Network Skillset Routing Properties (NCC) 1241
Network Table Routing Assignments (NCC) 1245
Nodal Consolidated Application Delay Before Abandon 1248
Nodal Consolidated Application Delay Before Answer 1254
Nodal Consolidated Application Performance 1260
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1193
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Overview of Network Control Center reports
This section lists the reports that you can generate when logged on to the
Network Control Center. In some cases, these reports are similar to reports that
are available on the server, but they use a different view or contain additional
fields.
Currently, network consolidated reports are supported using modified Nortel-
provided templates only. The structure of the reports cannot be changed from the
templates beyond the deletion of fields not included in formulas, and you cannot
add subreports or views to network consolidated reports. Subreports in network
consolidated reports cannot be linked—each subreport runs as a whole before
the next subreport is executed.
ATTENTION
For network consolidated reports, define the same user ID on
the Network Control Center and each server in the network.
(The passwords need not match the password defined on the
Network Control Center.) That user ID needs the rights
required to generate the report. To create a report, log in to the
Network Control Center with that user ID and password.
For information about reports that can be run on other servers in the network,
see Section E: “Network reports,” on page 1035.
Time zone conversion
When you generate a consolidated interval report, you specify the period to
include in the report. You can also choose whether to convert times to your time
zone.
If you have servers in different time zones, time zone conversion compares
activity for the same period. For example, if you want to interpret the impact of
a new commercial that is broadcast simultaneously at all sites, you use a
consolidated report based on a particular time at the Network Control Center.
1194 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
If you want to report on activity at all sites during the same period—for
example, lunch hour—you do not use time zone conversion. (If a site has not
reached the specified time, the report does not contain data for that site. For
example, if the current time at one site is 11:00 a.m., that site is not included in
the report.)
ATTENTION
For time zone conversion to work, the Time Relative to
GMT must be configured for all sites in the Site
Parameters.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1195
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Network Call by Call Statistics
Network Control Center option only. For each contact that is networked out, the
Network Call by Call report shows detailed information including time, event,
agent, source, and destination.
ATTENTION
Network Call by Call reports contain a large amount of data.
Consequently, they take much longer to generate than other
types of reports.
You cannot schedule user-defined reports that use this
standard report as a template.
You can generate this report as an ad hoc report.
To run this report, you must select at least one network site.
Time zone conversion
When you generate a Network Call by Call report, you specify a source site and
a data extraction period based on the time at the source site. (The data extraction
period can be up to 1 hour.) The report contains information about all contacts
networked out from the source site during this period, and provides all events
applicable to those contacts, from the time they entered the source site to the
time that they ended. If the Time Zone Relative to GMT is configured correctly
for each site, the Timestamp for each contact event is in the time zone of the
source site.
For example, the administrator of the BestAir Network Control Center wants to
generate a Network Call by Call report to report on contacts networked out from
the Chicago server during the period from 10:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m., Toronto
time. (Chicago is one hour behind Toronto.) When generating the report, the
administrator identifies Chicago as the source site, and specifies a data
extraction period of 9:00 a.m. to 10:00 a.m.
Views
This report uses the following views:
1196 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
eCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD (source site) (see page 351)
eNetCallByCallStatYYYYMMDD (see page 589)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
This report contains interval data.
Templates
This report uses the netcbc.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
none none
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Call ID eNetCallByCallStatYYYY eNetCallByCallStatYYYY
MMDD.CallId MMDD.CallId
Timestamp eNetCallByCallStatYYYY eNetCallByCallStatYYYY
MMDD.Timestamp MMDD.Timestamp
Time eNetCallByCallStatYYYY eNetCallByCallStatYYYY
MMDD.Time MMDD.Time
Event eNetCallByCallStatYYYY eNetCallByCallStatYYYY
MMDD.CallEventName MMDD.CallEventName
AgentID eNetCallByCallStatYYYY eNetCallByCallStatYYYY
MMDD.TelsetLoginID MMDD.TelsetLoginID
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1197
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Event Data eNetCallByCallStatYYYY eNetCallByCallStatYYYY
MMDD.EventData MMDD.EventData
Source eNetCallByCallStatYYYY eNetCallByCallStatYYYY
MMDD.Source MMDD.Source
Destination eNetCallByCallStatYYYY eNetCallByCallStatYYYY
MMDD.Destination MMDD.Destination
1198 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1199
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Network Consolidated Application
Performance
Network Control Center option only. This report contains summarized
application performance statistics for all sites in the network. For each site, the
report lists all applications. For each application at a site, the report lists the
number of outgoing network contacts that are accepted, delayed, and abandoned.
The report contains a grand summary section that consolidates the results for all
sites in the network, and provides a roll-up summary for all contact statistics.
This report can be particularly useful in determining the efficiency of your
network configuration.
ATTENTION
To run this report, you must select at least one network site.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Time zone conversion
When you generate a consolidated report, you specify a data extraction period
based on the time at the Network Control Center. If you choose the time zone
conversion option, and if Time Relative to GMT is configured correctly for each
site included in the report, the Network Control Center time is converted to the
corresponding local time at each site. For example, the Network Control Center
at BestAir is in Chicago. The Network Control Center administrator generates a
consolidated report with time zone conversion, choosing a data extraction period
from 10:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m Chicago time. The report includes events
occurring at Toronto between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time, and at San
Francisco between 8:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. local time.
If you choose not to use the time zone conversion option, the Network Control
Center time is not converted to local time. For example, if the administrator
generates the same report, without time zone conversion, it includes events
occurring at Toronto between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time, and at San
Francisco between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time.
1200 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Views
This report uses the ApplicationStat view (see page 249.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
icnetapp1.rpt
dcnetapp1.rpt
wcnetapp1.rpt
mcnetapp2.rpt
Selection Criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Network Sites iApplicationStat.Application<>
'Network_Script' AND
iApplicationStat.Application<>
'ACD_DN_Application'
iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1201
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Network Out Call statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/formula Wizard formula
Offered NetOutCalls NetOutCalls
Answered NetOutCallsAnswered NetOutCallsAnswered
Abandoned NetOutCallsAbandoned NetOutCallsAbandoned
Reach Non-ISDN NetOutCallsReachNonISDN NetOutCallsReachNonISDN
Trunks
Call Delay Time statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/formula Wizard formula
Ans Delay NetOutCallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_NetOutCallsAnswered
Delay
Maximum Ans MaxNetOutCallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_MaxNetOutCalls
Delay AnsweredDelay
Average Ans Delay NetOutCallAnsweredDelay/ @RCW_AverageNetOutCalls
NetOutCallsAnswered AnsweredDelay
Aban Delay NetOutCallsAbandonedDelay @RCW_NetOutCallsAbandoned
Delay
Time Before TimeBeforeNetOut @RCW_TimeBeforeNetOut
Network Out
Time Before Reach TimeBeforeReachNonISDN @RCW_TimeBeforeReach
Non-ISDN Trunks NonISDN
1202 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
NACD statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/formula Wizard formula
Given NACD CallsGivenNACD CallsGivenNACD
NACD Out CallsNACDOut CallsNACDOut
Time Before TimeBeforeNACDOut @RCW_TimeBeforeNACDOut
NACD Out
Summaries
The report provides totals for each site and application, and subtotals for each
day, week, or month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the
interval reporting period, statistics are further broken down by interval.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1203
1204
BestAir
Standard reports
%&
* !.( - %& * %&
'&& + $() $, $, $, $, +)'( $() # $ $'( $'(
Report (page 1 of 2)
Galway
*+,
# $ %$& #' % ' () $ ## #( (' "
-
./0
.
(,
# $ %$& #' % ' () $ ## #( (' "
/
0
1
00
12
0
3
1
0 2
1
1
0/
0
1
2 3
2
1
/
3
1 0
0
3
2
2
12
2
1
1
3
0
2
3
0/
01
2
0
3
3
2
0
0
0
01
2
0
0
1
0
/
1
0
3
0
/ 0
/
0
3 0
/
1
1
0
3
/ 1
0
0
1/
1
1
2 / /
13
3
# $ %$& #' % ' () $ ## #( (' "
45-6 4+) 47 4
4
-48 4
4 9!:4$ ; 55<5
1
'2( 2# )3 %) ##0 .%#
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008
BestAir
%&
* !.( - %& * %&
'&& + $() $, $, $, $, +)'( $() # $ $'( $'(
Report (page 2 of 2)
4
+)'(
+)'( +)'( *-
+)'( + $() # $ $'( %& $'(
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
# $ %$& #'
+)'( !.(+)'( -+)'( +)'( %&*-
+$, +$, +$, $, %&+)'( $()
% ' () $ ## #( (' "
45-6 4+) 47 4
4
-48 4
4 9!:4$ ; 55<5
1
'2( 2# )3 %) ##0 .##
1205
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Network Consolidated DNIS Statistics
Network Control Center option only. This report contains summarized DNIS
statistics for all sites in the network. For each site, the report lists all DNISs, and
gives total contacts accepted, total contacts abandoned, the percentage of
contacts that abandoned after a wait greater than or equal to the service level
threshold defined for the DNIS, and the total number of contacts networked out.
The report also contains a grand summary section that consolidates the results
for all sites in the network, and provides a roll-up summary for all contact
statistics.
You can use this report to track network performance for a particular DNIS
number.
ATTENTION
To run this report, you must select at least one network site.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Time zone conversion
When you generate a consolidated report, you specify a data extraction period
based on the time at the Network Control Center. If you choose the time zone
conversion option, and if Time Relative to GMT is configured correctly for each
site included in the report, the Network Control Center time is converted to the
corresponding local time at each site. For example, the Network Control Center
at BestAir is in Chicago. The Network Control Center administrator generates a
consolidated report with time zone conversion, choosing a data extraction period
from 10:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m Chicago time. The report includes events
occurring at Toronto between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time, and at San
Francisco between 8:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. local time.
If you choose not to use the time zone conversion option, the Network Control
Center time is not converted to local time. For example, if the administrator
generates the same report, without time zone conversion, it includes events
occurring at Toronto between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time, and at San
Francisco between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time.
1206 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Views
This report uses the DNISStat view (see page 280.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
icnetres6.rpt
dcnetres6.rpt
wcnetres6.rpt
mcnetres6.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Network Sites iDNISStat.Timestamp
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1207
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Call Total statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offer’d CallsOffered CallsOffered
Ans CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Ans Aft Thresh’d CallsAnsweredAftThreshold CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Abn CallsAbandoned CallsAbandoned
Abn Aft Thrsh’d CallsAbandonedAftThreshold CallsAbandonedAftThreshold
% Service Level [{(CallsAnswered + @RCW_%ServiceLevel
CallsAbandoned) –
(CallsAnsweredAftThreshold +
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold)}/
(CallsAnswered +
CallsAbandoned)] x 100
Call Treatment statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Disconnect CallsGivenForceDisconnect CallsGivenForceDisconnect
Overflow CallsGivenForceOverflow CallsGivenForceOverflow
Route CallsGivenRouteTo CallsGivenRouteTo
Default CallsGivenDefault CallsGivenDefault
IVR Transfer’d IVRTransferred IVRTransferred
Given Busy CallsGivenBusy CallsGivenBusy
1208 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Call Time statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Ans Delay CallsAnsweredDelay CallsAnsweredDelay
Max Ans Delay MaxAnsweredDelay MaxAnsweredDelay
Avg Answered CallsAnsweredDelay/ CallsAnsweredDelay/
Delay CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Abn Delay CallsAbandonedDelay CallsAbandonedDelay
Max Abn Delay MaxAbandonedDelay MaxAbandonedDelay
Talk Time TalkTime TalkTime
Network Calls statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Network Out CallsNetworkedOut CallsNetworkedOut
NACD Out CallsNACDOut CallsNACDOut
Reaching Non- CallsReachNonISDN CallsReachNonISDN
ISDN
Summaries
The report provides totals for each DNIS number, and subtotals for each day,
week, or month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval
reporting period, statistics are further broken down by interval. The report also
contains a grand summation for all selected DNIS numbers.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1209
1210
Standard reports
BestAir
# #
##
& ' ( + . # /# #0# # /#
)1 # ( '$0
1
Report (page 1 of 2)
!" # $ $!" # $ $!" % '' ) * ( * !" ,* - (- (- (- (- (- * * (
Galway
!" ! ! $% # ! ! "
&''()*
)
+##''(
*-
' $% '
2
( ' $% '
&'',)*
)* -
-+##'',
*-
!! ! ! $% ( ! ! "
2 3
4
( !! ! ! $% ( ! ! "
5607 5
)1 58
5# 5
059
'5
5 : ;5 << =26
.
/0/
!!1! 1'2'!(3!4* 4-!5"
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008
# #
##
& ' ( + . # /# #0# # /#
)1 # ( '$0
1
Report (page 2 of 2)
!" # $ $!" # $ $!" % '' ) * ( * !" ,* - (- (- (- (- (- * * (
467
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
8
5
9 / $
*-
(
5607 5
)1 58
5# 5
059
'5
5 : ;5 << =26
.
/0/
!!1! 1'2'!(3!4* 4-'5"
1211
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Network Consolidated Incoming Calls
Network Control Center option only. This report contains incoming contact
statistics for all sites in the network. It consists of information about the number
of network contacts originating at each site, that are offered, accepted, and
abandoned at the site. The report provides statistics about the number of contacts
agents accepted or rejected after the service level threshold and the delays
experienced by contacts. It also provides a grand summary section that
consolidates the results for all sites in the network and a roll-up summary for all
contacts statistics.
ATTENTION
To run this report, you must select at least one network site.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Time zone conversion
When you generate a consolidated report, you specify a data extraction period
based on the time at the Network Control Center. If you choose the time zone
conversion option, and if Time Relative to GMT is configured correctly for each
site included in the report, the Network Control Center time is converted to the
corresponding local time at each site. For example, the Network Control Center
at BestAir is in Chicago. The Network Control Center administrator at generates
a consolidated report with time zone conversion, choosing a data extraction
period from 10:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m Chicago time. The report includes events
occurring at Toronto between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time, and at San
Francisco between 8:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. local time.
If you choose not to use the time zone conversion option, the Network Control
Center time is not converted to local time. For example, if the administrator
generates the same report, without time zone conversion, it includes events
occurring at Toronto between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time, and at San
Francisco between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time.
1212 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Views
This report uses the NetworkInCallStat view (see page 299.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
icnet-10.rpt
dcnet-10.rpt
wcnet-10.rpt
mcnet-10.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Network Sites iNetworkInCallStat.Timestamp
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1213
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offered CallsOffered CallsOffered
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Answered After CallsAnsweredAftThreshold CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Threshold
Abandoned CallsAbandoned CallsAbandoned
Abandoned After CallsAbandonedAftThreshold CallsAbandonedAftThreshold
Threshold
Answer Delay Time statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total Delay CallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Max Delay MaxAnsweredDelay @RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay
Total at Dest CallsAnsweredDelayAtDest @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
AtDest
Max at Dest MaxAnsweredDelayAtDest @RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay
AtDest
Abandon Delay Time statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total Delay CallsAbandonedDelay @RCW_CallsAbandonedDelay
Max Delay MaxAbandonedDelay @RCW_MaxAbandonedDelay
1214 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total at Dest CallsAbandonedDelayAtDest @RCW_CallsAbandonedDelay
AtDest
Max at Dest MaxAbandonedDelayAtDest @RCW_MaxAbandonedDelay
AtDest
Summaries
The report provides totals for each source site, and subtotals for each day, week,
or month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1215
1216
Standard reports
BestAir
! " !"
"
!#
(
(
(
!# (
Report (page 1 of 3)
)*! * %##" ! " $ $ " !" " $ $ " &' &' ! & ! & &' &' ! & ! &
Galway
!"#
%* *% + % $%& %$ %%' % ())* )(%( ()%%& )(*$
, -. /
)'
%* *% + % $%& %$ %%' % ())* )(%( ()%%& )(*$
1& ! 2 * + + . +
+/
+
+
+0
+
,,
-
,
+
,+
+/
,
%* *% + % $%& %$ %%' % ())* )(%( ()%%& )(*$
)* %* *% + % $%& %$ %%' % ())* )(%( ()%%& )(*$
34
25 3
31 3! 3
236
*3 37 83 9 :4
0
((1( 1* $*( $*-2 -(3%
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008
! " !"
"
!#
(
(
(
!# (
Report (page 2 of 3)
)*! * %##" ! " $ $ " !" " $ $ " &' &' ! & ! & &' &' ! & ! &
-. /
!"#
%* *% + % $%& %$ %%' % ())* )(%( ()%%& )(*$
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
, -. /
)'
%* *% + % $%& %$ %%' % ())* )(%( ()%%& )(*$
1& ! 2 * + + . +
+/
+
+
+0
+
,,
-
,
+
,+
+/
,
%* *% + % $%& %$ %%' % ())* )(%( ()%%& )(*$
)* %* *% + % $%& %$ %%' % ())* )(%( ()%%& )(*$
34
25 3
31 3! 3
236
*3 37 83 9 :4
0
((1( 1* $*( $*-2 -*3%
1217
Standard reports
1218
Standard reports
! " !"
"
!#
(
(
(
!# (
Report (page 3 of 3)
)*! * %##" ! " $ $ " !" " $ $ " &' &' ! & ! & &' &' ! & ! &
4
,
! " !"
"
%##" ! " !# $ $
" !"
" !# $ $
"
) ) (&
( )
&' ( )&' &'! &
&'! &
((( %$ '() %
%*&$* )(%( %*'( )(*$
34
25 3
31 3! 3
236
*3 37 83 9 :4
0
((1( 1* $*( $*-2 -%3%
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Network Consolidated Outgoing Calls
Network Control Center option only. This report contains outgoing contact
statistics for all sites in the network. It contains information about the number of
outgoing network contacts offered, accepted, and abandoned at the source and
destination sites. The report also contains a grand summary section that
consolidates the results for all sites in the network, and provides a roll-up
summary for all contact statistics.
ATTENTION
To run this report, you must select at least one network site.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Time zone conversion
When you generate a consolidated report, you specify a data extraction period
based on the time at the Network Control Center. If you choose the time zone
conversion option, and if Time Relative to GMT is configured correctly for each
site included in the report, the Network Control Center time is converted to the
corresponding local time at each site. For example, the Network Control Center
at BestAir is in Chicago. The Network Control Center administrator generates a
consolidated report with time zone conversion, choosing a data extraction period
from 10:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m Chicago time. The report includes events
occurring at Toronto between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time, and at San
Francisco between 8:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. local time.
If you choose not to use the time zone conversion option, the Network Control
Center time is not converted to local time. For example, if the administrator
generates the same report, without time zone conversion, it includes events
occurring at Toronto between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time, and at San
Francisco between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time.
Views
This report uses the NetworkOutStat view (see page 308.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1219
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
icnet-11.rpt
dcnet-11.rpt
wcnet-11.rpt
mcnet-11.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Network Sites iNetworkOutStat.Timestamp
1220 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offered CallsOffered CallsOffered
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Abandoned CallsAbandoned CallsAbandoned
Summaries
The report provides totals for each source site, and subtotals for each destination
site. Statistics are further broken down by day, week, or month, depending on
the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting period, statistics are
further broken down by interval.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1221
Standard reports Standard 8.11
: BestAir
%& % '' & &
Galway
!"
Dublin
) *$#* ( (
+
"
,-*. ,
,/" ,& , *,0 %, ,"1#2,+"3 4-
&
'(')
**+* +,-,*.-#/ #*0.
1222 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Network Consolidated Route Performance
Network Control Center option only. This report contains route performance
statistics for all sites in the network. For each site, the report lists all routes, and
indicates how often and how long all trunks within the route are busy. The report
lists the total number of contacts that are unable to reach another site because all
trunks within the route are busy. It also contains a grand summary section that
consolidates the results for all sites in the network, and provides a roll-up
summary for all contact statistics.
ATTENTION
Calls blocked by all-trunks-busy signal peg against the
Default_Route, 999.
To run this report, you must select at least one network site.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Time zone conversion
When you generate a consolidated report, you specify a data extraction period
based on the time at the Network Control Center. If you choose the time zone
conversion option, and if Time Relative to GMT is configured correctly for each
site included in the report, the Network Control Center time is converted to the
corresponding local time at each site. For example, the Network Control Center
at BestAir is in Chicago. The Network Control Center administrator generates a
consolidated report with time zone conversion, choosing a data extraction period
from 10:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m Chicago time. The report includes events
occurring at Toronto between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time, and at San
Francisco between 8:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. local time.
If you choose not to use the time zone conversion option, the Network Control
Center time is not converted to local time. For example, if the administrator
generates the same report, without time zone conversion, it includes events
occurring at Toronto between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time, and at San
Francisco between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1223
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Views
This report uses the RouteStat view (see page 319.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
icnetres2.rpt
dcnetres2.rpt
wcnetres2.rpt
mcnetres2.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Network Sites iRouteStat.Timestamp
Call statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
All Trunks Busy AllTrunksBusy AllTrunksBusy
1224 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
# Network Out CallsBlockedByAllTrunksBusy CallsBlockedByAllTrunksBusy
Blocked by All
Trunks Busy
# Network Out CallsReachNonISDN CallsReachNonISDN
Reached Non-
ISDN Trunks
Call Time statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
All Trunks Busy AllTrunksBusyTime @RCW_AllTrunksBusyTime
Time
Avg All Trunks AllTrunksBusyTime/ @RCW_AverageAllTrunksBusy
Busy Time AllTrunksBusy Time
Summaries
The report provides totals for each site, and subtotals for each route. Statistics
are further broken down by day, week, or month, depending on the reporting
period selected. For the interval reporting period, statistics are further broken
down by interval.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1225
Standard reports Standard 8.11
: BestAir
%& ()
&*#
+&, ()
&* +-, %& %.%
# $ #$%& # $
'& # $ & # $
BestAir2
!" # #$!% ! ##&''#
( )$)*
+$#
$
# # #$!% ! ##&''#
/0
/
/
/
/
0
/0 ! # # #$!, & #$!, &
00
0
00 $ # # ####'% ####$-
# # #$!% ! ##&''#
( )) .+---
$
# !" # ###### ######
0
/
0 # & # ###### ######
/
/
/
0
/
# !& # ###### ######
# !" # ###### ######
12
.3 1
)
& 14 1% 1
.15
+11 6781 ! !9 2
Page 1 of 1
/
*0*
#-1#"1$##'!!#&#%
1226 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Network Consolidated Skillset Call
Distribution
Network Control Center option only. This report contains skillset call
distribution statistics for all sites in the network. For each skillset, the report lists
the total local and incoming network contacts accepted by agents at each site,
the percentage of contacts agents accepted that are local and incoming network
contacts, and the average delay a customer experienced. The report contains a
skillset summary that consolidates the results for all sites for each skillset, and a
grand summary section that consolidates the results for all sites in the network
and provides a roll-up summary for all contact statistics.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the SkillsetConStat view (see page 325.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
icsnet_cd-12.rpt
dcsnet_cd-12.rpt
wcsnet_cd-12.rpt
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1227
Standard reports Standard 8.11
mcsnet_cd-12.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Network Skillset Name ID iSkillsetConStat.Skillset
Network Skillset Name iSkillsetConStat.Timestamp
Skillset Call statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Local CallsAnswered - @RCW_LocalCallsAnswered
NetCallsAnswered
Remote NetCallsAnswered NetCallsAnswered
%Ans Local [(CallsAnswered - @RCW_%LocalCallsAnswered
NetCallsAnswered)/
CallsAnswered] x 100
%Ans Remote (NetCallsAnswered/ @RCW_%NetCallsAnswered
CallsAnswered) x 100
Skillset Call Delay statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Average Ans Delay CallsAnsweredDelay/ @RCW_AverageCallsAnswered
CallsAnswered Delay
1228 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Summaries
The report provides totals for each skillset, and subtotals for each site. Statistics
are further broken down by day, week, or month, depending on the reporting
period selected. For the interval reporting period, statistics are further broken
down by interval.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1229
Standard reports Standard 8.11
1230 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Network Consolidated Skillset Performance
Network Control Center option only. This report contains skillset performance
statistics for all sites in the network. For each site, the report lists the total local
and incoming network contacts accepted by agents for the skillset, the number
and percentage of contacts agents accepted after a predefined threshold, the
maximum delay a customer experienced, and the total time all agents are busy
servicing contacts to the skillset. The report also contains a grand summary
section that consolidates the results for all sites in the network, and provides a
roll-up summary for all contact statistics.
ATTENTION
To run this report, you must select at least one network site.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Time zone conversion
When you generate a consolidated report, you specify a data extraction period
based on the time at the Network Control Center. If you choose the time zone
conversion option, and if Time Relative to GMT is configured correctly for each
site included in the report, the Network Control Center time is converted to the
corresponding local time at each site. For example, the Network Control Center
at BestAir is in Chicago. The Network Control Center administrator generates a
consolidated report with time zone conversion, choosing a data extraction period
from 10:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m Chicago time. The report includes events
occurring at Toronto between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time, and at San
Francisco between 8:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. local time.
If you choose not to use the time zone conversion option, the Network Control
Center time is not converted to local time. For example, if the administrator
generates the same report, without time zone conversion, it includes events
occurring at Toronto between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time, and at San
Francisco between 11:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon local time.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1231
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Service level thresholds
Skillset service level thresholds are defined at each site. To ensure that
comparisons between sites are valid, use the same value for service level
threshold at every site. For example, Toronto defines the service level threshold
for a skillset as 20 seconds. Boston defines the threshold as 25 seconds. At
Toronto, the percentage of calls answered after the threshold is 25. At Boston, it
is 20. The statistic appears to indicate that callers to Toronto are waiting longer
than callers to Boston, but this may not be true.
Views
This report uses the SkillsetStat view (see page 325.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
icnet-12.rpt
dcnet-12.rpt
wcnet-12.rpt
mcnet-12.rpt
1232 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Network Sites iSkillsetStat.Timestamp
Skillset Call statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Network In NetCallsAnswered NetCallsAnswered
Answered
% Answered Aft CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold/ @RCW_%CallsAnsweredAfter
Threshold CallsAnswered X 100 Threshold
Answered Aft CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold
Threshold
Skillset Call Delay statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Total CallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Max MaxAnsweredDelay @RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay
Avg CallsAnsweredDelay/ @RCW_AverageCallsAnswered
CallsAnswered Delay
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1233
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Agent statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
All Agt Busy Time AllAgentBusyTime @RCW_AllAgentBusyTime
All Agent Staffed TotalStaffedTime @RCW_TotalStaffedTime
Time
Skillset Active ActiveTime @RCW_ActiveTime
Time
Avg No. of Agts TotalStaffedTime/ActiveTime @RCW_AverageNumberOf
Agents
Summaries
The report provides totals for each site, and subtotals for each skillset and site-
application combination. Statistics are further broken down by day, week, or
month, depending on the reporting period selected. For the interval reporting
period, statistics are further broken down by interval.
1234 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
BestAir
! % !" !" ' '
'-
)+
+
)+
!" !" #$ $" #$ $" & ' () *
##"
+
,# '
Report (page 1 of 2)
Galway
!"#$
%&' )* ( ')' %+ ), ,() )) ,%+'+)% (+ ,)- (
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
.
/0
)*
%&' )* ( ')' %+ ), ,() )) ,%+'+)% (+ ,)- (
6!"' ' 3451 /0. 1
.
.
1
/2
%&' ) ( ')' %+ ), ,() )) ,%+'+)% (+ ,)- (
%&' ) ( ')' %+ ), ,() )) ,%+'+)% (+ ,)- (
78'9
7! 7:
7 7
'73
+77 ; <7 =-8
1
22
))3) 3( ,(('('4 )'
1235
Standard reports
1236
Standard reports
! % !" !" ' '
'-
)+
+
)+
!" !" #$ $" #$ $" & ' () *
##"
+
,# '
Report (page 2 of 2)
5 .
!"#$
)*
78'9
7! 7:
7 7
'73
+77 ; <7 =-8
1
22
))3) 3( ,(('('4 ('
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Standard reports
Network Site and Application Properties
(NCC)
Network Control Center option only. The Network Site and Application
Properties (NCC) report lists each site in the network and, for each one, shows
its properties.
ATTENTION
User-defined reports using this standard report as a template
cannot be scheduled.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the following views:
NCCSite (see page 424)
NCCRemoteApplication (see page 422)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config38.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Site Name for App ID NCCRemoteApplication.SiteName
Site Name for App
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1237
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Sites properties
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Site Name NCCSite.SiteName NCCSite.SiteName
Filter Timer NCCSite.OutOfServiceTimer @RCW_OutOfServiceTimer
Time Relative to NCCSite.RelativeGMT @RCW_RelativeGMT
GMT
Contact Person NCCSite.ContactPerson NCCSite.ContactPerson
Phone Number NCCSite.ContactNumber NCCSite.ContactNumber
Application properties
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Application NCCRemoteApplication.Name NCCRemoteApplication.Name
Service Level NCCRemoteApplication.Service NCCRemoteApplication.Service
Threshold LevelThreshold LevelThreshold
Call by Call NCCRemoteApplication.CallBy @RCW_CallByCall
Call
Grouping
Applications are grouped by site.
1238 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Report (page 1 of 2)
BestAir
Galway !
Dublin !
Shannon !
Belfast !
*%
*+,*-**%*$ **. / .0*'&123
! !" # $
%
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1239
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Report (page 2 of 2)
BestAir
56
) 4 ) +,
$
&'
77 8
&5$#4) 49##.
&5) 4#.9#
#.
% 8 8
#.
. 8
#.
. 8
#.
: 8
#.
1 8
#.
; 8
#.
8
#.
< 8
#.
= 8
#.
2 8
#.
> 8
#.9#
% 8 8
&5
%
8 8
77 8
+, 8
# 8
*%
*+,*-**%*$ **. / .0*'&123
! !" # $
1240 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Network Skillset Routing Properties (NCC)
Network Control Center option only. The Network Skillset Properties (NCC)
report lists all the network skillsets and indicates the routing table method
utilized for the network skillset.
A routing table defines how contacts are queued to the sites on the network.
Each site has a routing table for each network skillset at that site. When you
create a network skillset, you choose the routing table type for that skillset. Two
types of routing tables are available.
ATTENTION
User-defined reports using this standard report as a template
cannot be scheduled.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Round robin
The server queues the first contact to the first, second, and third site in the
routing table for the network skillset. When an agent becomes available at one
of these sites, the server reserves the agent, and the contact is presented to the
agent.
When the second contact arrives, the server queues it to the second, third, and
fourth site in the routing table. When the third contact arrives, the server queues
it to the third, fourth, and fifth site—and so on.
This type of routing table distributes contact most evenly among the sites.
Sequential
Whenever a contact arrives, the server queues it to the first three sites in the
routing table. When an agent becomes available at one of these sites, the server
reserves the agent, and the contact is presented to the agent.
This type of routing table minimizes the number of trunks used to network
contacts.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1241
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Views
This report uses the following views:
NCCNetworkSkillset (see page 418)
NCCRanking (see page 420)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config26.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Network Skillset Name ID NCCRanking.NetworkSkillsetID =
Network Skillset Name NCCNetworkSkillset.NetworkSkillsetID
Source Site Name ID NCCNetworkSkillset.NetworkSkillset
Source Site Name NCCRanking.SrcSiteName
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Source Site NCCRanking.SourceSiteName NCCRanking.SourceSiteName
Network Skillset NCCRanking.NetworkSkillset NCCRanking.NetworkSkillset
Name Name Name
Routing Method NCCNetworkSkillset.UseRound @RCW_RankingTableMethod
Robin
Rank NCCRanking.Rank NCCRanking.Rank
Destination Site NCCRanking.Rank.DestSite NCCRanking.Rank.DestSite
Name Name Name
1242 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Grouping
Network skillsets are grouped by source site.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1243
Standard reports Standard 8.11
BestAir
Galway
'!
#
() Shannon
'! #*( + Shannon
,-, Shannon
! ( Shannon
#,
Shannon
#*(
+ Shannon
. )#*(
+ Shannon
/
,.' #
Shannon
01 # Shannon
01 !0 Shannon
-
)
Shannon
,++ ( Shannon
! ( Shannon
! ( 0
Shannon
#*(
+ Shannon
Shannon
)
Shannon
,0 Shannon
"20! Shannon
# , ,'
Dublin
# , , ,, Dublin
# , ,4 Dublin
# ) Dublin
#/
,((
Dublin
#/
!(
Dublin
#/
" (
Dublin
#5
,((
Dublin
#5
!(
Dublin
#5
" (
Dublin
#60#-#
# ( Dublin
#60#-#
#* ( Dublin
#60#-#
/!
Dublin
#60#-#
21 7 Dublin
#60#-#
++
+
( Dublin
#"6 +8 Shannon
#"6 +89 Shannon
3
1 (
Dublin
:!. : :6 :,++ : + :; (:+ :
<=:2 .0/&>!
!"
#$%&$% '(%% '() *
(1
1244 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Network Table Routing Assignments (NCC)
Network Control Center option only. The Network Table Routing Assignments
(NCC) report provides a listing of the Network Control Center table routing
assignments. For each assignment, the report provides status, source site,
comments, and the routing table.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the following views:
NCCNetworkSkillset (see page 418)
NetworkRankingAssignment (see page 427)
For more information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Templates
This report uses the config25.rpt template.
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Source Site Name ID NetworkRankingAssignment.Network
Source Site Name SkillsetID *=
NCCNetworkSkillset.NetworkSkillsetID
NetworkRankingAssignment.SrcSiteName
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1245
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Assign Name NetworkRankingAssignment. NetworkRankingAssignment.
AssignName AssignName
Status NetworkRankingAssignment. NetworkRankingAssignment.
Status Status
Source Site Name NetworkRankingAssignment. NetworkRankingAssignment.
SrcSiteName SrcSiteName
Comment NetworkRankingAssignment. NetworkRankingAssignment.
Comment Comment
Network Skillset NetworkRankingAssignment. NetworkRankingAssignment.
NetworkSkillsetName NetworkSkillsetName
Routing Method NCCNetworkSkillset.UseRound @RCW_RankingMethod
Robin
Rank NetworkRankingAssignment. @RCW_Rank
Rank
Destination Site NetworkRankingAssignment. NetworkRankingAssignment.
Name DestSiteName DestSiteName
Grouping
Assignments are grouped by AssignName and NetworkSkillsetName.
1246 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
BestAir
!
"
#
$ %&
'
(
&
#% & Belfast
, Shannon
#%& Belfast
, Shannon
&-./ -0) ''-&
$-#/ +12$
!"# "$%%&'$ '( )
*
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1247
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Nodal Consolidated Application Delay Before
Abandon
Network Control Center option only. This report is similar to the Application
Delay Before Abandon report, but it contains statistics for all applications in the
network. Application statistics are consolidated across all sites.
This report helps you to gauge service quality by determining how many
customers disconnect (abandon) before reaching an agent. The spectrum shows
how long customers typically wait before abandoning, whether the customers
abandon before or after the service level threshold for the application, and the
percentage of contacts that are abandoned.
ATTENTION
To run this report, you must select at least one network site.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ApplicationStat view (see page 249.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
1248 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
inodapp5.rpt
dnodapp5.rpt
wnodapp5.rpt
mnodapp6.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Network Sites iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Abandon delay spectrum
The report contains a histogram showing the number of contacts abandoned
after delays of times divided into 2-second increments. The statistics for the
histogram are taken from the AbdDelay view fields.
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offered CallsOffered CallsOffered
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Abandoned CallsAbandoned CallsAbandoned
% Abandoned CallsAbandoned/CallsOffered X @RCW_%CallsAbandoned
100
Abandoned After CallsAbandonedAftThreshold CallsAbandonedAftThreshold
Threshold
Abandon Delay CallsAbandonedDelay @RCW_CallsAbandonedDelay
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1249
Standard reports Standard 8.11
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Maximum MaxCallsAbandonedDelay @RCW_MaxCallsAbandoned
Abandon Delay Delay
Average Abandon CallsAbandonedDelay/ @RCW_AverageCalls
Delay CallsAbandoned AbandonedDelay
Summaries
The report provides totals for each site, and subtotals for each application.
Statistics are further broken down by day, week, or month, depending on the
reporting period selected. For the interval reporting period, statistics are further
broken down by interval.
1250 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
BestAir
' %% !+ , -
#$$% &% %% %% $( (% %)* %)* %)*
Galway
Report (page 1 of 48)
! "
%&$ * # $%& &'( %)*$+ #& #,($% ##%% $(
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
--
,*
#%'& #%'& )+
./ ./ 0
#%'& #%'& )
.-
,*
)+
0
)
/-0 1
21-2
,*
)+
0
)
12-3
1&4 15
1 1
-16
1 1 7!81!#) 2202
2 &3%*3%,##$#(
/ 0. #$&
1251
Standard reports
1252
Standard reports
BestAir
' %% !+ , -
#$$% &% %% %% $( (% %)* %)* %)*
/
#4 5!
Report (page 2 of 48)
,*
'* %% ' () *+ %% ,& $(
%)* ,
)! 9:;)#
,$ = / = / . . = == =/ / = / = / . = = ?
# # #
#)
)&
)
)$
)%
)
= / . .= ./ = = = / > . > . > . =/
)* ?
%%* ,
,$ = / = / . . = == =/ / = / = / . = = ?
# # #
#)
)&
)
)$
)%
)
= / . .= ./ = = = / > . > . > . =/
)* ?
.> . 0>
/
=
'* %% ' () * %% ,& $(
12-3
1&4 15
1 1
-16
1 1 7!81!#) 2202
2 &3%*3%,##$#(
/ 0. %$&
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008
BestAir
' %% !+ , -
#$$% &% %% %% $( (% %)* %)* %)*
Report (page 48 of 48)
#$$% &% %% / %%
!" # $
.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
%% $( (% %)* !+ , %)* - %)*
%&'"& % &% & %%&%%& "
0/-1
0&. 02
0 0
-03
0 0 4!50!#) //6/
& ( (%%' %& & "
) *+
1253
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Nodal Consolidated Application Delay Before
Answer
Network Control Center option only. This report is similar to the Application
Delay Before Answer report, but it contains statistics for all applications in the
network. Application statistics are consolidated across all sites.
This report helps you to gauge service quality by determining how long
customers wait before connecting to an agent. The report also indicates whether
the delay occurred after the skillset received the contact.
ATTENTION
To run this report, you must select at least one network site.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ApplicationStat view (see page 249.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
inodapp3.rpt
dnodapp3.rpt
1254 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
wnodapp3.rpt
mnodapp4.rpt
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Network Sites iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Answer delay spectrum
The report contains a histogram showing the number of contacts accepted after
delays of times divided into 2-second increments. The statistics for the
histogram are taken from the AnsDelay view fields.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1255
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offered CallsOffered CallsOffered
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Answer Delay CallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Delay at Skillset CallsAnsweredDelayAtSkillset @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
AtSkillset
Answered After CallsAnsweredAftThreshold CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Threshold
Maximum Answer MaxCallsAnsDelay @RCW_MaxCallsAnsDelay
Delay
Maximum Delay at MaxCallsDelayAtSkillset @RCW_MaxCallsAnsDelayAt
Skillset Skillset
Average Answer CallsAnsweredDelay/ @RCW_AverageCallsAnswered
Delay CallsAnswered Delay
Summaries
The report provides totals for each site, and subtotals for each application.
Statistics are further broken down by day, week, or month, depending on the
reporting period selected. For the interval reporting period, statistics are further
broken down by interval.
1256 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
BestAir
# $% #& !* + !* +$% ,
'
-((& #& ' #$%
$% ' () )& #$%
Report (page 1 of 55)
Galway
! "
%&$ ( # $%& $'$$( )#%##( %& )%$* )%$) (
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
++
+%
#%)& #%)&
./ ./
#%)& #%)&
,+
+%
-+. /
0/+0
+%
01,2
0#' 03
0 0
,04
0 0 5!60!-$ 11781
1 0 &2%(2%'##&%&
- ., #''
1257
Standard reports
1258
Standard reports
BestAir
# $% #& !* + !* +$% ,
'
-((& #& ' #$%
$% ' () )& #$%
-
#3 4!
Report (page 2 of 55)
+%
)( %% $%# %') )' )% #%
#$% +
$! 9:;$-
+(
7 / &
7 / . . 7 77 7/ / 7 / 7 / . 7 7 >
&6
*6
6
'
'6
$6
)
)6
% %
%6
# #
#6
6
7 / . .7 ./ 7 7 7 / = . = . = . 7/
$% >
#&% +
+( 7 / 7 / . . 7 77 7/ / 7 / 7 / . 7 7 >
&
&6
*6
6
'
'6
$6
)
)6
% %
%6
# #
#6
6
7 / . .7 ./ 7 7 7 / = . = . = . 7/
$% >
.=
7
.
.
.
)( %% $%# %') )' )% #%
01,2
0#' 03
0 0
,04
0 0 5!60!-$ 11781
1 0 &2%(2%'##&%&
- ., %''
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008
BestAir
# $% #& !* + !* +$% ,
'
-((& #& ' #$%
$% ' () )& #$%
Report (page 55 of 55)
-((& #& #$% $%'
!"%$ $%!" !
'
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
#& () )& !* + #$% !* +$%' , #$%
!" ! # !
./,0
.#' .1
. .
,.2
. . 3!4.!-$ //56/
& "'! '! " !"
( )*
1259
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Nodal Consolidated Application Performance
Network Control Center option only. This report is similar to the Application
Performance report, but it contains statistics for all applications in the network.
Application statistics are consolidated across all sites. For each application, the
report gives an overview of contacts accepted, delayed, and abandoned. It can be
particularly useful in determining the efficiency of your network configuration.
ATTENTION
To run this report, you must select at least one network site.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Views
This report uses the ApplicationStat view (see page 249.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Collection frequency
The following collection frequency types are available for this report:
interval
daily
weekly
monthly
Templates
This report uses the following templates:
inodapp1.rpt
dnodapp1.rpt
wnodapp1.rpt
mnodapp2.rpt
1260 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Standard reports
Selection criteria
Selection criteria Database field names
Network Sites iApplicationStat.Timestamp
Statistics
View field/Report Creation
Report field View field/Formula Wizard formula
Offered CallsOffered CallsOffered
Answered CallsAnswered CallsAnswered
Answer Delay CallsAnsweredDelay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Avg Ans Delay CallsAnsweredDelay/ @RCW_AverageCallsAnswered
CallsAnswered Delay
Max Ans Delay MaxCallsAnsDelay @RCW_MaxCallsAnsDelay
Ans After CallsAnsweredAftThreshold CallsAnsweredAftThreshold
Threshold
Abandoned CallsAbandoned CallsAbandoned
Max Abn’d Delay MaxCallsAbandonedDelay @RCW_MaxCallsAbandoned
Delay
Aban After CallsAbandonedAftThreshold CallsAbandonedAftThreshold
Threshold
Ans Day At CallsAnsweredDelayAtSkillset @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Skillset AtSkillset
% Service Level [{(CallsAnswered + @RCW_%ServiceLevel
CallsAbandoned) –
(CallsAnsweredAftThreshold +
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold)} /
(CallsAnswered +
CallsAbandoned)] x 100
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1261
Standard reports Standard 8.11
Summaries
The report provides totals for each site, and subtotals for each application.
Statistics are further broken down by day, week, or month, depending on the
reporting period selected. For the interval reporting period, statistics are further
broken down by interval.
1262 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
BestAir
+ - !./ + * !./ 0) * %& #
'
,**) +) %& %& %& ( () )) %& ( () '
$
Report (page 1 of 18)
Galway
'()(*(
+
! ! " # $ ! !#$ ! # %$#&
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
,,
1&
#! #! %&
23 23
/
#! #! %
-,
1&
%&
/
%
./,
0,0
1&
%&
/
%
/
1)2*
1&
# #" # "! "# %&
45-6
4+' 47
4 4
-48
4 4 9!:4!,% 55/5
45 0 !6 6 " #
/ - !
1263
Standard reports
1264
Standard reports
BestAir
+ - !./ + * !./ 0) * %& #
'
,**) +) %& %& %& ( () )) %& ( () ' $
2<
;
2 2
3
2 /
Report (page 2 of 18)
# #" # "! "# %
/
*
/
1&
%&
/
%
/
(/
)
1&
# $ # " $ " %&
;< 2
2
;
;
/
# $ # " $ " %
/
(/
/
1&
#" # "! # " %&
2 2
3
2
;
;
/
#" # "! # " %
0 ,7
1&
%&
/
%
45-6
4+' 47
4 4
-48
4 4 9!:4!,% 55/5
45 0 !6 6 " #
/ - !
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008
BestAir
+ - !./ + * !./ 0) * %& #
'
,**) +) %& %& %& ( () )) %& ( () ' $
Report (page 18 of 18)
'
- + !. 2
+) +%& %&1 +%&
! "
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
!. 2 )) +
* )) +%& *( () %& '
#
( () $
!" ! #"!$
31-4
3+' 35
3 3
-36
3 3 7!83!,% 11/1
%& ' ' !
( )
1265
Standard reports
Standard reports Standard 8.11
1266 Contact Center Manager
Appendix B
Report Creation Wizard
In this chapter
Overview 1268
Sample Report Creation Wizard reports 1269
Section A: CS 1000/Meridian 1, CS 2x00/DMS, and SIP reports 1273
Section B: License Manager reports 1293
Section C: Contact Center Multimedia reports 1297
Section D: Network consolidated reports 1317
Section E: Functions, operators, and formulas 1323
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1267
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Overview
Report Creation Wizard is a new reporting feature accessible through the main
Historical Reporting interface. Through a user-friendly interface, you create,
maintain, and modify customized ad hoc reports. You can import and schedule
the reports in Historical Reporting.
ATTENTION
You cannot import user created Crystal reports using Report
Creation Wizrd. You must use the Historical Reporting
Template Importing Wizard. For more information, see
“Importing a user-created Crystal Report” on page 87.
For details about using the Report Creation Wizard, see the Contact Center
Manager Supervisor's Guide.
1268 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Sample Report Creation Wizard reports
This section describes the contents of the Report Creation Wizard sample
reports in this appendix. You can use this information to understand the content
of the sample reports and the choices made in Report Creation Wizard to
produce these reports.
This section covers the basic choices made in the Report Creation Wizard, but
does not detail the changes made on the Report Layout page. Modifications not
covered include:
Changing the position of fields
Suppressing section of the report
Adding static text fields
Selecting font size and style
These reports can be imported into Historical Reporting or modified in Report
Creation Wizard to create new reports.
Understanding the sample report descriptions
The description of the sample reports is divided into subsections. Each section
relates to a specific page in the Report Creation Wizard.
Description
Brief description of the report
Report Type
Indicates the report type selected when the sample report was created. The
available report types are:
Simplified Report—The sample report is using one of the report
definitions packaged with the Report Creation Wizard.
Advanced Report—The sample report is using an ODBC Data Source
Name (DSN).
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1269
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Data Source
If the report type is Simplified Report, this indicates the path to the Report
Definition file selected to create the sample report. The path shown is the path
that appears in the Report Creation Wizard page. The Report Definition files are
stored in: <Install Directory>\Apps\Reporting\Historical\rpt\RCW.
If the report type is Advanced Report, this indicates the ODBC Data Source
Name (DSN) selected to create the sample report. This name is a general Data
Source Name because the actual name depends on the DSNs configured.
Table Selection
Indicates the database table or view that provides the data for the report. (For
more information about the database views, see Chapter 4, “Contact Center
Manager Data dictionary” and Chapter 6, “Contact Center Multimedia Data
dictionary”.)
If the Report Type is Simplified Report, the Table Selection page is not
available to the user. The description in this case provides details about the
tables included in the Report Definition. If the Report Type is Advanced Report,
the tables listed must be selected on the Table Selection page.
Field Selection
This section of the sample report describes the selections made on the Field
Selection page. The details are shown in a table with the following columns.
Column Description
Column Heading The modified title for the text objects that appear in the Page
Heading section. When fields and formulas are selected, the
default title for the column heading is the same as the field or
formula name. This must be edited on the Report Layout
page.
View field/RCW Formula The fields and formulas selected for the report. To
differentiate between view fields and RCW formulas, view
fields are shown in italics.
Width The width, in pixels, selected for the field.
1270 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Grouping
This section of the sample report describes the selections made on the Grouping
page. The order shown is the same order the fields are placed in the Group By
list. The groups you choose determine the summary statistics that can be
generate. For example, to obtain totals for each supervisor, you must group the
report by supervisor.
The details are shown in a table with the following columns.
Column Description
Group By Fields or formulas selected for grouping. To differentiate
between view fields and RCW formulas, view fields are
shown in italics.
Sort Order Sort order for the group by field. This can be ascending or
descending.
The section will be printed For Time, Date or DateTime fields only (for example,
Timestamp fields). Indicates how often the group is printed
(for example, for each hour, for each day, and so on).
Summaries
This section of the sample report describes the selections made on the
Summaries page. The details are shown in a table with the following columns.
Column Description
Fields Field or formula used for summary statistics. To differentiate
between view fields and RCW formulas, view fields are
shown in italics.
Summation Type The summation type for the selected field. For dynamic
formulas that perform group summation, the summation type
is not required. Therefore, it is blank.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1271
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Column Description
Groups The groups where the summary statistic is included.
Generally the summations are included in all footer sections
on the report. This includes the Report Footer (Grand Total
section) and all Group Footers which are numerically labeled
for each group added. If the summation is in all footers, this
column displays All Footers instead of listing each
individually.
Preview
This section shows a graphic representation of the sample report, showing how it
looks when previewed in the Report Creation Wizard. The data included in this
preview is limited to a small number of records and is meant to assist in the
report creation.
The Report Creation Wizard applies a Report Template, which includes a
number of fields used to show information passed from Historical Reporting
when the report is generated. When previewed in RCW, these fields are set to a
default value, which includes the text (To Be Passed). For example, the Site
Name field appears as Site Name (To Be Passed).
1272 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Section A: CS 1000/Meridian 1, CS 2x00/
DMS, and SIP reports
In this section
Agent DN Performance.rpt 1274
Agent Performance.rpt 1281
CDN Statistics.rpt 1285
Skillset Performance.rpt 1289
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1273
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Agent DN Performance.rpt
The Agent DN Performance.rpt sample report shows the amount of time that
agents spend on their personal or secondary directory numbers (DN). The report
records incoming and outgoing information, including the total number of DN
calls and the average amount of time spent on DN calls.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
This report is the only Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX,
Communication Server 2x00/DMS, and SIP report that has separate fields
selections, groupings, summaries, and sample reports for Communication Server
1000/Meridian 1 PBX/SIP and Communication Server 2x00/DMS.
Report type
This is a Simplified Report.
Data source
The following report definitions are available:
Report Definitions\CS1000 (M1)\Agent Performance\Agent Performance
Stats.rpt
Report Definitions\CS2x00 (DMS)\Agent Performance\Agent Performance
Stats.rpt
Report Definitions\SIP_CC\Agent Performance\Agent Performance
Stats.rpt
Table selection
This report uses the AgentPerformanceStat view (see page 220.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
1274 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Field selection
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX and SIP
Report header View field/Report Creation Wizard formula Width
@RCW_SupervisorNameID 300
@RCW_AgentNameID 300
Timestamp 100
Time Time 100
DN Calls Conferenced @RCW_DNCallsConferenced 50
DN Calls Transferred @RCW_DNCallsTransferred 50
Total @RCW_DNInCalls 50
Internal DNInIntCalls 50
Average Int. Talk Time @RCW_AverageDNInIntCallsTalkTime 50
External DNInExtCalls 50
Average Ext. Talk Time @RCW_AverageDNInExtCallsTalkTime 50
Total @RCW_DNOutCalls 50
Internal DNOutIntCalls 50
Average Int. Talk Time @RCW_AverageDNOutIntCallsTalkTime 50
External DNOutExtCalls 50
Average Ext. Talk Time @RCW_AverageDNOutExtCallsTalkTime 50
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1275
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Communication Server 2x00/DMS
Report header View field/Report Creation Wizard formula Width
@RCW_SupervisorNameID 300
@RCW_AgentNameID 300
Timestamp 100
Time Time 100
DN Calls Conferenced @RCW_DNCallsConferenced 50
DN Calls Transferred @RCW_DNCallsTransferred 50
DN In Calls @RCW_DNInCalls 50
Avg DN In Calls Talk Time @RCW_AverageDNInCallsTalkTime 50
DN Out Calls @RCW_DNOutCalls 50
Avg DN Out Calls Talk Time @RCW_AverageDNOutCallsTalkTime 50
Grouping
The section will be
Group by Sort order printed
@RCW_SupervisorNameID Ascending order
@RCW_AgentNameID Ascending order
Timestamp Ascending order for each hour
1276 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Summaries
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX and SIP
Fields Summation type Groups
@RCW_DNCallsConferenced Sum All footers
@RCW_DNCallsTransferred Sum All footers
@RCW_DNInCalls Sum All footers
DNInIntCalls Sum All footers
@RCW_AverageDNInInt All footers
CallsTalkTime
DNInExtCalls Sum All footers
@RCW_AverageDNInExt All footers
CallsTalkTime
@RCW_DNOutCalls Sum All footers
DNOutIntCalls Sum All footers
@RCW_AverageDNOutInt All footers
CallsTalkTime
DNOutExtCalls Sum All footers
@RCW_AverageDNOutExt All footers
CallsTalkTime
Communication Server 2x00/DMS
Fields Summation type Groups
@RCW_DNCallsConferenced Sum All footers
@RCW_DNCallsTransferred Sum All footers
@RCW_DNInCalls Sum All footers
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1277
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Fields Summation type Groups
@RCW_AverageDNInCalls All footers
TalkTime
@RCW_DNOutCalls Sum All footers
@RCW_AverageDNOutCalls All footers
TalkTime
1278 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
!"
%" &+ # !$%"
&'()*
&+ , -
.
-&)/01
/'2''2(//1''+// / / / / //+//+// / //+//+// / / //+//+// / //+//+//
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
/'2''2(//1'(+// / / / / //+//+// / //+//+// / / //+//+// / //+//+//
/'2''2(//1')+// / / / / //+//+// / //+//+// / / //+//+// / //+//+//
/'2''2(//1'*+// / / / / //+//+// / //+//+// / / //+//+// / //+//+//
/ / / / //+//+// / //+//+// / / //+//+// / //+//+//
%" / / / / //+//+// / //+//+// / / //+//+// / //+//+//
%" &+ ,"-3&''''
&+ ,3#&)'4'
/'2''2(//1''+// / / / / //+//+// / //+//+// / / //+//+// / //+//+//
/'2''2(//1'(+// / / / / //+//+// / //+//+// / / //+//+// / //+//+//
/'2''2(//1')+// / / / / //+//+// / //+//+// / / //+//+// / //+//+//
/'2''2(//1'*+// / / / / //+//+// / //+//+// / / //+//+// / //+//+//
/ / / / //+//+// / //+//+// / / //+//+// / //+//+//
%" / / / / //+//+// / //+//+// / / //+//+// / //+//+//
5555556
555555
/ / / / //+//+// / //+//+// / / //+//+// / //+//+//
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX and SIP report
! "###
$" % & '
73+ 8
+ /02''2(//1'*+(0+/' ''
1279
Report Creation Wizard
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Communication Server 2x00/DMS report
& "' !"#$%$#%
"' ( )
*
)"$+,%
-./-/.++%-.'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%-'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%.'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%$'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%#'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%%'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%0'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%1'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%2'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%,'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
+ + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
& + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
& "' ()!"----
"' (!3"$-2-
-./-/.++%-.'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%-'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%.'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%$'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%#'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%%'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%0'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%1'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%2'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
-./-/.++%,'++ ( + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
+ + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
& + + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
4444445
444444
+ + + ++'++'++ + ++'++'++
!" # $! !%&''
(" ) $*
6!' 7
' -././.++%2'$2'%+ ( --
1280 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Agent Performance.rpt
Description
The Agent Performance.rpt sample report shows summarized performance
information for a specific agent. The report tracks the agent's call handling
activities, drawing attention to activities to reward or weaknesses to address.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Report type
This is a Simplified Report.
Data source
The following report definitions are available:
Report Definitions\CS1000 (M1)\Agent Performance\Agent Performance
Stats.rpt
Report Definitions\CS2x00 (DMS)\Agent Performance\Agent Performance
Stats.rpt
Report Definitions\SIP_CC\Agent Performance\Agent Performance
Stats.rpt
Table selection
This report uses the AgentPerformanceStat view (see page 220.) For more
information about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1281
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Field selection
Report header View field/Report Creation Wizard formula Width
@RCW_SupervisorNameID 300
@RCW_AgentNameID 300
Timestamp 100
Time Time 100
Calls Offered CallsOffered 50
Calls Answered CallsAnswered 50
Avg Total Talk Time @RCW_AverageTotalTalkTime 50
Avg Wait Time @RCW_AverageWaitingTime 50
Not Ready Time @RCW_NotReadyTime 50
DN In Calls @RCW_DNInCalls 50
DN In Talk Time @RCW_DNInCallsTalkTime 50
DN Out Calls @RCW_DNOutCalls 50
DN Out Talk Time @RCW_DNOutCallsTalkTime 50
Logged In Time @RCW_LoggedInTime 50
%Work @RCW_%Work 50
%Available @RCW_%Available 50
1282 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Grouping
The section will be
Group by Sort order printed
@RCW_SupervisorNameID Ascending order
@RCW_AgentNameID Ascending order
Timestamp Ascending order for each hour
Summaries
Fields Summation type Groups
CallsOffered Sum All footers
CallsAnswered Sum All footers
@RCW_AverageTotalTalk All footers
Time
@RCW_AverageWaitingTime All footers
@RCW_NotReadyTime All footers
@RCW_DNInCalls Sum All footers
@RCW_DNInCallsTalkTime All footers
@RCW_DNOutCalls Sum All footers
@RCW_DNOutCallsTalk All footers
Time
@RCW_LoggedInTime All footers
@RCW_%Work All footers
@RCW_%Available All footers
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1283
1284
Report Creation Wizard
!
!
" # #
$
2x00/DMS, and SIP report
'! ( - % &'!
()*+,
( - . /0
0(+123
1)8))8*113))-11 34 34 11-11-*5 11-11-14 11-))-33 1 11-11-11 1 11-11-11 11-,3-11 536** 7)63*
1)8))8*113)*-11 7+ 7+ 11-11-+* 11-11-1, 11-)3-,3 1 11-11-11 1 11-11-11 1)-11-11 2)6), 7*64)
1)8))8*113)+-11 7+ 7+ 11-11-+* 11-11-1, 11-)4-1* 1 11-11-11 1 11-11-11 1)-11-11 2)675 7+6*5
1)8))8*113),-11 +7 +7 11-11-+* 11-11-1, 11-)3-,2 1 11-11-11 1 11-11-11 1)-11-11 2)652 7+64,
*+2 *+2 11-11-+) 11-11-1, 11-32-+) 1 11-11-11 1 11-11-11 1+-,3-11 216++ 7*65,
'! *+2 *+2 11-11-+) 11-11-1, 11-32-+) 1 11-11-11 1 11-11-11 1+-,3-11 216++ 7*65,
'! ( - .!0 ())))
( - . %(+)5)
1)8))8*113))-11 34 34 11-11-*2 11-11-14 11-))-11 1 11-11-11 1 11-11-11 11-,3-11 536** 7+6,5
1)8))8*113)*-11 7+ 7+ 11-11-++ 11-11-1, 11-),-+, 1 11-11-11 1 11-11-11 1)-11-11 21647 7,64,
1)8))8*113)+-11 7, 7, 11-11-++ 11-11-1, 11-),-,5 1 11-11-11 1 11-11-11 1)-11-11 2)675 736++
1)8))8*113),-11 +4 +4 11-11-++ 11-11-1, 11-),-+4 1 11-11-11 1 11-11-11 1)-11-11 2)65+ 7364)
*+2 *+2 11-11-+* 11-11-1, 11-3,-35 1 11-11-11 1 11-11-11 1+-,3-11 216)2 7,653
'! *+2 *+2 11-11-+* 11-11-1, 11-3,-35 1 11-11-11 1 11-11-11 1+-,3-11 216)2 7,653
999999:
999999
,75 ,75 11-11-+* 11-11-1, 1)-3,-*2 1 11-11-11 1 11-11-11 17-+1-11 216*4 7+653
$ - ;
- 128))8*113)3-)3-34 ))
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX, Communication Server
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
CDN Statistics.rpt
Description
The CDN Statistics.rpt sample report details summarized call volume
information for the CDNs configured on the server. The report lists the total
number of calls offered to the CDN and the total number of calls answered. The
report also provides terminated and abandoned call information.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Report type
This is a Simplified Report.
Data source
The following report definitions are available:
Report Definitions\CS1000 (M1)\Other\CDN Stats.rpt
Report Definitions\CS2x00 (DMS)\Other\CDN Stats.rpt
Report Definitions\SIP_CC\Other\CDN Stats.rpt
Table selection
This report uses the CDNStat view (see page 275.) For more information about
views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1285
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Field selection
Report header View field/Report Creation Wizard formula Width
@RCW_CDNNameOrID 200
Timestamp 100
Time Time 100
Calls Offered CallsOffered 50
Calls Answered CallsAnswered 50
Calls Terminated CallsTerminated 50
%Calls Terminated @RCW_%CallsTerminated 50
Calls Abandoned CallsAbandoned 50
%Calls Abandoned @RCW_%CallsAbandoned 50
Grouping
The section will be
Group by Sort order printed
@RCW_CDNNameOrID Ascending order
Timestamp Ascending order for each hour
Summaries
Fields Summation type Groups
CallsOffered Sum All footers
CallsAnswered Sum All footers
CallsTerminated Sum All footers
@RCW_%CallsTerminated All footers
1286 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Fields Summation type Groups
CallsAbandoned Sum All footers
@RCW_%CallsAbandoned All footers
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1287
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX, Communication Server
2x00/DMS, and SIP report
!
$%&%%&'$$"%%($$ "# "# $ $ $ $
$%&%%&'$$"%'($$ #) #) $ $ $ $
$%&%%&'$$"%)($$ #) #) $ $ $ $
$%&%%&'$$"%*($$ )# )# $ $ $ $
$'&%%&'$$"%%($$ *+ *+ $ $ $ $
$'&%%&'$$"%'($$ #) #) $ $ $ $
$'&%%&'$$"%)($$ #* #* $ $ $ $
$'&%%&'$$"%*($$ #) #) $ $ $ $
$'&%%&'$$"%"($$ ", "" % ' $ $
"," ",* % $ $ $
! -
$%&%%&'$$"%%($$ %%* "# $ $ ", *+
$%&%%&'$$"%'($$ %*, #) $ $ #* "%
$%&%%&'$$"%)($$ %*# #* $ $ #) "$
$%&%%&'$$"%*($$ #) ), % % ), *+
$'&%%&'$$"%%($$ +. *+ $ $ *. *+
$'&%%&'$$"%'($$ %*, #) $ $ #* "%
$'&%%&'$$"%)($$ %*. #* $ $ #) *+
$'&%%&'$$"%*($$ %*, #) $ $ #* "%
$'&%%&'$$"%"($$ %%% "" % % "" "$
%%'+ ",* ' $ ",) "$
//////0
/////
%,+* %%'. ) $ ",) ))
! "###
$" % &
1( 2
( $+&%%&'$$"%"(*,('% %%
1288 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Skillset Performance.rpt
The Skillset Performance.rpt sample report provides summarized call handling
performance information for each skillset defined on your system. The report
lists the total calls answered by agents for the skillset, the number and
percentage of calls agents answered after a predefined service level threshold,
the maximum delay a caller experienced, and the total time all agents were busy
servicing calls to the skillset.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Report type
This is a Simplified Report.
Data source
The following report definitions are available:
Report Definitions\CS1000 (M1)\Other\Skillset Stats.rpt
Report Definitions\CS2x00 (DMS)\ Other\Skillset Stats.rpt
Report Definitions\SIP_CC\ Other\Skillset Stats.rpt
Table selection
This report uses the SkillsetStat view (see page 325.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1289
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Field selection
Report header View field/Report Creation Wizard formula Width
@RCW_SkillsetNameID 300
@ RCW_ApplicationNameID 300
Timestamp 100
Time Time 100
Calls Answered CallsAnswered 50
Calls Answered After CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold 50
Threshold
%Calls Answered After @RCW_%CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold 50
Threshold
Calls Answered Delay @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay 50
Average Calls Answered @RCW_AverageCallsAnsweredDelay 50
Delay
Max Answered Delay @RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay 50
All Agent Busy Time @RCW_AllAgentBusyTime 50
Total Staffed Time @RCW_TotalStaffedTime 50
Active Time @RCW_ActiveTime 50
Average Number Of Agents @RCW_AverageNumberOfAgents 50
1290 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Grouping
Group by Sort order The section will be printed
@RCW_SkillsetNameID Ascending order
@ RCW_ApplicationNameID Ascending order
Timestamp Ascending order for each hour
Summaries
Fields Summation type Groups
CallsAnswered Sum All footers
CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold Sum All footers
@RCW_%CallsAnswered All footers
AfterThreshold
@RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay All footers
@RCW_AverageCallsAnswer All footers
edDelay
@RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay All footers
@RCW_AllAgentBusyTime All footers
@RCW_TotalStaffedTime All footers
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1291
1292
Report Creation Wizard
!
" #$
2x00/DMS, and SIP report
&
" '*+
% &
'())))
! " '*+
%'())),
)(/((/0))1((+)) - ) ).)) ))+))+)- ))+))+)( ))+))+)( ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) )
)(/((/0))1(0+)) -, ) ).)) ))+))+20 ))+))+)( ))+))+)( ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) )
)(/((/0))1(,+)) -2 ) ).)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) )
)(/((/0))1(2+)) ,3 ) ).)) ))+))+)( ))+))+)) ))+))+)( ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) )
)0/((/0))1((+)) 2 ) ).)) ))+))+), ))+))+)( ))+))+)( ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) )
! (42 ) ).)) ))+))+1, ))+))+)) ))+))+)( ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) )
&
(42 ) ).)) ))+))+1, ))+))+)) ))+))+)( ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) )
&
" '*+
'())()
! " '*+
%'())),
)0/((/0))1((+)) 21 ) ).)) ))+))+21 ))+))+)( ))+))+)( ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) )
)0/((/0))1(0+)) -, ) ).)) ))+)(+(4 ))+))+)( ))+))+)3 ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) )
)0/((/0))1(,+)) -2 ) ).)) ))+)(+(2 ))+))+)( ))+))+)( ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) )
)0/((/0))1(2+)) -, ) ).)) ))+)(+(, ))+))+)( ))+))+)( ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) )
)0/((/0))1(1+)) 11 ) ).)) ))+))+11 ))+))+)( ))+))+)( ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) )
! ,0) ) ).)) ))+)1+03 ))+))+)( ))+))+)3 ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) )
&
,0) ) ).)) ))+)1+03 ))+))+)( ))+))+)3 ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) )
%%%%%%5
%%%%%%
1(2 ) ).)) ))+)3+(4 ))+))+)( ))+))+)3 ))+))+)) ))+))+)) ))+))+)) )
! "###
$"% & '
#+ 6"
+ )4/((/0))1(2+02+)0 ((
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX, Communication Server
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Section B: License Manager reports
In this section
License Usage Statistics.rpt 1294
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1293
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
License Usage Statistics.rpt
The License Usage Statistics.rpt sample report provides license usage stats per
server. The report shows the licensed feature, the IP address of the server using
the feature and the maximum licenses used for the report interval.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Report type
This is a Simplified Report.
Data source
You can find the report definition here: Report Definitions\Common
Definitions\License Manager\License Usage Stat.rpt
Table selection
This report uses the LicenseStat view (see page 298.) For more information
about views, see “Access rights by view” on page 156.
1294 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Field selection
Report header View field/Report Creation Wizard formula Width
Timestamp
Feature
Client Address ClientAddress
Max License Usage MaxNumberLicenses
Grouping
Group by Sort order The section will be printed
Timestamp Ascending order for each minute
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1295
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
License Manager report
!"
#$
!"" !#$ %&
#$ ' ())
!"" !#$ %& &
#$ * +, -
!"" !#$ $" !
#$ -
!"" !#$ %& .
&'" )*
" !"(" %
1296 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Section C: Contact Center Multimedia
reports
In this section
SampleContactsOutstandingDrilldown.rpt 1298
SampleContactsOutstandingSummary.rpt 1301
SampleCampaignAgentScriptData.rpt 1304
SampleCampaignCallByCallData.rpt 1307
SampleCampaignDispCodeData.rpt 1310
SampleCampaignSumm.rpt 1313
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1297
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
SampleContactsOutstandingDrilldown.rpt
The SampleContactsOutstandingDrilldown.rpt sample report lists the total
number of contacts outstanding and details for each skillset. The details
provided include the Contact ID, Arrival Date and Time, Status, Contact Type,
Agent, and Customer.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Report type
This is a Simplified Report.
Data source
You can find the report definition here: Report Definitions\MultiMedia
(CCMM)\Contacts Outstanding Drilldown.rpt.
Table selection
This report uses the ContactsOutstanding view.
1298 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Field selection
Report header View field/Report Creation Wizard formula Width
Skillset 300
Contact ID Contact No 50
Arrival Time Arrival Time 120
Status Status 50
Contact Type Contact Type 80
Agent Agent 150
Customer Customer 160
Grouping
Group by Sort order The section will be printed
Skillset Ascending order
Summaries
Fields Summation type Groups
Contact No Count All footers
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1299
1300
Report Creation Wizard
"
# !
! !! " #$ %& $$
' ! !! " #$ %& $$
! ! " #$ %& $$
! ! " #$ %& $$
( ! !( " #$ %& $$
! !' " #$ %& $$
) ! !' " #$ %& $$
Contact Center Multimedia report
! !'( " #$ %& $$
! ! " #$ %& $$
! ! ! ' " #$ %& $$
! ! " #$ %& $$
' ! " #$ %& $$
! ' " #$ %& $$
"
& # $%
"
# & '
"
! ') * *+ + %& $$
( ! ') * *+ + %& $$
' ! ') * *+ + %& $$
' ! " *+ +
') ! " *+ +
"
& # (
& # $)
,-%- &-. /--01- -$+$
00$$-0 /*+&22 "3
* # /0
# $$+$$+,--($%#-(#,. $'$
Contact Center Manager
Standard 8.11
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
SampleContactsOutstandingSummary.rpt
The SampleContactsOutstandingSummary.rpt sample report lists the total
number of contacts outstanding for each skillset. The report also shows the total
number of contacts outstanding for all skillsets by day.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Report type
This is a Simplified Report.
Data source
You can find the report definition here: Report Definitions\MultiMedia
(CCMM)\Contacts Outstanding Summary.rpt
Table selection
This report uses the ContactsOutstandingSumm view.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1301
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Field selection
Report header View field/Report Creation Wizard formula Width
ByDay 120
Skillset Skillset 200
Contacts Outstanding Count 60
Grouping
Group by Sort order The section will be printed
ByDay Ascending order
Summaries
Fields Summation type Groups
Count Sum All footers
1302 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Contact Center Multimedia report
!
"
!" # $%%&
! #$$%
#
!" # '
!
&
!" #
!
%
()$*
!" # &
! "& %
$
'&
!" # '+
! #
'
!
!" #
!
"
,-.- /-0 1--23- -"
22-2 1 "/"45
(! *+,
) ) " & " '
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1303
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
SampleCampaignAgentScriptData.rpt
The SampleCampaignAgentScriptData.rpt sample report shows the answers
provided to question asked of each outbound contact. The report groups the
contacts by the campaign name showing details for each outbound contact.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Report type
This is a Simplified Report.
Data source
You can find the report definition here: Report Definitions\MultiMedia
(CCMM)\Outbound\Campaign Agent Script Data.rpt
Table selection
This report uses the CampaignAgentScriptResultsCallByCall view.
Field selection
Report header View field/Report Creation Wizard formula Width
Campaign 200
ContactID 60
Question Question 200
Answer Answer 120
AnswerFreeText AnswerFreeText 120
1304 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
For this report, the following additional fields were added to Group Header #2
(ContactID) from the Report Layout page.
View field/Report Creation Wizard formula Width
CustomerID 60
PhoneNumber 80
FirstName 140
LastName 200
DispositionCode 140
DateCreated 120
Grouping
Group by Sort order The section will be printed
Campaign Ascending order
ContactID Ascending order
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1305
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Contact Center Multimedia report
!" !" # $
' ( % )
" !!" # " $% % $ & $
* ) + ,+) ( !!- .
/ 0 +,( ( !!- $ "
/ 0 +,( ) + ) ,( (- "$
1 + ) + 2 +, ) + () )- .
1( 2 ) + !! 0(- 2 3 45
!" !" # $
') % ' ),
" !!" 6 & " $% % $ &
* ) + ,+) ( !!- .
/ 0 +,( ( !!- & 6
/ 0 +,( ) + ) ,( (- 6
1 + ) + 2 +, ) + () )- . 7+ + 3 8+
1( 2 ) + !! 0(- ( 2
!" !" & # $
% 9)
" !!" " $% % $ &
* ) + ,+) ( !!- .
/ 0 +,( ( !!- #
/ 0 +,( ) + ) ,( (- "$
1 + ) + 2 +, ) + () )-
1( 2 ) + !! 0(- +( 5
:;5; !;/ ,;;<1; ; +
<< ;=+ +;<!5!,*>
$' .
&&(&&()**+&+ *, *- &&
1306 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
SampleCampaignCallByCallData.rpt
The SampleCampaignCallByCallData.rpt sample report shows each outbound
contact grouped by campaign name. The details provided include the Contact
ID, Contact Name, Disposition Code Name, and the date and time the contact
was processed.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Report type
This is a Simplified Report.
Data source
You can find the report definition here: Report Definitions\MultiMedia
(CCMM)\Outbound\Campaign Call by Call Data.rpt.
Table selection
This report uses the CampaignCallByCallDetails view.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1307
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Field selection
Report header View field/Report Creation Wizard formula Width
CampaignName CampaignName 200
ContactID ContactID 60
FirstName FirstName 80
LastName LastName 100
ActionID ActionID 60
CallProcessedTime CallProcessedTime 100
DialedDN DialedDN 60
Agent Agent 80
DispositionCodeName DispositionCodeName 120
Grouping
Group by Sort order The section will be printed
CampaignName Ascending order
1308 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
#(!)" * ( !" "" !#$$ " #""" +% !""" %%& ' "" """
#(!)! , * * !" "" !#$# " #"" +% !""" %%& - $"" """
#(!) . *$" !" "" !#$)#" (""! +% !""" %%&
#(!)# *$$ !" "" !#$/ # #""" +% !""" %%& - $"" """
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
#(!)) 0 1 *$ !" "" !##"" #"" +% !""" %%& - $"" """
#(!(" 2 2 *$* !" "" ! "! $ #""" +% !""" %%& ' "" """
#(!(! 2 *#" !" "" ! " $ #"" +% !""" %%&
Contact Center Multimedia report
#(!( 3 *#! !" "" ! "$#) #"" +% !""" 4
4
#(!( 3 * ! !" "" ! "/#$ #"" +% !""" 4
4
#(!( 3 * ) !" "" ! !"! #"" +% !""" 4
4
#(!($ +5 *# !" "" ! "#!# #""" +% !""" %%&
#(!(# ,6 *#$ !" "" ! "#$* (""! +% !""" 74% 89
#(!( 7 : *## !" "" ! " "# #""" +% !""" +;
#(!( 7 : * !" "" ! !""" #""" +% !""" %%& ' "" """
#(!() +5 *# !" "" ! " # #"" +% !""" %%& - $"" """
#(!(( < 2 *#( !" "" ! ")$( #"" +% !""" %%& ' $"" """
#(!(/ +5
4 *#/ !" "" ! "(! #""" +% !""" %%& ' !"" """
#(!(* + 6 *#* !" "" ! "/ ! (""! +% !""" %%& ' "" """
#($( !!$# ( !" "" "*"*$$ #""" +% !""! %%& - $"" """
3=+= %=7 ,==21= = 4
22 =>4 4=2%2 2:?
!" )
# #$%%& & &' %(
1309
Report Creation Wizard
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
SampleCampaignDispCodeData.rpt
The SampleCampaignDispCodeData.rpt sample report shows the details of each
outbound contact, grouped by Disposition Code for each Campaign Name.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Report type
This is an Advanced Report.
Data source
Select CCMM_<IP address>_DSN.
When selecting a DSN to use for creating this report, the <IP address> is the IP
address of a Contact Center Manager Server configured in Contact Center
Manager Administration.
Table selection
This report uses the DispCodeData view.
1310 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Field selection
Report header View field/Report Creation Wizard formula Width
CampaignName 200
Disposition Code 200
Time Time 100
DialedDN DialedDN 80
FirstName FirstName 80
LastName LastName 100
Agent Agent 80
Grouping
Group by Sort order The section will be printed
CampaignName Ascending order
Disposition Code Ascending order
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1311
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Contact Center Multimedia report
!"
! " $% #
#$
& " '#
)* (#
+, (
#$
%&'''''
" +, -
#$
%('''''
. * ( #
)* )*
/ " +* # * %
1* 0
#$
%)'''''
& " 2 )*
#$
*)'''''
.# . #$
/ (# #*
4 3
+, *
" ! !
+
1* 0
, -
& 5# .
/ 5# .
5# .
56+6 761 $66)36 6(-(
))((68- -6)70) 09
,- !
&&.&&.(''/&0 '( &1 &&
1312 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
SampleCampaignSumm.rpt
The SampleCampaignSumm.rpt sample report shows the total number of
outbound contacts by Disposition Code. The report also shows the total number
of outbound contacts for each Campaign Name.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Report type
This is a Simplified Report.
Data source
You can find the report definition here: Report Definitions\MultiMedia
(CCMM)\Outbound\Campaign Summary Data.rpt.
Table selection
This report uses the CampaignSummary view.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1313
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Field selection
Report header View field/Report Creation Wizard formula Width
CampaignName 200
Disposition Code Name DispositionCodeName 200
Count DispositionCodeCount 60
Grouping
Group by Sort order The section will be printed
CampaignName Ascending order
Summaries
Fields Summation type Groups
DispositionCodeCount Sum All footers
1314 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Contact Center Multimedia report
! "
! # $$ $$$
! # %$$ $$$ &
! # "$$ $$$
! ' "$$ $$$ (
)*+* * ,**-.* *
-- */ *- 0
%
! !"## $ #
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1315
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
1316 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Section D: Network consolidated
reports
In this section
Network Consolidated Skillset Performance 1318
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1317
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Network Consolidated Skillset Performance
Network Control Center option only. This report contains skillset performance
statistics for all sites in the network. For each site, the report lists the total, local,
and remote calls answered by agents for the skillset, the percentage of calls that
are local or remote, and the maximum delay a caller experienced.
For more information, see “Understanding the report descriptions” on page 787.
Report type
This is a Simplified Report.
Data source
You can find the report definition here: Report Definitions\Network
Consolidated (NCC)\Other\ Network Skillset Consolidated Statistics.rpt.
Table selection
This report uses the SkillsetConStat view.
1318 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Field selection
Report header View field/Report Creation Wizard formula Width
@RCW_SkillsetNameID 150
TerminatingSite 50
Timestamp 115
Source Site OriginatingSite 50
Answered CallsAnswered 50
Local @RCW_LocalCallsAnswered 50
Remote NetCallsAnswered 50
%Ans Local @RCW_%LocalCallsAnswered 50
%Ans Remote @RCW_%NetCallsAnswered 50
Average Ans Delay @RCW_AverageCallsAnsweredDelay 50
Grouping
Group by Sort order The section will be printed
@RCW_SkillsetNameID Ascending order
TerminatingSite Ascending order
Timestamp Ascending order for each day
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1319
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Summaries
Fields Summation type Groups
CallsAnswered Sum All headers
All footers
@RCW_LocalCallsAnswered Sum All headers
All footers
NetCallsAnswered Sum All headers
All footers
@RCW_%LocalCalls All headers
Answered All footers
@RCW_%NetCallsAnswered All headers
All footers
@RCW_AverageCalls All headers
AnsweredDelay All footers
1320 Contact Center Manager
February 2008
%
&#
!"!! !"!! !"!! $!!"!! !"!! !!#!!#!$
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
Network consolidated report
# ''()$ !"!! !"!! !"!! $!!"!! !"!! !!#!!#!$
! ! ! $!! ! !!#!!#!$
# ! ! ! $!! ! !!#!!#!$
! ! ! $!! ! !!#!!#!$
#+& $!,$$, !!-$.# /# $ $*$
1321
Report Creation Wizard
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
1322 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Section E: Functions, operators, and
formulas
In this section
Report Creation Wizard functions 1324
Report Creation Wizard operators 1330
Report Creation Wizard formulas 1332
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1323
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Report Creation Wizard functions
Functions are built-in procedures or subroutines used to evaluate, make
calculations on, or transform data.
When you specify a function, the program performs the set of operations built
into the function without needing you to specify each operation separately. In
this way, a function is shorthand that makes it easier and less time consuming
for you to create reports.
Standard functions
Report Creation Wizard supports a set of standard functions, which are a subset
of functions supported by Crystal Reports 10. A subset of functions are listed in
Report Creation Wizard to help reduce the complexity involved in creating
formulas.
Because Report Creation Wizard is built on Crystal Reports 10, all functions
supported in Crystal Reports 10 are support in Report Creation Wizard. Users
familiar with Crystal Reports 10 can use these additional functions.
For details about the standard functions listed in Report Creation Wizard, see the
online help within the Report Creation Wizard application.
Report Creation Wizard functions
Report Creation Wizard functions are custom functions created to handle
common operations used in the Contact Center Manager standard reports. This
section describes these functions.
1324 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Database field conversion functions
RCWFormatTimeSecs (Seconds, DisOpt, Lang)
Converts the time in seconds into a formatted string based on the value of the
Display Option (DisOpt). The possible values and return formats for the Display
Option are:
Value Return format
1 HH:MM:SS
2 HH:MM
3 MM:SS
4 HH Hrs
5 MM Mins
6 Secs
Unknown Default return is in the format SS
RCWFormatAccessRights (Str, Number, Lang)
This function returns a localized string showing access rights. The Str field
contains the values of the string fields in the AccessRights view:
AccessRights.CreateDeleteAccess +
AccessRights.CreatedDeleteAgentAccess +
AccessRights.CreateDeleteAllAgentAccess + “.”
AccessRights.ReadAccess +
AccessRights.ReadAgentAccess +
AccessRights.ReadAllAgentAccess + “.”
AccessRights.WriteAccess +
AccessRights.WriteAgentAccess +
AccessRights.WriteAllAgentAccess
The Number field contains the value of the ALG field of the NBManagedObject
view.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1325
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
For example if NBManagedObject.ALG = 10 and Str is YYY.YYY.YYY, the
output of this function is Create and run any report
RCWFormatAssignmentType (Str, Lang)
This function converts the value stored in the Type field of the
SupervisorAgentAssignment view into a verbose and localized string.
RCWFormatCallAge (Number, Lang)
This function converts the numeric value stored in the CallAgePreference field
of the Skillset view into a localized string.
RCWFormatCallSource (Number, Lang)
This function converts the numeric value stored in the CallSourcePreference
field of the Skillset view into a localized string.
RCWFormatCBC (Number, Lang)
This function converts the numeric value stored in the CallByCall field of the
Application, RemoteApplication, and NCCRemoteApplication views into a
localized string.
RCWFormatDataRange (Range, Lang)
This function converts the numeric value passed to the formula
@report_datarange (Range) into a localized string.
RCWFormatDataRange (Con, Range, Lang)
This function converts the numeric value passed to the RCW_GroupCon XML
tag (Con) into a localized string. The string returned is modified based on the
value passed to the formula @report_datarange (Range).
RCWFormatEventType (Str, Lang)
This function converts the value stored in the EventType field of the
eAgentLoginStat view into a more verbose and localized string.
RCWFormatFilterStatus (Number, Lang)
This function converts the numeric value stored in the FilterStatus field of the
NetworkSkillsetStatus view into a localized string.
1326 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
RCWFormatFlowControlStatus (Number, Lang)
This function converts the numeric value stored in the FlowControlStatus field
of the NetworkSkillsetStatus view into a localized string.
RCWFormatHSSParameter (Str, Lang)
This function converts the string value stored in the Parameter field of the
HistoricalStatStorage view into a verbose and localized string.
RCWFormatNightServiceType (Number, Lang)
This function converts the numeric value stored in the NightServiceType field of
the Skillset view into a localized string.
RCWFormatRankingMethod (Str, Lang)
This function converts the value stored in the UseRoundRobin field into a
verbose and localized string. This function applies to the NCCNetworkSkillset
and Skillset views.
RCWFormatSkillsetState (Str, Number, Lang)
This function converts the priority field into a string or returns a localized string
explaining the status of the skillset. This function applies to the SkillsetByAgent
and ScheduledSkillsetAssignment views.
RCWFormatVariableWrap (Number, Lang)
This function converts the numeric value stored in the VariableWrap field of the
Agent view into a localized string.
String functions
RCWStringFromID (ID, Lang)
This function converts the ID into a localized string based on the value of
language (Lang).
RCWStringJoin2 (Label, Str1, Delim, Str2, BlankStr)
This function combines the strings passed into the function. The delimiter
(Delim) is used only when both of the strings (Str1 and Str2) are not blank
strings. If both strings are blank, the value of blank string (BlankStr) is returned.
Use this function to define a message to display.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1327
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
RCWStringJoin3 (Label, Str1, Delim1, Str2, Delim2, Str3, BlankStr)
This function combines the strings passed into the function. The first delimiter
(Delim1) is used only when the first and second string (Str1 and Str2) are not
blank strings. The second delimiter (Delim2) is used only when the second and
third strings (Str2 and Str3) are not blank strings. If all strings are blank, the
value of blank string (BlankStr) is returned. Use this function to define a
message to display.
RCWStringLabelJoin2 (Label, Label1, Str1, Delim, Label2, Str2,
LabelEnd, BlankStr)
This function is used in place of the function RCWStringJoin2() when the label
displayed depends on the values returned for the two strings.
This function combines the strings passed into the function. The delimiter
(Delim) is used only when both of the strings (Str1 and Str2) are not blank
strings. If both strings are blank, the value of blank string (BlankStr) is returned.
Use this function to define a message to display.
The label used is determined based on the values for each of the strings. The
label end (LabelEnd) string is added after the label used in the returned string to
separate the label from the string values. The labels are used as follows:
Label + LabelEnd—Displayed if both strings are non-blank or blank values
Label1 + LabelEnd—Displayed if the second string is blank
Label2 + LabelEnd—Displayed if the first string is blank
RCWStringSelect1 (Label1, Str1, Label2, Str2, LabelEnd, BlankStr)
This function selects the string returned based on the values of Str1 and Str2.
Str1 is always returned if it is not blank, Str2 is only returned if Str1 is blank and
Str2 is not blank. If both strings are blank, the value of blank string (BlankStr) is
returned, allowing the user to define a message to display.
The label used is determined based on the values for each of the strings. The
label end (LabelEnd) string is added after the label used in the returned string to
separate the label from the string values. The labels are used as follows:
Label1 + LabelEnd—Displayed if both strings are non-blank or blank
values.
Label2 + LabelEnd—Displayed if the first string is blank
Label1 + LabelEnd—If both strings are blank values.
1328 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
Divide by zero functions
RCWDivideByZero (Number, Divisor)
Divides the Number by the Divisor if the Divisor is not equal to zero. The result
is zero if the Divisor is equal to zero.
RCWDivideByZeroRN (Number, Divisor)
Divides the Number by the Divisor if the Divisor is not equal to zero. The result
is the value of Number if the Divisor is equal to zero.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1329
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Report Creation Wizard operators
Operators are special symbols or words that describe an operation or an action to
take place between two or more values. Operators are used in formulas. The
program reads the operators in a formula and performs the actions specified.
Standard operators
Report Creation Wizard supports a set of standard operators, which are a subset
of operators supported by Crystal Reports 10. A subset of operators are listed in
Report Creation Wizard to help reduce the complexity involved in creating
formulas.
Because Report Creation Wizard is built on Crystal Reports 10, all operators
supported in Crystal Reports 10 are supported in Report Creation Wizard. This
lets users familiar with Crystal Reports 10 to use these additional operators.
For details about the standard operators listed in Report Creation Wizard, see the
online help within the Report Creation Wizard application.
Report Creation Wizard operators
Report Creation Wizard operators are used to create dynamic formulas. A
dynamic formula is one that updates based on settings within the Report
Creation Wizard application or where the formula is placed on the report.
The Report Creation Wizard operators available are:
Formula root node
Formula text node
Formula summary node
Formula database field node
Formula group node
Formula time format node
Formula cdata node
1330 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
For additional details see the online help with the Report Creation Wizard
application.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1331
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
Report Creation Wizard formulas
Report Creation Wizard provides a number of formulas that you can use in your
reports. This section lists and describes those formulas.
Dynamic formulas
Dynamic formulas are formulas that are automatically customized before they
are added to the report. Two types of dynamic formulas are provided with the
Report Creation Wizard—time format formulas and dynamic group formulas.
Time format formulas
Use this formula to select how the time is displayed on the report. The formulas
operate by changing the DisOpt value of the RCWFormatTimeSecs() custom
function (for more information about this function, see page 1325).
Dynamic group formulas
Use this formula to provide group level results as well as detail information. For
example, the Activity Code by Agent report contains an Average Activity Time
field; the template has a unique formula for each group on the report (that is,
AgentID, Timestamp, Total and Detail). The Report Creation Wizard, however,
uses one dynamic group formula that is automatically customized for each group
in which the formula is placed.
Generic formulas
The following generic formulas are available.
@begin_date_end_date_interval
Lists the value set for the @report_interval formula. If the collection period is
not entered, No Selection Criteria was passed message appears.
@printed_date_time
Lists the date and time that the report was generated.
1332 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_DataRange
Lists the value set for the @report_datarange formula as a string.
@report_datarange
Numeric value related to the data range selected in the Historical Reporting
application. The possible values are:
0 = Not applicable
1 = Interval
2 = Daily
4 = Weekly
8 = Monthly
@report_interval
Lists the collection period selected when running the report. This value is passed
from the Historical Reporting application when the report is run.
@report_language
Lists the language code set for the report. The default value is “en-us.” The
formula is used to pass the report language into other formulas requiring the
language code.
@report_tablenames
Lists the table names used to generate the report. This value is passed from the
Historical Reporting application when the report is run.
@report_title
Lists the title of the report, as defined on the General - Report Properties
property page. This value is passed from the Historical Reporting application
when the report is run.
@report_user
Lists the user ID of the user who printed the report. This value is passed from the
Historical Reporting application when the report is run.
@revenue_unit
The default value is 1. This value is passed from the Historical Reporting
application when the report is run.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1333
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@site_id_name
Lists the name of the site at which the report is being printed. To change the site
name, see the Contact Center Manager Supervisor’s Guide. This value is passed
from the Historical Reporting application when the report is run.
@source_site_id
Lists the name of the source site for a network consolidated report. This value is
passed from the Historical Reporting application when the report is run.
ActivityCodeStat formulas
The following ActivityCodeStat formulas are available.
@RCW_ActivityCodeNameID
Lists the Activity Code name and ID in the format ActivityCodeName -
ActivityCode. If the information is not available, No Information on Activity
Code message appears.
@RCW_ActivityCodeNameIDLabel
Lists the text Activity Name & ID: ActivityCodeName - ActivityCode. If the
information is not available, No Information on Activity Code message appears.
@RCW_ActivityTime
Lists the total time spent on this activity by an agent.
@RCW_AgentName
Lists the agent's full name in the format AgentGivenName AgentSurName. If
the information is not available, Agent Name Not Defined message appears.
@RCW_AgentNameID
Lists the agent's full name and login ID in the format AgentGivenName
AgentSurName - AgentLogin. If the information is not available, No Agent
Name and ID Available message appears.
@RCW_AgentNameIDLabel
Lists the text Agent Name & ID: AgentGivenName AgentSurname -
AgentLogin. If the agent information is not available, No Agent Name and ID
Available message appears.
1334 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_ApplicationLabel
Lists the text Application: Application.
@RCW_ApplicationNameID
Lists the application name and ID in the format Application - ApplicationID. If
the information is not available, No Information on Application message
appears.
@RCW_ApplicationNameIDLabel
Lists the text Application Name & ID: Application - ApplicationID. If the
information is not available, No Information on Application message appears.
@RCW_ApplicationNameOrID
Lists Application, or if this is not available, ApplicationID. If the information is
not available, No Information on Application message appears.
@RCW_ApplicationNameOrIDLabel
Lists the text Application Name: Application or, if this is not available,
Application Name: ApplicationID. If the information is not available, No
Information on Application message appears.
@RCW_AverageActivityTime
Lists the average time spent on this activity by an agent by dividing
ActivityTime by Occurrences.
@RCW_EstimatedRevenue
Calculates the estimated revenue by multiplying the value set for @revenue_unit
by Occurrences.
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modified based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1335
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value are modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
AgentByApplicationStat formulas
The following AgentByApplicationStat formulas are available.
@RCW_%CallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of calls answered by dividing CallsAnswered by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_AgentName
Lists the agent's full name in the format AgentGivenName AgentSurName. If
the information is not available, Agent Name Not Defined message appears.
@RCW_AgentNameID
Lists the agent's full name and login ID in the format AgentGivenName
AgentSurName - AgentLogin. If the information is not available, No Agent
Name and ID Available message appears.
@RCW_AgentNameIDLabel
Lists the text Agent Name & ID: AgentGivenName AgentSurname -
AgentLogin. If the agent information is not available, No Agent Name and ID
Available message appears.
@RCW_ApplicationLabel
Lists the text Application: Application.
1336 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_ApplicationNameID
Lists the application name and ID in the format Application - ApplicationID. If
the information is not available, No Information on Application message
appears.
@RCW_ApplicationNameIDLabel
Lists the text Application Name & ID: Application - ApplicationID. If the
information is not available, No Information on Application message appears.
@RCW_ApplicationNameOrID
Lists Application or, if this is not available, ApplicationID. If the information is
not available, No Information on Application message appears.
@RCW_ApplicationNameOrIDLabel
Lists the text Application Name: Application or, if this is not available,
Application ID: ApplicationID. If the information is not available, No
Information on Application message appears.
@RCW_AverageHoldTime
Lists the average time an agent spends on hold during Contact Center Manager
calls for this application by dividing HoldTime by the CallsAnswered.
@RCW_AveragePostCallProcessingTime
Lists the average time an agent spends performing post-call processing by
dividing PostCallProcessingTime by the CallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageTalkTime
Lists the average time an agent spends handling contacts, excluding DN calls,
after the contact is answered or accepted by dividing TalkTime by
CallsAnswered. This statistic includes hold time.
@RCW_AverageWaitTime
Lists average time an agent spends in the idle state after releasing a Contact
Center Manager call for this application by dividing WaitTime by
CallsAnswered.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1337
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_ConsultTime
Lists the time an agent spends in consultation during Contact Center Manager
calls for this application. Consultation time occurs during a consult transfer if
the caller disconnects and the answering agent remains on the line.
@RCW_DNOutExtTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total time
spent on outgoing external DN calls.
@RCW_DNOutIntTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total time
spent on outgoing internal DN calls.
@RCW_DNOutTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total time
spent on outgoing DN calls by adding DNOutIntTalkTime +
DNOutExtTalkTime.
@RCW_HoldTime
Lists the total time an agent spends on hold during Contact Center Manager calls
for this application.
@RCW_PostCallProcessingTime
Lists the total time an agent spends performing post-call processing. Normally,
an agent uses this time to complete any work related to the call just released,
such as filling in forms or filing papers.
@RCW_RingTime
Lists the total time that contacts spend in the Alert (Ringing) state before they
are answered or accepted, returned to the queue by this agent, or abandoned.
@RCW_TalkTime
Lists the total time an agent spends handling contacts, excluding DN calls, after
the contact is answered or accepted. This statistic includes hold time.
1338 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modified based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value is modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_WaitTime
Lists the total time the agent has spent in the idle state after releasing a Contact
Center Manager call for this application.
AgentBySkillsetStat formulas
The following AgentBySkillsetStat formulas are available.
@RCW_%CallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of calls answered by dividing CallsAnswered by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%ShortCallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of short calls answered by dividing
ShortCallsAnswered by CallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100. Short calls are
calls that to a talk time less than the short call threshold assigned to the threshold
class for the skillset.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1339
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_AgentName
Lists the agent's full name in the format AgentGivenName AgentSurName. If
the information is not available, Agent Name Not Defined message appears.
@RCW_AgentNameID
Lists the agent's full name and login ID in the format AgentGivenName
AgentSurName - AgentLogin. If the information is not available, No Agent
Name and ID Available message appears.
@RCW_AgentNameIDLabel
Lists the text Agent Name & ID: AgentGivenName AgentSurname -
AgentLogin. If the agent information is not available, No Agent Name and ID
Available message appears.
@RCW_AgentSkillsetTime
Lists the amount of time that the agent spent on calls for this skillset by adding
TalkTime + PostCallProcessingTime.
@RCW_AverageHoldTime
Lists the average time an agent spends on hold during Contact Center Manager
calls for this application by dividing HoldTime by the CallsAnswered. This also
includes agent walkaway time.
@RCW_AveragePostCallProcessingTime
Lists the average time an agent spends performing post-call processing by
dividing PostCallProcessingTime by the CallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageTalkTime
Lists the average time for local Contact Center Manager contacts, incoming
NSBR contacts, ACD calls, and NACD calls for this skillset, including hold
time, by dividing TalkTime by CallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageWaitTime
Lists average time an agent spends in the idle state after releasing a Contact
Center Manager call for this skillset by dividing WaitTime by CallsAnswered.
1340 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_ConsultTime
Lists the time an agent spends in consultation during Contact Center Manager
calls for this skillset. Consultation time occurs during a consult transfer if the
caller disconnects and the answering agent remains on the line.
@RCW_DNOutExtTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total time
spent on outgoing external DN calls.
@RCW_DNOutIntTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total time
spent on outgoing internal DN calls.
@RCW_DNOutTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total time
spent on outgoing DN calls by adding DNOutIntTalkTime +
DNOutExtTalkTime.
@RCW_HoldTime
Lists the amount of time the agent spent on hold for this skillset.
@RCW_PostCallProcessingTime
The total time an agent spends performing post-call processing. Normally, an
agent uses this time to complete any work related to the call just released, such
as filling in forms or filing papers.
@RCW_RingTime
Lists the total time that Contact Center Manager contacts queued to this skillset
spent in Ringing state before they are answered or returned to queue by this
agent, or abandoned.
@RCW_SkillsetLabel
Lists the text Skillset: Skillset.
@RCW_SkillsetNameID
Lists the skillset name and ID in the format Skillset - SkillsetID. If the
information is not available, No Information on Skillset message appears.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1341
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_SkillsetNameIDLabel
Lists the text Skillset Name & ID: Skillset - SkillsetID. If the information is not
available, No Information on Skillset message appears.
@RCW_SkillsetNameOrID
Lists Skillset or, if this is not available, SkillsetID. If the information is not
available, No Information on Skillset message appears.
@RCW_SkillsetNameOrIDLabel
Lists the text Skillset Name: Skillset, or if this is not available Skillset ID:
SkillsetID. If the information is not available, No Information on Skillset
message appears.
@RCW_TalkTime
Lists the total time spent by the agent on local Contact Center Manager calls,
incoming NSBR calls, ACD calls, and NACD calls, including hold time, for this
skillset.
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modified based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value are modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
1342 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_TotalStaffedTime
Lists the total time an agent is logged on and assigned to this skillset.
@RCW_WaitTime
Lists the total time an agent spends in the idle state after releasing a Contact
Center Manager call for this skillset.
AgentPerformanceStat formulas
The following AgentPerformanceStat formulas are available.
@RCW_%ACDCallsAnswered
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX) Calculates the percentage of
ACD calls answered by dividing ACDCallsAnswered by CallsAnswered +
ACDCallsAnswered + NACDCallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS) Calculates the percentage of ACD calls
answered by dividing ACDCallsAnswered by CallsAnswered +
ACDCallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%Available
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX) Calculates the percentage of
time an agent is busy on calls routed to the Contact Center Manager or Idle
waiting for calls by dividing TalkTime + ACDCallsTalkTime +
NACDCallsTalkTime + WaitingTime by LoggedInTime, and multiplying by
100.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS) Calculates the percentage of time an agent
is busy on calls routed to the Contact Center Manager or Idle waiting for calls by
dividing TalkTime + ACDCallsTalkTime + WaitingTime by LoggedInTime,
and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%Busy
Calculates the percentage of time an agent is busy on calls routed to the Contact
Center Manager, in the Not Ready state or on a DN call by dividing
LoggedInTime - WaitingTime by LoggedInTime, and multiplying by 100.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1343
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_%CallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of calls answered by dividing CallsAnswered by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%LocalCallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of local calls answered by dividing CallsAnswered -
NetworkCallsAnswered by CallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%NACDCallsAnswered
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX only) Calculates the percentage
of NACD calls answered by dividing NACDCallsAnswered by CallsAnswered
+ ACDCallsAnswered + NACDCallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%NetworkCallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of network calls answered by dividing
NetworkCallsAnswered by CallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%ShortCallsAnswered
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX) Calculates the percentage of
short calls answered by dividing ShortCallsAnswered by CallsAnswered +
ACDCallsAnswered + NACDCallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100. Short
calls are calls that have a talk time less than the short call threshold assigned to
the threshold class for the skillset in which the call is answered.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS) Calculates the percentage of short calls
answered by dividing ShortCallsAnswered by CallsAnswered +
ACDCallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100. Short calls are calls that have a
talk time less than the short call threshold assigned to the threshold class for the
skillset in which the call is answered.
@RCW_%Work
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX) Calculates the percentage of
logged on time an agent is either busy on calls routed to the Contact Center
Manager or in Not Ready state by dividing TalkTime + ACDCallsTalkTime +
NACDCallsTalkTime + NotReadyTime by LoggedInTime, and multiplying by
100.
1344 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS) Calculates the percentage of logged on
time an agent is either busy on calls routed to the Contact Center Manager or in
Not Ready state by dividing TalkTime + ACDCallsTalkTime +
NACDCallsTalkTime + NotReadyTime by LoggedInTime, and multiplying by
100.
@RCW_ACDCallsConferenced
Calculates the number of ACD calls conferenced bay adding
ACDCallsConfToCDN + ACDCallsConfToDN + ACDCallsConfToIncalls +
ACDCallsConfToOther.
@RCW_ACDCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Lists the total time spent
on ACD calls, including hold time.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Lists the total time spent on ACD
and NACD calls, including hold time.
@RCW_ACDCallsTransferred
Calculates the number of ACD calls transferred by adding
ACDCallsTransferredToCDN + ACDCallsTransferredToDN +
ACDCallsTransferredToIncalls + ACDCallsTransferredToOther.
@RCW_ACDNACDCallsAnswered
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Calculates the total
number of ACD and NACD calls answered by adding ACDCallsAnswered +
NACDCallsAnswered.
@RCW_ACDNACDCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total talk
time for both ACD and NACD calls by adding ACDCallsTalkTime +
NACDCallsTalkTime.
@RCW_AgentName
Lists the agent's full name in the format AgentGivenName AgentSurName. If
the information is not available, Agent Name Not Defined message appears.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1345
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_AgentNameID
Lists the agent's full name and login ID in the format AgentGivenName
AgentSurName - AgentLogin. If the information is not available, No Agent
Name and ID Available message appears.
@RCW_AgentNameIDLabel
Lists the text Agent Name & ID: AgentGivenName AgentSurname -
AgentLogin. If the agent information is not available, No Agent Name and ID
Available message appears.
@RCW_AverageACDCallsTalkTime
Lists the average time spent on ACD calls by dividing ACDCallsTalkTime by
ACDCallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageACDNACDCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the average
time spent on ACD and NACD calls by dividing ACDCallsTalkTime +
NACDCallsTalkTime by ACDCallsAnswered + NACDCallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageBusyOnDNTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the average
time the Incalls key of an agent is busy because the agent pressed the personal
DN key or is busy on a DN call by dividing BusyOnDNTime by DNInExtCalls
+ DNInIntCalls + DNOutExtCalls + DNOutIntCalls.
@RCW_AverageCallsAnsweredPerHour
Lists the average number of contacts answered per hour by dividing
CallsAnswered + CDCallsAnswered + NACDCallsAnswered by
(LoggedInTime/3600).
@RCW_AverageDNCallsHoldTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Lists the average time
DN calls are on hold by dividing DNInExtCallsHoldTime +
DNInIntCallsHoldTime + DNOutExtCallsHoldTime +
DNOutIntCallsHoldTime by DNInExtCalls + DNInIntCalls + DNOutExtCalls +
DNOutIntCalls.
1346 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Lists the average time DN calls are
on hold by dividing DNInExtCallsHoldTime + DNInIntCallsHoldTime +
DNOutExtCallsHoldTime + DNOutIntCallsHoldTime by DNInCalls +
DNOutCalls.
@RCW_AverageDNCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Lists the average time
spent on DN calls, including hold time, by dividing DNInExtCallsTalkTime +
DNInIntCallsTalkTime + DNOutExtCallsTalkTime + DNOutIntCallsTalkTime
by DNInExtCalls + DNInIntCalls + DNOutExtCalls + DNOutIntCalls.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Lists the average time spent on DN
calls, including hold time, by dividing DNInCallsTalkTime +
DNOutCallsTalkTime by DNInCalls + DNOutCalls.
@RCW_AverageDNInCallsHoldTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Lists the average time
incoming DN calls are on hold by dividing DNInExtCallsHoldTime +
DNInIntCallsHoldTime by DNInExtCalls + DNInIntCalls.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Lists the average time incoming DN
calls are on hold by dividing DNInExtCallsHoldTime + DNInIntCallsHoldTime
by DNInCalls.
@RCW_AverageDNInCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Lists the average time
spent on incoming DN calls, including hold time, by dividing
DNInExtCallsTalkTime + DNInIntCallsTalkTime by DNInExtCalls +
DNInIntCalls.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Lists the average time spent on
incoming DN calls, including hold time, by dividing DNInCallsTalkTime by
DNInCalls.
@RCW_AverageDNInExtCallsHoldTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the average
time incoming external DN calls are on hold by dividing
DNInExtCallsHoldTime by DNInExtCalls.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1347
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_AverageDNInExtCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the average
time spent on incoming external DN calls, including hold time, by dividing
DNInExtCallsTalkTime by DNInExtCalls.
@RCW_AverageDNInIntCallsHoldTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the average
time incoming internal DN calls are on hold by dividing DNInIntCallsHoldTime
by DNInIntCalls.
@RCW_AverageDNInIntCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the average
time spent on incoming internal DN calls, including hold time, by dividing
DNInIntCallsTalkTime by DNInIntCalls.
@RCW_AverageDNOutCallsHoldTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Lists the average time
outgoing DN calls are on hold by dividing DNOutExtCallsHoldTime +
DNOutIntCallsHoldTime by DNOutExtCalls + DNOutIntCalls.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Lists the average time outgoing DN
calls are on hold by dividing DNOutExtCallsHoldTime +
DNOutIntCallsHoldTime by DNOutCalls.
@RCW_AverageDNOutCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Lists the average time
spent on outgoing DN calls, including hold time, by dividing
DNOutExtCallsTalkTime + DNOutIntCallsTalkTime by DNOutExtCalls +
DNOutIntCalls.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Lists the average time spent on
outgoing DN calls, including hold time, by dividing DNOutCallsTalkTime by
DNOutCalls.
@RCW_AverageDNOutExtCallsHoldTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the average
time outgoing external DN calls are on hold by dividing
DNOutExtCallsHoldTime by DNOutExtCalls.
1348 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_AverageDNOutExtCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the average
time spent on outgoing external DN calls, including hold time, by dividing
DNOutExtCallsTalkTime by DNOutExtCalls.
@RCW_AverageDNOutIntCallsHoldTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the average
time outgoing internal DN calls are on hold by dividing
DNOutIntCallsHoldTime by DNOutIntCalls.
@RCW_AverageDNOutIntCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the average
time spent on outgoing internal DN calls, including hold time, by dividing
DNOutIntCallsTalkTime by DNOutIntCalls.
@RCW_AverageHoldTime
Lists the average time this agent put local and incoming contacts on hold,
excluding DN calls, ACD calls and NACD calls by dividing HoldTime by the
CallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageLocalCallsTalkTime
Lists the average time that the agent spent handling local contacts, including
hold time, by dividing TalkTime - NetworkCallsTalkTime by CallsAnswered -
NetworkCallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageNACDCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the average
time spent on NACD calls, including hold time, by dividing
NACDCallsTalkTime by NACDCallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageNetworkCallsTalkTime
Lists the average time that the agent spent handling incoming NSBR contacts,
including hold time, by dividing NetworkCallsTalkTime by
NetworkCallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageNotReadyTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Lists the average Not
Ready time by dividing NotReadyTime by CallsAnswered +
ACDCallsAnswered + NACDCallsAnswered.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1349
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Lists the average Not Ready time
by dividing NotReadyTime by CallsAnswered + ACDCallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageNotReadyTimePerHour
Lists the average Not Ready time per hour by dividing NotReadyTime by
(LoggedInTime/3600).
@RCW_AverageTalkTime
Lists the average time spent by the agent handling all contacts except DN calls,
ACD calls and NACD calls, including hold time, by dividing TalkTime by
CallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageTalkTimePerHour
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Lists the average time
spent per hour by the agent on calls, including hold time, by dividing TalkTime
+ ACDTalkTime + NACDTalkTime by (LoggedInTime/3600).
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Lists the average time spent per
hour by the agent on calls, including hold time, by dividing TalkTime +
ACDTalkTime by (LoggedInTime/3600).
@RCW_AverageTotalTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Lists the average time
spent by the agent on calls, including hold time, by dividing TalkTime +
ACDTalkTime + NACDTalkTime by CallsAnswered + ACDCallsAnswered +
NACDCallsAnswered.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Lists the average time spent by the
agent on calls, including hold time, by dividing TalkTime + ACDTalkTime by
CallsAnswered + ACDCallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageWaitingTime
Lists average time an agent spends waiting for contacts by dividing
WaitingTime by CallsAnswered + ACDCallsAnswered +
NACDCallsAnswered.
@RCW_BreakTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total time
an agent is in the Break state for all skillsets. You can configure an agent’s call
presentation class to place the agent in Break state after each call.
1350 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_BusyMiscTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total time
the Incalls key of an agent is busy because of events not related to DN calls (for
example, programming the Call Forward key or ACD call ringing).
@RCW_BusyOnDNTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total time
the Incalls key of an agent is busy because the agent pressed the personal DN
key or is busy on a DN call. This statistic does not include DN calls originated as
part of a Contact Center Outbound contact.
@RCW_CallsConferenced
Calculates the total number of calls conferenced, by adding
ACDCallsConfToCDN + ACDCallsConfToDN + ACDCallsConfToIncalls +
ACDCallsConfToOther + CDNCallsConfToCDN + CDNCallsConfToDN +
CDNCallsConfToIncalls + CDNCallsConfToOther + DNCallsConfToCDN +
DNCallsConfToDN + DNCallsConfToACDDN + DNCallsConfToOther.
@RCW_CallsConferencedToACD
Calculates the number of calls conferenced to an ACD-DN by adding
ACDCallsConfToIncalls + CDNCallsConfToIncalls +
DNCallsConfToACDDN.
@RCW_CallsConferencedToCDN
Calculates the number of calls conferenced to a CDN acquired by Contact
Center Manager by adding ACDCallsConfToCDN + CDNCallsConfToCDN +
DNCallsConfToCDN.
@RCW_CallsConferencedToDN
Calculates the number of calls conferenced to a DN by adding
ACDCallsConfToDN + CDNCallsConfToDN + DNCallsConfToDN.
@RCW_CallsConferencedToOther
Calculates the number of calls conferenced to resources external to Contact
Center Manager system by adding ACDCallsConfToOther +
CDNCallsConfToOther + DNCallsConfToOther.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1351
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_CallsTransferred
Calculates the total number of calls transferred, by adding
ACDCallsTransferredToCDN + ACDCallsTransferredToDN +
ACDCallsTransferredToIncalls + ACDCallsTransferredToOther +
CDNCallsTransferredToCDN + CDNCallsTransferredToDN +
CDNCallsTransferredToIncalls + CDNCallsTransferredToOther +
DNCallsTransferredToCDN + DNCallsTransferredToDN +
DNCallsTransferredToACDDN + DNCallsTransferredToOther.
@RCW_CallsTransferredToACD
Calculates the number of calls transferred to an ACD-DN by adding
ACDCallsTransferredToIncalls + CDNCallsTransferredToIncalls +
DNCallsTransferredToACDDN.
@RCW_CallsTransferredToCDN
Calculates the number of calls transferred to a CDN acquired by Contact Center
Manager ACDCallsTransferredToCDN + CDNCallsTransferredToCDN +
DNCallsTransferredToCDN.
@RCW_CallsTransferredToDN
Calculates the number of calls transferred to a DN by adding
ACDCallsTransferredToDN + CDNCallsTransferredToDN +
DNCallsTransferredToDN.
@RCW_CallsTransferredToOther
Calculates the number of calls transferred to resources external to the Contact
Center Manager system by adding ACDCallsTransferredToOther +
CDNCallsTransferredToOther + DNCallsTransferredToOther.
@RCW_CDNCallsConferenced
Calculates the number of CDN calls conferenced by adding
CDNCallsConfToCDN + CDNCallsConfToDN + CDNCallsConfToIncalls +
CDNCallsConfToOther.
@RCW_CDNCallsTransferred
Calculates the number of CDN calls transferred by adding
CDNCallsTransferredToCDN + CDNCallsTransferredToDN +
CDNCallsTransferredToIncalls + CDNCallsTransferredToOther.
1352 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_ConsultationTime
Lists the total time an agent spends in consultation with another agent during a
call transfer or conference after the caller drops off the call.
@RCW_DNCalls
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Calculates the number of
DN calls handled by an agent, by adding DNInExtCalls + DNInIntCalls +
DNOutExtCalls + DNOutIntCalls.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Calculates the number of DN calls
handled by an agent, by adding DNInCalls + DNOutCalls.
@RCW_DNCallsConferenced
Calculates the number of DN calls conferenced by adding
DNCallsConfToACDDN + DNCallsConfToCDN + DNCallsConfToDN +
DNCallsConfToOther.
@RCW_DNCallsHoldTime
Lists the total time DN calls are on hold by adding DNInExtCallsHoldTime +
DNInIntCallsHoldTime + DNOutExtCallsHoldTime +
DNOutIntCallsHoldTime.
@RCW_DNCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Lists the total time spent
handling DN calls by adding DNInExtCallsTalkTime + DNInIntCallsTalkTime
+ DNOutExtCallsTalkTime + DNOutIntCallsTalkTime.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Lists the total time spent handling
DN calls by adding DNInCallsTalkTime + DNOutCallsTalkTime.
@RCW_DNCallsTransferred
Calculates the number of DN calls transferred by adding
DNCallsTransferredToACDDN + DNCallsTransferredToCDN +
DNCallsTransferredToDN + DNCallsTransferredToOther.
@RCW_DNInCalls
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Calculates the number of
incoming DN calls by adding DNInExtCalls + DNInIntCalls.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1353
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Calculates the number of incoming
DN calls as DNInCalls.
@RCW_DNInCallsHoldTime
Lists the total time incoming DN calls are on hold by adding
DNInExtCallsHoldTime + DNInIntCallsHoldTime.
@RCW_DNInCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Lists the total time spent
on incoming DN calls, including hold time, by adding DNInExtCallsTalkTime +
DNInIntCallsTalkTime.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Lists the total time spent on
incoming DN calls, including hold time.
@RCW_DNInExtCallsHoldTime
Lists the total time incoming external DN calls are on hold.
@RCW_DNInExtCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total time
spent on incoming external DN calls, including hold time.
@RCW_DNInIntCallsHoldTime
Lists the total time incoming internal DN calls are on hold.
@RCW_DNInIntCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total time
spent on incoming internal DN calls, including hold time.
@RCW_DNOutCalls
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX) Calculates the number of
outgoing DN calls by adding DNOutExtCalls + DNOutIntCalls.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS) Calculates the number of outgoing DN
calls as DNOutCalls.
@RCW_DNOutCallsHoldTime
Lists the total time outgoing DN calls are on hold by adding
DNOutExtCallsHoldTime + DNOutIntCallsHoldTime.
1354 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_DNOutCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total time
spent on outgoing DN calls, including hold time, by adding
DNOutExtCallsTalkTime + DNOutIntCallsTalkTime.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS) Lists the total time spent on outgoing DN
calls, including hold time.
@RCW_DNOutExtCallsHoldTime
Lists the total time outgoing external DN calls are on hold.
@RCW_DNOutExtCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total time
spent on outgoing external DN calls, including hold time.
@RCW_DNOutIntCallsHoldTime
Lists the total time outgoing internal DN calls are on hold.
@RCW_DNOutIntCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total time
spent on outgoing internal DN calls, including hold time.
@RCW_HoldTime
Lists the amount of time this agent put local and incoming contacts on hold,
excluding DN calls, ACD calls and NACD calls.
@RCW_LocalCallsAnswered
Calculates the number of local contacts answered by subtracting
NetworkCallsAnswered from CallsAnswered.
@RCW_LocalCallsTalkTime
Lists the total time that the agent spent handling local contacts, including hold
time, by subtracting NetworkCallsTalkTime from TalkTime.
@RCW_LoggedInTime
Lists the total time an agent is in the Login state.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1355
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_NACDCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists total time
spent on NACD calls by an agent, including hold time.
@RCW_NetworkCallsTalkTime
Lists the total time that the agent spent handling incoming NSBR contacts,
including hold time.
@RCW_NotReadyTime
Lists total time an agent spends in the Not Ready state. Not Ready time includes
post-call processing time and Not Ready time with reason codes.
@RCW_ReservedTime
Lists the total time the agent is in Reserved state.
@RCW_RingTime
Lists the total time an agent spends in the Ringing state before answering a
Contact Center Manager call.
@RCW_SupervisorName
Lists the supervisor's full name in the format SupervisorGivenName
SupervisorSurName. If the information is not available, Supervisor Name Not
Defined message appears.
@RCW_SupervisorNameID
Lists the supervisor's full name and login ID in the format
SupervisorGivenName SupervisorSurName - SupervisorLogin. If the
information is not available, No Supervisor Name or ID Available message
appears.
@RCW_SupervisorNameIDLabel
Lists the text Supervisor Name & ID: SupervisorGivenName
SupervisorSurname - SupervisorLogin. If the information is not available,
Supervisor Name & ID Not Found message appears.
@RCW_TalkTime
Lists the total time spent by the agent handling all contacts except DN calls,
ACD calls, and NACD calls, including hold time.
1356 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modified based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value are modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TotalCallsAnswered
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Calculates the total
number of calls answered by adding CallsAnswered + ACDCallsAnswered +
NACDCallsAnswered.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Calculates the total number calls
answered by adding CallsAnswered + ACDCallsAnswered.
@RCW_TotalTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch) Lists the total time spent
by the agent handling all contacts, including hold time by adding TalkTime +
ACDCallsTalkTime + NACDCallsTalkTime.
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch) Lists the total time spent by the
agent handling all contacts, including hold time by adding TalkTime +
ACDCallsTalkTime.
@RCW_VariableWrapTime
(Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch only) Lists the total time an agent is
in the Variable Wrap state for all skillsets.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1357
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_WaitingTime
Lists the total time an agent spends waiting for contacts.
@RCW_WalkawayTime
Lists the total time an agent is in the Walkaway state.
ApplicationStat formulas
The following ApplicationStat formulas are available.
@RCW_%CallsAbandoned
Calculates the percentage of calls abandoned by dividing CallsAbandoned by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of calls answered by dividing CallsAnswered by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold
Calculates the percentage of calls answered that are answered after a wait
greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the threshold class to
which the application belongs by dividing CallsAnsweredAftThreshold by
CallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsAnsweredBeforeThreshold
Calculates the percentage of calls answered that are answered before a wait
greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the threshold class to
which the application belongs by dividing CallsAnswered -
CallsAnsweredAftThreshold by CallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsGivenDefault
Calculates the percentage of calls given default treatment by dividing
CallsGivenDefault by CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsGivenForceBusy
Calculates the percentage of calls given Force Busy treatment by dividing
CallsGivenForceBusy by CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
1358 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_%CallsGivenForceDisconnect
Calculates the percentage of calls given Force Disconnect treatment by dividing
CallsGivenForceDisconnect by CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsGivenForceOverflow
Calculates the percentage of calls given Force Overflow treatment by dividing
CallsGivenForceOverflow by CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsGivenHostLookup
Calculates the percentage of calls given Host Lookup treatment by dividing
CallsGivenHostLookup by CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsGivenRouteTo
Calculates the percentage of calls given Route To treatment by dividing
CallsGivenRouteTo by CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%ServiceLevel
Calculates the percentage of calls that are serviced within the service level
threshold for the application by dividing (CallsAnswered + CallsAbandoned) -
(CallsAnsweredAftThreshold + CallsAbandonedAftThreshold) by
(CallsAnswered + CallsAbandoned), and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_ApplicationCallsAbandoned
Calculates the actual number of calls that entered the application and are hung
up before they are answered by subtracting IVRAbandoned from
CallsAbandoned.
@RCW_ApplicationLabel
Lists the text Application: Application.
@RCW_ApplicationNameID
Lists the application name and ID in the format Application - ApplicationID. If
the information is not available, No Information on Application message
appears.
@RCW_ApplicationNameIDLabel
Lists the text Application Name & ID: Application - ApplicationID. If the
information is not available, No Information on Application message appears.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1359
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_ApplicationNameOrID
Lists Application or, if this is not available, ApplicationID. If the information is
not available, No Information on Application message appears.
@RCW_ApplicationNameOrIDLabel
Lists the text Application Name: Application or, if this is not available,
Application ID: ApplicationID. If the information is not available, No
Information on Application message appears.
@RCW_AverageCallsAbandonedDelay
Lists the average wait time experienced by calls that are abandoned by dividing
CallsAbandonedDelay by the CallsAbandoned.
@RCW_AverageCallsAnsweredDelay
Lists the average wait time experienced by calls that are answered by dividing
CallsAnsweredDelay by the CallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageNetOutCallsAbandonedDelay
Lists the average time delay experienced by outgoing NSBR calls sent by this
application and abandoned at the destination sites, by dividing
NetOutCallsAbandonedDelay by NetOutCallsAbandoned.
@RCW_AverageNetOutCallsAnsweredDelay
Lists the average time delay experienced by outgoing NSBR calls routed by this
application and answered at the destination sites, by dividing
NetOutCallsAnsweredDelay by NetOutCallsAnswered.
@RCW_AveragePostCallProcessingTime
Displays the average time agents spent performing post-call processing by
dividing PostCallProcessingTime by the CallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageTalkTime
Displays the average time agents spent handling contacts (excluding DN calls)
in this interval, that were handled by this application by dividing TalkTime by
CallsAnswered. This statistic includes hold time.
1360 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_AverageTimeBeforeDefault
Lists the average time spent in the system by local Contact Center Manager
contacts and incoming NSBR contacts that received default treatment for this
application, by dividing TimeBeforeDefault by CallsGivenDefault.
@RCW_AverageTimeBeforeForceBusy
Lists the average time spent in the system by local Contact Center Manager calls
and incoming NSBR calls that received Force Busy treatment for this
application, by dividing TimeBeforeForceBusy by CallsGivenForceBusy.
@RCW_AverageTimeBeforeForceDisconnect
Lists the average time spent in the system by local Contact Center Manager calls
and incoming NSBR calls that received Force Disconnect treatment for this
application, by dividing TimeBeforeForceDisconnect by
CallsGivenForceDisconnect.
@RCW_AverageTimeBeforeForceOverflow
Lists the average time spent in the system by local Contact Center Manager calls
and incoming NSBR calls that received Force Overflow treatment for this
application, by dividing TimeBeforeForceOverflow by
CallsGivenForceOverflow.
@RCW_AverageTimeBeforeRouteTo
Lists the average time spent in the system by local Contact Center Manager calls
and incoming NSBR calls that received Route Call treatment, by dividing
TimeBeforeRouteTo by CallsGivenRouteTo.
@RCW_AverageWaitTime
Displays the average time agents spend waiting for a contact after releasing a
voice call or closing a multimedia contact handled by this application by
dividing WaitTime by CallsAnswered.
@RCW_CallsAbandonedDelay
Lists the wait time experienced by all Contact Center Manager calls abandoned
by callers.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1361
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_CallsAnsweredBeforeThreshold
Calculates the number of calls answered before a wait greater than or equal to
the service level threshold for the threshold class to which the application
belongs by subtracting CallsAnsweredAftThreshold from CallsAnswered.
@RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Lists the wait time experienced by all Contact Center Manager contacts
answered or accepted for this application.
@RCW_CallsAnsweredDelayAtSkillset
Lists the total wait time experienced in the skillset queue by all Contact Center
Manager contacts that are answered for this application.
@RCW_DNOutCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Displays the total
time spent on outgoing DN calls, including hold time, for this application by
adding DNOutExtCallsTalkTime + DNOutIntCallsTalkTime.
@RCW_DNOutExtCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Displays the total
time spent by agents on outgoing external DN calls, including hold time, for this
application.
@RCW_DNOutIntCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Displays the total
time spent by agents on outgoing internal DN calls, including hold time, for this
application.
@RCW_MaxCallsAbandonedDelay
Lists the wait time experienced by the Contact Center Manager call that waited
the longest before it is abandoned.
@RCW_MaxCallsAnsDelay
Lists the wait time experienced by the Contact Center Manager call that waited
the longest before it is answered.
1362 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_MaxCallsAnsDelayAtSkillset
Lists the wait time experienced by the Contact Center Manager contact that
waited the longest in the skillset queue before it is answered.
@RCW_MaxNetOutCallsAbandonedDelay
Lists the wait time experienced by the outgoing NSBR Contact Center Manager
contact routed by this application that waited the longest before it is abandoned
at the destination site.
@RCW_MaxNetOutCallsAnsweredDelay
Lists the wait time experienced by the outgoing NSBR contact routed by this
application that waited the longest before it is answered or terminated at the
destination site.
@RCW_NetOutCallsAbandonedDelay
Lists the total time delay experienced by outgoing NSBR calls sent by this
application and abandoned at the destination sites.
@RCW_NetOutCallsAnsweredDelay
Lists the total time delay experienced by outgoing NSBR calls routed by this
application and answered at the destination sites.
@RCW_PostCallProcessingTime
Displays the total time agents spent performing post-call processing. Normally,
an agent uses this time to complete any work related to the call just released,
such as filling in forms or filing papers.
@RCW_TalkTime
Displays the total time agents spent handling contacts (excluding DN calls) in
this interval, that were handled by this application. This statistic includes hold
time.
@RCW_TimeBeforeDefault
Lists the total time spent in the system by local Contact Center Manager contacts
and incoming NSBR contacts that received default treatment for this application.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1363
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_TimeBeforeForceBusy
Lists the total time spent in the system by local Contact Center Manager calls
and incoming NSBR calls that received Force Busy treatment for this
application.
@RCW_TimeBeforeForceDisconnect
Lists the total time spent in the system by local Contact Center Manager calls
and incoming NSBR calls that received Force Disconnect treatment for this
application.
@RCW_TimeBeforeForceOverflow
Lists the total time spent in the system by local Contact Center Manager calls
and incoming NSBR calls that received Force Overflow treatment for this
application.
@RCW_TimeBeforeInterflow
Lists total amount of time that local Contact Center Manager contacts and
outgoing NSBR contacts spent in the Master_Script application before they are
passed to a primary application. For the Master_Script application, this is the
total time spent in the Master_Script by all contacts. For primary applications,
this is the total time spent in the Master_Script application by all contacts
answered for the primary application.
@RCW_TimeBeforeIVRTransferred
Lists the total time spent in the system by local Contact Center Manager calls
and incoming NSBR calls transferred to an IVR session for this application.
@RCW_TimeBeforeNACDOut
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Lists the total time
spent in the system by local Contact Center Manager calls networked out
through the NACD queue and answered at remote nodes. NACD calls are sent to
other switches without using the Contact Center Manager NSBR feature.
@RCW_TimeBeforeNetOut
Lists the total time spent in the system by outgoing NSBR contacts that are
networked out by this application.
1364 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_TimeBeforeReachNonISDN
Lists the total time spent in the system by outgoing NSBR Contact Center
Manager calls before they reached a non-ISDN trunk.
@RCW_TimeBeforeRouteTo
Lists the total time spent in the system by local Contact Center Manager calls
and incoming NSBR calls that received Route Call treatment.
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modifed based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value are modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_WaitTime
Displays the total time agents spend waiting for a contact after releasing a voice
call or closing a multimedia contact handled by this application.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1365
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
CDNStat formulas
The following CDNStat formulas are available.
@RCW_%CallsAbandoned
Calculates the percentage of calls abandoned by dividing CallsAbandoned by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of calls answered by dividing CallsAnswered by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsTerminated
Calculates the percentage of calls abandoned by dividing CallsTerminated by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_CDNNameID
Lists the CDN name and ID in the format CDNName - CDN. If the information
is not available, No Information on CDN message appears.
@RCW_CDNNameIDLabel
Lists the text CDN Name & ID: CDNName - CDN. If the information is not
available, There is no CDN Name or ID message appears.
@RCW_CDNNameOrID
Lists CDNName or, if this is not available, CDN. If the information is not
available, No Information on CDN message appears.
@RCW_CDNNameOrIDLabel
Lists the text CDN Name: CDNName or, if this is not available, CDN ID: CDN.
If the information is not available, No Information on CDN message appears.
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modifed based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
1366 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value are modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
DNISStat formulas
The following DNISStat formulas are available.
@RCW_%CallsAbandoned
Calculates the percentage of calls abandoned by dividing CallsAbandoned by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsAbandonedAfterThreshold
Calculates the percentage of calls abandoned that are abandoned after a wait
greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the DNIS number by
dividing CallsAbandonedAftThreshold by CallsAbandoned, and multiplying by
100.
@RCW_%CallsAbandonedBeforeThreshold
Calculates the percentage of calls abandoned that are abandoned before a wait
greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the DNIS number by
dividing CallsAbandoned - CallsAbandonedAftThreshold by CallsAbandoned,
and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of calls answered by dividing CallsAnswered by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1367
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_%CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold
Calculates the percentage of calls answered that are answered after a wait
greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the DNIS number by
dividing CallsAnsweredAftThreshold by CallsAnswered, and multiplying by
100.
@RCW_%CallsAnsweredBeforeThreshold
Calculates the percentage of calls answered that are answered before a wait
greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the DNIS number by
dividing CallsAnswered - CallsAnsweredAftThreshold by CallsAnswered, and
multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsGivenDefault
Calculates the percentage of calls given default treatment by dividing
CallsGivenDefault by CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsGivenForceBusy
Calculates the percentage of calls given Force Busy treatment by dividing
CallsGivenForceBusy by CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsGivenForceDisconnect
Calculates the percentage of calls given Force Disconnect treatment by dividing
CallsGivenForceDisconnect by CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsGivenForceOverflow
Calculates the percentage of calls given Force Overflow treatment by dividing
CallsGivenForceOverflow by CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsGivenRouteTo
Calculates the percentage of calls given Route To treatment by dividing
CallsGivenRouteTo by CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsNetworkedOut
Calculates the percentage of calls that are routed to a remote site and answered
or abandoned by dividing CallsNetworkedOut by CallsOffered, and multiplying
by 100.
1368 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_%ServiceLevel
Calculates the percentage of calls that are serviced within the service level
threshold for the application by dividing (CallsAnswered + CallsAbandoned) -
(CallsAnsweredAftThreshold + CallsAbandonedAftThreshold) by
(CallsAnswered + CallsAbandoned), and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_AverageAbandonedDelay
Calculates the average wait time experienced by all local Contact Center
Manager calls and incoming NSBR calls abandoned for a DNIS number, by
dividing CallsAbandonedDelay by CallsAbandoned.
@RCW_AverageAnsweredDelay
Calculates the average wait time experienced by all local Contact Center
Manager calls and incoming NSBR calls answered for a DNIS number, by
dividing CallsAnsweredDelay by CallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageTalkTime
Lists the average time spent by all agents on local Contact Center Manager calls
and incoming NSBR calls for a DNIS number, including hold time, by dividing
TalkTime by CallsAnswered.
@RCW_CallsAbandonedBeforeThreshold
Calculates the number of calls answered that are answered before a wait greater
than or equal to the service level threshold for the DNIS number, by subtracting
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold from CallsAbandoned.
@RCW_CallsAbandonedDelay
Lists the total wait experienced by calls that are abandoned.
@RCW_CallsAnsweredBeforeThreshold
Calculates the number of calls answered before a wait greater than or equal to
the service level threshold for the DNIS number by subtracting
CallsAnsweredAftThreshold from CallsAnswered.
@RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Lists the wait time experienced by all local Contact Center Manager calls and
incoming NSBR calls answered for a DNIS number.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1369
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_DNISNameID
Lists the DNIS name and ID in the format DNISName - DNIS. If the
information is not available, No Information on DNIS message appears.
@RCW_DNISNameIDLabel
Lists the text DNIS Name & ID: DNISName - DNIS. If the information is not
available, No DNIS Information available message appears.
@RCW_DNISNameOrID
Lists DNISName or, if this is not available, DNIS. If the information is not
available, No Information on DNIS message appears.
@RCW_DNISNameOrIDLabel
Lists the text DNIS Name: DNISName or, if this is not available, DNIS ID:
DNIS. If the information is not available, No Information on DNIS message
appears.
@RCW_MaxAbandonDelay
Lists the wait time experienced by the local Contact Center Manager calls or
incoming NSBR call that waited the longest before it is abandoned.
@RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay
Lists the wait time experienced by the local Contact Center Manager calls or
incoming NSBR call that waited the longest before it is answered.
@RCW_TalkTime
Lists the total time spent by all agents on local Contact Center Manager calls and
incoming NSBR calls for a DNIS number, including hold time.
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modifed based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
1370 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value are modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
IVRPortStat formulas
The following IVRPortStat formulas are available.
@RCW_AverageNotReadyTime
Lists the average time spent by the IVR port in the Not Ready state by dividing
NotReadyTime by CallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageTalkTime
Lists the average time the IVR port is in use by dividing TalkTime by
CallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageWaitingTime
Lists average time the IVR port is idle by dividing WaitingTime by
CallsAnswered.
@RCW_IVRPortNameID
Lists the IVR Port name and ID in the format IVRPortName - IVRPortID. If the
information is not available, No Information on IVRPort message appears.
@RCW_IVRPortNameIDLabel
Lists the text Port Name & ID: IVRPortName - IVRPortID. If the information is
not available, IVR Port Name & ID not available message appears.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1371
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_IVRQueueNameID
Lists the IVR Queue name and ID in the format IVRQueueName -
IVRQueueID. If the information is not available, No Information on IVRQueue
message appears.
@RCW_IVRQueueNameIDLabel
Lists the text Queue Name & ID: IVRQueueName - IVRQueueID. If the
information is not available, IVR Queue Name & ID not available message
appears.
@RCW_LoggedInTime
Lists the total time that the IVR port is logged on.
@RCW_NotReadyTime
Lists the total time spent by the IVR port in the Not Ready state.
@RCW_TalkTime
Lists the total time the IVR port is in use.
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modifed based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value are modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
1372 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_WaitTime
Lists the total time the IVR port is idle.
IVRStat formulas
The following IVRStat formulas are available.
@RCW_%CallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of calls answered by dividing CallsAnswered by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold
Calculates the percentage of calls answered that are answered after a wait
greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the threshold class to
which the IVR ACD-DN belongs by dividing CallsAnsweredAftThreshold by
CallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsAnsweredBeforeThreshold
Calculates the percentage of calls answered that are answered before a wait
greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the threshold class to
which the IVR ACD-DN belongs by dividing CallsAnswered -
CallsAnsweredAftThreshold by CallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_AverageCallsAnsweredDelay
Lists the average wait time experienced by all the calls answered by dividing
CallsAnsweredDelay by CallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageCallsNotTreatedDelay
Lists the average wait time experienced by all the calls abandoned or pulled
back from an IVR queue by dividing CallsNotTreatedDelay by CallsNotTreated.
@RCW_CallsAnsweredBeforeThreshold
Calculates the number of calls answered before a wait greater than or equal to
the service level threshold for the threshold class to which the IVR ACD-DN
belongs by subtracting CallsAnsweredAftThreshold from CallsAnswered.
@RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Lists the total wait time experienced by all the calls answered.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1373
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_CallsNotTreatedDelay
Lists the total wait time experienced by all the calls abandoned or pulled back
from an IVR queue.
@RCW_IVRQueueNameID
Lists the IVR Queue name and ID in the format IVRQueueName -
IVRQueueID. If the information is not available, No Information on IVRQueue
message appears.
@RCW_IVRQueueNameIDLabel
Lists the text Queue Name & ID: IVRQueueName - IVRQueueID. If the
information is not available, No Queue Information available message appears.
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modifed based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value are modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
1374 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
LicenseStat formulas
The following LicenseStat formulas are available.
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modifed based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value are modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
NetworkInCallStat formulas
The following NetworkInCallStat formulas are available.
@RCW_%CallsAbandoned
Calculates the percentage of calls abandoned by dividing CallsAbandoned by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsAbandonedAfterThreshold
Calculates the percentage of calls abandoned that are abandoned after a wait
greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the application by dividing
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold by CallsAbandoned, and multiplying by 100.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1375
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_%CallsAbandonedBeforeThreshold
Calculates the percentage of calls abandoned that are abandoned before a wait
greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the application by dividing
CallsAbandoned - CallsAbandonedAftThreshold by CallsAbandoned, and
multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of calls answered by dividing CallsAnswered by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold
Calculates the percentage of calls answered that are answered after a wait
greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the application by dividing
CallsAnsweredAftThreshold by CallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsAnsweredBeforeThreshold
Calculates the percentage of calls answered that are answered before a wait
greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the application by dividing
CallsAnswered - CallsAnsweredAftThreshold by CallsAnswered, and
multiplying by 100.
@RCW_AverageCallsAbandonedDelay
Lists the average wait time experienced by all incoming NSBR calls abandoned
at the local site, by dividing CallsAbandonedDelay by CallsAbandoned.
@RCW_AverageCallsAbandonedDelayAtDest
Lists the average wait time experienced at the local site by all incoming NSBR
calls abandoned at the local site, by dividing CallsAbandonedDelayAtDest by
CallsAbandoned.
@RCW_AverageCallsAnsweredDelay
Lists the average wait time experienced by all incoming NSBR calls answered at
the local site, by dividing CallsAnsweredDelay by CallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageCallsAnsweredDelayAtDest
Lists the average wait time experienced at the local site by all incoming NSBR
calls answered at the local site, by dividing CallsAnsweredDelayAtDest by
CallsAnswered.
1376 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_CallsAbandonedBeforeThreshold
Calculates the number of calls answered that are answered before a wait greater
than or equal to the service level threshold for the application, by subtracting
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold from CallsAbandoned.
@RCW_CallsAbandonedDelay
Lists the total wait time experienced by all incoming NSBR calls abandoned at
the local site.
@RCW_CallsAbandonedDelayAtDest
Lists the total wait time experienced at the local site by all incoming NSBR calls
abandoned at the local site.
@RCW_CallsAnsweredBeforeThreshold
Calculates the number of calls answered before a wait greater than or equal to
the service level threshold for the application by subtracting
CallsAnsweredAftThreshold from CallsAnswered.
@RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Lists the total wait time experienced by all incoming NSBR calls answered at
the local site.
@RCW_CallsAnsweredDelayAtDest
Lists the total wait time experienced at the local site by all incoming NSBR calls
answered at the local site.
@RCW_DstSiteNameOrID
Lists DstSite or, if this is not available, DstSiteID. If the information is not
available, No Information on Destination Site message appears.
@RCW_MaxAbandonedDelay
Lists the wait time experienced by the incoming NSBR call that waited the
longest before it is abandoned at the local site.
@RCW_MaxAbandonedDelayAtDest
Lists the wait time experienced by the call that waited the longest at the local site
before it is abandoned.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1377
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay
Lists the total wait time experienced by all calls answered at the local site.
@RCW_MaxAnsweredDelayAtDest
Lists the wait time experienced by the call that waited the longest at the local site
before it is answered.
@RCW_SrcSiteNameOrID
Lists SrcSite or, if this is not available, SrcSiteID. If the information is not
available, No Information on Source Site message appears.
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modifed based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value are modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
NetworkOutStat formulas
The following NetworkOutStat formulas are available.
@RCW_%CallsAbandoned
Calculates the percentage of calls abandoned by dividing CallsAbandoned by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
1378 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_%CallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of calls answered by dividing CallsAnswered by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_AverageCallAbandonedDelayAtDest
Lists the average wait time experienced at the destination site by all calls from
the local site that are abandoned at the destination site, by dividing
CallAbandonedDelayAtDest by CallsAbandoned.
@RCW_AverageCallAnsweredDelayAtDest
Lists the average wait time experienced at the destination site by all calls from
the local site that are answered by an agent, answered by IVR, or terminated at
the destination site, by dividing CallAnsweredDelayAtDestination by
CallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageTotalCallAbandonedDelay
Lists the average wait time experienced by all calls from the local site that are
abandoned at the destination site, by dividing TotalCallAbandonedDelay by
CallsAbandoned.
@RCW_AverageTotalCallAnsweredDelay
Lists the average wait time experienced by all calls from the local site that are
answered by an agent, answered by IVR, or terminated at the destination site, by
dividing TotalCallAnsweredDelay by CallsAnswered.
@RCW_CallAbandonedDelayAtDest
Lists the total wait time experienced at the destination site by all calls from the
local site that are abandoned at the destination site.
@RCW_CallAnsweredDelayAtDest
Lists the total wait time experienced at the destination site by all calls from the
local site that are answered by an agent, answered by IVR, or terminated at the
destination site.
@RCW_DstSiteNameOrID
Lists DstSite or, if this is not available, DstSiteID. If the information is not
available, No Information on Destination Site message appears.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1379
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_MaxCallAbandonedDelay
Lists the wait time experienced by the call originating at the local site that
waited the longest before it is abandoned at the destination site.
@RCW_MaxCallAbandonedDelayAtDest
Lists the wait time experienced by the call originating at the local site that
waited the longest at the destination site before it is abandoned.
@RCW_MaxCallAnsweredDelay
Lists the wait time experienced by the call originating at the local site that
waited the longest before it is answered by an agent, answered by IVR, or
terminated at the destination site.
@RCW_MaxCallAnsweredDelayAtDest
Lists the wait time experienced by the call originating at the local site that
waited the longest at the destination site before it is answered by an agent,
answered by IVR, or terminated.
@RCW_SrcSiteNameOrID
Lists SrcSite or, if this is not available, SrcSiteID. If the information is not
available, No Information on Source Site message appears.
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modifed based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
1380 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value are modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TotalCallAbandonedDelay
Lists the total wait time experienced by all calls from the local site that are
abandoned at the destination site.
@RCW_TotalCallAnsweredDelay
Lists the total wait time experienced by all calls from the local site that are
answered by an agent, answered by IVR, or terminated at the destination site.
RANMusicRouteStat formulas
The following RANMusicRouteStat formulas are available.
@RCW_RouteAccessTime
Lists the total time a music or RAN route is in use.
@RCW_RouteNameID
Lists the Route name and ID in the format RouteName - RouteID. If the
information is not available, No Information on Route message appears.
@RCW_RouteNameIDLabel
Lists the text Route Name & ID: RouteName - RouteID. If the information is not
available, Route Name and ID not available message appears.
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modifed based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1381
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value are modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
RouteStat formulas
The following RouteStat formulas are available.
@RCW_AllTrunksBusyTime
Lists the total time all trunks in this route are busy.
@RCW_AverageAllTrunksBusyTime
Lists the total time all trunks in this route are busy by dividing
AllTrunksBusyTime by AllTrunksBusy.
@RCW_RouteNameID
Lists the Route name and ID in the format RouteName - RouteID. If the
information is not available, No Information on Route message appears.
@RCW_RouteNameIDLabel
Lists the text Route Name & ID: RouteName - RouteID. If the information is not
available, No Route Name and ID Available message appears.
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modifed based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
1382 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value are modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
SkillsetStat formulas
The following SkillsetStat formulas are available.
@RCW_%CallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of calls answered by dividing CallsAnswered by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold
Calculates the percentage of calls answered that are answered after a wait
greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the threshold class to
which the skillset belongs by dividing CallsAnsweredAftThreshold by
CallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsAnsweredBeforeThreshold
Calculates the percentage of calls answered that are answered before a wait
greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the threshold class to
which the skillset belongs by dividing CallsAnswered -
CallsAnsweredAftThreshold by CallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%LocalCallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of local calls answered for this skillset by dividing
CallsAnswered - NetCallsAnswered by CallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%NetCallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of incoming network calls answered for this skillset
by dividing NetCallsAnswered by CallsAnswered, and multiplying by 100.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1383
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_ActiveTime
Lists the amount of time a skillset is in service. A skillset is in service when it is
not in Out of Service mode and at least one agent is logged on.
@RCW_AllAgentBusyTime
Lists the total time that all agents assigned this skillset are busy with calls or no
agents are logged on.
@RCW_ApplicationNameID
Lists the application name and ID in the format Application - ApplicationID. If
the information is not available, No Information on Application message
appears.
@RCW_ApplicationNameIDLabel
Lists the text Application Name & ID: Application - ApplicationID. If the
information is not available, No Information on Application message appears.
@RCW_ApplicationNameOrID
Lists Application, or if this is not available, ApplicationID. If the information is
not available, No Information on Application message appears.
@RCW_ApplicationNameOrIDLabel
Lists the text Application Name: Application or, if this is not available,
Application ID: ApplicationID. If the information is not available, No
Information on Application message appears.
@RCW_AverageCallsAnsweredDelay
Calculates the average wait time experienced by all local Contact Center
Manager calls and incoming NSBR calls answered for this skillset, by dividing
CallsAnsweredDelay by CallsAnswered.
@RCW_AverageNumberOfAgents
Calculates the average number of logged on agents belonging to this skillset, by
dividing TotalStaffedTime by ActiveTime.
@RCW_AveragePostCallProcessingTime
Displays the average time agents spent performing post-call processing by
dividing PostCallProcessingTime by the CallsAnswered.
1384 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_AverageSkillsetAbandonedDelay
Lists the average wait time experienced by Contact Center Manager calls that
are abandoned for this skillset, by dividing SkillsetAbandonedDelay by
SkillsetAbandoned.
@RCW_AverageTalkTime
Displays the average time agents spent handling contacts (excluding DN calls)
in this interval, that were handled by this skillset by dividing TalkTime by
CallsAnswered. This statistic includes hold time.
@RCW_AverageWaitTime
Displays the average time agents spend waiting for a contact after releasing a
voice call or closing a multimedia contact handled by this skillset by dividing
WaitTime by CallsAnswered.
@RCW_CallsAnsweredBeforeThreshold
Calculates the number of calls answered before a wait greater than or equal to
the service level threshold for the threshold class to which the skillset belongs by
subtracting CallsAnsweredAftThreshold from CallsAnswered.
@RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Lists the wait time experienced by all local Contact Center Manager calls and
incoming NSBR calls answered for this skillset.
@RCW_DNOutCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Displays the total
time spent on outgoing DN calls, including hold time, for this skillset by adding
DNOutExtCallsTalkTime + DNOutIntCallsTalkTime.
@RCW_DNOutExtCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Displays the total
time spent by agents on outgoing external DN calls, including hold time, for this
skillset.
@RCW_DNOutIntCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch only) Displays the total
time spent by agents on outgoing internal DN calls, including hold time, for this
skillset.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1385
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_LocalCallsAnswered
Calculates the number of local contacts answered by subtracting
NetCallsAnswered from CallsAnswered.
@RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay
Lists the wait time experienced by the local Contact Center Manager calls or
incoming NSBR call that waited the longest before it is answered.
@RCW_MaxSkillsetAbandonedDelay
Lists the wait time experienced by the local Contact Center Manager call or
incoming NSBR call queued to this skillset that waited the longest before it is
abandoned.
@RCW_PostCallProcessingTime
Displays the total time agents spent performing post-call processing. Normally,
an agent uses this time to complete any work related to the call just released,
such as filling in forms or filing papers.
@RCW_SiteNameOrID
Lists Site or, if this is not available, SiteID. If the information is not available,
No Information on Site message appears.
@RCW_SkillsetAbandonedBeforeThreshold
Calculates the number of Contact Center Manager calls abandoned for this
skillset before a wait greater than or equal to the service level threshold for the
threshold class to which the skillset belongs, by subtracting
SkillsetAbandonedAftThreshold from SkillsetAbandoned.
@RCW_SkillsetAbandonedDelay
Lists the total wait time experienced by Contact Center Manager calls that are
abandoned for this skillset.
@RCW_SkillsetNameID
Lists the skillset name and ID in the format Skillset - SkillsetID. If the
information is not available, No Information on Skillset message appears.
1386 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_SkillsetNameIDLabel
Lists the text Skillset Name & ID: Skillset - SkillsetID. If the information is not
available, No Information on Skillset message appears.
@RCW_SkillsetNameOrID
Lists Skillset or, if this is not available, SkillsetID. If the information is not
available, No Information on Skillset message appears.
@RCW_SkillsetNameOrIDLabel
Lists the text Skillset Name: Skillset or, if this is not available, Skillset ID:
SkillsetID. If the information is not available, No Information on Skillset
message appears.
@RCW_TalkTime
Displays the total time agents spent handling contacts (excluding DN calls) in
this interval, that were handled by this skillset. This statistic includes hold time.
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modifed based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value are modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TotalStaffedTime
Lists the amount of logon time for all agents belonging to this skillset.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1387
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
@RCW_WaitTime
Displays the total time agents spend waiting for a contact after releasing a voice
call or closing a multimedia contact handled by this skillset.
TrunkStat formulas
The following TrunkStat formulas are available:
@RCW_%CallsAbandoned
Calculates the percentage of calls abandoned by dividing CallsAbandoned by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%CallsAnswered
Calculates the percentage of calls answered by dividing CallsAnswered by
CallsOffered, and multiplying by 100.
@RCW_%Usage
Calculates the percentage of time that the trunk is occupied during the selected
interval by dividing OccupancyTime by the time the trunk is available, and
multiplying by 100. The time the trunk is available is determined based on the
value set for the @report_datarange formula.
@RCW_AverageCallsAbandonedDelay
Lists the average wait time experienced by calls that are abandoned by dividing
CallsAbandonedDelay by the CallsAbandoned.
@RCW_AverageCallsAnsweredDelay
Lists the average wait time experienced by calls that are answered by dividing
CallsAnsweredDelay by the CallsAnswered.
@RCW_CallsAbandonedDelay
Lists the total wait time experienced by calls that are abandoned.
@RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay
Lists the total wait time experienced by calls that are answered.
@RCW_OccupancyTime
Lists the amount of time that the trunk is occupied.
1388 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Report Creation Wizard
@RCW_TimestampGroupName
Lists the Timestamp value as a formatted string based on the @report_datarange
formula and the setting for the option The section will be printed. If the value set
for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the date is printed. If
the value set for @report_datarang is Interval, the value is modifed based on the
setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel
Lists a label indicating the group option selected followed by the Timestamp
value as a formatted string (for example, Daily: 25/10/2005). The label and date
shown are based on the @report_datarange formula and the setting for the
option The section will be printed.
If the value set for @report_datarange is Daily, Weekly, or Monthly, only the
label and date are printed. If the value set for @report_datarange is Interval, the
label and value are modified based on the setting for The section will be printed.
You can use this formula in the Timestamp group header or group footer only.
@RCW_TrunkIDRouteLabel
Lists a string identifying the specific trunk by combining Trunk ID: + TrunkID +
Route Name: + Route + Route ID: RouteID. If the Route or RouteID fields are
blank they are not displayed.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1389
Report Creation Wizard Standard 8.11
1390 Contact Center Manager
Appendix C
Pegging examples
In this appendix
Pegging of local calls 1392
Pegging of network calls 1395
Pegging of activity codes 1399
Pegging of Not Ready reason codes 1403
Pegging of agent state timers 1406
Pegging of ACD-DNs 1408
Pegging of DNIS calls 1410
Pegging of calls returned to queue 1411
Pegging when a skillset is out of service 1412
Pegging for calls networked out by NACD 1414
Pegging blind transfers 1416
Pegging when the caller leaves a message 1419
Pegging of calls answered by a backup skillset 1420
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1391
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
Pegging of local calls
This section provides a typical example of how local calls peg.
Scenario
Call arrives 09:00:00
Call is given IVR treatment 09:00:10
Call is handed over to 09:00:10
Booking_Script application
Call is queued to Bookings skillset 09:00:11
Call is presented to Donna Royce 09:00:18
Call is answered by Donna Royce 09:00:23
Call is conferenced to a Brandon 09:00:32
Woo’s DN
Caller disconnects 09:00:43
Brandon Woo releases call 09:00:46
Donna Royce releases call
In this scenario, the agent’s call presentation class is configured for a break
(variable wrap) of 30 seconds after each call.
1392 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Pegging examples
Pegging
AgentPerformanceStat view: Donna Royce
Field Pegging
Interval 9:00 – 9:15
CallsOffered 1
CallsAnswered 1
CDNCallsConferencedToDN 1
ConsultationTime 3
(Communication Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX switch)
TalkTime 23
BreakTime/VariableWrapTime 30
ApplicationStat view: Master_Script
Field Pegging
Interval 9:00 – 9:15
CallsOffered 1
CallsGivenIVR 1
ApplicationStat view: Booking_Script
Field Pegging
Interval 9:00 – 9:15
CallsOffered 1
CallsAnswered 1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1393
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
Field Pegging
CallsAnsweredDelay 15 seconds
Time from when the Master handed
off to the primary and is answered.
AnsDelay16 1
CallsAnsweredDelayAtSkillset 12 seconds
CallsConferencedOut 1
TimeBeforeInterflow 2 seconds
CDNStat view
Field Pegging
Interval 9:00 – 9:15
CallsOffered 1
CallsAnswered 1
SkillsetStat view: Bookings
Field Pegging
Interval 9:00 – 9:15
Application Booking_Script
CallsOffered 1
CallsAnswered 1
CallsAnsweredDelay 12 seconds
BreakTime/VariableWrapTime 30 seconds
1394 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Pegging examples
Pegging of network calls
This section provides a typical example of how network calls peg (at the source
site and at the destination site).
Scenario
Call arrives at Toronto 09:00:00
Call is handed over to 09:00:01
Booking_Script application
Call is queued to network skillset: 09:00:02
Bookings
Call is routed to Boston 09:00:08
Call is presented to Boston agent, 09:00:10
Lane Rivers
Lane Rivers answers call 09:00:15
Caller disconnects 09:00:35
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1395
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
Pegging at source site
ApplicationStat view: Master_Script
Field Pegging
Interval 9:00 – 9:15
CallsOffered 1
ApplicationStat view: Booking_Script
Field Pegging
Interval 9:00 – 9:15
CallsOffered 1
NetOutCalls 1
NetOutCallsAnswered 1
NetOutCallsAnsweredDelay 15 seconds
AnsDelay16 1
CallsAnsweredDelayAtSkillset 13 seconds
1396 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Pegging examples
NetworkOutCallStat view
Field Pegging
Interval 9:00 – 9:15
Source Site Toronto
Source Application Booking_Script
Destination Site Boston
Destination Application Network_Script
Calls Offered 1
Calls Answered 1
Pegging at destination site
ApplicationStat view: Network_Script
Field Pegging
Interval 9:00 – 9:15
CallsAnswered 1
CallsAnsweredDelay 7 seconds
AnsDelay8 1
CallsAnsweredDelayAtSkillset 13 seconds
NetworkInCallStat view
Field Pegging
Interval 9:00 – 9:15
Source Site Toronto
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1397
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
Field Pegging
Source Application Booking_Script
Destination Site Boston
Destination Application Network_Script
Calls Offered 1
Calls Answered 1
AgentPerformanceStat view: Lane Rivers
Field Pegging
Interval 9:00 – 9:15
CallsOffered 1
CallsAnswered 1
TalkTime 20
1398 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Pegging examples
Pegging of activity codes
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch
On the Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch, an activity code
has a maximum of four digits.
Example 1: Activity code entered in first interval
For this example, the following events occur:
09:05:00 Agent answers call
09:11:00 Agent enters activity code 1234
09:14:00 Agent enters activity code 3456
09:23:00 Agent enters activity code 5678
09:26:00 Call ends
Activity code statistics (ActivityCodeStat view) peg as follows:
Interval ActivityCode Occurrences ActivityTime (minutes)
09:00:00 1234 1 9 minutes
3456 1 1 minutes
09:15:00 3456 0 8 minutes
5678 1 3 minutes
Example 2: Activity code entered in second interval
For this example, the following events occur:
09:05:00 Agent answers call
09:21:00 Agent enters activity code 1234
09:33:00 Call ends
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1399
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
Activity code statistics (ActivityCodeStat view) peg as follows:
Interval ActivityCode Occurrences ActivityTime (minutes)
09:00:00 0 (system default) 1 10 minutes
09:15:00 0 (system default) 0 6 minutes
1234 1 9 minutes
09:30:00 1234 0 3 minutes
The system default activity code is used because the agent did not enter an
activity code during the first interval.
Default skillset activity code
For this example, the following events occur:
09:04:00 Agent answers call
09:06:00 Agent presses Activity key twice
09:12:00 Agent enters activity code 1234
09:18:00 Call ends
Activity code statistics (ActivityCodeStat view) peg as follows:
Interval ActivityCode Occurrences ActivityTime (minutes)
09:00:00 00 (skillset default) 1 8 minutes
1234 1 3 minutes
09:15:00 1234 0 3 minutes
1400 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Pegging examples
Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch
On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, an activity (Line of Business)
code has a maximum of three digits.
Example 1: Activity code entered in first interval
For this example, the following events occur:
09:05:00 Agent answers call
09:11:00 Agent enters activity code 123
09:14:00 Agent enters activity code 345
09:23:00 Agent enters activity code 567
09:26:00 Call ends
Activity code statistics (ActivityCodeStat view) peg as follows:
Interval ActivityCode Occurrences ActivityTime (minutes)
09:00:00 0 (system default) 1 6 minutes
123 1 10 minutes
09:15:00 345 0 8 minutes
09:30:00 567 1 3 minutes
Example 2: Activity code entered in second interval
For this example, the following events occur:
09:05:00 Agent answers call
09:21:00 Agent enters activity code 123
09:33:00 Call ends
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1401
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
Activity code statistics (ActivityCodeStat view) peg as follows:
Interval ActivityCode Occurrences ActivityTime (minutes)
09:00:00 0 (system default) 1 10 minutes
09:15:00 0 (system default) 0 15 minutes
09:30:00 123 1 3 minutes
Example 3: Multiple activity codes entered in one interval
For this example, the following events occur:
11:31:04 Agent answers call
11:33:04 Agent enters activity code 123
11:34:04 Agent enters activity code 345
11:35:34 Agent enters activity code 567
11:36:00 Call ends
Activity code statistics (ActivityCodeStat view) peg as follows:
Interval ActivityCode Occurrences ActivityTime (minutes)
11:30:00 123 1 3 minutes
11:45:00 345 1 1 minute 30 seconds
12:00:00 567 1 0 minutes 26 seconds
1402 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Pegging examples
Pegging of Not Ready reason codes
Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX switch
Example 1: Not Ready reason code entered in first interval
For this example, the following events occur:
09:25:00 Agent goes into Not Ready state
09:27:00 Agent enters Not Ready reason code 1234
09:31:00 Agent enters Not Ready reason code 3456
09:35:00 Agent goes into Ready state
Not Ready reason code statistics peg as follows, in the ActivityCodeStat view:
Interval ActivityCode Occurrences ActivityTime (minutes)
09:15:00 1234 1 5 minutes
09:30:00 1234 0 1 minutes
3456 1 4 minutes
Example 2: Not Ready reason code entered in second interval
For this example, the following events occur:
09:13:00 Agent goes into Not Ready state
09:18:00 Agent enters Not Ready reason code 1234
09:19:00 Agent enters Not Ready reason code 3456
09:25:00 Agent enters Not Ready reason code 5678
09:26:00 Agent logs off
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1403
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
Not Ready reason code statistics peg as follows, in the ActivityCodeStat view:
Interval ActivityCode Occurrences ActivityTime (minutes)
09:00:00 000 (system default) 1 2 minutes
09:15:00 000 (system default) 0 3 minutes
1234 1 1 minutes
3456 1 6 minutes
5678 1 1 minutes
Example 3: Agent goes Not Ready during logon interval
For this example, the following events occur:
09:31:00 Agent logs on (automatically goes into Not Ready state)
09:32:00 Agent goes into Ready state
09:42:00 Agent goes into Not Ready state
09:46:00 Agent enters Not Ready reason code 1234
09:48 Agent goes into Ready state
Not Ready reason code statistics peg as follows, in the ActivityCodeStat view:
Interval ActivityCode Occurrences ActivityTime (minutes)
09:30:00 000 (system default) 2 4 minutes
09:45:00 000 (system default) 1 1 minutes
1234 1 2 minutes
1404 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Pegging examples
Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch
On the Communication Server 2x00/DMS switch, agents can enter only one Not
Ready reason code while in Not Ready state. To change the Not Ready reason,
the agent should go into Ready state, and then into Not Ready again.
Example 1: Not Ready Reason code entered before timeout
For this example, the following events occur (NR timeout configured at 20
seconds).
09:25:00 Agent goes into Not Ready state
09:25:10 Agent enters Not Ready LOB 123
09:31:00 Agent goes into Ready state
Not Ready reason code statistics peg as follows, in the ActivityCodeStat view.
Interval ActivityCode Occurrences ActivityTime (min.)
09:15:00 123 1 4 mins 50 seconds
09:30:00 123 0 5 minutes
Example 2: Agent goes Not Ready, and does not enter Not Reason
code.
For this example, the following events occur (NR timeout configured at 20
seconds).
09:26:00 Agent goes into Not Ready state
09:30:00 Agent goes into Ready state
Not Ready reason code statistics peg as follows, in the ActivityCodeStat view.
Interval ActivityCode Occurrences ActivityTime (min.)
09:15:00 000 (System default) 1 3 mins 40 seconds
09:30:00 000 (System default) 0 1minutes
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1405
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
Pegging of agent state timers
Scenario
All agent state timers are maintained independently. For example, the following
events occur.
9:00:00 The agent logs on.
9:00:10 The agent answers a DN call from an internal number.
9:00:20 The agent places the DN call on hold and answers a Contact
Center Manager call.
9:01:20 The agent releases the Contact Center Manager call and resumes
the DN call.
9:01:30 The agent releases the DN call and logs off.
Agent timer values
At the end of this period, the agent timers have the following values.
LoggedInTime 90 seconds
WaitingTime 10 seconds
DNInCallsTalkTime (Communication Server 80 seconds
2x00/DMS) or DNIntInCallsTalkTime
(Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX
switch)
TalkTime 60 seconds
The total activity time for the agent, as calculated in the following example,
exceeds the agent logon time of 90 seconds.
1406 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Pegging examples
WaitingTime + DNInCallsTalkTime or DnIntInCallsTalkTime + TalkTime
= 10 + 80 + 60
= 120 seconds
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1407
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
Pegging of ACD-DNs
By default, statistics for ACD-DNs peg against the Default ACD skillset, and
statistics for NACD-DNs peg against the Default NACD skillset. However, you
can map an ACD-DN, using Contact Center Manager Administration. If you
map an ACD-DN, statistics for that ACD-DN peg against that skillset.
Example 1: Pegging without skillset mapping
Scenario
For this example, an agent who is assigned to the Eng_Service_Sk answers an
ACD and NACD call as follows.
03:04:00 Agent answers a call on ACD-DN 5111.
03:06:00 The call ends.
03:08:00 Agent answers a call on NACD-DN 7111.
03:11:00 The call ends.
Pegging: SkillsetStat view
Skillset statistics for the interval 03:00:00 are as follows.
All Agent All Agent Skillset Average
Skillset Busy Staffed Active Number of
Skillset/Application Answered Time Time Time Agents
Default ACD 1 0 0 0 0
ACD_DN_ 1 0 0 0 0
Application
Default NACD 1 0 0 0 0
NACD_DN_ 1 0 0 0 0
Application
1408 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Pegging examples
All Agent All Agent Skillset Average
Skillset Busy Staffed Active Number of
Skillset/Application Answered Time Time Time Agents
Eng_Service_Sk 0 5 15 15 1
Totals 2 5 15 15 1
The calls peg against the Default ACD and Default NACD skillsets.
Example 2: Pegging with skillset mapping (SkillsetStat view)
In this example, ACD-DN 5111 is mapped to skillset Eng_Service_Sk. The
same events occur, but the pegging is as follows.
All Agent All Agent Skillset Average
Skillset Busy Staffed Active Number of
Skillset/Application Answered Time Time Time Agents
Eng_Service_Sk 2 5 15 15 1
ACD_DN_ 1 0 0 0 0
Application
NACD_DN_ 1 0 0 0 0
Application
Totals 2 5 15 15 1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1409
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
Pegging of DNIS calls
Scenario
Consider a scenario where the following events occur:
1. A call arrives on DNIS 3111.
2. The Contact Center Manager script routes the call to the voice processing
system.
3. The voice processing system transfers the call to another CDN acquired by
Contact Center Manager Server.
4. The Contact Center Manager script queues the call to a skillset.
5. An agent answers the call.
Pegging: DNISStat view
Statistic Value
CallsOffered 2
CallsAnswered 1
CallsRouted 1
The CallsOffered statistic pegs twice because the DNIS call is offered to Contact
Center Manager two times.
1410 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Pegging examples
Pegging of calls returned to queue
Scenario
1. A call comes into CDN controlled by Contact Center Manager.
2. Contact Center Manager executes a script, which checks whether the
skillset is staffed.
3. The skillset is staffed, so the script queues the call.
4. When an agent becomes available, the call is offered and presented to
Agent 1 (no call forcing).
5. The call rings three times on the agent phoneset, but the agent does not
answer.
6. After 18 seconds (the return to queue timeout as defined in the call
presentation class), the call is returned to the queue.
7. Agent 2 is available and is presented with the call.
8. The call rings for 6 seconds and the agent answers.
Pegging: AgentPerformanceStat view
Returned to Queue
Agent Presented due to Timeout Answered
Agent 1 1 1 0
Agent 2 1 0 1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1411
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
Pegging when a skillset is out of service
Example 1: Call is routed to a voice processing system
Scenario
1. A call arrives at a CDN controlled by Contact Center Manager.
2. The script checks the status of the skillset. The skillset is in night service
mode.
3. The call is routed to a voice mailbox on a third-party voice processing
system.
Pegging
The call statistics peg as follows.
View CallsOffered CallsRouted CallsTerminated
ApplicationStat view 1 1 0
CDNStat view 1 0 1
Example 2: Call is requeued
Scenario
11:01:00 A call arrives at a CDN controlled by Contact Center Manager.
11:01:01 The script queues the call to the Bookings_Sk skillset.
11:01:03 The last remaining agent in the Bookings_Sk skillset finishes a
call and presses the Make Set Busy key. The call is released.
11:01:05 An agent, realizing that the skillset is not staffed, quickly logs on.
The script checks the call condition and determines that it is
released, but the skillset is now staffed. Contact Center Manager
requeues the call to the skillset.
1412 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Pegging examples
11:01:07 The call is presented to the agent.
11:01:09 The agent answers the call.
Pegging
The call statistics peg as follows.
View CallsOffered CallsAnswered Total Delay
ApplicationStat view 1 1 8 seconds
SkillsetStat view 1 0 4 seconds
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1413
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
Pegging for calls networked out by NACD
Scenario
The following events occur.
11:30:00 A call arrives on CDN 3010, which is controlled by Contact
Center Manager.
11:30:01 The Master script queues the call to the Information_Sk skillset.
11:30:10 The script queues the call to an NACD queue. The switch requests
an agent from the remote switch.
The remote switch responds with the information that all agents
are busy. The call receives RAN treatment.
11:30:15 Agent1 becomes available on the remote switch. The remote
switch reserves the agent and notifies the local switch.
11:30:17 The local switch routes the call to the remote switch.
11:30:19 The remote switch presents the call to the agent.
11:31:49 Agent 1 releases the call.
1414 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Pegging examples
Pegging at local node
CDNStat view
Control Directory Number CallsOffered CallsTerminated
3010 1 1
ApplicationStat view
Calls CallsGiven CallsNACD TimeBefore
Application Offered NACD Out NACDOut
Master_Script 1 1 1 1
Network_Application
Pegging at remote node
ApplicationStat view
Application CallsOffered CallsAnswered
NACD_DN_Application 1 1
AgentPerformanceStat view
NACDCalls NACDTalk Reserved Reserved
Agent Answered Time ForCall Time
Agent 1 1 90 seconds 1 4 seconds
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1415
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
Pegging blind transfers
Scenario: Transfer completed before connection to the second agent
The following events occur.
11:30:00 A call arrives on the Sales CDN (3759), which is controlled by
Contact Center Manager. The Master Script executes the Sales
application (Sales_App). The call receives Ringback treatment.
11:30:02 Call is queued to the Sales skillset (Sales_Skillset) and a Sales
agent answers immediately.
11:32:02 The Sales agent determines that the call should be transferred to
the Service group, presses the Transfer button, and dials the
Service CDN (3760). The call enters the Master script, and the
Sales agent hears Ringback for 2 seconds.
11:32:06 The Sales agent finishes the transfer. The Master script restarts for
the call, determines that the call is for the Service CDN, and
executes the Service Application (Service_App). The call receives
Ringback treatment.
11:32:08 The call is queued to the Service skillset (Service_Skillset) and
receives RAN treatment.
11:32:15 The call receives Music treatment.
11:32:23 The call is presented to a Service agent.
11:32:26 The Service agent answers the call.
Pegging: CDNStat view
Control Directory Number CallsOffered CallsAnswered
3759 1 1
3760 1 1
1416 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Pegging examples
Pegging: ApplicationStat view
Application CallsOffered CallsAnswered Total Delay
Master 2 0 0 seconds
Sales_App 1 1 2 seconds
Service_App 1 1 20 seconds
Pegging: SkillsetStat view
Skillset CallsOffered CallsAnswered Total Delay
Sales_Skillset 1 1 0 seconds
Service_Skillset 1 1 18 seconds
Scenario: Transfer completed after connection to second agent
The following events occur.
11:30:00 A call arrives on the Sales CDN (3759), which is controlled by
Contact Center Manager. The call receives Ringback treatment.
The Master Script executes the Sales Application (Sales_App).
11:30:02 The call is queued to the Sales skillset (Sales_Skillset) and a Sales
agent answers immediately.
11:32:02 The Sales agent determines that the call should be transferred to
the Service group, presses the Transfer button, and dials the
Service CDN (3760). The call enters the Master script, and the
Sales agent hears Ringback for 6 seconds.
11:32:08 The Master script hands off control to the Service application
(Service_App). The Service application (Service_App) queues the
call to the Service Skillset (Service_Skillset).
11:32:08 The Sales agent hears RAN.
11:32:15 The Sales agent hears Music treatment.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1417
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
11:32:23 The call is presented to a Service agent. The Sales agent releases
the call after talking to Service agent for 3 seconds.
11:32:26 The original caller and the Service agent are connected.
In this case, the Master script does not restart.
Pegging: CDNStat view
Control Directory Number CallsOffered CallsAnswered
3759 1 1
3760 1 1
Pegging: ApplicationStat view
Application CallsOffered CallsAnswered Total Delay
Master 2 0 0
Sales_App 1 1 2 seconds
Service_App 1 1 20 seconds
Pegging: SkillsetStat view
Skillset CallsOffered CallsAnswered Total Delay
Sales_Skillset 1 1 0 seconds
Service_Skillset 1 1 18 seconds
1418 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Pegging examples
Pegging when the caller leaves a message
Scenario
The following events occur.
11:44:00 A call arrives on CDN 3759, which is controlled by Contact
Center Manager.
11:44:02 The call is queued to Sales_Sk.
11:44:12 The script executes a Give IVR command, which gives the caller
the option to leave a voice message. The caller chooses to leave a
message and disconnects.
Pegging
View CallsOffered CallsAbandoned
CDNStat 1 1
ApplicationStat 1 1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1419
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
Pegging of calls answered by a backup
skillset
Scenario
The following events occur.
10:13:00 A call arrives on CDN 3759, which is controlled by Contact
Center Manager.
10:13:02 The Master script hands the call off to the Sales application.
11:13:04 The Sales application queues the call to the Sales_Sk skillset.
11:13:14 The Sales application queues the call to a backup skillset.
11:13:18 An agent in the backup skillset answers the call.
Pegging
ApplicationStat view
Calls Calls CallsAnsweredDelayAt
Application Offered Answered Skillset
Master_Script 1 0 0 seconds
Sales_Application 1 1 14 seconds
CDNStat view
Control Directory Number CallsOffered CallsAbandoned
3759 1 0
1420 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Pegging examples
SkillsetStat view
Skillset CallsOffered CallsAnswered
Sales_Sk 1 0
Backup_Sk 1 1
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1421
Pegging examples Standard 8.11
1422 Contact Center Manager
Appendix D
Agent state tracking
In this appendix
Pegging agent state 1424
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1423
Agent state tracking Standard 8.11
Pegging agent state
The following table shows how agent state pegs in reports for several different
Incalls and DN key statuses. The table does not distinguish between internal and
external DN calls, which peg separately for the Communication Server 1000/
Meridian 1 PBX switch.
If the agent key status is Agent time pegs against the following states:
Incoming DN calls talk time
Outgoing DN calls talk time
Network calls talk time
ACD/NACD talk time
Busy on Misc. time
Busy on DN time
Walkaway time
Not ready time
Waiting time
Talk Time
Hold time
Ring time
DN key
Incalls key (see Note 1)
Idle No call present •
Idle Incoming DN • •
call active
Idle Incoming DN • • •
(see Note 2) call on hold
Idle Outgoing DN • •
call active
Idle Outgoing DN • • •
(see Note 2) call on hold
Idle Incoming DN •
call ringing
Idle DN key pressed •
(see Note 3)
1424 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Agent state tracking
If the agent key status is Agent time pegs against the following states:
Outgoing DN calls talk time
Incoming DN calls talk time
Network calls talk time
ACD/NACD talk time
Busy on Misc. time
Busy on DN time
Walkaway time
Not ready time
Waiting time
Talk Time
Hold time
Ring time
DN key
Incalls key (see Note 1)
Skillset contact Not Active •
alerting
Skillset contact Incoming DN •
alerting call ringing
Active with Not Active •
Skillset contact
Skillset contact Not Active • •
on Hold
Active with Incoming DN • •
skillset contact call on hold
Skillset contact Incoming DN • • •
on hold call active
Skillset contact Incoming DN • • •
on hold call on hold
Active with Outgoing DN • •
skillset contact call on hold
(see Note 4)
Skillset contact Outgoing DN • • •
on hold call active
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1425
Agent state tracking Standard 8.11
If the agent key status is Agent time pegs against the following states:
Outgoing DN calls talk time
Incoming DN calls talk time
Network calls talk time
ACD/NACD talk time
Busy on Misc. time
Busy on DN time
Walkaway time
Not ready time
Waiting time
Talk Time
Hold time
Ring time
DN key
Incalls key (see Note 1)
Skillset contact Outgoing DN • • •
on hold call on hold
ACD/NACD Not Active •
call ringing
Active with Not Active •
ACD/NACD
call
ACD/NACD Not Active •
call on hold
Not ready Not Active •
Not ready DN key pressed •
(see Note 5)
Not ready Incoming DN • •
call active
Not ready Incoming DN • •
call on hold
Not ready Outgoing DN • •
call active
Not ready Outgoing DN • •
call on hold
1426 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Agent state tracking
If the agent key status is Agent time pegs against the following states:
Outgoing DN calls talk time
Incoming DN calls talk time
Network calls talk time
ACD/NACD talk time
Busy on Misc. time
Busy on DN time
Walkaway time
Not ready time
Waiting time
Talk Time
Hold time
Ring time
DN key
Incalls key (see Note 1)
Not ready; agent Not Active • •
activates
Walkaway
Skillset contact Not Active • • •
on hold; agent
activates
Walkaway
Active with Not Active • •
incoming
network Skillset
contact (NSBR
option)
Incoming Not Active • • •
network Skillset
contact on hold
(NSBR option)
Active with Outgoing DN •
Outbound call active
request contact
Note 1: Not Active for the DN key status means that no DN calls are present.
Note 2: (Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX) If the Alternate Call
Answer feature is enabled, Waiting Time pegs in AgentPerformanceStat.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1427
Agent state tracking Standard 8.11
Note 3:
Busy on Misc. time for Communication Server 1000/Meridian 1 PBX only.
Outgoing DN calls talk time for Communication Server 2x00/DMS only.
Note 4: This does not peg if the active skillset contact is an outbound campaign
contact.
Note 5: Outgoing DN calls talk time for Communication Server 2x00/DMS
only.
1428 Contact Center Manager
Glossary
A accelerator key
A key on a phoneset that an agent can use to place a call quickly. When an agent
presses an accelerator key, the system places the call to the configured number
associated with the key. For example, if an agent presses the Emergency key, the
system places a call to the agent’s supervisor.
ACCESS
An internal protocol used by Contact Center Manager Server to directly control
some of the voice services available on the CallPilot or Meridian Mail platform.
access class
A collection of access levels that defines the actions a member of the access
class can perform within the system. For example, a member of the
Administrator access class might be given a collection of Read/Write access
levels.
access level
A level of access or permission given to a particular user for a particular
application or function. For example, a user might be given View Only access to
historical reports.
ACCESS link
A communication channel between Contact Center Manager Server and
CallPilot or Meridian Mail.
ACCESS voice port
A voice port controlled by the ACCESS link.
ACD call
See automatic call distribution call.
ACD-DN
See automatic call distribution directory number.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1429
Glossary Standard 8.11
ACD group
See automatic call distribution group.
ACD routing table
See automatic call distribution routing table.
ACD subgroup
See automatic call distribution subgroup.
acquired resource
A resource configured on the switch under the control of Contact Center
Manager Server. Resources must be configured with matching values on both
the switch and Contact Center Manager Server.
activated script
A script that is processing calls or is ready to process calls. Before you can
activate a script, you must first validate it.
active server
In a system with a Replication Server, the server providing call processing and
administration services.
activity code
A number that agents enter on their phoneset during a call. Activity codes
provide a way of tracking the time agents spend on various types of incoming
calls. They are also known as Line of Business (LOB) codes. For example, the
activity code 720 might be used to track sales calls. Agents can then enter 720
on their agent desktop applications during sales calls, and this information can
be generated in an Activity Code report.
adapter
Hardware required to support a particular device. For example, network adapters
provide a port for the network wire. Adapters can be expansion boards or part of
the computer’s main circuitry.
administrator
A user who sets up and maintains Contact Center Manager and Contact Center
Multimedia.
1430 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
agent
A user who handles inbound and outbound voice calls, e-mail messages, and
Web communications.
agent logon ID
A unique identification number assigned to a particular agent. The agent uses
this number when logging on. The agent ID is not associated with any particular
phoneset.
agent priority per skillset
Each agent has a priority per skillset. This priority represents their skill level
within the skillset. This priority is used only in queuing the agent in the idle
agent queues, thus allowing agents with greater priority in a skillset to be
presented with calls before agents of lesser priority. Agent priority per skillset
has a range of 1 to 48, with 1 having the greatest priority. Agent priority per
skillset is not used to determine which request to present to an idle agent when
the agent qualifies for more than one queue request. That presentation is based
solely on the calls’ attributes.
agent-to-skillset assignment
A matrix that, when you run it, sets the priority of one or more agents for a
skillset. Agent to skillset assignments can be scheduled.
agent-to-supervisor assignment
A matrix that, when you run it, assigns one or more agents to specific
supervisors. Agent to supervisor assignments can be scheduled.
AIP
Advanced I/O Processor
alias
See e-mail alias.
AML
See Application Module Link.
ANI
See automatic Number Identification.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1431
Glossary Standard 8.11
API
See application program interface.
application
1. A logical entity that represents a Contact Center Manager script for reporting
purposes. The Master script and each primary script have an associated
application. The application has the same name as the script it represents. 2. A
program that runs on a computer.
Application Module Link
An internal protocol used by Contact Center Manager Server to communicate
directly with the switch.
application program interface
A set of routines, protocols, and tools that programmers use to develop software
applications. APIs simplify the development process by providing commonly
used programming procedures.
application server
The server on which the Contact Center Manager Administration software is
installed. This server acts as the middle layer that communicates with Contact
Center Manager Server and makes information available to the client PCs.
associated supervisor
A supervisor who is available for an agent if the agent’s reporting supervisor is
unavailable. See also reporting supervisor.
automatic call distribution
A means of automatically distributing an organization’s incoming calls among a
number of answering positions (ACD agents). Automatic call distribution is
useful in operations where callers want a service rather than a specific person.
Calls are serviced in the order they arrive and are distributed so that the
workload at each answering position is approximately equal.
automatic call distribution call
A call to an ACD-DN. ACD calls are distributed to agents in an ACD group
based on the ACD routing table on the switch. See also automatic call
distribution directory number.
1432 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
automatic call distribution directory number
A primary or supplementary DN associated with an ACD group. Calls made to
an automatic call distribution directory number are distributed to agents
belonging to the group, based on the ACD routing table on the switch.
automatic call distribution group
An entity defined on the switch for the purpose of call distribution. When a
customer dials an ACD group, the call is routed to any agent who is a member of
that group.
automatic call distribution routing table
A table configured on the switch that contains a list of ACD-DNs used to define
routes for incoming calls. This ensures that incoming calls not processed by
Contact Center Manager Server are queued to ACD groups and handled by
available agents.
automatic call distribution subgroup
An entity defined on the switch to assign supervisory responsibilities. Each
subgroup has one supervisor phoneset and a number of agent phonesets
associated with it. Agents can log on to any phoneset within their ACD
subgroup. The supervisor must log on to the supervisor phoneset to monitor
assigned agents.
automatic Number Identification
A telephony feature that provides the originating local telephone number of the
caller.
auto-response
A message sent to a customer with no agent interaction. An auto-response can
be an intelligent response, such as a sales promotion flyer, or an
acknowledgement, such as, “We received your e-mail and will respond to you
within three days.”
B basic call
A simple unfeatured call between two 2500 phonesets, on the same switch,
using a four-digit dialing plan.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1433
Glossary Standard 8.11
BBUA
Back-to-Back User Agent
C call age
The amount of time a call waits in the system before being answered by an
agent.
call destination
The site to which an outgoing network call is sent. See also call source.
Calling Line Identification
An optional service that identifies the telephone number of the caller. This
information can then be used to route the call to the appropriate agent or skillset.
The CLID can also be displayed on an agent’s phoneset.
call intrinsic
A script element that stores call-related information assigned when a call enters
Contact Center Manager Server. See also intrinsic, skillset intrinsic, time
intrinsic, traffic intrinsic.
call presentation class
A collection of preferences that determines how calls are presented to an agent.
A call presentation class specifies whether a break time between calls is allowed,
whether an agent can put DN calls on hold for incoming ACD calls, and whether
an agent phoneset displays that the agent is reserved for a network call.
call priority
The priority given to a request for a skillset agent in a QUEUE TO SKILLSET
or QUEUE TO NETWORK SKILLSET script element. This priority is used
only in queuing a pending request in the pending request queue corresponding to
the required skillsets. This allows pending requests with greater priority in a
skillset to be presented to agents before calls of lesser priority. Call priority has a
range or 1 to 6, with 1 having the greatest priority. Six priorities are used to fully
support the many queuing variations provided by existing NACD functionality.
Call priority is maintained at target nodes for network call requests.
1434 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
Call Request Queue Size
Sets the maximum queue size for network skillsets. When the set maximum is
reached, the queue rejects calls. For Network Skill-Based Routing, Call Request
Queue Size (CRQS) is configured in Contact Center Manager Administration. If
the NACD fallback or the Queue_to_NACD script command is used, CRQS
must be configured in LD23 on the switch. See also Flow Control Threshold.
call source
The site from which an incoming network call originates. See also call
destination.
call treatment
A script element that enables you to provide handling to a call while it is waiting
to be answered by a contact center agent. For example, a caller can hear a
recorded announcement or music while waiting for an agent.
call variable
A script variable that applies to a specific call. A call variable follows the call
through the system and is passed from one script to another with the call. See
also global variable, script variable.
CallPilot
A multimedia messaging system you can use to manage many types of
information, including voice messages, fax messages, e-mail messages,
telephone calls (including conferencing), calendars, and directories.
campaign
See outbound campaign.
CAT
Channel Allocation Table
CCR
customer controlled routing
CDN
See controlled directory number.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1435
Glossary Standard 8.11
central processing unit
The component of a computer that performs the instructions of computer
programs. Also known as a processor or microprocessor.
centum call seconds
A measure of call traffic density that represents one call in one channel for 100
seconds in 1 hour.
CLAN
See Customer Local Area Network.
CLAN subnet
See enterprise IP network.
CLID
See Calling Line Identification.
client
The part of Contact Center Manager Server that runs on a personal computer or
workstation and relies on the server to perform some operations. Two types of
client are available: Server Utility and Contact Center Manager Administration.
See also server.
closed reasons
An item configured in Contact Center Multimedia to indicate the result of a
completed e-mail contact. Agents choose a closed reason, and this information
can be generated in a report.
command
A building block used with expressions, variables, and intrinsics to create
scripts. Commands perform distinct functions, such as routing a call to a specific
destination, playing music to a caller, or disconnecting a caller.
Communication Control Toolkit
A client/server application that integrates a telephone on a user’s desktop with
client- and server-based applications.
1436 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
Communication Server 1000 Telephony Manager
A Nortel application used for Private Branch Exchange (PBX) management.
Computer Telephony Integration
An application that enables a computer to control telephone calls.
Conditionally Toll Denied
Allowed access for calls placed through Basic/Network Alternate Route
Selection and Coordinated Dialing Plan.
Contact Center Agent Desktop
An agent tool that contact center agents can use to provide intelligent and
personalized customer care. Agents use a personal computer to access the
telephony and multimedia functions.
Contact Center Manager
A client/server contact center solution for varied and changing business
requirements. It offers a suite of applications that includes call processing and
agent handling, management and reporting, networking, and third-party
application interfaces.
Contact Center Manager Administration
A browser-based tool for contact center administrators and supervisors used for
managing and configuring a contact center and its users, defining access to data,
and viewing real-time and historical reports. The Contact Center Manager
Administration software is installed on an application server. See also Contact
Center Manager Administration server.
Contact Center Manager Administration server
The server on which the Contact Center Manager Administration software is
installed. This server acts as the middle layer that communicates with Contact
Center Manager Server and makes information available to the client PCs.
Contact Center Manager Server
This server is responsible for functions such as the logic for call processing, call
treatment, call handling, call presentation, and the accumulation of data into
historical and real-time databases.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1437
Glossary Standard 8.11
Contact Center Manager Server call
A call to a CDN controlled by Contact Center Manager Server. The call is
presented to the Incalls key on an agent’s phoneset.
Contact Center Multimedia server
A client/server contact center application that expands inbound telephony
capabilities to include outbound voice, e-mail, and Web communications.
Contact Center Standby Server
The server that contains an up-to-date backup version of the Contact Center
Manager Server database for use if the active server fails. The database is kept
up-to-date by the Replication Server.
Contivity VPN Switch
A Nortel product that provides routing, firewall, bandwidth management,
encryption, authentication, and data integrity for secure tunneling across
managed IP networks and the Internet.
controlled directory number
A special directory number that allows calls arriving at the switch to be queued
when the CDN is controlled by an application such as Contact Center Manager
Server. When a call arrives at this number, the switch notifies the application
and waits for routing instructions, which are performed by scripts in Contact
Center Manager Server.
CPH
calls per hour
CPU
See central processing unit.
CRM
See Customer Relationship Manager.
CRQS
See Call Request Queue Size.
1438 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
CSL
Command and Status Link
CTD
See Conditionally Toll Denied.
CTI
See Computer Telephony Integration.
customer administrator
A user who maintains Contact Center Manager.
Customer Local Area Network
The LAN to which your corporate servers, third-party applications, and desktop
clients connects.
Customer Relationship Manager
An application that provides the tools and information that an organization
requires to manage its customer relationships.
D Data Execution Prevention
A set of hardware and software technologies that perform additional checks on
memory to help to protect against malicious code exploits. In Windows Server
2003 Service Pack 1, Data Execution Prevention is enforced by both hardware
and software.
database views
A logical representation of the database used to organize information in the
database for your use. Event statistics are accessible through database views.
DBMS
Database Management System
deacquire
To release an acquired switch resource from the control of the contact center.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1439
Glossary Standard 8.11
deactivated script
A script that does not process any new calls. If a script is in use when it is
deactivated, calls continue to be processed by the script until they are completed.
default activity code
The activity code assigned to a call if an agent does not enter an activity code
manually, or when an agent presses the activity code button twice on the
phoneset. Each skillset has a defined default activity code.
default skillset
The skillset to which calls are queued if they are not queued to a skillset or a
specific agent by the end of a script.
denial of service
An incident in which a user or organization is unable to gain access to a resource
that they can normally access.
DEP
See Data Execution Prevention.
Designer Patch
An emergency fix packaged to address specific individual Contact Center
software problems. Designer Patches are viewable from a patch viewer
application. Designer Patches are included in the next scheduled Service Update
or Service Update Supplementary. See also Service Update and Service Update
Supplementary.
desktop user
A configured user who can log on to the Contact Center Manager Server from a
client PC.
destination site
The site to which an outgoing network call is sent. See also source site.
DHCP
See dynamic host configuration protocol.
1440 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
Dial-Up Networking
See Remote Access Services.
Dialed Number Identification Service
An optional service that allows Contact Center Manager Server to identify the
phone number dialed by the incoming caller. An agent can receive calls from
customers calling in on different DNISs and, if the DNIS is displayed on the
phoneset, can prepare a response according to the DNIS.
DID
Direct Inward Dial
directory number
The number that identifies a phoneset on a switch. The directory number (DN)
can be a local extension (local DN), a public network telephone number, or an
automatic call distribution directory number (ACD-DN).
directory number call
A call presented to the DN key on an agent’s phoneset.
display threshold
A threshold used in real-time displays to highlight a value below or above the
normal range.
disposition code
An item configured in Contact Center Multimedia to indicate the result of a
completed outbound contact. Agents choose a disposition code, and this
information can be generated in a report.
Distant Steering Code
Used by the switch to route calls to their intended destination.
Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol
The multicast routing protocol used when multicast data recipients extend
beyond a single network. This protocol advertises the shortest-path route to the
networks on which a multicasting source resides.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1441
Glossary Standard 8.11
DMS
Digital Multiplex Switch
DN
See directory number.
DN call
See directory number call.
DNIS
See Dialed Number Identification Service.
DoS
See denial of service.
DP
See Designer Patch.
DSC
Distant Steering Code
DTMF
Dual Tone Multi Frequency
Dual Tone Multi Frequency
A method used by the telephone system to communicate the keys pressed when
dialing. Pressing a key on the phone's keypad generates two simultaneous tones,
one for the row and one for the column. These are decoded by the exchange to
determine which key was pressed.
DVMRP
See Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol.
dynamic host configuration protocol
A protocol for dynamically assigning IP addresses to devices on a network.
1442 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
dynamic link library
A library of executable functions or data that can be used by a Windows
application. Typically, a DLL provides one or more particular functions, and a
program accesses the functions by creating either a static or dynamic link to the
DLL. Several applications can use a DLL at the same time.
E EBC
See equivalent basic calls.
EIU
Ethernet Interface Unit
ELAN Subnet
See embedded local area network.
e-mail alias
An e-mail address that forwards all e-mail messages it receives to another e-mail
account. For example, the mailbox [email protected] can have the
aliases [email protected] and [email protected]. E-mail
addressed to either of these aliases is forwarded to the [email protected]
mailbox. To route e-mail differently depending on the alias to which it is
addressed, create a recipient mailbox as an alias in the Contact Center
Multimedia Administrator application and then create routing rules based on the
alias.
e-mail message contact
An incoming e-mail message handled intelligently using rules to route a contact
according to a skillset, send an auto-response, or close the contact.
e-mail rule
Determine how an e-mail contact is routed based on information about the
e-mail message (inputs) and configurations in your contact center (outputs).
embedded local area network
A dedicated Ethernet TCP/IP LAN that connects the Contact Center Manager
Server and the switch.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1443
Glossary Standard 8.11
Emergency key
A key on an agent’s phoneset that, when pressed by an agent, automatically calls
their supervisor to notify the supervisor of a problem with a caller.
enterprise IP network
Your entire IP network including the ELAN subnet and the Nortel server subnet.
equivalent basic calls
A measure of the telephone switch CPU real time required to process a basic
call. See also basic call.
event
1. An occurrence or action on Contact Center Manager, such as the sending or
receiving of a message, the opening or closing of an application, or the reporting
of an error. Some events are for information only, while others can indicate a
problem. Events are categorized by severity: information, minor, major, and
critical. 2. An action generated by a script command, such as queuing a call to a
skillset or playing music.
expression
1. A building block used in scripts to test for conditions, perform calculations, or
compare values within scripts. See also logical expression and mathematical
expression. 2. A category of disk drives that employs two or more drives in
combination for fault tolerance and performance. See also relational expression.
F FCTH
See Flow Control Threshold.
filter timer
The length of time after the system unsuccessfully attempts to route calls to a
destination site before that site is filtered out of a routing table.
firewall
A set of programs that protects the resources of a private network from external
users.
1444 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
first-level threshold
The value that represents the lowest value of the normal range for a statistic in a
threshold class. The system tracks how often the value for the statistic falls
below this value.
Flow Control Threshold
The number of calls required to reopen a closed network skillset queue. This
value must be less than the Call Request Queue Size. For Network Skill-Based
Routing, Flow Control Threshold (FCTH) is configured in Contact Center
Manager Administration. If the NACD fallback or the Queue_to_NACD script
command is used, FCTH must be configured in LD23 on the switch. See also
Call Request Queue Size.
G global settings
Settings that apply to all skillsets or IVR ACD-DNs configured on your system.
global variable
A variable that contains values that can be used by any script on the system. You
can only change the value of a global variable in the Script Variable Properties
sheet. You cannot change it in a script. See also call variable, variable.
GOS
See grade of service.
grade of service
The probability that calls are delayed by more than a certain number of seconds
while waiting for a port.
H HDX
See Host Data Exchange.
Host Data Exchange
A rich scripting language provided with Contact Center Manager to control
treatment of calls.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1445
Glossary Standard 8.11
HTTP
See Hypertext Transfer Protocol.
hundred call seconds
See centum call seconds.
Hypertext Transfer Protocol
The set of rules for transferring data on the World Wide Web.
I ICM
See Intelligent Call Manager.
IGMP
See Internet Group Management Protocol.
Incalls key
The key on an agent phoneset to which incoming ACD and Contact Center
Manager calls are presented.
Integrated Services Digital Network
A set of standards for transmitting digital information over ordinary telephone
wire and other media.
Integration Package for Meridian Link
A feature that integrates an IVR system with a switch.
Intelligent Call Manager
A high capacity contact center TCP/IP interface to the switch that enables the
exchange of messages between the switch and a remote host computer.
Interactive Voice Response
An application that allows telephone callers to interact with a host computer
using prerecorded messages and prompts.
Interactive Voice Response ACD-DN
A directory number that routes a caller to a specific IVR application. An IVR
ACD-DN must be acquired for non-integrated IVR systems.
1446 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
Interactive Voice Response event
A voice port logon or logoff. An IVR event is pegged in the database when a call
acquires or deacquires a voice port.
Internet Group Management Protocol
The multicast routing protocol used in a network that does not require the
delivery of multicast packets between routers or across networks. This protocol
transports the following information between host group members, hosts, and
routers:
client requests to join a group
messages about group membership sent by hosts to routers
Internet Protocol address
An identifier for a computer or device on a TCP/IP network. Networks use TCP/
IP to route messages based on the IP address of the destination. For customers
using NSBR, site IP addresses must be unique and correct. The format of an IP
address is a 32-bit numeric address written as four values separated by periods.
Each value can be 0 to 255. For example, 1.160.10.240 can be an IP address.
intrinsic
A word or phrase used in a script to gain access to system information about
skillsets, agents, time, and call traffic that can then be used in formulas and
decision-making statements. See also call intrinsic, skillset intrinsic, time
intrinsic, traffic intrinsic.
IP address
See Internet Protocol address.
IPML
See Integration Package for Meridian Link.
ISDN
See Integrated Services Digital Network.
IVR
See Interactive Voice Response.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1447
Glossary Standard 8.11
IVR ACD-DN
See Interactive Voice Response ACD-DN.
IVR event
See Interactive Voice Response event.
IVR port
See voice port.
L LAN
See local area network.
Line of Business code
See activity code.
LOB code
See activity code.
local area network
A computer network that spans a relatively small area. Most LANs connect
workstations and personal computers and are confined to a single building or
group of buildings.
local call
A call that originates at the local site. See also network call.
local skillset
A skillset that can be used at the local site only. See also network skillset,
skillset.
logical expression
1. A symbol used in scripts to test for different conditions. Logical expressions
are AND, OR, and NOT. See also expression, mathematical expression. 2. A
category of disk drives that employs two or more drives in combination for fault
tolerance and performance. See also relational expression.
1448 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
M M1
Meridian 1 switch
M1 IE
Meridian 1 Internet Enabled switch
mailbox
See recipient mailbox.
Management Information Base
A data structure that describes the collection of all possible objects in a network.
Each managed node maintains one or more variables (objects) that describe its
state. Contact Center Manager Server Management Information Bases (MIB)
contribute to the overall network MIB by:
identifying Nortel/Meridian/Contact Center Manager Server nodes within
the network
identifying significant events (SNMP traps), such as alarms reporting
specifying formats of alarms
Master script
The first script executed when a call arrives at the Contact Center. A default
Master script is provided with Contact Center Manager, but it can be customized
by an authorized user. It cannot be deactivated or deleted. See also network
script, primary script, script, secondary script.
mathematical expression
1. An expression used in scripts to add, subtract, multiply, and divide values.
Mathematical expressions are addition (+), subtraction (-), division (/), and
multiplication (*). See also expression and logical expression. 2. A category of
disk drives that employs two or more drives in combination for fault tolerance
and performance. See also relational expression.
mean holding time
1. The time that the agent is involved in serving a call. It is the sum of average
talk time. 2. The time required for postcall processing when the agent is not
available to handle other calls. 3. Intercall interval (including union break, if
any).
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1449
Glossary Standard 8.11
Media Application Server
A programmable media endpoint in a SIP signaling network that acts as a SIP
user agent to accept and control sessions and the IP media (audio and video)
services associated with those sessions. The Media Application Server delivers
programmable customized intelligent media services to those sessions using
text, voice, and video initially, with extensibility to other media and information
types as the applications grow.
mean time between calls
The average time between presentation of calls to an agent.
Meridian Link Services
A communications facility that provides an interface between the switch and a
third-party host application.
Meridian Mail
A Nortel product that provides voice messaging and other voice and fax
services.
Meridian MAX
A Nortel product that provides call processing based on ACD routing.
MHT
See mean holding time.
MIB
See Management Information Base.
MLS
See Meridian Link Services.
MM
See Meridian Mail.
MOSPF
See Multicasting Extensions to Open Shortest Path First.
1450 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
MTBC
See mean time between calls.
Multicasting Extensions to Open Shortest Path First
An enhanced version of the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) routing algorithm
that allows a router to forward multicast IP traffic within an autonomous OSPF
(v.2) system.
Multimedia database
A Caché database used to store customer information and contact details for
outbound, e-mail, and Web communication contacts.
MSL-100
Meridian Stored Logic 100 switch
music route
A resource installed on the switch that provides music to callers while they wait
for an agent.
N NACD call
A call that arrives at the server from a network ACD-DN.
NAT
See Network Address Translation.
NCC
See Network Control Center.
NCRTD
See Network Consolidated Real-Time Display.
Network Address Translation
The translation of an Internet Protocol (IP) address used within one network to
an IP address used within another network. One network is called the inside
network and the other is called the outside network.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1451
Glossary Standard 8.11
network call
A call that originates at another site in the network. See also local call.
Network Consolidated Real-Time Display
A real-time display containing data from more than one Contact Center Manager
Server. This data is consolidated by Contact Center Manager Administration.
Network Control Center
The server on a Contact Center Manager system where Network Skill-Based
Routing is configured and where communication between servers is managed.
network interface card
An expansion board that enables a PC to connect to a local area network (LAN).
network script
The script executed to handle error conditions for Contact Center Manager
Server calls forwarded from one site to another for customers using NSBR. The
network script is a system-defined script provided with Contact Center Manager,
but it can be customized by an authorized user. It cannot be deactivated or
deleted. See also Master script, primary script, script, secondary script.
Network Skill-Based Routing
An optional feature with Contact Center Manager Server that provides skill-
based routing to multiple networked sites.
network skillset
A skillset common to every site on the network. Network skillsets must be
created at the Network Control Center (NCC).
night mode
A skillset state in which the server does not queue incoming calls to the skillset,
and in which all queued calls are given night treatment. A skillset goes into night
mode automatically when the last agent logs off, or the administrator can put it
into night mode manually. See also out-of-service mode, transition mode.
1452 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
Nortel server subnet
The subnet to which the Nortel servers, such as Contact Center Manager Server,
Network Control Center, Contact Center Manager Administration, Contact
Center Multimedia, and CallPilot are connected.
Nortel VPN Router Switch
A Nortel product that provides routing, firewall, bandwidth management,
encryption, authentication, and data integrity for secure tunneling across
managed IP networks and the Internet.
NPA
See Number Plan Area.
NSBR
See Network Skill-Based Routing.
Number Plan Area
Area code
O object linking and embedding
A compound document standard that enables you to create objects with one
application, and then link or embed them in a second application.
ODBC
See Open Database Connectivity.
OEM
Original equipment manufacturer
Office hours
Hours configured in the contact center where e-mail messages can be routed
using one method when the contact center is open, and another method when the
contact center is closed.
OLE
See object linking and embedding.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1453
Glossary Standard 8.11
Open Database Connectivity
A Microsoft-defined database application program interface (API) standard.
Open Shortest Path First
A routing algorithm that provides least-cost routing, multipath routing, and load
balancing.
Optivity Telephony Manager
A Nortel application used for switch management.
OSPF
See Open Shortest Path First.
OTM
See Optivity Telephony Manager.
outbound campaign
A group of outgoing calls from the contact center for a specific purpose, for
example, customer satisfaction surveys.
Outbound Campaign Management Tool
An administrator tool accessed through Contact Center Manager Administration
for configuring outbound campaigns.
outbound contact
An outgoing voice call intelligently routed to an agent according to a skillset
within a defined time interval. The call can be dialed by the agent or the switch.
out-of-service mode
A skillset state in which the skillset does not take calls. A skillset is out of
service if no agents are logged on or if the supervisor puts the skillset into out-
of-service mode manually. See also night mode, transition mode.
out-of-service skillset
A skillset not taking any new calls. While a skillset is out of service, incoming
calls cannot be queued to the skillset. See also local skillset, network skillset,
skillset.
1454 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
P patch
See Designer Patch.
PBX
See private branch exchange.
pegging
The action of incrementing statistical counters to track and report on system
events.
pegging threshold
A threshold used to define a cut-off value for statistics, such as short call and
service level. Pegging thresholds are used in reports.
PEP
Performance Enhancement Package. Now known as Designer Patch. See
Designer Patch.
Performance Enhancement Package
Now known as Designer Patch. See Designer Patch.
personal directory number
A DN on which an agent can be reached directly, usually for private calls.
phoneset
The physical device, connected to the switch, to which calls are presented. Each
agent and supervisor must have a phoneset.
phoneset display
The display area on an agent’s phoneset where information about incoming calls
can be communicated.
PIM
See Protocol Independent Multicast.
Platform Vendor Independence
A software-only contact center solution, which operates on any hardware
platform that meets specified requirements.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1455
Glossary Standard 8.11
Position ID
A unique identifier for a phoneset, used by the switch to route calls to the
phoneset. Referred to as Telephony/Port Address in Contact Center Manager
Server.
primary ACD-DN
A directory number that callers can dial to reach an ACD group.
primary script
A script executed or referenced by the Master script. A primary script can route
calls to skillsets, or it can transfer routing control to a secondary script. See also
Master script, network script, script, secondary script.
priorities
Two sets of priorities affect queuing and call presentation: agent priority per
skillset and call priority. For both sets of priorities, the lower in value of the
number indicates a greater priority in presentation. All idle agent queues and all
pending request queues always queue by priority as its top precedence. All other
queuing options, such as age of call and agent idle time, take a lower precedence
than priority. See also call priority and agent priority per skillset.
private branch exchange
A telephone switch, typically used by a business to service its internal telephone
needs. A PBX usually offers more advanced features than are generally
available on the public network.
Protocol Independent Multicast
A protocol that provides efficient routes for multicast traffic that must cross the
Internet to reach members of sparsely distributed multicast groups.
PSTN
See public switched telephone network.
public switched telephone network
The international network of private and government-owned voice-oriented
public telephone networks.
1456 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
R RAID
See Redundant Array of Intelligent/Inexpensive Disks.
RAN
recorded announcement
RAN route
See recorded announcement route.
RAS
See Remote Access Services.
Real-time Statistics Multicast
An interface that provides real-time information to third-party applications in
either multicast or unicast format.
recipient mailbox
A container on the e-mail server that hold e-mail messages. Standard mailboxes
are monitored by the Contact Center E-mail Manager, which routes the e-mail to
an agent or group of agents (skillset) based on an analytical search of the sender
address, the recipient address, the subject and body of an e-mail message for
predetermined keywords, or a combination of these. The e-mail server must be
compliant with Post Office Protocol 3 (POP3) and Standard Mail Transfer
Protocol (SMTP).
recorded announcement route
A resource installed on the switch that offers a recorded announcement to
callers.
Redundant Array of Intelligent/Inexpensive Disks
A category of disk drives that employs two or more drives in combination for
fault tolerance and performance.
redundant server
A warm standby server, used for shadowing the Multimedia database on the
Multimedia server and providing a quick recovery if the primary server fails.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1457
Glossary Standard 8.11
relational expression
An expression used in scripts to test for different conditions. Relational
expressions are less than (<), greater than (>), less than or equal to (< =), greater
than or equal to (> =), and not equal to (< >). See also expression, logical
expression, mathematical expression.
Remote Access Services
A feature built into Windows NT and Windows 95 that enables users to log on to
an NT-based LAN using a modem, X.25 connection, or WAN link. This feature
is also known as Dial-Up Networking.
Replication Server
A server that backs up the active Contact Center Manager Server to the standby
Contact Center Manager Server in real time.
reporting supervisor
The supervisor who has primary responsibility for an agent. When an agent
presses the Emergency key on the phoneset, the emergency call is presented to
the agent’s reporting supervisor. See also associated supervisor.
Resource Reservation Protocol
The protocol used by routers to allow host systems in an IP network to reserve
resources for unicast or multicast dataflows.
round robin routing table
A routing table that queues the first call to the first three sites in the routing
table, then the second three sites, then the third three sites, and so on, until an
agent is reserved at one of the sites. See also sequential routing table.
route
A group of trunks. Each trunk carries either incoming or outgoing calls to the
switch. See also music route, RAN route.
router
A device that connects two LANs. Routers can also filter messages and forward
them to different places based on various criteria.
1458 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
routing table
A table that defines how calls are routed to the sites on the network. See also
round robin routing table, sequential routing table.
RSM
See Real-time Statistics Multicast.
RSVP
See Resource Reservation Protocol.
rule
See e-mail rule.
S sample script
A script installed with the Contact Center Manager Server client. Sample scripts
are stored as text files in a special folder on the client. The contents of these
scripts can be imported or copied into user scripts to create scripts for typical
contact center scenarios.
SCM
See Service Control Manager.
script
A set of instructions that relates to a particular type of call, caller, or set of
conditions, such as time of day or day of week. See also Master script, network
script, primary script, secondary script.
script variable
See variable.
second-level threshold
The value used in display thresholds that represents the highest value of the
normal range for a given statistic. The system tracks how often the value for the
statistic falls outside this value.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1459
Glossary Standard 8.11
secondary directory number
A DN defined on the agent’s phoneset as a Centrex line for incoming and
outgoing non-ACD calls.
secondary script
Any script (other than a Master, network, or primary script) referenced from a
primary script or any other secondary script. Statistics are not pegged for actions
occurring during a secondary script. See also Master script, network script,
primary script, script.
sequential routing table
A routing table method that always queues a call to the first three active sites in
the routing table. See also round robin routing table.
server
A computer or device on a network that manages network resources. Examples
of servers include file servers, print servers, network servers, and database
servers. Contact Center Manager Server is used to configure the operations of
the contact center. See also client.
server subnet
The subnet to which the Nortel servers, such as Contact Center Manger Server,
Network Control Center, Contact Center Manager Administration, Contact
Center Multimedia, and CallPilot are connected.
service
A process that adheres to a Windows NT structure and requirements. A service
provides system functionality.
Service Control Manager
A Windows NT process that manages the different services on the PC.
service level
The percentage of incoming calls answered within a configured number of
seconds.
1460 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
service level threshold
A parameter that defines the number of seconds within which incoming calls
should be answered.
Service Update
A Contact Center supplementary software application that enhances the
functionality of previously released software by improving performance, adding
functionality, or correcting a problem discovered since the original release. All
previous Service Updates (SUs) for the release are included in the latest Service
Update. For example, SU02 contains the contents of SU01 as well as the fixes
delivered in SU02. SU03 contains SU01, SU02, and the fixes delivered in SU03.
See also Service Update Supplementary and Designer Patch.
Service Update Supplementary
A stand-alone Contact Center supplementary software application installed on
top of a specific Service Update (SU). It does not contain the contents of
previous SUs. The next SU includes SUSs built on top of previous SUs. For
example, SUS0301 is installed on top of SU03. SU04 contains SU03 and
SUS0301 (and any subsequent SUSs built on top of SU03). See also Service
Update and Designer Patch.
Session Initiation Protocol
An application-layer control (signaling) protocol for creating, modifying, and
terminating sessions with one or more participants.
Simple Network Management Protocol
A systematic way of monitoring and managing a computer network. The SNMP
model consists of four components:
managed nodes, which are any device, such as hosts, routers, and printers,
capable of communicating status to network-management systems through
an SNMP management process called an SNMP Agent
management stations, which are computers running special network
management software that interact with the Agents for status
management information, which is conveyed through exact specifications
and format of status specified by the MIB
Management Protocol or SNMP, which sends messages called protocol
data units (PDUs)
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1461
Glossary Standard 8.11
SIP
See Session Initiation Protocol.
SIP Terminal
The SIP Address of the TR87 controlled terminal dedicated to this agent. This is
the phone number that the agent controls, combined with the domain of the
agent in the SIP URI.
SIP URI
The SIP Address for the agent as configured on the target SIP server. The SIP
Address uniquely identifies the agent on the SIP network.
site
1. A system using Contact Center Manager Server that can be accessed using
Server Utility. 2. A system using Contact Center Manager Server and
participating in Network Skill-Based Routing.
skillset
A group of capabilities or knowledge required to answer a specific type of call.
See also local skillset, network skillset.
skillset intrinsic
A script element that inserts information about a skillset in a script. Skillset
intrinsics return values such as skillsets, integers, and agent IDs. These values
are then used in queuing commands. See also call intrinsic, intrinsic, time
intrinsic, and traffic intrinsic.
SL-100
Stored Logic 100 switch
SNMP
See Simple Network Management Protocol.
source site
The site from which an incoming network call originates. See also destination
site.
1462 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
standby
In skillset assignments, a property that grants an agent membership in a skillset,
but makes the agent inactive for that skillset.
standby server
A server that contains an up-to-date version of the database, for use when the
active server becomes unavailable.
SU
See Service Update.
supervisor
A user who manages a group of agents. See also associated supervisor and
reporting supervisor.
supplementary ACD-DN
A DN associated with a primary DN. Any calls to the supplementary DN are
automatically routed to the primary DN. A supplementary DN can be a toll-free
(1-800) number.
SUS
See Service Update Supplementary.
switch
See telephony switch.
switch resource
A device configured on the switch. For example, a CDN is configured on the
switch and then used as a resource with Contact Center Manager Server. See
also acquired resource.
system-defined scripts
The Master_Script and the Network_Script (if NSBR is enabled). Users can
customize or deactivate these scripts, but they cannot delete them. These scripts
are the first scripts executed for every local or network call arriving at the
contact center.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1463
Glossary Standard 8.11
T TAPI
See Telephony Application Program Interface.
target site
See destination site.
TCP/IP
See Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol.
TDM
See Time-Division Multiplex.
telephony
The science of translating sound into electrical signals, transmitting them, and
then converting them back to sound. The term is used frequently to refer to
computer hardware and software that perform functions traditionally performed
by telephone equipment.
telephony switch
The hardware that processes calls and routes them to their destination.
Telephony Application Program Interface
An interface between the switch and an application that allows the application to
control the telephone on a user’s desktop.
threshold
A value for a statistic at which system handling of the statistic changes.
threshold class
A set of options that specifies how statistics are treated in reports and real-time
displays. See also display threshold, pegging threshold.
Time-Division Multiplex
A method of transmission in which a signal is separated into multiple segments
at the transmission source, and then reassembled at the receiving end.
1464 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
time intrinsic
A script element that stores information about system time, including time of
day, day of week, and week of year. See also call intrinsic, intrinsic, skillset
intrinsic, traffic intrinsic.
Token Ring
A PC network protocol developed by IBM. A Token Ring network is a type of
computer network in which all the computers are arranged schematically in a
circle.
traffic intrinsic
An intrinsic that inserts information about system-level traffic in a script. See
also call intrinsic, intrinsic, skillset intrinsic, time intrinsic.
transition mode
A skillset state in which the server presents already queued calls to a skillset.
New calls queued to the skillset are given out-of-service treatment. See also
night mode, out-of-service mode.
Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
The communication protocol used to connect devices on the Internet. TCP/IP is
the standard protocol for transmitting data over networks.
treatment
See call treatment.
trunk
A communications link between a PBX and the public central office, or between
PBXs. Various trunk types provide services such as Direct Inward Dialing (DID
trunks), ISDN, and Central Office connectivity.
U user-created script
A script created by an authorized user on the Contact Center Manager system.
Primary and secondary scripts are user created scripts.
user-defined script
A script modified by an authorized user on the Contact Center Manager system.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1465
Glossary Standard 8.11
utility
A program that performs a specific task, usually related to managing system
resources. Operating systems contain a number of utilities for managing disk
drives, printers, and other devices.
V validation
The process of checking a script to ensure that all the syntax and semantics are
correct. A script must be validated before it can be activated.
variable
A placeholder for values calculated within a script, such as CLID. Variables are
defined in the Script Variable Properties sheet and can be used in multiple
scripts to determine treatment and routing of calls entering Contact Center
Manager Server. See also call variable, global variable.
Virtual Private Network
A private network configured within a public network to take advantage of the
economies of scale and management facilities of large networks.
Voice Extensible Markup Language
Allows a user to interact with the Internet through voice-recognition technology.
Voice over IP
Voice traffic transmitted in digital format using the IP protocol.
voice port
A connection from a telephony port on the switch to a port on the IVR system.
VPN
See Virtual Private Network.
VXML
See Voice Extensible Markup Language.
W WAN
See wide area network.
1466 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Glossary
Web-on-hold
A set of URLs that a customer sees after requesting a text chat session, and
before the agent connects to the Web Communications contact.
wide area network
A computer network that spans a relatively large geographical area. Typically, a
WAN consists of two or more local area networks (LANs). The largest WAN in
existence is the Internet.
workload scenarios
Sets of configuration values defined for typical patterns of system operations.
Five typical workload scenarios (entry, small, medium, large, and upper end) are
used in the Capacity Assessment Tool for capacity analysis for Contact Center
Manager.
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1467
Glossary Standard 8.11
1468 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Index
Index
@RCW_ActiveTime, 1384
Symbols @RCW_ActivityCodeNameID, 1334
@begin_date_end_date_interval, 1332 @RCW_ActivityCodeNameIDLabel, 1334
@printed_date_time, 1332 @RCW_ActivityTime, 1334
@RCW_%ACDCallsAnswered, 1343 @RCW_AgentName, 1334, 1336, 1340, 1345
@RCW_%Available, 1343 @RCW_AgentNameID, 1334, 1336, 1340, 1346
@RCW_%Busy, 1343 @RCW_AgentNameIDLabel, 1334, 1336, 1340,
@RCW_%CallsAbandoned, 1358, 1366, 1367, 1346
1375, 1378, 1388 @RCW_AgentSkillsetTime, 1340
@RCW_%CallsAbandonedAfterThreshold, @RCW_AllAgentBusyTime, 1384
1367, 1375 @RCW_AllTrunksBusyTime, 1382
@RCW_%CallsAbandonedBeforeThreshold, @RCW_ApplicationCallsAbandoned, 1359
1367, 1376 @RCW_ApplicationLabel, 1335, 1336, 1359
@RCW_%CallsAnswered, 1336, 1339, 1344, @RCW_ApplicationNameID, 1335, 1337, 1359,
1358, 1366, 1367, 1373, 1376, 1379, 1388 1384
@RCW_%CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold, @RCW_ApplicationNameIDLabel, 1335, 1337,
1358, 1368, 1373, 1376, 1383 1359, 1384
@RCW_%CallsAnsweredBeforeThreshold, @RCW_ApplicationNameOrID, 1335, 1337,
1358, 1368, 1373, 1376, 1383 1360, 1384
@RCW_%CallsGivenDefault, 1358, 1368 @RCW_ApplicationNameOrIDLabel, 1335,
@RCW_%CallsGivenForceBusy, 1358, 1368 1337, 1360, 1384
@RCW_%CallsGivenForceDisconnect, 1359, @RCW_AverageAbandonedDelay, 1369
1368 @RCW_AverageACDCallsTalkTime, 1346
@RCW_%CallsGivenForceOverflow, 1359, @RCW_AverageACDNACDCallsTalkTime,
1368 1346
@RCW_%CallsGivenHostLookup, 1359 @RCW_AverageActivityTime, 1335
@RCW_%CallsGivenRouteTo, 1359, 1368 @RCW_AverageAllTrunksBusyTime, 1382
@RCW_%CallsNetworkedOut, 1368 @RCW_AverageAnsweredDelay, 1369
@RCW_%CallsTerminated, 1366 @RCW_AverageBusyOnDNTime, 1346
@RCW_%LocalCallsAnswered, 1344, 1383 @RCW_AverageCallAbandonedDelayAtDest,
@RCW_%NACDCallsAnswered, 1344 1379
@RCW_%NetCallsAnswered, 1383 @RCW_AverageCallAnsweredDelayAtDest,
@RCW_%NetworkCallsAnswered, 1344 1379
@RCW_%ServiceLevel, 1359, 1369 @RCW_AverageCallsAbandonedDelay, 1360,
@RCW_%ShortCallsAnswered, 1339, 1344 1376, 1388
@RCW_%Usage, 1388 @RCW_AverageCallsAbandonedDelayAtDest,
@RCW_%Work, 1344 1376
@RCW_ACDCallsConferenced, 1345 @RCW_AverageCallsAnsweredDelay, 1360,
@RCW_ACDCallsTalkTime, 1345 1373, 1376, 1384, 1388
@RCW_ACDCallsTransferred, 1345 @RCW_AverageCallsAnsweredDelayAtDest,
@RCW_ACDNACDCallsAnswered, 1345 1376
@RCW_ACDNACDCallsTalkTime, 1345 @RCW_AverageCallsAnsweredPerHour, 1346
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1469
Index Standard 8.11
@RCW_AverageCallsNotTreatedDelay, 1373 @RCW_AverageTotalCallAnsweredDelay,
@RCW_AverageDNCallsHoldTime, 1346 1379
@RCW_AverageDNCallsTalkTime, 1347 @RCW_AverageTotalTalkTime, 1350
@RCW_AverageDNInCallsHoldTime, 1347 @RCW_AverageWaitingTime, 1350, 1371
@RCW_AverageDNInCallsTalkTime, 1347 @RCW_AverageWaitTime, 1337, 1340, 1361,
@RCW_AverageDNInExtCallsHoldTime, 1347 1385
@RCW_AverageDNInExtCallsTalkTime, 1348 @RCW_BreakTime, 1350
@RCW_AverageDNInIntCallsHoldTime, 1348 @RCW_BusyMiscTime, 1351
@RCW_AverageDNInIntCallsTalkTime, 1348 @RCW_BusyOnDNTime, 1351
@RCW_AverageDNOutCallsHoldTime, 1348 @RCW_CallAbandonedDelayAtDest, 1379
@RCW_AverageDNOutCallsTalkTime, 1348 @RCW_CallAnsweredDelayAtDest, 1379
@RCW_AverageDNOutExtCallsHoldTime, @RCW_CallsAbandonedBeforeThreshold,
1348 1369, 1377
@RCW_AverageDNOutExtCallsTalkTime, @RCW_CallsAbandonedDelay, 1361, 1369,
1349 1377, 1388
@RCW_AverageDNOutIntCallsHoldTime, @RCW_CallsAbandonedDelayAtDest, 1377
1349 @RCW_CallsAnsweredBeforeThreshold, 1362,
@RCW_AverageDNOutIntCallsTalkTime, 1369, 1373, 1377, 1385
1349 @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelay, 1362, 1369, 1373,
@RCW_AverageHoldTime, 1337, 1340, 1349 1377, 1385, 1388
@RCW_AverageLocalCallsTalkTime, 1349 @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelayAtDest, 1377
@RCW_AverageNACDCallsTalkTime, 1349 @RCW_CallsAnsweredDelayAtSkillset, 1362
@RCW_AverageNetOutCallsAbandonedDelay @RCW_CallsConferenced, 1351
, 1360 @RCW_CallsConferencedToACD, 1351
@RCW_AverageNetOutCallsAnsweredDelay, @RCW_CallsConferencedToCDN, 1351
1360 @RCW_CallsConferencedToDN, 1351
@RCW_AverageNetworkCallsTalkTime, 1349 @RCW_CallsConferencedToOther, 1351
@RCW_AverageNotReadyTime, 1349, 1371 @RCW_CallsNotTreatedDelay, 1374
@RCW_AverageNotReadyTimePerHour, 1350 @RCW_CallsTransferred, 1352
@RCW_AverageNumberOfAgents, 1384 @RCW_CallsTransferredToACD, 1352
@RCW_AveragePostCallProcessingTime, @RCW_CallsTransferredToCDN, 1352
1337, 1340, 1360, 1384 @RCW_CallsTransferredToDN, 1352
@RCW_AverageSkillsetAbandonedDelay, @RCW_CallsTransferredToOther, 1352
1385 @RCW_CDNCallsConferenced, 1352
@RCW_AverageTalkTime, 1337, 1340, 1350, @RCW_CDNCallsTransferred, 1352
1360, 1369, 1371, 1385 @RCW_CDNNameID, 1366
@RCW_AverageTalkTimePerHour, 1350 @RCW_CDNNameIDLabel, 1366
@RCW_AverageTimeBeforeDefault, 1361 @RCW_CDNNameOrID, 1366
@RCW_AverageTimeBeforeForceBusy, 1361 @RCW_CDNNameOrIDLabel, 1366
@RCW_AverageTimeBeforeForceDisconnect, @RCW_ConsultationTime, 1353
1361 @RCW_ConsultTime, 1338, 1341
@RCW_AverageTimeBeforeForceOverflow, @RCW_DataRange, 1333
1361 @RCW_DNCalls, 1353
@RCW_AverageTimeBeforeRouteTo, 1361 @RCW_DNCallsConferenced, 1353
@RCW_AverageTotalCallAbandonedDelay, @RCW_DNCallsHoldTime, 1353
1379 @RCW_DNCallsTalkTime, 1353
1470 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Index
@RCW_DNCallsTransferred, 1353 @RCW_MaxCallsAnsDelayAtSkillset, 1363
@RCW_DNInCalls, 1353 @RCW_MaxNetOutCallsAbandonedDelay,
@RCW_DNInCallsHoldTime, 1354 1363
@RCW_DNInCallsTalkTime, 1354 @RCW_MaxNetOutCallsAnsweredDelay, 1363
@RCW_DNInExtCallsHoldTime, 1354 @RCW_MaxSkillsetAbandonedDelay, 1386
@RCW_DNInExtCallsTalkTime, 1354 @RCW_NACDCallsTalkTime, 1356
@RCW_DNInIntCallsHoldTime, 1354 @RCW_NetOutCallsAbandonedDelay, 1363
@RCW_DNInIntCallsTalkTime, 1354 @RCW_NetOutCallsAnsweredDelay, 1363
@RCW_DNISNameID, 1370 @RCW_NetworkCallsTalkTime, 1356
@RCW_DNISNameIDLabel, 1370 @RCW_NotReadyTime, 1356, 1372
@RCW_DNISNameOrID, 1370 @RCW_OccupancyTime, 1388
@RCW_DNISNameOrIDLabel, 1370 @RCW_PostCallProcessingTime, 1338, 1341,
@RCW_DNOutCalls, 1354 1363, 1386
@RCW_DNOutCallsHoldTime, 1354 @RCW_ReservedTime, 1356
@RCW_DNOutCallsTalkTime, 1355, 1362, @RCW_RingTime, 1338, 1341, 1356
1385 @RCW_RouteAccessTime, 1381
@RCW_DNOutExtCallsHoldTime, 1355 @RCW_RouteNameID, 1381, 1382
@RCW_DNOutExtCallsTalkTime, 1355, 1362, @RCW_RouteNameIDLabel, 1381, 1382
1385 @RCW_SiteNameOrID, 1386
@RCW_DNOutExtTalkTime, 1338, 1341 @RCW_SkillsetAbandonedBeforeThreshold,
@RCW_DNOutIntCallsHoldTime, 1355 1386
@RCW_DNOutIntCallsTalkTime, 1355, 1362, @RCW_SkillsetAbandonedDelay, 1386
1385 @RCW_SkillsetLabel, 1341
@RCW_DNOutIntTalkTime, 1338, 1341 @RCW_SkillsetNameID, 1341, 1386
@RCW_DNOutTalkTime, 1338, 1341 @RCW_SkillsetNameIDLabel, 1342, 1387
@RCW_DstSiteNameOrID, 1377, 1379 @RCW_SkillsetNameOrID, 1342, 1387
@RCW_EstimatedRevenue, 1335 @RCW_SkillsetNameOrIDLabel, 1342, 1387
@RCW_HoldTime, 1338, 1341, 1355 @RCW_SrcSiteNameOrID, 1378, 1380
@RCW_IVRPortNameID, 1371 @RCW_SupervisorName, 1356
@RCW_IVRPortNameIDLabel, 1371 @RCW_SupervisorNameID, 1356
@RCW_IVRQueueNameID, 1372, 1374 @RCW_SupervisorNameIDLabel, 1356
@RCW_IVRQueueNameIDLabel, 1372, 1374 @RCW_TalkTime, 1338, 1342, 1356, 1363, 1370,
@RCW_LocalCallsAnswered, 1355, 1386 1372, 1387
@RCW_LocalCallsTalkTime, 1355 @RCW_TimeBeforeDefault, 1363
@RCW_LoggedInTime, 1355, 1372 @RCW_TimeBeforeForceBusy, 1364
@RCW_MaxAbandonDelay, 1370 @RCW_TimeBeforeForceDisconnect, 1364
@RCW_MaxAbandonedDelay, 1377 @RCW_TimeBeforeForceOverflow, 1364
@RCW_MaxAbandonedDelayAtDest, 1377 @RCW_TimeBeforeInterflow, 1364
@RCW_MaxAnsweredDelay, 1370, 1378, 1386 @RCW_TimeBeforeIVRTransferred, 1364
@RCW_MaxAnsweredDelayAtDest, 1378 @RCW_TimeBeforeNACDOut, 1364
@RCW_MaxCallAbandonedDelay, 1380 @RCW_TimeBeforeNetOut, 1364
@RCW_MaxCallAbandonedDelayAtDest, 1380 @RCW_TimeBeforeReachNonISDN, 1365
@RCW_MaxCallAnsweredDelay, 1380 @RCW_TimeBeforeRouteTo, 1365
@RCW_MaxCallAnsweredDelayAtDest, 1380 @RCW_TimestampGroupName, 1335, 1339,
@RCW_MaxCallsAbandonedDelay, 1362 1342, 1357, 1365, 1366, 1370, 1372, 1374,
@RCW_MaxCallsAnsDelay, 1362 1375, 1378, 1380, 1381, 1382, 1387, 1389
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1471
Index Standard 8.11
@RCW_TimestampGroupNameLabel, 1336, nodal consolidated statistics, 1248–1253
1339, 1342, 1357, 1365, 1367, 1371, 1372, reports, 1095–1098, 1248–1253
1374, 1375, 1378, 1380, 1382, 1383, 1387, skillset statistics, 332, 334–335, 580, 582
1389 abandoned calls
@RCW_TotalCallAbandonedDelay, 1381 application consolidated statistics, 525–526
@RCW_TotalCallAnsweredDelay, 1381 application statistics, 253–254
@RCW_TotalCallsAnswered, 1357 CDN statistics, 276, 547
@RCW_TotalStaffedTime, 1343, 1387 DNIS statistics, 281, 552
@RCW_TotalTalkTime, 1357 during presentation, 122
@RCW_TrunkIDRouteLabel, 1389 IVR statistics, 294–295
@RCW_VariableWrapTime, 1357 IVR treatment, 263, 535
@RCW_WaitingTime, 1358 network incoming call statistics, 301, 560
@RCW_WaitTime, 1343, 1365, 1373, 1388 network outgoing call statistics, 309, 567
@RCW_WalkawayTime, 1358 network outgoing calls, 266, 537
@report_datarange, 1333 reports, 1095–1098, 1248–1253
@report_interval, 1333 trunk statistics, 341
@report_interval formula, 94 abandoned delay spectrum, 252, 524
@report_language, 1333 AbdDelay fields, 252, 524
@report_tablenames, 1333 access classes, 481
@report_title, 1333 reports, 1011–1012
@report_title formula, 94 access levels, 377–380
@Report_user, 1333 access rights for running reports, 785
@report_user formula, 94 AccessRights view, 377–380
@revenue_unit, 1333 ACD calls, 136
@site_id formula, 94 ACD statistics, 136
@site_id_name, 1334 ACDCallsAnswered field, 222
@source_site_id, 1334 ACDCallsConfToCDN field, 222
ACDCallsConfToDN field, 223
ACDCallsConfToIncalls field, 223
Numerics ACDCallsConfToOther field, 223
ACDCallsTalkTime field, 224
0, 188 ACDCallsTransferredToCDN field, 224
00, 188 ACDCallsTransferredToDN field, 224
3WC key, 221 ACDCallsTransferredToIncalls field, 225
ACDCallsTransferredToOther field, 225
ACD-DN, 1408
A Acquire field
CDN view, 394
abandoned call delays, 264, 535 IVRPort view, 411
application consolidated statistics, 524, 526 IVRQueue view, 413
application statistics, 252, 254 Route view, 448
DNIS statistics, 281, 285, 552, 556 SwitchPort view, 487
network incoming call statistics, 301, 304, 560, AcquiredTime, 644
563 Action, 621
network outgoing call statistics, 311, 313, 569, ActionId, 624
571 Actions, 604
network outgoing calls, 266, 537
1472 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Index
ActiveTime field, 327, 575 linkages, 219
Activity Code By Agent report, 804–806 Agent By Supervisor Properties report, 925–927
Activity Code By Application report, 1077–1079 Agent DN Performance Calls Answered,
Activity Code Properties report, 923–924 Bottom 5 report, 811, 834, 876, 881
activity code statistics, 188–196, 803–905 Agent DN Performance Calls Answered, Top 5
entity relationships, 768 report, 837–838
linkages, 195–196 Agent DN Performance report, 827–832
activity codes, 188 Agent Login/Logout report, 841–845
default skillset, 188 agent name
properties, 381 blank, 122
reports, configuration, 923–924 Agent Network/NACD Activity report, 846–848
reports, statistic, 803–905, 1080 Agent Performance By Supervisor report, 859,
system default, 188 870
activity times, 116 Agent Performance Calls Answered, Bottom 5
ActivityCode field report, 871, 884
ActivityCode view, 381 Agent Performance Calls Answered, Top 5
ActivityCodeStat views, 191 report, 880
HistoricalStatCollection view, 404 Agent Performance report, 849
Skillset view, 467 agent performance statistics, 220–248
ActivityCode view, 381 entity relationships, 771
ActivityCodeName field, 191 linkages, 248
ActivityCodeStat formulas, 1334 Agent Position ID report, 983–986
ActivityCodeStat views, 188–196 Agent Properties report, 928–934
ActivityTime field, 191 Agent Short Calls report, 885
adding Agent Skillset Assignment report, 935–937
customized formulas to reports, 94 Agent Skillset Properties report, 938–941
See also creating, defining agent state, 1424
Addresses, 612 agent state pegging, 1424
Administrators, 615 agent state timers, 116, 1406
AdminRole, 615 agent state tracking, 1423
Agent, 604, 644 agent statistics
Agent Average Calls Per Hour report, 807–809 by application, 197–207
Agent Average Calls Per Hour, Bottom 5 report, by skillset, 208–219
810–811, 876, 881 entity relationships, 769–771
Agent Average Calls Per Hour, Top 5 report, linkages, 207, 219, 248
813–814 login and logout, 347–350
Agent by Activity Code report, 816 performance, 220–248
Agent By Application Performance report, 819– Agent Supervisor Assignment report, 942–944
822 agent threshold classes, 388, 495–496
agent by application statistics, 197–207, 819–822 agent to skillset assignments, 451–453, 472–474,
entity relationships, 769 935–937
linkages, 207 agent to supervisor assignments, 454–456, 484–
Agent By Skillset Performance report, 823–826, 486
906 Agent Transferred/Conferenced Activity report,
agent by skillset statistics, 208–219, 823–826, 906 892
entity relationships, 770 Agent view, 382–386
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1473
Index Standard 8.11
AgentByApplication field, 404 AgentTelsetLoginID field, 482
AgentByApplicationStat formulas, 1336 AgentUserID field, 482
AgentByApplicationStat view, linking views aliases. See database aliases
example, 172 AllAgentBusyTime field, 328, 576
AgentByApplicationStat views, 197–207 AllTrunksBusy field, 320
AgentBySkillsetStat formulas, 1339 AllTrunksBusyTime field, 320
AgentBySkillsetStat views, 208–219 AlternateCallAnswer field, 382, 492
AgentGivenName field AnsDelay fields, 253, 525
ActivityCodeStat views, 192 Answer, 617
AgentByApplicationStat views, 198 answered call delays
AgentBySkillsetStat views, 210 application consolidated statistics, 525, 527–
AgentPerformance views, 225 ??
eAgentLoginStat view, 347 application statistics, 253, 255–257, 264–265,
SupervisorAgentAssignment view, 482 ??–528, 536
AgentId, 624 at skillset, 257, 265, 528, 536
AgentID field, 454, 484 DNIS statistics, 282, 285, 553, 556
AgentLogin field IVR statistics, 294
ActivityCodeStat views, 192 network incoming call statistics, 302–303, 305,
AgentByApplicationStat views, 199 561–562, 564
AgentBySkillsetStat views, 209 network outgoing call statistics, 311–312, 313,
AgentPerformance views, 226 569–570, 571
eAgentLoginStat view, 347 network outgoing calls, 265, 267, 537, 539
HistoricalStatCollection view, 404 reports, 1099–1102, 1254–1257
AgentPerformance field, 404 skillset statistics, 330, 578
AgentPerformanceStat formulas, 1343 trunk statistics, 341
AgentPerformanceStat view, linking views answered calls
example, 172 agent by application statistics, 199, 202, 203,
AgentPerformanceStat views, 220–248 213
AgentReserveTimer field, 489 agent by skillset statistics, 210
agents agent performance statistics, 227
login and logout statistics, 347–350 application consolidated statistics, 527–??
performance statistics, 220–248 application statistics, 255–257, ??–528
properties, 382–386 CDN statistics, 277, 548
reports, 928–934, 983–986 DNIS statistics, 281–282, 552–553
skillset assignments, 471 IVR port statistics, 289
state timers, 116, 1406 IVR statistics, 294
statistics by application, 197–207 NACD calls, 241
statistics by skillset, 208–219 network incoming call statistics, 302–303,
supervisor assignments, 482–483 561–562
AgentSurName field network incoming calls, 241
ActivityCodeStat views, 192 network outgoing call statistics, 309–310,
AgentByApplicationStat views, 199 567–568
AgentBySkillsetStat views, 210 network outgoing calls, 267, 538–539
AgentPerformanceStat views, 226 reports, 1099–1102, 1254–1257
eAgentLoginStat view, 348 short calls, 243
SupervisorAgentAssignment view, 482 skillset statistics, 328–332, 576–580
1474 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Index
trunk statistics, 341 properties, 387–388
answered delay spectrum, 253, 525 remote, 422–423, 446–447
Answers, 617, 645 reports, configuration, 948–950, 1237–1239
Application By Activity Code report, 1080 reports, network, 1200–1204, 1248–1257
Application Call Treatment report, 1087 reports, statistics, 819–822, 1075, 1153–1155
application consolidated statistics, 522–?? statistics by agent, 197–207
Application Delay Before Abandon report, threshold class properties, 948–950
1095–1098 threshold classes, 251, 392–393, 523
Application Delay Before Answer report, 1099– See also destination application, source
1102 application
Application field ApplicationStat formulas, 1358
ActivityCodeStat views, 192 ApplicationStat views, 249–274
AgentByApplicationStat views, 199 ApplicationTemplate view, 392
ApplicationConStat views, 525 ApplicationThresholdTemplate view, 392–393
ApplicationStat views, 253 ArchiveNotes, 619
HistoricalStatCollection view, 405 ArrivalTime, 645
SkillsetStat views, 328, 576 AssignID field
Application Performance report, 1103–1106 ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view, 451
Application Script Properties report, 945–947 ScheduledSupervisorAssignment view, 454
application scripts. See scripts SkillsetByAssignment view, 472
application statistics, 249–274, 1075 SupervisorByAssignment view, 484
by agent, 197–207 AssignName field
entity relationships, 771 NetworkRankingAssignment view, 427
linkages, 274 ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view, 451
Application Template Properties report, 948–950 ScheduledSupervisorAssignment view, 454
application threshold classes, 251, 392–393, 523 SkillsetByAssignment view, 472
properties, 948–950 SupervisorByAssignment view, 484
Application view, 387–388 AssignType field, 454, 484
ApplicationByScript view, 389–391 AssociatedData field, 351, 590
ApplicationConStat views, 522–?? ATB statistics, 319
ApplicationID field Attachments, 621, 627
ActivityCodeStat views, 193 Attempt, 604
AgentByApplicationStat views, 199 attributes, 765
Application view, 387 Audits, 624
ApplicationConStat views, 525 AutoDialTimeOut, 634
ApplicationStat views, 253 AutoResponse, 629, 645
SkillsetStat views, 328, 576 AutoResponseAttachments, 629
applications, 197, 249, 522 AutoResponses, 627
consolidated network performance, 1200–
1204
network performance, 1051–1054
nodal consolidated abandon delay statistics,
B
1248–1253 BarredOutBoundAddresses, 631
nodal consolidated answer delay statistics, blank agent name, 122
1254–1257 blind conferences, 221
nodal consolidated statistics, 1260–1263 blind transfers, 221
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1475
Index Standard 8.11
Blue database, 323 calls returned to queue, 1411
Body, 627 Calls Transferred Out field, 262, 534
BreakTime field, 226 CallsAbandoned field, 111
broadcast treatment, 257, 529 ApplicationConStat views, 525
BusinessDaysPerWeek field, 408 ApplicationStat views, 253
BusinessHoursPerDay field, 408 CDNStat views, 276, 547
BusyMiscTime field, 226 DNISStat views, 281, 552
BusyOnDNTime field, 227 NetworkInCallStat views, 301, 560
NetworkOutConStat views, 567
NetworkOutStat views, 309
C TrunkStat views, 341
CallsAbandonedAftThreshold field
Caché Database, 596 ApplicationConStat views, 526
Call By Call Statistics report, 914–919 ApplicationStat views, 254
call center summary threshold class. See nodal DNISStat views, 281, 552
threshold class NetworkInCallStat views, 301, 560
call events, 355, 594 CallsAbandonedDelay field
call presentation classes, properties of, 492–494 ApplicationConStat views, 526
call types, 171, 176 ApplicationStat views, 254
CallAgePreference field, 467 DNISStat views, 281, 552
CallBackMedia, 604 NetworkInCallStat views, 301, 560
CallBackStatus, 605 TrunkStat views, 341
CallBackTime, 605 CallsAbandonedDelayAtDest field, 301, 309,
Call-by-call database, 323 560, 567
CallByCall field CallsAnswered field, 111
Application view, 387 AgentByApplicationStat views, 199, 202, 203,
NCCRemoteApplication view, 422 213
RemoteApplication view, 446 AgentBySkillset Stat views, 210
call-by-call reports, 914–919 AgentPerformance views, 227
network, 1196–1199 ApplicationConStat views, 527
call-by-call statistics, 351–369, 914–919 ApplicationStat views, 255
network, ??–373, 589–??, 1196–1199 CDNStat views, 277, 548
CallEndTime, 605 DNISStat views, 281, 552
caller-entered data, 278, 549 IVRPortStat views, 289
CallEvent field, 352, 355, 590, 594 IVRStat views, 294
CallEventName field, 352, 591 NetworkInCallStat views, 302, 561
CallForceDelayTimer field, 382, 492 NetworkOutStat views, 309, 567
CallForceOption field, 382, 492 SkillsetStat views, 328, 576
CallID, 646 TrunkStat views, 341
CallID field, 352, 591 CallsAnsweredAfterThreshold field, 329, 577
CallPilot, 293 CallsAnsweredAftThreshold field
CallRequestQueueSize field, 468 ApplicationConStat views, 527
CallRequestQueueSizeThreshold field, 468 ApplicationStat views, 255
calls answered by backup skillset, 1420 DNISStat views, 282, 553
calls networked out, 1414 IVRStat views, 294
calls presented. See offered calls NetworkInCallStat views, 302, 561
1476 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Index
CallsAnsweredDelay field CallSourcePreference field, 467
ApplicationConStat views, 527 CallsReachNonISDN field, 284, 320, 555
ApplicationStat views, 255 CallsReturnedToQ field, 228
DNISStat views, 282, 553 CallsReturnedToQDueToTimeout field, 228
IVRStat views, 294 CallsTerminated field, 277, 548
NetworkInCallStat views, 302, 561 CallsTransferred field
SkillsetStat views, 330, 578 IVRPortStat views, 289
TrunkStat views, 341 IVRStat views, 295
CallsAnsweredDelayAtDest field, 303, 562 CallsTransferredIn field, 262, 533
CallsAnsweredDelayAtDestination field, 310, CallsWithDigitsCollected field, 278, 549
568 Campaign, 646
CallsAnsweredDelayAtSkillset field, 257, 528 Campaign Call by Call Details, 1166
CallsBlockedByAllTrunksBusy field, 320 Campaign Script Results Details, 1169
CallsConferenced field Campaign Summary, 1172
IVRPortStat views, 289 CampaignId, 624
IVRStat views, 294 CampaignRetryCount, 646
CallsConferencedIn field, 257, 528 Campaigns, 634
CallsConferencedOut field, 257, 529 CampaignScript, 634
CallsGivenBroadcast field, 257, 529 CampaignScripts, 640
CallsGivenDefault field, 258, 282, 529, 553 CampaignUserName, 624
CallsGivenForceBusy field, 258, 282, 530, 553 Category field, 396
CallsGivenForceDisconnect field, 259, 283, 530, CBC database, 323
554 CDN field
CallsGivenForceOverflow field, 259, 283, 530, CDN view, 394
554 CDNStat views, 278, 549
CallsGivenHostLookup field, 259, 531 CDN Properties report, 951–953
CallsGivenIVR field, 259, 531 CDN statistics, 275–279, 546–550, 1107–1117
CallsGivenMusic field, 260, 531 entity relationships, 772
CallsGivenNACD field, 260, 532 CDN Statistics report, 1107–1111
CallsGivenRAN field, 260, 532 CDN view, 394–395
CallsGivenRouteTo field, 261, 283, 532, 554 CDNCallsConfTo Other field, 229
CallsNACDOut field, 261, 283, 533, 554 CDNCallsConfToCDN field, 228
CallsNetworkedOut field, 283, 554 CDNCallsConfToDN field, 229
CallsNotTreated field, 294 CDNCallsConfToIncalls field, 229
CallsNotTreatedAftThreshold field, 295 CDNCallsTransferredToCDN field, 230
CallsNotTreatedDelay field, 295 CDNCallsTransferredToDN field, 230
CallsOffered field, 111, 125 CDNCallsTransferredToIncalls field, 230
AgentPerformance views, 227 CDNCallsTransferredToOther field, 230
ApplicationStat views, 261, 533 CDNName field, 278, 549
CDNStat views, 277, 548 CDNs, 275, 546
DNISStat views, 284, 555 properties, 394–395
IVRStat views, 295 reports, 951–953, 1107–1117
NetworkInCallStat views, 303, 562 CDNStat formulas, 1366
NetworkOutStat views, 310, 568 CDNStat view, 275–279, 546–550
SkillsetStat views, 330, 578 CharSet, 605, 646
TrunkStat views, 342 child scripts, 389
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1477
Index Standard 8.11
ChildComment field, 389 IVR statistics, 294
ChildName field, 389 reports, 892
ChildStatus field, 389 voice port statistics, 289
ChildUserFirstName field, 390 configuration reports, 784
ChildUserLastName field, 390 configuration views, 373–497
Class field Configured field, 410
Formula view, 402 connecting to the Contact Center Manager
RealTimeTemplate view, 444 Server, 41
ScriptVariableProperties view, 460 connecting to the Contact Center Multimedia
ClickStreamText, 646 server, 52
ClosedReasonCode, 606, 647 connection to the Contact Center Manager
ClosedTime, 606, 647 Server, defining, 41
CMFStatus, 645 connection to the server, defining, 52
Code field, 396 consolidated statistics
CodeMappings, 642 application, 522–??
CodeToMessage view, 396 ConsultationTime field, 231
collected digits, 278, 549 Contact, 606, 617
collection of network call-by-call statistics, Contact Center Manager database, 23–27
enabling, 590 Contact Center Manager Server
Column field, 438 defining connection to, 41
ColumnName field, 497, 501, 502 Contact Center Multimedia, 601
Comment, 606 Contact Center Multimedia data dictionary
Comment field data dictionary, 595
AccessRights view, 377 view list, 747
Agent view, 382 Contact Center Multimedia ERD, 779
Formula view, 402 ContactID, 607
NCCNetworkSkillset view, 418 ContactId, 624
NCCSite view, 424 ContactNumber field, 424, 464
NetworkRankingAssignment view, 427 ContactPerson field, 424, 464
ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view, 451 Contacts, 644
ScheduledSupervisorAssignment view, 454 Contacts Outstanding Detail, 1027
Script view, 457 Contacts Outstanding Summary, 1030
ScriptVariableProperties view, 460 ContactTypes, 654
Site view, 464 conversion, time zone
Skillset view, 468 network call-by-call statistics, 589
SkillsetByAssignment view, 472 network consolidated reports, 1194
Supervisor view, 479 Country, 612
SupervisorByAssignment view, 484 Create Report Expert window, 58
completed IVR, 263, 535 CreateDeleteAccess field, 377
Conclusion, 640 CreateDeleteAgentAccess field, 377
conferenced calls, 221 CreateDeleteAllAgentAccess field, 377
ACD calls, 222–223 creating
application statistics, 257, 528–529 database aliases, 66
CDN calls, 228, 229 user-created reports, 56, 69, 84
consultation time, 231 See also adding, defining
DN calls, 231, 232 CreationTime, 607
1478 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Index
Crosstab - Application Performance report, 1112 Network Consolidated Outgoing Calls report,
Crosstab - CDN Statistics report, 1115–1117 1219, 1223, 1231
Crosstab - DNIS Statistics report, 1119–1122 Network Incoming Calls report, 1212
Crosstab - Network Incoming Calls report, Data Set Name, 23
1045–1048 data, types of, 25
Crosstab - Network Outgoing Calls report, 1048– database, 23–27, 601
1051 database aliases, 66
Crosstab - Route Performance report, 1122–1129 creating, 66
Crosstab - Skillset Performance report, 1125– database field conversion functions, 1325
1128 database size, 323
Crosstab - Trunk Performance report, 1129–1132 database variables, 601
Crystal Reports, 787, 1324, 1330 Database View Definitions report, 49–50, 954–
cumulation of statistics, 170, 346, 520, 588 957
custom reports database views, 24, 596, 746
to support Record format, 96 DateCreated, 617, 635, 640
Customer, 612, 647 DateTimeStamp, 625
CustomerID, 648 daylight savings time, changing to or from, 589
CustomerId, 625 DaysofAgentLogin field, 408
Customers, 660 DaysOfCallByCall field, 408
CustomFields, 607, 634, 647, 656 DaysOfDaily field, 409
customized formulas, adding in Crystal Reports, DaysOfInterval field, 409
94 DaysofIVRPortLogin field, 409
customized reports DaysOfSkillsetState field, 409
skills needed to create, 29 DBName field, 323
See also expert reports DBSize field, 323
dCDNStat view, 275–279, 546–550
dDNISStat view, 280–287, 551–558
D Debugs, 664
Default, 612
dActivityCodeStat, 188–196 Default ACD skillset, 1408
dAgentByApplicationStat view, 197–207 default activity code
dAgentBySkillsetStat view, 208–219 skillset, 188
dAgentPerformanceStat view, 220–248 system, 188
daily view, 787 Default NACD skillset, 1408
daily views, 168, 519 default treatment, 258, 270, 282, 529, 541, 553
DailyEndTime, 635 defining
DailyStartTime, 635 See also adding, creating
dApplicationConStat view, 522–?? defining connection to the Contact Center
dApplicationStat view, 249–274 Manager Server, 41
data extraction period defining connection to the Contact Center
Network Call By Call Statistics report, 1196 Multimedia server, 52
Network Consolidated Application Definition field, 402
Performance report, 1200 delays, abandoned call
Network Consolidated DNIS Statistics report, application consolidated statistics, 524, 526
1206 application statistics, 252, 254, 264, 535
DNIS statistics, 281, 285, 552, 556
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1479
Index Standard 8.11
network incoming call statistics, 301, 304, 560, Direction, 621
563 Disconnect script command, 259, 283, 530, 554
network outgoing call statistics, 311, 313, 569, disconnect treatment
571 ApplicationStat views, 259, 270, 530, 542
network outgoing calls, 265, 266, 536, 537 DNISStat views, 283, 554
reports, 1095–1098, 1248–1253 DisplayFileName, 622, 629
skillset statistics, 332, 334–335, 580, 582 DisplayTypeName field, 434
trunk statistics, 341 DispositionCode, 608, 648
delays, answered call DispositionCodes, 636, 665
application consolidated statistics, 525, 527– divide by zero functions, 1329
?? dIVRPortStat view, 288–292
application statistics, 253, 255–257, 264–265, dIVRStat view, 293–297
??–528, 536 DN, 615
at skillset, 257, 265, 528, 536 DN calls
DNIS statistics, 282, 285, 553, 556 reports, 827–838
IVR statistics, 294 DN field, 468
network incoming call statistics, 302–303, 305, DNCallsConfToACDDN field, 231
561–562, 564 DNCallsConfToCDN field, 231
network outgoing call statistics, 311–312, 313, DNCallsConfToDN field, 232
569–570, 571 DNCallsConfToOther field, 232
network outgoing calls, 265, 267, 537, 539 DNCallsTransferredToACDDN field, 232
reports, 1099–1102, 1254–1257 DNCallsTransferredToCDN, 233
skillset statistics, 330, 332, 578, 580 DNCallsTransferredToDN field, 233
trunk statistics, 341 DNCallsTransferredToOther field, 233
delays, untreated call, IVR statistics, 295 dNetworkInCallStat view, 300–307, ??–565
Department field, 383, 479 dNetworkOutStat view, 308–315, 566–??
dependent entities, 764 DNInCalls field, 234
DequeuedDueToAbandon field, 332, 580 DNInCallsTalkTime field, 234
Description, 635 DNInExtCalls field, 234
desktop users, 377–380 DNInExtCallsTalkTime field, 235
destination application, 303–304, 310, 562–563, DNInIntCalls field, 235
568 DNInIntCallsHoldTime, 236
Destination field, 353, 591 DNIS calls, 1410
destination sites DNIS field
NCCRanking view, 420 DNIS view, 399
network incoming call statistics, 304, 563 DNISStat views, 284, 555
network outgoing call statistics, 311, 568–569 HistoricalStatCollection view, 405
NetworkRankingAssignment view, 427–428 DNIS Properties report, 958–960
Ranking view, 436 DNIS statistics, 280–287, 551–558, 1119–1122,
DestSiteID field, 427 1132–1136
DestSiteName field, 428 entity relationships, 772
detailed historical statistics. See event statistics DNIS Statistics report, 1132–1136
DialableDN field, 489 DNIS threshold classes, 401
DialEndTime, 607 DNIS view, 399–400
DialingPrefix, 635 DNIS_PREFIX, 285, 399, 556
DialStartTime, 607 DNISName field, 284, 555
1480 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Index
DNISs, 280, 551 enabling network call-by-call statistics
consolidated network statistics, 1205–1210 collection, 590
properties, 399–400 EndDateTime, 636
reports, configuration, 958–960 eNetCallByCallStat views, ??–373, 589–??
reports, network, 1055–1059 entities, 763
reports, statistics, 1119–1122, 1132–1136 entity relationship diagrams, 761–778, 779
DNISStat formulas, 1367 entity relationships
DNISStat views, 280–287, 551–558 activity code statistics, 768
DNISThresholdTemplate view, 401 agent by application statistics, 769
DNOutCalls field, 237 agent by skillset statistics, 770
DNOutCallsTalkTime field, 237 agent performance statistics, 771
DNOutExtCalls field, 237 application statistics, 771
DNOutExtCallsTalkTime field, 238, 239 CDN statistics, 772
DNOutIntCalls field, 239 DNIS statistics, 772
DNOutIntCallsTalkTime field, 240 IVR port statistics, 772
documents in Contact Center, 31 IVR statistics, 773
dRANMusicRouteStat view, 316–318 network incoming call statistics, 773
dRouteStat view, 319–322 network outgoing call statistics, 774
dSkillsetStat view, 325–339, 573–586 RAN/music routes statistics, 774
DSN, 23 route statistics, 775
DstApplication field, 303, 310, 562, 568 skillset statistics, 775
DstApplicationID field, 304, 310, 563, 568 trunk statistics, 776
DstSite field, 304, 311, 563, 568 ERD, 761–778
DstSiteID field ErrorCode field
NCCRanking view, 420 NetworkRankingAssignment view, 427
NetworkInCallStat views, 304, 563 ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view, 451
NetworkOutStat views, 311, 569 ScheduledSupervisorAssignment view, 455
Ranking view, 436 SkillsetByAssignment view, 472
DstSiteName field, 420, 436 SupervisorByAssignment view, 485
dTrunkStat view, 340–344 Estimated Revenue By Agent report, 900
Duration field, 348 event statistics, 25, 345–373, 587–??
Durations, 668 when cumulated, 346, 588
dynamic formulas, 1332 EventData field, 353, 592
Dynamic group formulas, 1332 EventType field, 348, 370
ExecuteAccess field, 377
ExecuteAgentAccess field, 378
E ExecuteAllAgentAccess field, 378
expert reports
eAgentLoginStat view, 347–350 creating, 56, 69, 84
eCallbyCallStat views, 351–369 skills needed to create, 29
editing. See changing export data to Record format, creating custom
eIVRPortLoginStat view, 370–372 report to, 96
EmailAddress, 615, 631 external calls
EmailAddresses, 669 incoming, 234–235
EmailAddressGroups, 671 outgoing, 237–238, 239
empty agent name, 122
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1481
Index Standard 8.11
F G
Fast Transfer key, 221 Give Busy script command, 258, 282, 530, 553
FaxNumber, 615 Give Controlled Broadcast Announcement
Field field script command, 257, 529
ApplicationThresholdTemplate view, 392 Give IVR script command, 259, 531
NetworkThresholdTemplate view, 432 Give Music script command, 260, 531
RouteThresholdTemplate view, 449 Give Overflow script command, 259, 283, 530,
SkillsetThresholdTemplate view, 415, 475 554
SummaryThresholdTemplate view, 477 Give RAN script command, 260, 532
field types, 146–147, 512–513 GivenName field
FieldID field AccessRights view, 378
RouteThresholdTemplate view, 449 Agent view, 383
SkillsetThresholdTemplate view, 415, 475 Script view, 457
SummaryThresholdTemplate view, 477 Supervisor view, 479
UserThresholdTemplate view, 495 Grouping field, 460
FieldName, 642 GroupName field, 378
FieldName field, 434
FileContents, 622, 629
filter sets, 99
FilterStatus field, 430
H
FirstDayOfWeek field, 409 HeteroNetworking field, 464
FirstEventTimeStamp field, 353, 371 Historical and Real Time Statistics Properties
FirstName, 615 report, 964–974
FlowControlStatus field, 430 historical reports, 784
force busy treatment historical statistics, 25, 165–344, 517–??
ApplicationStat views, 258, 270, 530, 541 collection properties, 404–410
DNISStat views, 282, 553 storage duration for, 26
force disconnect treatment See also event statistics
ApplicationStat views, 259, 270, 530, 542 historical statistics collection report, 964–974
DNISStat views, 283, 554 HistoricalStatCollection view, 404–407
force overflow treatment HistoricalStatDuration view, 408–409
ApplicationStat views, 259, 270, 530, 542 HistoricalStatStorage view, 410
DNISStat views, 283, 554 HistoryFlag, 608
foreign keys, 765 HoldTime field, 240
Format field, 402, 438 HolidayHours, 672
Formula Properties report, 961–963 hook-flash transfer, 125
Formula view, 402–403 host lookup treatment, 259, 531
FormulaID field, 402, 438
formulas
properties, 402–403 I
reports, 961–963
FreeSpace field, 323 iActivityCodeStat, 188–196
FreeText, 618 iAgentByApplicationStat view, 197–207
FullAddress, 613 iAgentBySkillsetStat view, 208–219
iAgentPerformanceStat view, 220–248
iApplicationConStat view, 522–??
1482 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Index
iApplicationStat view, 249–274 iRouteStat view, 319–322
iCDNStat view, 275–279, 546–550 iSkillsetStat view, 325–339, 573–586
Icon, 642 IsLocal field, 465
ID, 608, 613, 616, 618, 622, 625, 627, 630, 631, 633, IsNetworked field, 468
636, 640, 642, 648 ITDAgent field, 440
identifying relationships, 767 ITDApplication field, 441
IdleAgentsPriority field ITDIVR field, 441
NCCNetworkSkillset view, 419 ITDNetworkCall field, 441
Skillset view, 468 ITDNodalCall field, 441
iDNISStat view, 280–287, 551–558 ITDRoute field, 441
iIVRPortStat view, 288–292 ITDSkillset field, 442
iIVRStat view, 293–297 iTrunkStat view, 340–344
Import a User-created Crystal Report dialog box, IVR ACD-DN threshold classes, 415–416
88 IVR ACD-DNs. See IVR queues
Imported, 613 IVR field, 405
importing user-created reports, 84 IVR Port First Login/Last Logout report, 1137–
in service time, 327, 575 1138
inbound calls. See incoming calls IVR Port Properties report, 976–978
Inboxes, 674 IVR port statistics, 288–292
Incalls key, transfers and conferences to, 221 entity relationships, 772
incoming calls, 234 linkages, 291–292
See also network incoming calls login and logout, 370–372
incoming network calls. See network incoming IVR Port Statistics report, 1139–1141
calls IVR ports
independent entities, 764 login and logout statistics, 370–372
iNetworkInCallStat view, 300–307, ??–565 properties, 411–412
iNetworkOutStat view, 308–315, 566–?? reports, 976–978, 1139–1141
instances, 764 statistics, 288–292
internal calls IVR Queue And Port Properties report, 979–981
incoming, 235 IVR Queue Statistics report, 1143, 1145
outgoing, 239–240 IVR queues
InternalFileName, 622, 630 properties, 413–414
interrupted IVR sessions, 296 reports, 979–981, 1143, 1145
interval length, 114 threshold classes, 415–416
interval view, 787 IVR reports, 976–981, 1145
interval views, 168, 519 IVR statistics, 293–297
IntervalDuration field, 440 entity relationships, 773
intervals, 114 linkages, 297
IntervalStartTime field, 440 IVR transferred, 271, 543
interval-to-date mode, 440, 964 IVR transfers, 125
Introduction, 640 IVR treatment, 259, 531
InvalidXMLAudits, 677 IVRAbandoned field, 263, 295, 535
InvalidXMLChrs, 679 IVRCompleted field, 296
InvalidXMLFields, 680 IVRInterrupted field, 296
inversion entries, 766 IVRPort field, 405
iRANMusicRouteStat view, 316–318 IVRPort view, 411–412
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1483
Index Standard 8.11
IVRPortID field UserThresholdTemplate view, 495
eIVRPortLoginStat view, 371 Level2 field
IVRPort view, 411 ApplicationThresholdTemplate view, 392
IVRPortStat views, 289 IVRThresholdTemplate view, 415
IVRPortLogin field, 405 NetworkThresholdTemplate view, 432
IVRPortName field, 289 RouteThresholdTemplate view, 449
IVRPortStat formulas, 1371 SkillsetThresholdTemplate view, 475
IVRPortStat views, 288–292 SummaryThresholdTemplate view, 477
IVRQueue view, 413–414 UserThresholdTemplate view, 495
IVRQueueID field Licenses, 682
IVRPort view, 411 LicenseStat formulas, 1375
IVRPortStat views, 290 Line of Business codes. See activity codes
IVRQueue view, 413 Line1, 613
IVRStat views, 296 Line2, 613
IVRQueueName field, 290, 296 Line3, 613
IVRStat formulas, 1373 Line4, 614
IVRStat views, 293–297 Line5, 614
IVRTerminated field, 263, 535 linkage keys. See linkages
IVRThresholdTemplate view, 415–416 linkages, 171
IVRTransferred field, 264, 285, 535, 556 activity code statistics, 195–196
agent by application statistics, 207
agent by skillset statistics, 219
J agent performance statistics, 248
application statistics, 274
joining tables, 139 IVR port statistics, 291–292
IVR statistics, 297
network incoming call statistics, 307, ??–565
K network outgoing call statistics, 315
route statistics, 322
keys. See linkages skillset statistics, 336–339, 585–586
KeyWordGroups, 681 trunk statistics, 344
linking database views, 171
linking views
L AgentByApplicationStat view, 172
Label field, 439 AgentPerformanceStat view, 172
examples, 171
LandingPadOptions field, 424
proper join, 172
LastLoadedDate, 636
LastModified field, 457 simple join, 174
LoadContactsPerInterval, 636
Length field, 497
LoadInterval, 637
Level1 field
ApplicationThresholdTemplate view, 392 LOB codes. See activity codes
LOB key, 188, 804
IVRThresholdTemplate view, 415
Locked, 637
NetworkThresholdTemplate view, 432
LockedBy, 637
RouteThresholdTemplate view, 449
SkillsetThresholdTemplate view, 475 LockedDateTime, 637
logged-in agents, 983–986
SummaryThresholdTemplate view, 477
1484 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Index
LoggedInTime field, 241, 290 mCDNStat view, 275–279, 546–550
login, 841–845, 1137–1138 mDNISStat view, 280–287, 551–558
login statistics measured value, 410
agent, 347–350 Meridian Mail, 293
IVR port, 370–372 messaging, 288
LogonID, 616 MigrationNotes, 684
logout, 841–845, 1137–1138 Migrations, 683
logout statistics MinimumRingTime, 637
agent, 347–350 MinRefreshRate field, 442
IVR port, 370–372 MinShortCallDelay field, 469, 475
mIVRPortStat view, 288–292
mIVRStat view, 293–297
M mNetworkInCallStat view, 300–307, ??–565
mNetworkOutStat view, 308–315, 566–??
mActivityCodeStat, 188–196 modifying. See changing
mAgentByApplicationStat view, 197–207 monthly view, 787
mAgentBySkillsetStat view, 208–219 monthly views, 169, 520
mAgentPerformanceStat view, 220–248 MonthsOfMonthly field, 409
MailBCC, 608 moving window mode, 440, 964
MailCC, 608, 648 mRANMusicRouteStat view, 316–318
MailFrom, 609, 649 mRouteStat view, 319–322
MailTo, 609, 649 Msg field, 396
mApplicationConStat view, 522–?? mSkillsetStat view, 325–339, 573–586
mApplicationStat view, 249–274 mTrunkStat view, 340–344
Master database, 323 multimedia, 595, 601, 779, 1017
master script, pegging of calls handled by, 250 multimedia reports
MaxAbandonedDelay field, 285, 304, 556, 563 reports, 1017
MaxAbandonedDelayAtDest field, 304, 563 MultiMediaNetworkURI field, 490
MaxAnsweredDelay field music route statistics, 316–318, 1146–1148
DNISStat views, 285, 556 entity relationships, 774
NetworkInCallStat views, 305, 564 music routes
SkillsetStat views, 332, 580 reports, 1146–1148
MaxAnsweredDelayatDest field, 305, 564 statistics, 316–318
MaxCallsAbandonedDelay field, 264, 311, 535, music treatment, 260, 531
569 Music/RAN Route Statistics report, 1146–1148
MaxCallsAbandonedDelayAtDest field, 311, MWAgent field, 442
569 MWApplication field, 442
MaxCallsAnsDelay field, 264, 536 MWIVR field, 442
MaxCallsAnsDelayAtSkillset field, 265, 536 MWNetworkCall field, 443
MaxCallsAnsweredDelay field, 311, 569 MWNodalCall field, 443
MaxCallsAnsweredDelayAtDest field, 312, 570 MWRoute field, 443
MaxDequeuedDueToAbandon field, 332, 580 MWSkillset field, 443
MaxNetOutCallsAbandonedDelay field, 265,
536
MaxNetOutCallsAnsweredDelay field, 265, 537
MaxSkillsetAbandon field, 332, 580
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1485
Index Standard 8.11
NetOutCallsAbandoned field, 266, 537
N NetOutCallsAbandonedDelay field, 266, 537
NACD, 1414 NetOutCallsAnswered field, 267, 538
NACD activity, 846–848 NetOutCallsAnsweredDelay field, 267, 539
NACD calls, 241, 243 NetOutCallsReachNonISDN field, 268, 539
NACD out network activity, 846–848
ApplicationStat views, 261, 272, 533, 543 Network Application Performance report, 1051–
DNISStat views, 283, 554 1054
NACD treatment, 260, 532 Network Call By Call Statistics report, 1196–
NACDCallsAnswered field, 241 1199
NACDCallsTalkTime field, 241 network call-by-call statistics, ??–373, 589–??,
NACD-DN, 1408 1196–1199
Name, 628, 637, 641 enabling collection of, 590
Name field network communication parameters, 489–491
ActivityCode view, 381 Network Consolidated Application Performance
Application view, 387 report, 1200–1204
ApplicationThresholdTemplate view, 392 Network Consolidated DNIS Statistics, 1205–
CDN view, 394 1210
DNIS view, 399 Network Consolidated Incoming Calls, 1211–
DNISThresholdTemplate view, 401 1216
Formula view, 403 Network Consolidated Outgoing Calls, 1217–
IVRPort view, 411 1222
IVRQueue view, 413 Network Consolidated Route Performance,
IVRThresholdTemplate view, 416 1223–1225
NCCRemoteApplication view, 422 Network Consolidated Skillset Call
NetworkThresholdTemplate view, 432 Distribution, 1227–1230
RealTimeTemplate view, 444 Network Consolidated Skillset Performance,
RemoteApplication view, 446 1231–1235
Route view, 448 Network DNIS Statistics report, 1055–1059
RouteThresholdTemplate view, 449 network incoming call statistics, 300–307, ??–
Script view, 457 565, 1060–1063
ScriptVariableProperties view, 460 entity relationships, 773
Site view, 465 linkages, 307, ??–565
SkillsetThresholdTemplate view, 476 network incoming calls
SummaryThresholdTemplate view, 477 application statistics, 241–242, 243
SwitchPort view, 487 not answered, 122
UserThresholdTemplate view, 495 reports, 1045–1048, 1060–1063, 1211–1216
Views view, 497 statistics, 300–307, ??–565
NCC reports, 1193–1263 Network Incoming Calls report, 1060–1063
NCCConfig view, 417 network out time, 272, 543
NCCNetworkSkillset view, 418–419 network outgoing call blocked statistics, 319
NCCRanking view, 420–421 network outgoing call statistics, 308–315, 566–
NCCRemoteApplication view, 422–423 ??, 1064–1066
NCCSite field, 426 entity relationships, 774
NCCSite view, 424–425 linkages, 315
NetOutCalls field, 265, 537 network outgoing calls
1486 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Index
application statistics, 265–268, 536–539 Skillset view, 469
delays, 265, 536–537 NetworkSkillsetStatus view, 430–431
DNIS statistics, 283, 554 NetworkThresholdTemplate view, 432–433
reports, 1048–1051, 1064–1066, 1217–1222 NewValue, 625
statistics, 308–315, 566–?? NightServiceType field, 469
Network Outgoing Calls report, 1064–1066 NNCCApplicationId, 649
network reports, 1035, 1037–1044, 1073 Nodal Consolidated Application Delay Before
Network Route Performance report, 1067–1069 Abandon report, 1248–1253
Network Site and Application Properties report, Nodal Consolidated Application Delay Before
1037–1040, 1237–1239 Answer, 1254–1257
Network Skillset Performance report, 1070, 1073 Nodal Consolidated Application Performance,
Network Skillset Properties report, 1041–1044 1260–1263
Network Skillset Routing Properties, 1240–1244 nodal threshold class, 477–478
network skillsets NodeID field, 353
properties, 418–419, 1240–1244 eNetCallByCallStat views, 592
reports, 1041–1044, 1073, 1240–1244 nonidentifying relationships, 767
status, 430–431 non-ISDN trunks
Network Table Routing Assignments report, ApplicationConStat views, 524
1245–1247 ApplicationStat views, 251, 268, 272, 539, 543
Network_Script application, 303–304, 310, 562– CDNStat views, 276, 547
563, 568 DNISStat views, 284, 555
NetworkCall field, 406 non-primary key attributes, 765
NetworkCallsAnswered field, 241 Not Ready Reason Code By Agent report, 903–
NetworkCallsTalkTime field, 242 905
NetworkConfig view, 426 NotReadyTime field
NetworkInCallStat formulas, 1375 Agent Performance views, 242
NetworkInCallStat views, 300–307, ??–565 IVRPortStat views, 290
NetworkOutCall field, 406 NROSDN field, 383, 492
NetworkOutStat formulas, 1378 NumberOfContacts, 637
NetworkOutStat views, 308–315, 566–?? NumberOfContactsProcessed, 638
NetworkRankingAssignment view, 427–429 NumberUsed, 609
NetworkSkillset field NumBestNodes field, 417
NCCNetworkSkillset view, 419 NumericValue, 642
NetworkSkillsetStatus view, 431 NumRetries field, 490
NetworkSkillsetComment field, 469
NetworkSkillsetID field
NCCNetworkSkillset view, 419
NCCRanking view, 420
O
NetworkRankingAssignment view, 428 ObjectKey field, 378
NetworkSkillsetStatus view, 431 ObjectName field, 378
Ranking view, 436 OccupancyTime field, 342
Skillset view, 469 Occurrences field, 193
NetworkSkillsetName field ODBC, 23
NCCRanking view, 420 ODBC-compliant applications, 38
NetworkRankingAssignment view, 428 creating reports in, 69, 84
Ranking view, 436 offered calls
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1487
Index Standard 8.11
abandoned, 122 ParentUserFirstName field, 390
agent performance statistics, 227 ParentUserLastName field, 391
application statistics, 261, 533 Partitions, 785
CDN statistics, 277, 548 Password, 616
DNIS statistics, 284, 555 PCLoginName field, 379, 479
IVR statistics, 295 pegging, 1406, 1408, 1410, 1411, 1412, 1414, 1419,
network incoming call statistics, 303, 562 1420
network outgoing call statistics, 310, 568 pegging, 1424
skillset statistics, 330, 578 pegging at local node, 1415
trunk statistics, 342 pegging at remote node, 1415
OldValue, 625 pegging blind transfers, 1416
OLE DB-compliant application, 596 pegging thresholds, 251, 523
OnHoldURLs, 685 PersonalDN field, 383, 479
OpenDuration, 649 PhoneNumbers, 692
OpenTime, 609, 649 phoneset displays
OriginalSubject, 649 properties, 434
OriginatingSite field reports, 1008–1010
SkillsetStat views, 581 PhonesetDisplay view, 434
Outbound, 1165 phonesets, properties of, 487–488
Outbound reports Phrases, 695
reports, 1165 PortAddress field, 487
outbound calls. See outgoing calls position ID, 983–986
OutBoundOriginator, 650 PositionID field, 349, 487
outgoing calls, 237–240 post-call processing time, 226, 494
See also network outgoing calls PostCallProcessingTime field
outgoing network calls. See network outgoing AgentByApplicationStat views, 204
calls AgentBySkillsetStat views, 211, 212, 213, 218
OutOfHoursRules, 687 Preferences, 697
OutOfServiceTimer field, 425, 465 PreferredCallBackMedia, 650
overflow treatment presented calls. See offered calls
ApplicationStat views, 259, 270, 530, 542 PreviousStatus, 638
DNISStat views, 283, 554 primary keys, 764
Owner, 638 attributes of, 765
Owner field, 458 primary script, pegging of calls handled by, 250
Priority, 638, 650
Priority field
P ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view, 452
SkillsetByAgent view, 471
PageChange, 688 SkillsetByAssignment view, 472
PagePushes, 689 proper join, linking views, 172
PagePushURLs, 690 properties
Parameter field, 410 activity code, 381, 923–924
parent scripts, 389 agent, 382–386, 928–934
ParentComment field, 390 agent to skillset assignment, 451–453, 472–474
ParentName field, 390 agent to supervisor assignment, 454–456, 484–
ParentStatus field, 390 486
1488 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Index
application, 387–388, 1037–1040, 1237–1239 RankingAssignID field, 428
call presentation class, 492–494 RANMusicRoute field, 406
CDN, 394–395, 951–953 RANMusicRouteStat formulas, 1381
DNIS, 399–400, 958–960 RCW, 1267
formula, 402–403, 961–963 RCWDivideByZero, 1329
historical statistics collection, 404–410, 964– RCWDivideByZeroRN, 1329
974 RCWFormatAccessRights, 1325
IVR port, 411–412, 976–978 RCWFormatAssignmentType, 1326
IVR queue, 413–414, 979–981 RCWFormatCallAge, 1326
network skillset, 418–419, 1041–1044 RCWFormatCallSource, 1326
phoneset, 487–488 RCWFormatCBC, 1326
phoneset display, 434, 1008–1010 RCWFormatDataRange, 1326
real-time display definition, 438–439, 444– RCWFormatEventType, 1326
445, 987–989 RCWFormatFilterStatus, 1326
real-time statistics collection, 440–443, 964– RCWFormatFlowControlStatus, 1327
974 RCWFormatHSSParameter, 1327
route, 448–450, 990–992 RCWFormatNightServiceType, 1327
script, 457–459 RCWFormatRankingMethod, 1327
script variable, 460–463 RCWFormatSkillsetState, 1327
site, 464–466, 1037–1040, 1237–1239 RCWFormatTimeSecs, 1325
skillset, 467–470, 999–1003 RCWFormatVariableWrap, 1327
supervisor, 479–481, 1004–1007 RCWStringFromID, 1327
table routing assignment, 1245–1247 RCWStringJoin2, 1327
pulled back calls, 294–295 RCWStringJoin3, 1328
Purchased field, 410 RCWStringLabelJoin2, 1328
RCWStringSelect1, 1328
ReadAccess field, 379
Q ReadAgentAccess field, 379
ReadAllAgentAccess field, 379
QuestionID, 618 Real Time Template Properties report, 987–989
Questions, 641, 699 real-time display definitions
Queue To NACD script command, 260, 532 properties, 438–439, 444–445
reports, 987–989
real-time statistics collection
R properties, 440–443
reports, 964–974
RAN route statistics, 316–318, 1146–1148 RealTimeColumn view, 438–439
entity relationships, 774 RealTimeStatCollection view, 440–443
RAN routes RealTimeTemplate view, 444–445
reports, 1146–1148 Record format, create custom reports to export
statistics, 316–318 data to, 96
RAN treatment, 260, 532 RefreshRate field, 444
Rank field RegularHours, 702
NCCRanking view, 421 related documents, 31
NetworkRankingAssignment view, 428 relationships
Ranking view, 437 between entities, 766
Ranking view, 436–437
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1489
Index Standard 8.11
between scripts, 389–391 network route, 1067–1069, 1223–1225
RelativeGMT field, 425, 466 phoneset display, 1008–1010
remote applications, 422–423, 446–447 resource, 1164
RemoteApplication view, 446–447 rights required, 785
RemoteApplicationID field route, 990–992, 1122–1129, 1149–1152
NCCRemoteApplication view, 422 Route Performance, 1149–1152
RemoteApplication view, 446 scripts, 993–998
removing. See deleting skillset, 999–1003, 1265
report, 789 standard, 783
Report Creation Wizard, 1267, 1324, 1327, 1329, trunk, 1129–1132, 1153–1164
1332 types, 21
Report Creation Wizard dynamic formulas, 1332 ReservedForCall field, 243
Report Creation Wizard formulas, 1332 ReservedTime field, 243
Report Creation Wizard functions, 1324 resource reports, 1164
Report Creation Wizard generic formulas, 1332 CDN, 1107–1117
Report Creation Wizard operators, 1330 DNIS, 1119–1122, 1132–1136
Report Creation Wizard standard functions, 1324 network DNIS, 1055–1059
Report Creation Wizard standard operators, 1330 network route, 1067–1069
Report Creation Wizrd, 1329 phoneset display, 1008–1010
Report Gallery window, 57 route, 990–992, 1122–1129, 1149–1152
Report groups, 786 trunk, 1129–1132
report selection criteria, 789 RestoredAudits, 707
report statistics, 789 Restores, 704
report templates, 787 RetryTimer field, 490
report views, 787 returned to queue, 121, 228
report_interval formula, 94 ReturnedToQ field, 121
report_title formula, 94 ReturnedToQDueToTimeout field, 121
report_user formula, 94 ReturnToQueueMode field, 383, 493
reporting supervisors, 220 ReturnToQueueOnNoAnswer field, 383, 493
See also supervisors ReturnToQueueWaitInterval field, 384, 493
reports rights
activity code, 803–905, 1080 rights required for running reports, 785
agent, 983–986 RingTime field, 243
application, 948–950, 1075, 1153–1155 round robin routing table, 418
call-by-call, 1196–1199 Route Call script command, 261, 283, 532, 554
call-by-call statistics, 914–919 route call treatment, 261, 272, 283, 532, 544, 554
CDN, 1107–1117 Route field, 342, 406
DNIS, 1119–1122, 1132–1136 Route Performance report, 1149–1152
importing, 84 Route Properties report, 990–992
IVR, 976–981, 1145 route statistics, 319–322
limitations with subreports, 91 entity relationships, 775
music and RAN route, 1146–1148 linkages, 322
NCC, 1193–1263 See also music route statistics, RAN route
network, 1035, 1037–1044, 1073 statistics
network application, 1051–1054, 1248–1263 route threshold classes, 449–450
network DNIS, 1055–1059 Route view, 448
1490 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Index
RouteAccess field, 316 ScriptID field, 458
RouteAccessTime field, 317 scripts
RouteID field properties, 457–459
RANMusicRouteStat views, 317 relationships between, 389–391
Route view, 448 reports, 993–998
RouteStat views, 320 ScriptStatus field, 462
TrunkStat views, 342 ScriptType field, 462
RouteName field, 317, 321 ScriptVariableProperties view, 460–461
RoutePoints, 709 ScriptVariables view, 462–463
routes secondary script, pegging of calls handled by,
properties, 448–450 250
reports, configuration, 990–992 SecondaryDN field, 487
reports, network, 1067–1069, 1223–1225 selection criteria, 789, 790
reports, statistic, 1122–1129, 1149–1152 Send Request script command, 259, 531
statistics, 319–322, 1223–1225 SequenceNumber field, 349, 353, 371
threshold classes, 449–450 sequential routing table, 418
See also music routes, RAN routes server
RouteStat formulas, 1382 defining connection to Contact Center
RouteStat views, 319–322 Multimedia server, 52
RouteThresholdTemplate view, 449–450 Servers, 717
routing tables service level, 128
description, 418 service level threshold, 127
properties, 420–421, 436–437 ServiceLevelThreshold field
reports, 1240–1244 Application view, 387
Row field, 434 ApplicationThresholdTemplate view, 393
Rule, 650 DNIS view, 399
RuleAdmins, 713 DNISThresholdTemplate view, 401
RuleKeywordGroups, 715 IVRQueue view, 413
Rules, 710 IVRThresholdTemplate view, 416
NCCRemoteApplication view, 423
NetworkThresholdTemplate view, 432
S RemoteApplication view, 447
Skillset view, 470
ScaleFrom field, 439 SkillsetThresholdTemplate view, 476
ScaleTo field, 439 Services, 719
SCCSDBSpace views, 323 Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) reports, 784
ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view, 451–453 Sessions, 721
ScheduledSupervisorAssignment view, 454–456 ShortCallsAnswered field, 243
Script field, 462 simple join, linking views, 174
Script Summary, 1175 Site field
Script Variable By Script report, 993–995 ActivityCodeStat views, 194
Script Variable Properties report, 996–998 AgentByApplicationStat views, 204
script variables AgentBySkillset Stat views, 214
properties of, 460–463 AgentPerformance views, 244
reports, 993–998 ApplicationStat views, 268, 269, 279, 539, 540,
Script view, 457–459 550
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1491
Index Standard 8.11
CDNStat views, 278, 549 properties, 464–466
DNISStat views, 286, 557 reports, 1037–1040, 1237–1239
eAgentLoginStat view, 349 See also destination sites, source sites
eCallByCallStat view, 353 size of database, 323
eIVRPortLoginStat view, 371 skills required, 29–30
eNetCallByCallStat views, 592 Skillset, 638, 651
IVRPortStat views, 290 skillset assignments, 935–937, 938–941
IVRStat views, 296 Skillset By Application report, 1153–1155
RANMusicRouteStat views, 317 skillset default activity code, 188
RemoteApplication view, 447 Skillset field
RouteStat views, 321 AgentBySkillsetStat views, 215
SkillsetStat views, 333 HistoricalStatCollection view, 406
TrunkStat views, 342 Skillset view, 470
Site view, 464–466 SkillsetStat views, 334, 582
site_id formula, 94 skillset out of service, 1412
SiteComponents, 725 Skillset Performance report, 1156–1165
SiteID field Skillset Properties report, 999–1003
ActivityCodeStat views, 194 skillset statistics, 325–339, 573–586, 1265
AgentByApplicationStat views, 204 by agent, 208–219
AgentBySkillset Stat views, 215 entity relationships, 775
AgentPerformance views, 244 linkages, 336–339, 585–586
ApplicationStat views, 269, 540 Skillset view, 467–470
CDNStat views, 279, 550 SkillsetAbandon field, 334, 582
DNISStat views, 286, 557 SkillsetAbandonAftThreshold field, 335, 582
eAgentLoginStat view, 349 SkillsetAbandonDelay field, 334, 582
eCallbyCallStat views, 354 SkillsetByAgent field, 406
eIVRPortLoginStat view, 371 SkillsetByAgent view, 471
eNetCallbyCallStat views, 593 SkillsetByAssignment view, 472–474
IVRPortStat views, 290 SkillsetID field
IVRStat views, 296 AgentBySkillset Stat views, 215
NCCRemoteApplication view, 423 ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view, 452
NCCSite view, 425 Skillset view, 470
RANMusicRouteStat views, 317 SkillsetByAgent view, 471
RemoteApplication view, 447 SkillsetByAssignment view, 473
RouteStat fields, 321 SkillsetStat views, 335, 583
Site view, 466 SkillsetName field
SkillsetStat views, 334, 582 ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view, 452
TargetSwitchComm view, 490 SkillsetByAssignment view, 473
TrunkStat views, 343 SkillsetOnHoldURLs, 732
SiteName field Skillsets, 728
NCCRemoteApplication view, 423 skillsets
NetworkSkillsetStatus view, 431 agents assigned to, 471
TargetSwitchComm view, 491 assignments, 472–474
SiteParameters, 726 consolidated network statistics, 1231–1235
Sites, 722 delays at, 257, 265, 528, 536
sites, 424–425 in service, 327, 575
1492 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Index
network performance reports, 1070, 1073 standard reports, 783
properties, 467–470 skills needed to use, 29
reports, configuration, 999–1003 StartOfRun, 639
reports, statistic, 823–826, 906, 1265 state timers, agent, 1406
statistics by agent, 208–219 statistics, 789
threshold classes, 475–476 agent by application, 197–207
See also network skillsets agent by skillset, 208–219
SkillsetStat formulas, 1383 agent login and logout, 347–350
SkillsetStat views, 325–339, 573–586 agent performance, 220–248
SkillsetState field application, 249–274
HistoricalStatCollection view, 407 call-by-call, 351–369
ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view, 452 CDN, 275–279, 546–550
SkillsetByAgent view, 471 consolidated network application, 1200–1204
SkillsetByAssignment view, 473 consolidated network DNIS, 1205–1210
SkillsetThresholdTemplate view, 475–476 consolidated network route, 1223–1225
Souce, 609 consolidated network skillset, 1231–1235
Source, 651 consolidated network skillset call
source application, 305–306, 312, 564–565, 570 distribution, 1227–1230
Source field, 354, 593 DNIS, 280–287, 551–558
source sites IVR, 293–297
NCCRanking view, 421 IVR port, 288–292, 1139–1141
network incoming call statistics, 306, 565 IVR port login and logout, 370–372
network outgoing call statistics, 312, 570 IVR queue, 1143, 1145
NetworkRankingAssignment view, 429 music route, 316–318
Ranking view, 437 network application performance, 1051–1054
SourceSiteID field network call-by-call, 1196–1199
eNetCallByCallStat views, 593 network DNIS, 1055–1059
NetworkOutStat views, 312, 570 network incoming call, 300–307, ??–565,
SQL-compliant application, 596 1045–1048, 1060–1063, 1211–1216
SQL-compliant applications, 38 network outgoing call, 308–315, 566–??,
creating reports in, 69, 84 1048–1051, 1064–1066, 1217–1222
SrcApplication field, 305, 312, 564, 570 network skillset, 1073
SrcApplicationID field, 306, 312, 565, 570 nodal consolidated application, 1260–1263
SrcSite field, 306, 312, 565, 570 RAN route, 316–318
SrcSiteID field route, 319–322, 1067–1069
NCCRanking view, 421 skillset, 325–339, 573–586, 1265
networkCallStat views, 306, 565 trunk, 340–344
NetworkRankingAssignment view, 429 when cumulated, 170, 520
Ranking view, 437 Status, 616, 639, 651
SrcSiteName field Status field
NCCRanking view, 421 CDN view, 394
NetworkRankingAssignment view, 429 IVRPort view, 411
Ranking view, 437 IVRQueue view, 413
StaleDataRatio field, 417 NetworkRankingAssignment view, 429
standard functions, 1324 Route view, 448
standard operators, 1330 ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view, 452
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1493
Index Standard 8.11
ScheduledSupervisorAssignment view, 455 SurName field
Script view, 458 AccessRights view, 379
ScriptVariableProperties view, 461 Agent view, 384
SkillsetByAssignment view, 473 Script view, 458
SupervisorByAssignment view, 485 Supervisor view, 480
SwitchPort view, 488 SwitchID field
status, network skillset, 430–431 Agent view, 384
storage duration, 26 IVRPort view, 412
string functions, 1327 Supervisor view, 480
structured database, 596 SwitchPort view, 488
Subject, 610, 628 SwitchPort view, 487–488
subreports and limitations, 91 SwitchPortAddress field
SubStatus, 652 Agent view, 384
summarized historical statistics. See historical IVRPort view, 412
statistics Supervisor view, 480
SummaryThresholdTemplate view, 477–478 SwitchPortName field
supervisor assignments, 925–927, 942–944 Agent view, 384
Supervisor Properties report, 1004–1007 IVRPort view, 412
Supervisor view, 479–481 Supervisor view, 480
supervisor, agent performance by, 859, 870 SwtichType field, 466
SupervisorAgentAssignment view, 482–483 Sybase Open Client, 24
SupervisorByAssignment view, 484–486 Sybase Server, 24
SupervisorGivenName field synchronizing times, 589
AgentPerformanceStat views, 244 system default activity code, 188
ScheduledSupervisorAssignment view, 455 System field, 410
SupervisorAgentAssignment view, 483 System_Application, 328, 336, 576, 584
SupervisorByAssignment view, 485
SupervisorID field
ScheduledSupervisorAssignment view, 455
SupervisorByAssignment view, 485
T
SupervisorLogin field, 244 table routing assignments, 427–429
supervisors, 220 reports, 1245–1247
assigned agents, 482–483 talk time, 205, 215
properties, 479–481 ACD calls, 224
reports, 1004–1007 DN calls, 234, 235, 237, 238, 239, 240
See also reporting supervisors DNIS statistics, 286, 557
SupervisorSurName field IVR port statistics, 291
AgentPerformanceStat views, 244 NACD calls, 241
ScheduledSupervisorAssignment view, 456 network calls, 242
SupervisorAgentAssignment view, 483 TalkTime field
SupervisorByAssignment view, 486 AgentByApplicationStat views, 205
SupervisorTelsetLoginID field, 483 AgentBySkillset views, 215
SupervisorUserID field AgentPerformanceStat views, 245
AgentPerformanceStat views, 245 DNISStat views, 286, 557
SupervisorAgentAssignment view, 483 IVRPortStat views, 291
Surname, 616 TargetSwitchComm view, 489–491
1494 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Index
Telephone Display Properties report, 1008–1010 Time field
TelsetLoginID field ActivityCodeStat views, 195
Agent view, 385 AgentByApplicationStat views, 205
eCallbyCallStat views, 354 AgentBySkillset views, 216
eNetCallByCallStat views, 593 AgentPerformanceStat views, 245
Supervisor view, 480 ApplicationStat views, 269, 279, 285, 287, 541,
TelsetShowReserve field, 385, 493 550, 557, 558
Template field, 493 CDNStat views, 279, 550
TemplateID field DNISStat views, 286, 557
Agent view, 385 eAgentLoginStat view, 349
Application view, 388 eCallbyCallStat views, 354
ApplicationThresholdTemplate view, 393 eIVRPortLoginStat view, 371
DNISThresholdTemplate view, 400, 401 eNetCallByCallStat views, 593
IVRQueue view, 414 IVRPortStat views, 291
IVRThresholdTemplate view, 416 IVRStat views, 297
NetworkThresholdTemplate view, 433 NetworkInCallStat views, 306, 565
RealTimeColumn view, 439, 444 NetworkOutStat views, 313, 571
Route view, 448, 470 RANMusicRouteStat views, 317
RouteThresholdTemplate view, 450 RouteStat fields, 321
Site view, 466 SkillsetStat views, 335, 583
SkillsetThresholdTemplate view, 476 TrunkStat views, 343
SummaryThresholdTemplate view, 478 Time format formulas, 1332
Supervisor view, 480 time synchronization, 589
UserTemplate view, 493 time zone conversion, 589, 1194
TemplateLocation, 610 Time Zone Relative to GMT field, 589
TemplateName field, 385, 466, 481 TimeAllocated, 610
templates, 787 TimeBeforeDefault field, 270, 541
terminated calls, 277, 548 TimeBeforeForceBusy field, 270, 541
Text, 610 TimeBeforeForceDisconnect field, 270, 542
TextHTML, 610 TimeBeforeForceOverflow field, 270, 542
TextValue, 643 TimeBeforeInterflow field, 271, 542
third-party IVR application, 288, 293 TimeBeforeIVRTransferred field, 271, 543
threshold class properties, 948–950 TimeBeforeNACDOut field, 272, 543
threshold classes TimeBeforeNetOut field, 272, 543
agent, 388, 495–496 TimeBeforeReachNonISDN field, 272, 543
application, 251, 392–393, 523 TimeBeforeRouteTo field, 272, 544
DNIS, 401 timers, agent state, 1406
IVR queue, 415–416 Timestamp field
nodal, 477–478 ActivityCodeStat views, 195
route, 449–450 AgentByApplicationStat views, 205
skillset, 475–476 AgentBySkillset views, 216
ThresholdTemplateID field AgentPerformanceStat views, 246
Agent view, 385 ApplicationStat views, 273, 544
Supervisor view, 481 CDNStat views, 279, 550
UserThresholdTemplate view, 496 DNISStat views, 287, 558
ThresholdTemplateName field, 385, 481 eAgentLoginStat view, 349
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1495
Index Standard 8.11
eCallbyCallStat views, 354 Type field, 461
eIVRPortLoginStat view, 372 CDN view, 395
eNetCallByCallStat views, 594 ScheduledSupervisorAssignment view, 456
IVRPortStat views, 291 Script view, 459
IVRStat views, 297, 298, 299 SupervisorAgentAssignment view, 483
NetworkInCallStat views, 306, 565 SupervisorByAssignment view, 486
NetworkOutStat views, 313, 571 SwitchPort view, 488
RANMusicRouteStat views, 318 Views view, 497
RouteStat views, 321
SkillsetStat views, 336, 584
TrunkStat views, 343
TimeZone, 652
U
Title field, 386, 481 Understanding the report descriptions, 787
TotalCallsAbandonedDelay field, 313, 571 UnionBreakTimer field, 386, 494
TotalCallsAnsweredDelay field, 313, 571 untreated calls, 294–295
TotalStaffedTime field, 216, 336, 584 UpdateRate field, 417
transferred calls, 221 Updates, 733
ACD calls, 224–225 updating. See changing
application statistics, 262, 533–534 UseBestNode field
CDN calls, 230 NCCNetworkSkillset view, 419
consultation time, 231 Skillset view, 470
DN calls, 232–233 UsedSpace field, 324
IVR, 264, 271, 285, 535, 543, 556 User Access Privilege report, 1011–1012
IVR port statistics, 289 user-created reports
IVR statistics, 295 creating, 69, 84
reports, 892 creating in Crystal Reports, 56
treatments, 1087 importing, 84
ApplicationStat views, 257–261, 270–272, UserGivenName field, 453, 474
529–532, 541–544 UserID field
DNISStat views, 282–283, 553–554 ActivityCodeStat views, 195
Trunk field, 407 Agent view, 386
Trunk Performance report, 1153–1164 AgentByApplicationStat views, 206
trunk reports, 1129–1132, 1153–1164 AgentBySkillset views, 217
trunk statistics, 340–344 AgentPerformanceStat views, 246
entity relationships, 776 eAgentLoginStat view, 350
linkages, 344 ScheduledSkillsetAssignment view, 453
TrunkID field, 343 SkillsetByAgent view, 471
trunks, non-ISDN SkillsetByAssignment view, 474
ApplicationConStat views, 524 Supervisor view, 481
ApplicationStat views, 251, 268, 272, 539, 543 UseRoundRobin field
CDNStat views, 276, 547 NCCNetworkSkillset view, 419
DNISStat views, 284, 555 Skillset view, 470
TrunkStat formulas, 1388 UserResets, 738
TrunkStat views, 340–344 Users, 735
two-stage transfer, 125 UserSurName field, 453, 474
Type, 610, 626, 652 UserTelsetLogin field, 453
1496 Contact Center Manager
February 2008 Index
UserTelsetLoginID field, 474 wTrunkStat view, 340–344
UserTemplate view, 492–494
UserThresholdTemplate view, 495–496
Z
ZipCode, 614
V
Variable field, 463
variables. See script variables
VariableStatus field, 463
VariableType field, 463
VariableWrap field, 386, 494
VariableWrapTime field, 246
ViewMode field, 445
Views view, 497
voice port. See IVR port
W
wActivityCodeStat, 188–196
wAgentByApplicationStat view, 197–207
wAgentBySkillsetStat view, 208–219
wAgentPerformanceStat view, 220–248
WaitingTime field, 246, 291
WalkawayTime field, 247
wApplicationConStat view, 522–??
wApplicationStat view, 249–274
wCDNStat view, 275–279, 546–550
wDNISStat view, 280–287, 551–558
WebCommsMessages, 739
WebCommsSessions, 741
weekly view, 787
weekly views, 169, 520
WeeksOfWeekly field, 409
when caller leaves a message, 1419
Width field, 434
wIVRPortStat view, 288–292
wIVRStat view, 293–297
wNetworkInCallStat view, 300–307, ??–565
wNetworkOutStat view, 308–315, 566–??
wRANMusicRouteStat view, 316–318
WriteAccess field, 379
WriteAgentAccess field, 380
WriteAllAgentAccess field, 380
wRouteStat view, 319–322
wSkillsetStat view, 325–339, 573–586
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary 1497
Index Standard 8.11
1498 Contact Center Manager
Reader Response Form
Nortel Contact Center Manager
Product release 6.0
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
Tell us about yourself:
Name:
Company:
Address:
Occupation: Phone:
1. What is your level of experience with this product?
New user Intermediate Experienced Programmer
2. How do you use this book?
Learning Procedural Reference Problem solving
3. Did this book meet your needs?
Yes No
If you answered No to this question, please answer the following questions.
4. What chapters, sections, or procedures did you find hard to understand?
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
5. What information (if any) was missing from this book?
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
6. How could we improve this book?
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
Please return your comments by fax to 353-91-756050, or mail your comments to
Contact Center Documentation Research and Development Prime, Nortel Networks, Mervue Business
Park, Galway, Ireland.
F o
orrmm
n ssee F
e sp
s poon
e rr R
R e
ad e
RReead
Nortel Contact Center Manager
Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary
Nortel Networks
Mervue Business Park
Galway, Ireland
Copyright © 2006-2008 Nortel Networks. All Rights Reserved.
Information is subject to change without notice. Nortel Networks reserves the right to make changes
in design or components as progress in engineering and manufacturing may warrant.
The process of transmitting data and call messaging between the Meridian 1 and Contact Center
Manager is proprietary to Nortel Networks. Any other use of the data and the transmission process
is a violation of the user license unless specifically authorized in writing by Nortel Networks prior to
such use. Violations of the license by alternative usage of any portion of this process or the related
hardware constitutes grounds for an immediate termination of the license and Nortel Networks
reserves the right to seek all allowable remedies for such breach.
Publication number: 297-2183-914
Product release: 6.0
Document release: Standard 8.11
Date: February 2008
To provide feedback or report a problem in this document, go to www.nortel.com/documentfeedback.
You might also like
- CMS Database Table Items and Descriptions PDFNo ratings yetCMS Database Table Items and Descriptions PDF324 pages
- NCCM Administration Installation and Mintenance Guide100% (2)NCCM Administration Installation and Mintenance Guide2,242 pages
- Securing ChatGPT: Best Practices for Protecting Sensitive Data in AI Language ModelsFrom EverandSecuring ChatGPT: Best Practices for Protecting Sensitive Data in AI Language ModelsNo ratings yet
- Nortel Networks Symposium Call Center Server: Historical Reporting and Data DictionaryNo ratings yetNortel Networks Symposium Call Center Server: Historical Reporting and Data Dictionary776 pages
- Cybersecurity for Executives: A Guide to Protecting Your BusinessFrom EverandCybersecurity for Executives: A Guide to Protecting Your BusinessNo ratings yet
- OpenScape Business V1, Accounting Manager, User Guide, Issue 1 PDFNo ratings yetOpenScape Business V1, Accounting Manager, User Guide, Issue 1 PDF29 pages
- TNPM 1.3.1 Administration Guide Wireless ComponentNo ratings yetTNPM 1.3.1 Administration Guide Wireless Component234 pages
- MFT 1053 ManagedFileTransferUserGuide enNo ratings yetMFT 1053 ManagedFileTransferUserGuide en852 pages
- CCMA Installation and Maintenance GuideNo ratings yetCCMA Installation and Maintenance Guide2,016 pages
- CCMA Technical Requirements and Operating System Configuration GuideNo ratings yetCCMA Technical Requirements and Operating System Configuration Guide112 pages
- BusinessObjects Enterprise™ XI Release 2No ratings yetBusinessObjects Enterprise™ XI Release 2312 pages
- Coolsign (CS) 5.2 Network Manage User GuideNo ratings yetCoolsign (CS) 5.2 Network Manage User Guide376 pages
- Compellent Enterprise Manager Administrators GuideNo ratings yetCompellent Enterprise Manager Administrators Guide436 pages
- Dell Compellent Enterprise Manager: 2014 R1 Administrator's GuideNo ratings yetDell Compellent Enterprise Manager: 2014 R1 Administrator's Guide636 pages
- CCMM and Outbound Installation and Maintenance GuideNo ratings yetCCMM and Outbound Installation and Maintenance Guide1,024 pages
- Cover Page: Content Server Troubleshooting Guide 10g Release 3 (10.1.3.3.0)No ratings yetCover Page: Content Server Troubleshooting Guide 10g Release 3 (10.1.3.3.0)212 pages
- Installation & Maintenance Guide For Co-Resident Server100% (1)Installation & Maintenance Guide For Co-Resident Server3,226 pages
- BMC Analytics For BSM 7.6.04 Reference GuideNo ratings yetBMC Analytics For BSM 7.6.04 Reference Guide68 pages
- EnterpriseReporter 2.6.0 ConfigurationManagerUserGuide EN PDFNo ratings yetEnterpriseReporter 2.6.0 ConfigurationManagerUserGuide EN PDF147 pages
- User Guide: Informatica MDM - Customer 360 10.2 Hotfix 5No ratings yetUser Guide: Informatica MDM - Customer 360 10.2 Hotfix 578 pages
- The Linux Terminal for Advanced Users - The Command Line Made Easy: First EditionFrom EverandThe Linux Terminal for Advanced Users - The Command Line Made Easy: First EditionNo ratings yet
- Solution Integration Guide For CS1000, CallPilot, Cantact Center and Telephony Manager100% (2)Solution Integration Guide For CS1000, CallPilot, Cantact Center and Telephony Manager102 pages
- Contact Center, CS1000, M1 and Voice Processing Guide100% (3)Contact Center, CS1000, M1 and Voice Processing Guide432 pages
- INDUSTRIAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT - TUTORIAL 2 (EARNED VALUE ANALYSIS)No ratings yetINDUSTRIAL PROJECT MANAGEMENT - TUTORIAL 2 (EARNED VALUE ANALYSIS)2 pages
- 67 Low Cost Promotions For Your Bar and Restaurant: High ImpactNo ratings yet67 Low Cost Promotions For Your Bar and Restaurant: High Impact102 pages
- (Cambodia - 1995) Law On Commercial Rules and Commercial Register100% (1)(Cambodia - 1995) Law On Commercial Rules and Commercial Register24 pages
- Annex Viii Asean Guideline On GMP For TmhsNo ratings yetAnnex Viii Asean Guideline On GMP For Tmhs71 pages
- Global Online Payment Methods 2010 by YstatsNo ratings yetGlobal Online Payment Methods 2010 by Ystats7 pages
- BEAC Requirements - Translated Version in EnglishNo ratings yetBEAC Requirements - Translated Version in English5 pages
- Pag Ibig Foreclosed Properties Pubbid 2016-12-20 NCR No DiscountNo ratings yetPag Ibig Foreclosed Properties Pubbid 2016-12-20 NCR No Discount24 pages
- Marketing Mix - SecA - Group5 - KTM Duke200 Vs Pulsar RS200No ratings yetMarketing Mix - SecA - Group5 - KTM Duke200 Vs Pulsar RS20015 pages
